HomeMy WebLinkAboutCONTRACT DOCUMENTS AZCOM
Dry Run Creek Interceptor
City of Waterloo, Iowa
City Contract No. 877
AECOM #60330823
Prepared For.
City of Waterloo
715 Mulberry Street
Waterloo, Iowa 50703
Prepared By:
AECOM
501 Sycamore Street, Suite 222
P.O. Box 1497
Waterloo, Iowa 50704-1497
October 2019
DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA
City Contract No. 877
Prepared For:
City of Waterloo, Iowa
Prepared By:
AECOM
October 2019
� 7AaM
that this engineering document was prepared by me or
E551 personal supervision and that I am a duly licensed
o ,• Fi er der the laws of the state of Iowa.
y ROSS A, G�
w HILLSMAN Z
' 12985 : m = Au ust 23 2019
RO S A. , PE
Date
License No. 12985
My license renewal date is December 31, 2019.
Pages or shel is coverE)d by this seal:
DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA
CONTRACT NO. 877
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Paqe
1. NOTICE TO BIDDERS...................................................................................
NB-1 to 4
2. NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING ....................................................................
NPH-1 to 2
3. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS .....................................................................
IB-1 to 9
4. STATE REVOLVING FUND FORMS............................................................. SRF-1 to SRF-33
5. FORM OF BID OR PROPOSAL .................................................................... FB-1 to FB-4
6. BID BOND......................................................................................................
BB-1
7. SALES TAX EXEMPTION INFORMATION FORM........................................
ST-1
8. EQUAL OPPORTUNITY CLAUSE................................................................. EOC-1 to EOC-2
9. NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVITS.................................................................... NCA-1 to NCA-2
10. TITLE VI CIVIL RIGHTS.................................................................................
-- TVI-1
11. BIDDER STATUS FORM...............................................................................
BSF-1 to 2
12. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM .............................................................
-" 1 -8
13. POTENTIAL ITEMS OF WORK FOR MBE/WBE PARTICIPATION..............
SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID REQUEST FORM .............................................. M-1
LETTER FORM FOR SUBCONTRACTOR QUOTES................................... M 2
MBE/WBE SCOPE LETTER....................... M-3
BE AND/OR WBE PREBID CONTACT INFORMATION FORM ................
M-5 to M-6
-- 14. WATERLOO/CEDAR FALLS MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESSES
ENTERPRISE CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE
CONTRACTOR'S GUIDE ..............................................................................
1 to 4
15. STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS........................................... SBQ-1 to SBQ-2
16. GENERAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS .............................................................. GSP-1 to GSP-5
17. SPECIAL PROVISIONS.........................
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS -
Section 01110 Summary of Work.............................................................
Section 01295 Schedule of Values....................... 01110-1 to 01110-3
Section 01340 Submittals ............. •�•���������
01295-1 to 01295-2
........................................................... 01340-1 to 01340-9
Section 01455 Testing Laboratory Services............................................. 01455-1 to 01455-2
Section 01455A Testing .................. . .. ...................................................... 01455A-1 to 01455A-2
Section 01458 Testing Electrical Systems................................................ 01458-1 to 01458-4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
AECOM#60330823(2019) CONTRACT NO.877 i
DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
Section 01500 Temporary Construction Facilities and Utilities...............•• 01500000
Section 01570 Protection of Environment...............................................•• 0170-1 to 0-1 to 010157 3
0-8
Section 01600 Material and Equipment....................................................
Section 01785 Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Data 001888-1 to 015-1 to 85-14
-
Section 01788 Project Record Documents............................................... 017882-1
Section 01816 Electrical System Demonstrations....................................
DIVISION 2 -SITE CONSTRUCTION 02315-1 to 02315-5
Section 02315 Structure Excavation and Backfilling ................................
Section 02532 Submersible Sewage Pumping Station ............................ 02532-1 to 02532-14
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcement............................................ .. ••• 03300-1 to 033300-12
Section 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete..................................................• 03603-1 to 03603-2
Section 03603 Epoxy Grout...................................................................... 03604-1
Section 03604 Nonshrink Grout................................................................ 03605-1
Section 03605 Patching Mortar.................................................................
DIVISION 4-MASONRY 04810-1 to 04810-7 —
Section 04810 Unit Masonry.....................................................................
DIVISION 5 -METALS '—
Section 05500 Metal Fabrications............................................................. 05500-1 to 05500-6
DIVISION 6 -WOOD AND PLASTICS 06050-1 to 06050-3
Section 06050 Rough and Finish Carpentry.........................................••.. 06178-1 to 06178-3
Section 06178 Prefabricated Wood Trusses ............................................
DIVISION 7 -THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07191-1 to 07191-3 -'
Section 07191 Masonry Water Repellents................. 07210-1 to 07210-3
Section 07210 Building Insulation............................................................ 07311-1 to 07311-5
Section 07311 Asphalt Shingles ...............................................................
Section 07460 Exterior Siding, Cladding, Flashing, Ventilation 07460-1 to 07460-4
and Roof Drainage.........................................................• 07920-1 to 07920-4
Section 07920 Joint Sealants....................................................................
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND FRAMES
Section 08110 Steel Doors and Frames...............................................•••. 08710-1 to 08710-6
Section 08710 Finish Hardware................................................................
DIVISION 9 -FINISHESto 09540-2
Section 09540 Special Surface Panels..................................................... 09910-1 to 09910-8
Section 09910 Painting ......................................................................... -
DIVISION 13 -SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
Section 13404 Adjustable Speed Drive Equipment-Adjustable 13404-10 to 13404-11
Frequency...... . .................................................
13420-1 to 13420-4 —
Section 13420 Flow Meter(Magnetic) ......................................................
Section 13440 General Provisions for Instrumentation and Controls....... 13442-1 to 13442-5
Section 13442 Instrument and Control Panel Construction.....................• 13451-1 to 13451-2
Section 13451 Cellular Telephone Modem.............................................•• 13453-1 to 13452-5
Section 13453 Panel and Field Devices...................................................
Section 13459 Field Electronic Transmitters ............................................ 13459-1 to 13459-2
ii
TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTRACT NO.877 DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
AECOM#60330823(2019) --
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
Section 15060 Pipe Hangers, Supports and Anchors ..............................
-- Section 15198 Natural Gas Systems.................... 15198-1 to 15198-6
Section 15670 Terminal Air Conditioning Units ........................................ 15670-1 to 15670-4
15060-1 to 15060-6
Section 15764 Electric Heating Terminals................................................ 15764-1 to 15670-3
Section 15815 Metal Ductwork........................
Section 15825 15815-1 to 15815-5
HVAC Dampers....... . . .... .. .. .......................................... 15825-1 to 15825-3
Section 15838 Power and Gravity Ventilators.......................................... 15825-1 to 15825-5
Section 15850 Air Outlets and Inlets......................................................... 15838-1 to 15838-3
-- Section 15915 Automatic Temperature Control Systems....................
Section 15940 Automatic Control Sequences .... y 15915-1 to 15915-7
Section 15950 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing.. ............................ 15940-1 to 15940-2
.......•......•.........•••••••••...DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL 15950-1 50 15950-3
Section 16050 Basic Materials and Methods............................................ 16050-1 to 16050-15
Section 16060 Grounding
Section 16070 Su g 16060-1 to 16060-6
Section 16075 Supporting Devices.................
16070-1 to 16070-3
Electrical Identification ...................................................... 16070-1 to 16075-4
Section 16135 Underground Ducts and Manholes................................... 16175-1 to 16135-6
Section 16210 Electric Service...........
` Section 16220 16135-1
Electric Motors..... .
Section 16231 Packaged Natural Gas Engine Generator Systems.........
. .......................................... 16200-1 to 16220-6
Section 16415 Transfer Switches ................... 16231-1 to 16231-9
Section 16443 16415-1 to 16415-5
Motor Control Centers.............
Section 16445 16443-1 to 16443-9
Hoisting Equipment...........................................................
Section 16511 Interior and Building Exterior Mounted Lighting. 16445-1 to 16445-7
............... 16511-1 to 16511-4
Section 16900 Instrumentation and Controls...............Section 16915 Instrumentation and Control Panels.................................. 169100-1 to 5-1 to 169105-2
17. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION ................................
18. SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION.. GS-1 to GS-13
19. FORM OF CONTRACT................... SGS-1
20. PERFORMANCE BOND................................................................................ PFB-1 to PFB-2
21. PAYMENT BOND...........................................................................................
PB-1 to PB-2
APPENDIX
1) Change Order Form
2) Davis-Bacon Wage Rates and Forms
a) Davis-Bacon Wage Rates
b) Form WH-347 Payroll and Certification
c) Form SF-1444 Request for Authorization of Additional Classification and Rate
d) Form WH-321 Notice Poster
—' TABLE OF CONTENTS
AECOM#60330823(2019)
CONTRACT NO. 877 DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
_ For the Taking of Construction Bids for the
DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
In the City of Waterloo, Iowa
CONTRACT NO. 877
RECEIVING OF BIDS
Sealed proposals will be received by the City Clerk of the City of Waterloo, Iowa, at her office in the City
Hall of the said City on the 3rd day of October, 2019, until 1:00 p.m. for the construction of the DRY RUN
CREEK INTERCEPTOR, Contract No. 877, as described in detail in the plans and specifications now on
file in the Office of the City Clerk.
OPENING OF BIDS
All proposals received will be opened in the First Floor Conference Room at City Hall, in the City of
Waterloo, Iowa, on the 3rd day of October, 2019, at 1:00 R , and the proposals will be acted upon at
such later time and place as may then be fixed by the City Council,
PUBLIC HEARING
The Council of said City will conduct a public hearing on the proposed plans, specifications, form of
contract, and estimate of cost for the construction of the above-described improvement project at 5:30
P.m. on October 7, 2019, said hearing to be held in the Harold E. Getty Council Chambers in City Hall in
said City.
SCOPE OF WORK
This project consists of construction of the Dry Run Creek Interceptor along the San Marnan Corridor in
Waterloo, Iowa. The project includes a new pumping station (with a natural gas generator for back-up
power) to replace the Tower Park Station, a force main to pump the flow to the east along San Marnan,
and a gravity sewer system along San Marnan flowing east to an existing line on Hess Road. The project
also includes the installation of a new natural gas generator at the Texas Street Lift Station.
BEGINNING AND COMPLETION DATES
The work under the proposed contract shall be commenced within ten (10) working days after receipt of
"Notice to Proceed" and all items shall be completed on or before November 30 2020.
------------
Any work associated with the Texas Street Lift Station (installation of generator and routing of gas
main to the generator, or any other underground work at the site) can commence only after
July 30, 2020. No work is permitted on that site prior to this date.
METHOD OF PAYMENT TO CONTRACTOR
The Contractor will be paid against bi-monthly estimates in cash on the basis of ninety-five percent (95%)
of the work as it is completed, and materials delivered and work approved. Final payment will be made
thirty-one (31) days after completion of the work and acceptance by the Council. Before final payment is
made, vouchers showing that all subcontractors and workmen and all persons furnishing materials have
been fully paid for such materials and labor will be required unless the City is satisfied that material, men
and laborers have been paid.
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
AECOM#60330823(2019) CONTRACT NO. 877
NTB-1 OF 4
DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
The Contractor is hereby notified that if the City does not have cash on hand to pay monthly pay _
estimates, according to Chapter 384.57 of the Code of Iowa, payment may be made by anticipatory
warrants issued bearing a rate of interest not exceeding that permitted by Chapter 74A, Code of Iowa.
PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
epared
Plans and Specifications governing
and also the prior proceedings of he City Council reosed improvements have been ferring by AECOM, which plans and specifications
g to _
and defining said pe shall bete rov eden emnts
are an hereby
ma
a part of this notice, and the propose
contract by referen
the
Complete digital Plans and SpecificationsfromQue t do by inputting Ques ccdn Project#64 22403 ontuestcdn.com. You may he website's
digital documents free of charge
Project Search page. Please contact Questcdn.com at 952-233-1632 or info@questcdn.com for
assistance in free membership registration, downloading and working with this digital project information.
Optional paper copies of the Plans
and Specifications$150.00 deposite from(CHECK ONLY) 01D Deposits et fuelly _
Suite 222, Waterloo, Iowa, p receipt of a
refundable if the plans and specifications are returned in usable condition (i.e., generally free o
d soiling) to the Waterloo
highlights, ink markings, tear14th consecutive day after the stickers, water stains projecthas been awarrded.AECOM office No deposits will bed
e
above by the end of the 14th ce 14t�' consecutive day, which _
refunded for any requests or plans a responved after sible for ascertain ascertaining when the project has been awarded. If the
via mail service. Plan holders a p
plan holder is the prime contractor, or a subcontractor or supplier of the prime contractor that has been
awarded the project, plans and Specifications do not need to be returned to receive the deposit. The _
prime contractor must submit a list of his subcontractors and suppliers for the City and consulting
en ineer to verify eligibility for the refundable deposit.
Please DO NOT obtain Bid Documents from any source other than Questcdn.com or through the AECOM
source peventider
Waterloo office as listed above. Obtaining
AECOM Plan Holdersthrough L t which yin turn, may causeltherBidderBto not
from being included on the official
receive addenda or other time-sensitive / bid-critical documents. The City has the right to reject any bids —
that do not have current bidding documents included in the proposal.
Upon award of project, the prime contractor, his subcontractors and suppliers shall be supplied with the —
needed number of plans and specifications at no additional cost.
CONTRACT AWARD
A contract will be awarded to the qualified bidder submitting the lowest bid. —
The City reserves the right to reject any or all bids, re-advertise for new bids, and to waive informalities in _
the bids submitted that might be in the best interest of the City.
exceed
e day
Bids may be held by the City of Waterloo,
se of reviewing the bids andtin�investigating thirty
ng t e(3 ) days gOala catior�s ofhbiddersf
the opening of bids for the purp _
prior to awarding the contract.
By virtue of statutory authority, a preference will be given to products and provisions grown and coal —
ill be given to local domestic labor in the construction of
produced with the State of Iowa and preference w
the improvement.
PROPOSALS SUBMITTED
clearly write or
e the
The bidder shall submit bids
extens on (Unit Price the items listed in x Estimated Qty� in biddernumerals on the blanks prow ded
unit bid price and the bid item
NTB-2 OF 4
CONTRACT NO.877 DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
NOTICE TO BIDDERS _
AECOM#60330823(2019)
Should there be any discrepancy between the unit bid price and extension, the City of Waterloo shall
consider the unit bid price as being the valid unit bid price.
The bidder has the option to submit a computer-generated spreadsheet in lieu of the portion of the Form
of Bid or Proposal, which includes the Bid Item Number, Description, Unit, Estimated Quantity, Unit Bid
` Price, Total Bid Price and Total Bid. The computer-generated spreadsheet shall include all of the
information listed in that portion of the Form of Bid or Proposal as well as bear the signature of the Prime
Contractor submitting the bid. For the bidders who submit a computer-generated spreadsheet, the
TOTAL BID (with alternates, if applicable) shall also be indicated in the space(s) provided on the Form of
.� Bid or Proposal.
BID SECURITY REQUIRED
All bids must be accompanied in a separate envelope by a certified or cashier's check drawn on an Iowa
bank, or a bank chartered under the laws of the United States, a certified share draft drawn on a credit
union in Iowa or chartered under the laws of the United States, or bid bond, (on the form furnished by the
City) payable to the City of Waterloo, Iowa, in the sum of not less than five percent (5%) of the bid
submitted, which certified check, certified share draft or bid bond will be held as security that the Bidder
will enter into a Contract for the construction of the work and will furnish the required bonds, and in case
the successful Bidder shall fail or refuse to enter into the Contract and furnish the required bonds, his bid
security may be retained by said City as agreed upon liquidated damages. If bid bond is used, it must be
signed by both the Bidder and the surety or surety's agent. Signature of surety's agent must be supported
by accompanying Power of Attorney.
PERFORMANCE & PAYMENT BONDS
The successful bidder will be required to furnish a "Performance Bond" and a "Payment Bond" within ten
-� (10) days after forms are presented to him in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the
contract price, said bond to be issued by a responsible surety approved by the City Council and shall
guarantee the faithful performance of the contract and the terms and conditions therein contained, and
shall guarantee the prompt payment of all materials and labor and protect and save harmless the City
from claims of any kind caused by the operations of the contractor.
MAINTENANCE BOND
Before the Contractor shall be entitled to receive final payment for work done under this contract, it shall
execute and file a bond in the penal sum of not less than 100% of the total amount of the contract, same
to be known as "Maintenance Bond," and which bond must be approved by the City Council, and which
bond is in addition to the bond given by the Contractor to guarantee the completion of the work.
CONTRACT COMPLIANCE PROGRAM/SUBCONTRACTING
The program proposes numerical projections regarding utilization of Minority Business Enterprise (MBE)
and Women Business Enterprise (WBE) as Subcontractors, vendors and suppliers in the performance of
Contracts awarded by the City of Waterloo, Iowa.
A goal of at least ten percent (10%) for MBE participation on all City funded construction projects that are
estimated at $50,000.00 or more. A goal of at least two percent (2%) for WBE participation on all City
funded construction projects that are estimated at $50,000.00 or more. Any project funded in part or in
total with federal funds shall follow the respective agencies contract compliance program and goals. The
Prime Contractor shall make "good-faith efforts" to meet the Contract Compliance MBE/WBE goals. The
MBE/WBE subcontractors, suppliers or vendors must provide the Prime Contractor a reasonably
competitive price for the service being rendered or the Contractor is not required to accept their bid.
NOTICE TO BIDDERS CONTRACT NO. 877 AECOM#60330823(2019) NTB-3 OF 4
DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
Time is an essential element of this contract. It is important that the work be diligently pursued to
completion. If the work is not completed within the specified contract period, plus authorized extensions,
the contractor shall pay to the City Liquidated Damages in the amount of five hundred dollars ($500.00)
per day, for each day, as further described herein, in excess of the authorized time.
Days beyond the specified completion date for which Liquidated Damages will be charged will be working
days that the contractor does, or could have worked, from Monday through Saturday. Sundays will be
counted only if work is performed. Partial working days will be considered as a full working day. Days not
chargeable for Liquidated Damages will include rain days, Sunday if no work is done, and legal holidays.
Working days will cease to be charged when only punch list items remain to be completed. Punch list
items do not include contract bid items or approved change/extra work orders.
When the Contractor believes the project to be substantially completed, a written notice stating the same
shall be submitted to the Engineer and a request made for a Punch List. If the work under the Contract
extends beyond the normal construction season for such work the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer
in writing a request that working days counted toward the project be suspended until work is resumed the
following construction season.
This amount is not construed as a penalty. These damages are for the cost to the City of providing the
required additional inspection, engineering and contract administration.
PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
Before the work is h
eld for the nf eence shall be attended by the prime contractor, subcontractors pand City discussingose of
the contract. The conference
Officials.
BIDDER STATUS
mpliance with the provisions of the Resident Bidder/Non-Resident
Attention of bidders is called to co
Bidder requirements. --
xecute and include with the bid, a Bidder Status Form in the form
Each bidder submitting a bid shall e
herein provided.
Bidder Status Form with the bid may result in the bid being deemed
Failure to submit a fully completed
nonresponsive and rejected.
SALES TAX EXEMPTION CERTIFICATES
Contractors and approved subcontractors will be provided a Sales Tax Exemption Certification to
purchase building materials or supplies in the performance of construction contracts let by the City of
Waterloo.
Posted pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 26 of the City Code of Iowa.
CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA
NOTICE TO BIDDERS CONTRACT NO. 877
NTB-4 OF 4
DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
AECOM#60330823(2019)
NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING
On Proposed Plans, Specifications, Form of Contract,
And Estimate of Cost
For the
DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
In the City of Waterloo, Iowa
CONTRACT NO. (877)
RECEIVING OF BIDS
- Sealed proposals will be received by the City Clerk of the City of Waterloo, Iowa, at her office in the City
Hall of the said City on the 3rd day of October, 2019, until 1:00 p.m. for the construction of the DRY RUN
CREEK INTERCEPTOR, CITY CONTRACT NO. 877, as described in detail in the plans and
specifications now on file in the Office of the City Clerk.
OPENING OF BIDS
All proposals received will be opened in the First Floor Conference Room at City Hall, in the City of
Waterloo, Iowa, on the 3rd day of October, 2019, at 1:00 P.m., and the proposals will be acted upon at
such later time and place as may then be fixed by the City Council.
PUBLIC HEARING
Notice is hereby given that the Council of said City will conduct a public hearing on the proposed plans,
specifications, form of contract, and estimate of cost for the construction of the above-described
improvement project at IIQ_RM on the 7th day of October, 2019, said hearing to be held in the Harold
E. Getty Council Chambers in City Hall in said City. The proposed plans, specifications, form of contract,
® and estimate of cost for said improvements heretofore prepared by AECOM are now on file in the office of
the City Clerk for public examination, and any person interested therein may file written objection thereto
with the City Clerk before the date set for said hearing, or appear and make objection thereto with the City
Clerk before the date set for said hearing, or appear and make objection thereto at the meeting above set
forth. The NOTICE TO BIDDERS can be viewed at the following locations:
1) City of Waterloo web site at http://ci-waterloo.ia.us/
2) Plan rooms:
Master Builders of Iowa
221 Park Street, PO Box 695
Des Moines, IA 50303
McGraw Hill Construction Dodge
3315 Central Ave.
Hot Springs, AR 71913
Reed Construction Data
30 Technology Parkway South, Ste. 500
Norcross, GA 30092
3) Plan Room Web sites:
Master Builders of Iowa web site at www.mbionline.com
Dodge Lead web site: http:Hdodgeproiects construction com/
Reed Const. Data Lead web site: http://www.cmdqroup.com/project-leads/
leads/
NOTICE OF HEARING CONTRACT NO. 877
AECOM#60330823(2019) NPH-1 OF 2
DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
SCOPE OF WORK
This project consists of construction of the Dry Run Creek Interceptor along the San Marnan Corridor in
Waterloo, Iowa. The project includes a new pumping station (with a natural gas generator for back-up
power) to replace the Tower Park Station, a force main to pump the flow to the east along San Marnan,
and a gravity sewer system along San Marnan flowing east to an existing line on Hess Road. The project —
also includes the installation of a new natural gas generator at the Texas Street Lift Station.
Published pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 26 of the City Code of Iowa and upon order to the City
Council of said Waterloo, Iowa, on the day of
2019.
CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA
BY:
Kelley Felchle
City Clerk _
CONTRACT NO.877 NPH-2 OF 2
NOTICE OF HEARING DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
AECOM#60330823(2019)
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
• EXPLANATIONS TO BIDDERS
Any explanation desired by a bidder regarding the meaning or interpretation of the Notice to
Bidders, Plans, Specifications, etc., must be requested in writing and with sufficient time allowed
for a reply to reach bidders before submission of their bids. Any interpretation made will be in the
form of an amendment of the Notice to Bidders, Plans, Specifications, etc., and will be furnished
-- to all prospective bidders. Its receipt by the bidder must be acknowledged in the space provided
on the Proposal Form or by letter or telegram received before the time set for opening of bids.
Oral explanations or instructions given before the award of the contract will not be binding.
2. EXAMINATION OF PROPOSED WORK
Bidders should visit the site and take such other steps as may be reasonably necessary to
ascertain the nature and location of the work, and the general and local conditions which can
affect the work or the cost thereof. Failure to do so will not relieve bidders from responsibility for
estimating properly the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the work. The owner will
assume no responsibility for any understanding or representation concerning conditions made by
any of its officers or agents prior to the execution of the contract, unless included in the Notice to
Bidders, the Specifications or related documents.
3• PREPARATION OF BIDS
a. Bids shall be submitted on the forms furnished, or copies thereof, and must be manually
signed. If erasures or other changes appear on the forms, each erasure or change must
be initialed by the person signing the bid.
The bidder has the option to submit a computer-generated spreadsheet in lieu of the
portion of the Form of Bid or Proposal, which includes the Bid Item Number, Description,
Unit, Estimated Quantity, Unit Bid Price, Total Bid Price, and Total Bid. The computer-
generated spreadsheet shall include all of the information listed in that portion of the
Form of Bid or Proposal as well as bear the signature of the Prime Contractor submitting
the bid. For the bidders who submit a computer-generated spread- sheet, the TOTAL
BID (with alternates, if applicable) shall also be indicated in the space(s) provided on the
Form of Bid or Proposal.
b. The Bid Form may provide for submission of a price or prices for one or
more ,
which may be lump sum bids, alternate prices, schedule items resulting in a bid on item
nitof construction or a combination thereof, etc. When the Bid Form explicitly requires that
the bidder bid on all items, failure to do so will disqualify the bid. When submission of a
price on all items is not required, bidders should insert the words "no bid" in the space
Provided for any item on which no price is submitted.
C. Unless called for, alternate bids will not be considered.
d. Modifications of bids already submitted will be considered if received at the office
designated in the Notice to Bidders by the time set for closing of bids. Telegraphic
modifications will be considered, but should not reveal the amount of the original or
revised bid.
e. In preparing his bid, the bidder shall specify the price, written legibly in ink or with the
typewriter, at which he proposes to do each item of work. The unit price shall be stated
in figures in the blank space provided (i.e., $7.14). In items where unit price is required,
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
AECOM#60330823(2019) CONTRACT NO. 877
DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
the total amount of each item shall be computed at the unit prices
bid.for the quantities _
given on the Bid Form and stated in figures in the blank space p
roviIf the bidder chooses to submit the unit prices, total bid price, and total bid on a _
computer-generated spreadsheet, all numbers shall be easily legible.
f. Any changes or alterations made in the Bid Form, or any addition thereto, may cause the —
rejection of the bid. No bid
will
be acceptnordered ejectNalch co tract contains awardeduse him in by the city
which the
contractor reserves the right
Council of Waterloo. Bids in which the unit prices are obviously unbalanced may be
rejected.
r shall
on
g. If the bidder does not qualify an a r preference ent laoresident bidders, including r, the nonresident b but not limited
the project proposal whethery p
to any preference to bidders, the imposition of any type of labor force preference, or any
other form of preferential treatment to bidders or laborers from that state or foreign
country is in effect in the nonresident bidder's state or country of domicile at the time of a
bid submittal.
4, SUBMISSION OF BIDS
and be
a. A bid must be sealed in a separate an separatevelope nenvelope.d marked t iflforward d byndicate its nma IS the two
accompanied by the bid securitybe
envelopes shall be placed in olfthe City and ailed to of Waterloo at hise City eoffice�nthe City Hall T
ust
filed with the City Clerk/Auditor
the time specified for closing bids.
ly
sealed. The
b. Bids received prior to the adve{iem hour
dec de whe of n he specified will be time hats arrived, and _
officer whose duty it is to open
no bid received thereafter will be considered; except that when a bid arrives mail after
ites
the time fixed for opening,
n of the City f Watert before the rling loo, of
thatr bids is the non-arrival on time was
shown to the satisfa
r which the bidder was not responsible, such bid will e
due solely to delay in the mails fo
received and considered.
may
be received as
C. Bidders are cautioned that, while telegraphic modifiitationdslfflbids
sense subject to _
provided above, such modifications, if not exp
misinterpretation, shall made the bid so modified or amended, subject to rejection.
5, LATE BIDS AND MODIFICATIONS OR WITHDRAWALS
he
Bids and modifications or withdrawals
thereof
e closing fr of Ived fJ•dsaw II enofflce be n ideeed n t Howevlee to
Bidders after the exact time set for
e terms
modification which is received fCit of Watean rloise successful bidder, and which oo will be considered at any time it,sl received and
of the bid more favorable to the City
may therefore be accepted. Bids may be withdrawn by written or telegraphic request receive —
from bidders prior to the time set for closing of bids.
g. PUBLIC OPENING OF BIDS _
Bids will be publicly opened at that time and place set for opening in the Notice to Bidders. Their
content will be made public for the information of bidders and others interested who may be
present either in person or by representative. _
IB-2 OF 9
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
CONTRACT NO.877 DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
.,
AECOM#60330823(2019)
7. BID SECURITY REQUIRED
_ All bids must be accompanied in a separate envelope by a certified or cashier's check drawn on
an Iowa bank, or a bank chartered under the laws of the United States, a certified share draft
drawn on a credit union in Iowa or chartered under the laws of the United States, or bid bond (on
the form furnished by the City) payable to the City of Waterloo, Iowa, in the sum of not less than
five percent (5%) of the bid submitted, which certified check, certified share draft or bid bond will
be held as security that the Bidder will enter into a Contract for the construction of the work and
will furnish the required bonds, and in case the successful Bidder shall fail or refuse to enter into
the Contract and furnish the required bond, his bid security may be retained by said City as
agreed upon liquidated damages. If bid bond is used, it must be signed by both the bidder and
the surety or surety's agent. Signature of surety's agent must be supported by accompanying
Power of Attorney.
8. COLLUSIVE AGREEMENTS
a. Each bidder submitting a bid shall execute and include with the bid, a Non-Collusion
Affidavit in the form herein provided, to the effect that he has not colluded with any other
person, firm, or corporation in regard to any bid submitted.
b. Each bidder submitting a bid shall have each proposed subcontractor, if any, execute and
submit to the City Contract Compliance Officer by 5:00 P.M. the business day following
the day bids on this project are due, a Non-Collusion Affidavit in the form herein provided,
to the effect that he has not colluded with any other person, firm, or corporation in regard
to any bid submitted. Before executing any subcontract, the successful bidder shall
submit the name of any proposed subcontractor for approval by the City.
9. MINORITY AND/OR WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE SUBCONTRACTORS
a. CITY OF WATERLOO AND/OR WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PRE-BID
CONTACT INFORMATION FORM
The City of Waterloo Minority and/or Women Business Enterprise Pre-Bid Contact
Information Form shall be submitted with the Form of Bid or Proposal. Failure to do so
— shall be grounds for the bid being rejected if subcontracting is propose) by the prime
contractor.
10. MBE/WBE CONTRACT COMPLIANCE PROGRAM
PURPOSE
— The purpose of the Contract Compliance Program (hereinafter called Program) is to act
as an impetus for increasing the participation of minority and women disadvantaged
business enterprise (MBE/WBE) in City awarded construction contracts.
The Program does not propose to eliminate any bonafide contractor or subcontractor
from bidding on City contracts, but it will hopefully serve as a needed stimulus to help
local MBE/WBE's grow and eventually become mainstream contractors and
subcontractors.
This Contract Compliance Program does not propose to include any set-aside or quotas,
_ but only flexible goals where "good-faith efforts" are required by the contractor to use
MBE/WBE subcontractors.
- INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CONTRACT NO. 877 IB-3 OF 9
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
This Program shall not eliminate the need for contractors to continue their "good-faith _
efforts" in using MBE/WBE subcontractors on City contracts estimated at less than
$50,000.
The City of Waterloo will make every effort to reduce in-house construction and —
maintenance work that would be more cost effectively performed by the private sector
and, thus, would allow additional bidding opportunities for MBE/WBE firms.
The City Contract Compliance Officer shall be advised of all City of Waterloo awarded —
construction contracts.
DEFINITIONS
Goals:
A flexible numerically expressed objective which contractors are required to make "good-
faith efforts." The key to the requirement is to make documented efforts. Goals are
neither set-a-sides nor a device to achieve proportional representation or equal results.
Numerical goals do not create set-a-sides for specific groups, nor are they designed to
achieve proportional representation or equal results. Rather, the goal-setting process in _
affirmative action planning is used to target and measure the effectiveness of affirmative
action efforts to eradicate and prevent discrimination.
Quota:
A flat numerical requirement that the contractor is required to meet in order to obtain the
benefit or be in compliance. The numerical goal component of affirmative action
programs is not designed to be, nor may it properly or lawfully be interpreted as,
permitting unlawful preferential treatment and quotas with respect to persons of any race,
color, religion, sex, or national origin. The regulations at 41 CFR 60-2.12(a), 60-2.15 and
60-2.30, specifically prohibit discrimination and the use of goals as quotas. (U.S. —
Department of Labor)
Set-Aside:
An arrangement in which a particular contract is reserved for competition solely among ._
minority and women business enterprises.
Contractor. _
As used in this document means contractor, subcontractor, supplier, vendor, and
professional service provider.
Minority Business Enterprise (MBE)Any business, which is at least 51%, owned by one or more minorities and whose
management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more such
individuals and is on the current State Unified Certification List, or were listed on the City
of Waterloo Certified MBE/WBE Contractors list as of July 1, 2002
Women Business Enterprise (WBE):
Any business which is at least 51% owned by one or more women and whose —
management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more such
individuals and is on the current State Unified Certification List, or were listed on the City
of Waterloo Certified MBE/WBE Contractors list as of July 1, 2002
Minority:
Any person or persons who are considered as socially and economically disadvantaged
because of their identity as a group member without regard to their individual qualities.
The groups include: Black American, Hispanic American, Native Americans, Eskimos,
Aleuts, and Asian-Pacific Americans. 13 C.F.R. 124-1.1(c)(3)(ii)(1983).
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CONTRACT NO.877 IB-4 OF 9
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR _
Lowest Responsible Bidder.
Bidder who has offered the lowest bid and who has exhibited skill relative to the type of
work bid on, judgment, financial responsibility, and evidence of working with the
Affirmative Action Employment Program and the Contract Compliance Program.
-- Broker.
One buying or selling for others on commission or other fee basis without maintaining a
warehouse or other similar inventory storage facility.
Mayor's Advisory Committee.-
Mayor's Advisory Committee for Minority, Female, and Disadvantaged Business
Enterprise.
Good Faith Efforts:
The successful bidder shall be selected on the basis of having submitted the lowest
_ responsible bid. The obligation of the bidder is to make good faith efforts. The bidder can
demonstrate that it has done so by the following:
1. The Prime Contractor met the project goal - No Action necessary
2. If the Prime Contractor failed to meet the goal, they must submit documentation of
good faith efforts.
CONTRACT COMPLIANCE PROGRAM SUBCONTRACTING
The program proposes numerical projections or goals regarding utilization of Minority
Business Enterprise (MBE) and Women Business Enterprise (WBE) as subcontractors in
the performance of contracts awarded by the City of Waterloo, Iowa.
A goal of at least 10% for MBE participation on all City funded construction projects that
are estimated at $50,000 or more and projects under $50,000 where applicable at the
Contract Compliance Officer's discretion. There is at least 2% WBE goal on City funded
projects. Any project which is funded solely or in part with Federal funds shall follow the
-- respective agencies contract compliance program and goals. Any project which is funded
solely or in part with State funds shall follow the respective agencies contract compliance
program and goals. The City of Waterloo Contract Compliance Program is for City
awarded construction contracts only. The prime contractor shall make "good-faith efforts"
to meet the Contract Compliance MBE/WBE goals. The MBE/WBE subcontracts must
provide the prime contractor a reasonably competitive price for the service being
rendered or the contractor is not required to accept the bid.
Administrative Reconsideration:
As part of this reconsideration, the bidder will have the opportunity to provide written
"- documentation or arguments concerning the issue of whether they made adequate good
faith efforts to meet the goals. The bidder will have the opportunity to meet in person with
the City of Waterloo's Administrative Reconsideration Committee to discuss the issue of
whether they made adequate good faith efforts. The Administrative Reconsideration
Committee will forward a written decision on reconsideration to the Mayor and City
Council, explaining the basis for finding that the bidder did or did not meet the goal or
make adequate good faith efforts to do so.
Documentation required will include but is not limited to the following:
Making portions of the work available for MBE/WBE subcontracting
-� INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CONTRACT NO.877 IB-5 OF 9
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
Evidence of negotiating with MBE/WBE firms
MBE/WBE quotes obtained and non-MBE/WBE quotes used —
Reasons agreements were not reached
Follow-up after initial solicitations
Efforts to assist in obtaining equipment, supplies and materials (at competitive —
prices), bonding, lines of credit, insurance, etc.
Evidence of past compliance or non-compliance by same contractor
The Contract Compliance Officer will determine the weight to be given to each item listed —"
above (supported by appropriate documentation) based on overall program goals.
RESPONSIBILITIES
1. City of Waterloo
A. The City Contract Compliance Officer has the responsibility to assure the City's
compliance with Federal, State and Municipal regulations.
B. The City Contract Compliance Officer is responsible for maintaining a current
directory of certified firms. Certification of MBE/WBE/DBE contractors is through _
the Iowa Department of Transportation and its Unified Certification Program.
Only firms certified based on guidelines prescribed in 49 CFR Part 26 and
provisions of this agreement, shall be recognized as certified by the City of
Waterloo. —
C. The City Contract Compliance Officer is responsible for making available a list of
future project information notices to MBE/WBE firms.
D. The City Contract Compliance Officer shall send notices to appropriate
MBE/WBE firms in the directory of each bid solicitation with opening date.
E. The City Contract Compliance Officer will receive MBE/WBE Letter(s) of Intent to
Bid and within two (2) business days forward the complete list of MBE/WBE
bidders who submitted a Letter of Intent to Bid to prime contractors. —
ll. Prime Contractors
In order to be in compliance with the guidelines of this program, the prime contractor —
must show good-faith efforts in following the MBE/WBE Contract Compliance Program.
Good-faith efforts include, but are not limited to, the following:
A. Prime contractors shall send solicitation letters (Form CCO-3) to appropriate
MBE/WBE (those certified in directory prepared by City Contract Compliance
Officer) at least seven (7) working days prior to bid date. Letters should identify
specific items to be subcontracted. A minimum of three (3) disadvantaged
business contacts must be made and documented, if there are at least three
disadvantaged businesses offering services in the area to be subcontracted (See
City of Waterloo MBE/WBE Certification List). If less than three (3) are offering the services to be subcontracted, then a contact is required for any that are listed
as providing that service. If the Prime Contractor submits a MBE/WBE contact
not on the City's MBE/WBE list, attach a copy of the MBE/WBE/DBE
Certifications from another government agency. —
B. If a prime contract bidder is unable to identify MBE/WBE firms to perform
portions of the work, the City Contract Compliance Officer should be contacted —
for assistance immediately.
C. Prime contract bidders may solicit MBE/WBE proposals by telephone or personal
interviews, but all such contacts shall be confirmed by Certified Mail, or —
subcontract bid request forms (Form CCO-2).
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CONTRACT NO. 877 IB-6 OF 9
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
D. If any MBE/WBE business submitting bids is not selected for subcontract award,
-- documentation must accompany the "MBE/WBE Business Enterprise Pre-Bid
Contact Information Form" (Form CCO-4 and CCO-4A) on why the MBE/WBE
was not selected. These reasons could include:
a. Not low bid. Copies of the competing bids may be required for verification.
b. MBE/WBE did not bid, withdrew bid or non-responsive.
c. Documentation of other business-related reason for not selecting the
MBENUBE business for a subcontract.
d. Prime contractor self performs work.
e. Any other reason relied on by prime.
The Contract Compliance Officer will determine the weight to be given to each item listed
above (supported by appropriate documentation) based on overall program goals.
M. MBE/WBE Firms
F. MBE/WBE firms shall be certified by the Iowa Department of Transportation as
owners and controllers of their respective businesses, or were listed on the City
of Waterloo Certified MBE/WBE Contractors list as of July 1, 2002.
G. MBE/WBE firms must perform the work on the project; they cannot act as a
._ broker by subcontracting the work out to others.
C. Each MBE/WBE firm planning to submit quotes on construction projects with
goals, shall submit a Letter of Intent to Bid (Form CCO-5) to the City Contract
Compliance Officer seven (7) working days prior to bid opening, listing specific
items which the MBE/WBE firm is interested in bidding. If sufficient Letters of
Intent to Bid are not received by the City Contract Compliance Officer seven (7)
_ working days prior to bid opening, goals on subject project will be reduced
accordingly. Agreements between the bidder/proposer and a MBE/WBE in which
the MBE/WBE promises not to provide subcontracting quotations to other
bidders/proposers are prohibited.
NON-COMPLIANCE OF CONTRACTORS
A. Noncompliance exists when the contractor's actions are not consistent with the
requirements of the Contract Compliance Program in the areas of employment
and subcontracting.
B. A bidder's failure to show good-faith efforts to meet project goals or a failure to
use certified MBE/WBE firms may be grounds for finding its bid not responsible.
C. The Contract Compliance Officer shall submit to City Council his/her
recommendation on any non-compliant contract in writing.
NOTICE TO PROCEED
Notice to proceed on any project with goals will not be issued until City Contract
Compliance Officer determines the lowest responsible bidder has used good-faith efforts
to comply with this Compliance Program and the bid was responsive.
CONCLUSION
This program repeals or revises all sections of previous Waterloo Contract Compliance
Programs.
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CONTRACT NO. 877 IB-7 OF 9
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
11. EMPLOYMENT AND BUSINESS OPPORTUNITY
To the greatest extent feasible, suppliers, subcontractors, and low income workers owning
businesses or living in the Waterloo area must be given priority in supplying materials, bidding for
subcontract work, or applying for employment by the contractor on this project. Opportunities for
training and for employment arising in connection with this project, shall to the greatest extent
feasible be made available to lower income persons residing in the project area. The contract
area is the City of Waterloo. _
The City of Waterloo will require the contractor to document his efforts in securing lower income
workers living in the project area and in purchasing supplies from, and awarding subcontracts to,
businesses owned by persons residing in the project area. .-
12. STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS
Each bidder shall, upon request of the City of Waterloo, Iowa, submit on the form furnished for that purpose (a copy of which is included in the contract documents), a statement of bidder's
qualifications, his experience record in constructing the type of improvements embraced, and his
organization and equipment available for the work contemplated; and, when specifically
requested, a detailed financial statement. The City of Waterloo, Iowa, shall have the right to take
such steps as it deems necessary to determine the ability of the bidder to perform his obligations
under the contract, and the bidder shall furnish the City of Waterloo, Iowa, all such information
and data for this purpose as it may request. The right is reserved to reject any bid where an —
investigation of the available evidence or information does not satisfy the City of Waterloo, Iowa,
that the bidder is qualified to carry out properly the terms of the contract.
13. AWARD OF CONTRACT
a. Award of contract will be made to that responsive and responsible bidder whose bid,
conforming to the Specifications, is most advantageous to the City of Waterloo; price and —
other factors considered. The intention is to award the contract at the time of opening
bids, but the right is reserved to postpone such action for a reasonable time, not
exceeding thirty (30) days.
b. The City Council may, when in its interest, reject any or all bids or waive any informality in
bids received.
C. The bidder shall submit bids on all the items listed in the proposal and shall state the unit —
bid price in words in the blank spaces provided beneath the item description. Should
there be any discrepancy between the unit bid price in words and listed numeral unit bid
price, the City of Waterloo shall consider the unit bid price in words as being the valid unit —
bid price. A computer-generated spreadsheet as herein provided shall also be
acceptable. Proposals requiring mathematical computations to determine unit prices or
totals will be rejected. A contract will be awarded to the qualified bidder submitting the
lowest total bid for the BASE BID plus ALTERNATE(S) chosen by the City as indicated in
the NOTICE TO BIDDERS.
d. When a contract for a public improvement is to be awarded to the lowest responsive and ..._
responsible bidder, a resident bidder shall be allowed a preference as against a
nonresident bidder from a state or foreign country if that state or foreign country gives or
requires any preference to bidders from that state or foreign country, including but not
limited to any preference to bidders, the imposition of any type of labor force preference,
or any other form of preferential treatment to bidders or laborers from that state or foreign
country. The preference allowed shall be equal to the preference given or required by
the state or foreign country in which the nonresident bidder is a resident. In the instance
of a resident labor force preference, a nonresident bidder shall apply the same resident
labor force preference to a public improvement in this state as would be required in the
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CONTRACT NO.877 IB-8 OF 9
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR -
construction of a public improvement by the state or foreign country in which the
nonresident bidder is a resident.
— 14. EXECUTION OF AGREEMENT, BONDS, AND CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
a. Subsequent to the award and within ten (10) days after the prescribed forms are
presented for signature, the successful bidder shall execute and deliver to the City of
Waterloo, Iowa, an agreement in the form included in the contract documents in such
number of copies as the City of Waterloo, Iowa, may require.
�- b. Having satisfied all conditions of award as set forth elsewhere in these documents, the
successful bidder shall, within the period specified in paragraph "a" above, furnish a
surety bond and a payment bond in a penal sum not less than the amount of the contract
_ as awarded, as security for the faithful performance of the contract and terms and
conditions therein contained and shall guarantee the prompt payment of all persons,
firms, or corporations to whom the contractor may become legally indebted for labor,
materials, tools, equipment, or services of any nature including utility and transportation
services, employed or used by him in performing the work. The bonds shall protect and
save harmless the City from claims and damages of any kind caused by the operations of
the contractor and shall also guarantee the maintenance of the contract improvements for
— the period stated in the Notice of Hearing from and after completion of said improvements
and their acceptance by the City. Such bonds shall be in the same form as that included
in the contract documents and shall bear the same date as, or a date subsequent to that
of the agreement. The current Power of Attorney for the person who signs for any surety
company shall be attached to such bonds.
C. The successful bidder shall, within the period specified in paragraph "a" above, furnish a
certificate of insurance for approval in amounts of not less than the amounts specified in
r' the General Specifications for Construction, Section F. No. 4 "Liability Insurance," Pages
14 to 15 of 18 Pages. The certificate of insurance shall be furnished in such number of
copies as the City of Waterloo may require. The City of Waterloo shall be named as an
"Additional Insured." The contractor shall similarly submit his subcontractor's certificates
of insurance in the amounts for approval before each commences work. The contractor
shall carry or require that there be Workmen's Compensation Insurance for all his
employees and those of his subcontractors engaged in work at the site, in accordance
with State Workmen's Compensation Laws.
d. The failure of the successful bidder to execute such agreement and to supply the
required bond or bonds within ten (10) days after the prescribed forms are presented for
signature, or within such extended period as the City of Waterloo, Iowa, may grant, based
upon reasons determined sufficient by the City of Waterloo, Iowa, may either award the
contract to the next lowest bidder or re-advertise for bids, and may charge against the
bidder the difference between the amount of the bid and the amount for which a contract
for the work is subsequently executed, irrespective of whether the amount thus due
exceeds the amount of the bid guaranty. If a more favorable bid is received by re-
advertising, the defaulting bidder shall have no claim against the City of Waterloo, Iowa,
for a refund.
15. BIDDER STATUS
r Attention of bidders is called to the requirement of complying with the provisions of the Resident
Bidder/Non-Resident Bidder requirement.
— Each bidder submitting a bid shall execute and include with the bid, a Bidder Status Form in the
form herein provided.
Failure to submit a fully completed Bidder Status Form with the bid may result in the bid being
-- deemed nonresponsive and rejected.
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS CONTRACT NO. 877 IB-9 OF 9
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
Page 1
SRF Required Front-End Specifications f/w
S
Attachment 1: Certification of Non-Segregated Facilities Form STATE
(to be completed and signed by Prime Contractor and
submitted with the bid) REVOLVING FUND
Attachment 2: Statement in Advertisement for Bids on Debarment and
Suspension/Certification Regarding Debarment and
-- Suspension Form (to be completed and signed by Prime Contractor
and submitted with the bid)
Attachment 3: Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Certification Form (to be
completed and signed by Prime Contractor and submitted with the bid)
Attachment 4: DBE Program Subcontractor Performance Form (to be completed and
signed by Prime and DBE Subcontractor for each subcontract and
submitted with the bid)
— Attachment 5: DBE Program Subcontractor Utilization Form (to be completed and
signed by Prime Contractor and submitted with the bid)
Attachment 6: DBE Program Subcontractor Participation Form (for voluntary use of
DBEs)
Attachment 7: Other Federal Requirements Language
A. Standard Equal Employment Opportunity Specifications
B. Federal Labor Standards Provisions (including Davis-Bacon
prevailing wage rates)
C. Preservation of Open Competition and Government Neutrality
D. Historical and Archeological Finds
E. Prohibitions on Procurement from Violating Facilities
Attachment 8: Right of Entry and Records Retention
Attachment 9: Use of American Iron and Steel
Please note: The Davis Bacon wage determination received from the Iowa Finance
Authority must also be included in the front-end specifications.
INVESTING IN IOWA'S WATER
May 2015
Page 2
Attachment 1
SRF Required Front-End Specifications
(This form must be completed and signed by Prime Contractor and
submitted with the bid.) SRF
_
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency STATE
Certification of Non-Segregated Facilities
REVOLVING FUND
(Applicable to contracts, subcontracts, and agreements with applicants who are themselves
performing Federally assisted construction contracts, exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt
from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause.)
By the submission of this bid, the bidder, offeror, applicant, or subcontractor certifies that
he does not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his
establishments, and that he does not permit his employees to perform their services at any
location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. He certifies further that
he will not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his
establishments, and that he will not permit his employees to perform their services at any
location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The bidder, offeror,
applicant, or subcontractor agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal
Opportunity clause in this contract. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities"
means any waiting rooms, work areas, restrooms and washrooms, restaurants and other eating
areas, time clocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking
fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for
employees which are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of
race, creed, color, or national original, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise. He further
agrees that (except where he has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors
for specific time periods) he will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior
to the award of subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of
the Equal Opportunity clause; that he will retain such certifications in his files; and that he will
forward the following notice to such proposed subcontractors (except where the proposed
subcontractors have submitted identical certifications for specific time periods):
NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE SUBCONTRACTORS OF REQUIREMENT FOR
CERTIFICATIONS OF NON-SEGREGATED FACILITIES
A Certification of Non-segregated Facilities, as required by the May 9, 1967, order (33
F.R. 7808, May 28, 1968) on Elimination of Segregated Facilities, by the Secretary of Labor,
must be submitted prior to the award of a subcontract exceeding $10,000 which is not exempt
from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause. The certification may be submitted either
for each subcontract or for all subcontracts during a period (i.e., quarterly, semiannually, or
annually).
Signature Date
Name and Title of Signer (Please Type)
NOTE: The penalty for making false statements in offers is prescribed in 18 U.S.C. 1001. _
EPA-7 5720-4.2
INVESTING IN IOWA'S WATER
www,iowasrf.co `
May 2015 -
6-
Page 3
Attachment 2
SRF Required Front-End Specifications v/j/)
(This form must be completed and signed by the Prime Contractor
and submitted with the bid.) SRF
Debarments and Suspensions STATE
Any bidder or equipment supplier whose firm or affiliate is listed in on the U.S. General REVOLVING FUND
Services Administration Excluded Parties List System web site at http://www.e[21s.gov will be
prohibited from the bidding process. Anyone submitting a bid who is listed on this web site will
be determined to be a non-responsive bidder in accordance with 40 CFR Part 31.
United States Environmental Protection Agency Washington, DC 20460
Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, and
Other Responsibility Matters
The prospective participant certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief that it and the
principals:
(a) Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible,
or voluntarily excluded from covered transactions by any Federal department or
agency;
(b) Have not within a three year period preceding this proposal been convicted of or had a
_ civil judgment rendered against them for commission o f fraud or a criminal offense in
connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, State,
or local) transaction or contract under a public transaction: violation of Federal or
State antitrust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery,
falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen
property;
(c) Are not presently indicted for otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a government
entity (Federal, State, or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in
paragraph (1) (b) of this certification; and
(d) Have not within a three-year period preceding this application/proposal had one or
more public transaction s (Federal, State, or local) terminated or cause or default.
— I understand that a false statement on this certification may be ground for rejection of this
proposal or termination of the award. In addition, under 18 U SC Sec. 10 01, a false statement
ma y result in a fine of up to $10,000 or imprisonment for up to 5 years, or both.
Typed Name & Title of Authorized Representative
_ Signature of Authorized Representative Date
❑ I am unable to certify to the above statements. My explanation is attached.
EPA Form 5700-49 (11-88)
INVESTING IN IOWA'S WATER
May 2015
Page 4
Attachment 3
SRF Required Front-End Specifications _
(This form must be completed and signed by Prime Contractor and SRF
submitted with the bid.)
STATE
Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Solicitation REVOLVING FUND
It is EPA's policy that recipients of EPA financial assistance through the State Revolving Fund
programs award a "fair share" of subagreements to small, minority and women-owned
businesses, collectively know as Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBEs). Iowa's Fair
Share goals are:
Minority-Owned Business Women-Owned Business
Enterprise MBE Goal Enterprise (WBE) Goal
Construction 1.7% 2.2% _
Supplies 0.6% 5.6%
Services 2.5% 11.3%
Goods/Equipment 2.5% 10.4%
Average 1 1.8% 7•4%
Only work performed by certified DBEs can be counted toward the goals. In Iowa, DBEs must
be certified through the Iowa Department of Transportation (IDOT). Information on certification
requirements and a list of certified DBEs is on the IDOT website at
http://www.iowadot.gov/contracts/contracts eeoaa.htm.
Prime contractors' DBE requirements for SRF projects include:
• Taking affirmative steps for DBE participation
• Documenting the efforts and the proposed utilization of certified DBEs
PROJECT INFORMATION
SRF Applicant:
Bidder:
Address:
Contact Person:
Signature:
Phone Number:
E-Mail Address:
Check if Prime Contractor is: ❑ Minority-Owned ❑ Women-Owned
INVESTING IN IOWA'S WATER
May 2015
Page 5
GOOD FAITH EFFORTS CHECKLIST
Please complete the checklist to determine if you have complied with the requirement it
to make good faith efforts to ensure that certified DBEs have the opportunity to
compete for procurements funded by EPA financial assistance funds. Bidders/offerers
must make good faith efforts prior to submission of bids/proposals. SRF
1. Did you ensure that DBEs are made aware of contracting opportunities to the fullest STATE
extent practicable through outreach and recruitment activities? ❑ Yes ❑ No REVOLVING FUND
2. Did you make information on forthcoming opportunities available to DBEs and arrange time
frames for contracts and establish delivery schedules, where the requirements permit, in a way
that encourages and facilitates participation by DBEs in the competitive process? This includes,
whenever possible, posting solicitation for bids or proposals for a minimum of 30 calendar days
before the bid or proposal closing date. ❑ Yes ❑ No
3. Did you consider in the contracting process whether firms competing for large contracts
could subcontract with DBEs? This will include dividing total requirements, when economically
feasible, into smaller tasks or quantities to permit maximum participation by DBEs in the
competitive process. ❑ Yes ❑ No
4. Did you encourage contracting with a consortium of DBEs when a contract is too large for
one of these firms to handle individually? ❑ Yes ❑ No
5. Did you use the services of the Small Business Administration and the Minority Business
Development Agency of the Department of Commerce to identify potential subcontractors?
❑ Yes ❑ No
6. List the potential DBE subcontractors that were contacted. Only list those that are certified
through the Iowa Department of Transportation.
Name How Contacted Response (e.g. did not respond,
(e.g. letter, phone not interested, not competitive)
call, fax, e-mail)
PROPOSED UTILIZATION OF DBE SUBCONTRACTORS
Please include Attachments 4 and 5 to document the proposed utilization of certified DBE
subcontractors.
INVESTING IN IOWA'S WATER
s
May 2015
Page 6
CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION PROVISIONS
Several contract provisions are required to prevent unfair practices that adversely affect
DBEs. These include:
1. Prime Contractor must pay its Subcontractor for satisfactory performance no more SRF
than 30 days from the Prime Contractor's receipt of payment from the SRF loan STATE
recipient. REVOLVING FUND
2. Prime Contractor must notify the SRF loan recipient in writing prior to termination of a DBE
subcontractor for convenience.
3. Prime Contractor must employ the six Good Faith Efforts to solicit a replacement
subcontractor if a DBE subcontractor fails to complete work under a subcontract for any
reason.
INVESTING IN IOWA'S WATER
www,iowasrf.com
May 2015
Page 7
Attachment 4
SRF Required Front-End Specifications
(This form must be completed and signed by Prime and
DBE Subcontractor for each subcontract and submitted with the bid.)
SRF
STATE
REVOLVING FUND
OMB Control No: 2090-0030
Approved 8/13/2013
Approval Expires 8/31/2015
United States Environmental Protection Agency Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program
DBE Subcontractor Performance Form
This form is intended to capture the DBE1 subcontractor's2 description of work to be performed and the price of the work
submitted to the prime contractor. An EPA Financial Assistance Agreement recipient must require its prime contractor to
have its DBE subcontractors complete this form and include all completed forms in the prime contractor's bid or proposal
package.
Subcontractor Name Project Name
Bid/Proposal No. Assistance Agreement ID No. Point of Contact
(if known)
Address
Telephone No. Email Address
Prime Contractor Name Issuing/Funding Entity
Contract Item Description of Work Submitted to the Prime Contractor Involving Price of Work Submitted to
Number Construction, Services, Equipment or Supplies the Prime Contractor
DBE Certified by DOT SBA Meets/exceeds EPA certification standards?
Other: YES NO Unknown
'A DBE is a Disadvantaged, Minority, or Woman Business Enterprise that has been certified by an entity from which EPA accepts
certification as described in 40 CFR 33.204-33.205 or certified by EPA. EPA accepts certifications from entities that meet or exceed
EPA certification standards as described in 40 CFR 33.202.
2Subcontractor is defined as a company,firm,joint venture, or individual who enters into an agreement with a contractor to provide
services pursuant to an EPA award of financial assistance.
EPA Form 6100-3 (DBE Subcontractor Performance Form)—Page 1
INVESTING IN IOWA'S WATER
May 2015
Page 8
SRF
STATE
REVOLVING FUND
OMB Control No: 2090-0030
Approved 8/13/2013
Approval Expires 8/31/2015
United States Environmental Protection Agency Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program
DBE Subcontractor Performance Form
I certify under penalty of perjury that the forgoing statements are true and correct. Signing this form does not signify a
commitment to utilize the subcontractors above. I am aware of that in the event of a replacement of a subcontractor, I will
adhere to the replacement requirements set forth in 40 CFR Part 33 Section 33.302 (c).
Prime Contractor Signature Print Name
Title Date
Subcontractor Signature Print Name
Title Date
The public reporting and recordkeeping burden for this collection of information is estimated to average three (3) hours
per response. Send comments on the Agency's need for this information, the accuracy of the provided burden estimates,
and any suggested methods for minimizing respondent burden, including through the use of automated collection
techniques to the Director, Collection Strategies Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (2822T), 1200
Pennsylvania Ave., NW, Washington, D.C. 20460. Include the OMB control number in any correspondence. Do not send
the completed form to this address.
EPA Form 6100-3 (DBE Subcontractor Performance Form)—Page 2 _
INVESTING IN IOWA'S WATER
May 2015
Page 9
Attachment 5
SRF Required Front-End Specifications
(This form must be completed and signed by Prime Contractor and sub
with the bid if utilizing DBE subcontractors.)
SRF
STATE
REVOLVING FUND
OMB Control No: 2090-0030
Approved 8/13/2013
Approval Expires 8/31/2015
United States Environmental Protection Agency Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program
DBE Subcontractor Utilization Form
This form is intended to capture the prime contractor's actual and/or intended use of identified certified DBE'
subcontractors2 and the estimated dollar amount of each subcontract. An EPA Financial Assistance Agreement Recipient
must require its prime contractors to complete this form and include it in the bid or proposal package. Prime contractors
should also maintain a copy of this form on file.
Prime Contractor Name Project Name
Bid/Proposal No. Assistance Agreement ID No. Point of Contact
(if known)
Address
Telephone No. Email Address
Issuing/Funding Entity
I have identified potential DBE certified subcontractors
_ YES NO
If yes, please com fete the table below. If no, please explain.
Subcontractor Company Address/Phone/Email Estimated Dollar Currently DBE
Name/Company Amount Certified?
Name
Continue on back if needed
'A DBE is a Disadvantaged, Minority, or Woman Business Enterprise that has been certified by an entity from which EPA accepts certification
as described in 40 CFR 33.204-33.205 or certified by EPA. EPA accepts certifications from entities that meet or exceed EPA certification
-- standards as described in 40 CFR 33.202.
2Subcontractor is defined as a company, firm,joint venture, or individual who enters into an agreement with a contractor to provide services
pursuant to an EPA award of financial assistance.
EPA Form 6100-4 (DBE Subcontractor Utilization Form) —Page 1 INVESTING IN IOWA'S WATER
May 2015
Page 10
SRF
STATE
REVOLVING FUND
OMB Control No: 2090-0030
Approved 8/13/2013
Approval Expires 8/31/2015
United States Environmental Protection Agency Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program
DBE Subcontractor Utilization Form
certify under penalty of perjury that the forgoing statements are true and correct. Signing this form does not signify a
commitment to utilize the subcontractors above. I am aware of that in the event of a replacement of a subcontractor, I will —
adhere to the replacement requirements set forth in 40 CFR Part 33 Section 33.302 (c).
Prime Contractor Signature Print Name —
Title Date —
The public reporting and recordkeeping burden for this collection of information is estimated to average three (3) hours
per response. Send comments on the Agency's need for this information, the accuracy of the provided burden estimates,
and any suggested methods for minimizing respondent burden, including through the use of automated collection —
techniques to the Director, Collection Strategies Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (2822T), 1200
Pennsylvania Ave., NW, Washington, D.C. 20460. Include the OMB control number in any correspondence. Do not send
the completed form to this address. —
EPA Form 6100-4(DBE Subcontractor Utilization Form) —Page 2 --
INVESTING IN IOWA'S WATER
May 2015
Page 11
Attachment 6
—' SRF Required Front-End Specifications
(This form is not required for bidding. It is for the voluntary use of
DBE Subcontractors.) SR F
STATE
REVOLVING FUND
_. OMB Control No: 2090-0030
Approved 8/13/2013
Approval Expires 8/31/2015
United States Environmental Protection Agency Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program
DBE Subcontractor Participation Form
An EPA Financial Assistance Agreement Recipient must require its prime contractors to provide this form to its DBE
subcontractors. This form gives a DBE' subcontractorz the opportunity to describe work received and/or report any
concerns regarding the EPA-funded project(e.g. in areas such as termination by prime contractor, late payments, etc.).
The DBE subcontractor can, as an option, complete and submit this form to the EPA DBE Coordinator at any time during
the project period of performance.
Subcontractor Name Project Name
Bid/Proposal No. Assistance Agreement ID No. Point of Contact
(if known)
Address
Telephone No. Email Address
Prime Contractor Name Issuing/Funding Entity
Contract Item Description of Work Received from the Prime Contractor Involving Amount Received by
Number Construction, Services, Equipment or Supplies Prime Contractor
'A DBE is a Disadvantaged, Minority, or Woman Business Enterprise that has been certified by an entity from which EPA accepts
certification as described in 40 CFR 33.204-33.205 or certified by EPA. EPA accepts certifications from entities that meet or exceed
-- EPA certification standards as described in 40 CFR 33.202.
2Subcontractor is defined as a company,firm,joint venture, or individual who enters into an agreement with a contractor to provide
services pursuant to an EPA award of financial assistance.
EPA Form 6100-2 (DBE Subcontractor Participation Form)—Page 1 INVESTING IN IOWA'S WATER
May 2015
Page 12
SRF
STATE
REVOLVING FUND
OMB Control No: 2090-0030
Approved 8/13/2013
Approval Expires 8/31/2015 _
United States Environmental Protection Agency Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program
DBE Subcontractor Participation Form
Please use the space below to report any concerns regarding the above EPA-funded project:
Subcontractor Signature Print Name
Title Date "
EPA FORM 6100-2 (DBE Subcontractor Participation Form)
Return to: Regional Coordinator, Small Business Utilization, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 7, 11201
Renner Blvd., Lenexa, KS 66219
The public reporting and recordkeeping burden for this collection of information is estimated to average three (3) hours
per response. Send comments on the Agency's need for this information, the accuracy of the provided burden estimates,
and any suggested methods for minimizing respondent burden, including through the use of automated collection
techniques to the Director, Collection Strategies Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (2822T), 1200
Pennsylvania Ave., NW, Washington, D.C. 20460. Include the OMB control number in any correspondence. Do not send
the completed form to this address.
EPA Form 6100-2 (DBE Subcontractor Participation Form) —Page 2 INVESTING IN IOWA'S WATER
May 2015
Page 14
Federal or federally assisted construction contract shall apply the minority and female goals
established for the geographical area where the work in being performed. Goals are publishe
periodically in the Federal Register in notice form, and such notices may be obtained from any Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs office or from Federal procurement
contracting officers. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress in SRF
meeting its goals in each craft during the period specified.
STATE
5. Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement, nor the failure by a REVOLVING FUND
union with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement, to refer eithe, minorities
or women shall excuse the Contractor's obligations under these specifications, Executive Order
11246, or the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.
6. In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in
meeting the goals, such apprentices and trainees must be employed by the Contractor during
the training period, and the Contractor must have made a commitment to employ the
apprentices and trainees at the completion of their training, subject to the availability of
employment opportunities. Trainees must be trained pursuant to training programs approved by
the U.S. Department of Labor.
7. The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure equal employment
opportunity. The evaluation of the Contractor's compliance with these specifications shall be
based upon its effort to achieve maximum results from its actions. The Contractor shall
document these efforts fully, and shall implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive
as the following:
a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation, and
coercion at all sites, and in all facilities at which the Contractor employees are assigned
to work. The Contractor, where possible will assign two or more women to each
construction project. The Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen,
superintendents, and other on-site supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the
Contractor's obligation to maintain such a working environment, with specific attention to
minority or female individuals working at such sites or in such facilities.
b. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources,
provide written notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community
organizations when the Contractor or its unions have employment opportunities
available and maintain a record of the organizations' responses.
c. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of each
minority and female off-the-street applicant and minority or female referral from a union,
a recruitment source or community organization and of what action was taken with
respect to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for
referral and was not referred back to the Contractor by the union or, if referred, not
employed by the Contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason
therefore, along with whatever additional actions the Contractor may have taken.
d. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or unions with
which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the
Contractor a minority person or woman sent by the Contractor, or when the Contractor
has other information that the union referral process has impeded the Contractor's effort,
to meet its obligations.
e. Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in training programs for
the area which expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs
and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to the Contractor's employment
needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The
INVESTING IN IOWA'S WATER
May 2015
Page 13
Attachment 7
SRF Required Front-End Specifications Ir/j/
Other Federal Requirements Language SRF
A. Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract
Specifications (Executive Order 11246) STATE
REVOLVING FUND
1. As used in these specifications:
a. "Covered area" means the geographical area described in the solicitation from which
- this contract resulted;
b. "Director" means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, United
States Department of Labor, or any person to whom the Director delegates authority;
c. "Employer identification number" means the Federal Social Security number used
on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Department Form 941.
d. "Minority" includes:
_ (i) Black (all persons having origin in any of the Black African racial groups not of
Hispanic origin);
(ii) Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South
American or other Spanish Culture or origin, regardless of race);
(iii) Asian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of the original
peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian Sub-continent, or the Pacific
Islands); and
(iv) American Indian or Alaskan Native (all persons having origins in any of the
original peoples of North America and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations
through membership and participation or community identification).
2. Whenever the Contractor, or any Subcontractor at any tier subcontracts a portion of the
work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of
$10,000 the provisions of these specifications and the Notice which contains the applicable
goals for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which
this contract resulted.
3. If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 6-4.5) in a Hometown Plan
approved by the U.S. Department of Labor in the covered area either individually or through an
association, its affirmative action obligations on all work in the Plan area (including goals and
timetables) shall be in accordance with that Plan for those trades which have unions
participating in the Plan. Contractors must be able to demonstrate their participation in and
compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each Contractor or Subcontractor
participating in an approved Plan is individually required to comply with its obligations under the
EEO clause, and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under the Plan in each trade
in which it has employees. The overall good faith performance by other Contractors or
— Subcontractors toward a goal in an approved Plan does not excuse any covered Contractor's or
Subcontractor's failure to take good faith efforts to achieve the Plan goals and timetables.
4. The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in
paragraphs 7a through p of these specifications. The goals set forth in the solicitation from
which this contract resulted are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and
training of minority and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in
each construction trade in which it has employee in the covered area. Covered construction
contractors performing construction work in geographical areas where they do not have a
INVESTING IN IOWA'S WATER
May 2015
Page 15
Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to the source complied under 7b
above.
- f. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions
and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in
meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective SRF
bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper, annual report,
etc.; by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all STATE
minority and female employees at least once a year; and by posting the company REVOLVING FUND
EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where
construction work is performed.
g. Review, at Least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations
under these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring,
assignment, layoff, termination or other employment decisions including specific review
of these items with onsite supervisory personnel such as Superintendents. General
Foremen, etc., prior to the initiation of construction work at any job site. A written record
- shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings, persons
attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of the subject matter.
h. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in
the news media, specifically including minority and female news media, and providing
written notification to and discussing the Contractor's EEO policy with other Contractors
and Subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing business.
- i. Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female and community
organizations, to schools with minority and female students and to minority and female
recruitment and training organizations serving the Contractor's recruitment area and
_ employment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceotance of
applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the
Contractor shall send written notification to organizations such as the above, describing
_ the openings, screening procedures, and test to be used in the selection process.
j. Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons
and women and, where reasonable, provide after school, summer and vacation
employment to minority and female youth both on the site and in other areas of a
Contractor's workforce.
k. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do
so under 41 CFR Part 60-3.
1. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at least of all minority and
female personnel for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek
or to prepare for, through appropriate training, etc., such opportunities.
m. Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications work assignments and other
personnel practices, do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all
personnel and employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the
Contractor's obligations under these specifications are being carried out.
n. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are nonsegregated except that
separate or single-user toilet and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to
assure privacy between the sexes.
o. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from
minority and female construction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of
solicitations to minority and female contractor associations and other business
associations.
p. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisors' adherence to and performance
under the Contractor's EEO policies and affirmative action obligations.
INVESTING IN IOWA'S WATER
May 2015
Page 16
8. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which assist in _
fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations (7a through p). The efforts of a 0
contractor association, joint contractor-union, contractor-community, or other similar group of
which the contractor is a member and participant, may be asserted as fulfilling any one or _
RF
more of its obligations under 7a through p of these Specifications provided that the contractor
actively participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive
impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the concreteSTATE
benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor's minority and female workforce REVOLVING FUND —
participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goals and timetables, and can
provide access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken on
behalf of the Contractor. The obligation to comply, however, is the Contractor's and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the Contractor's noncompliance.
9. A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established.
The Contractor, however, is required to provide equal employment opportunity and to take
affirmative action for all minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority
and non-minority. Consequently, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a
particular group is employed in a substantially disparate manner (for example, even though the
Contractor has achieved its goals for women generally, the Contractor may be in violation of the
Executive Order if a specific minority group of women is underutilized).
10. The Contractor shall not use the goals and timetable or affirmative action standards to
discriminate against any person because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin.
11. The Contractor shall not enter into any Subcontract with any person or firm debarred
from Government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246.
12. The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these
specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including suspension, termination and
cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive
Order 11246, as amended, and its implementing regulations, by the Office of Federal Contract
Compliance Programs. Any Contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall
be in violation of these specifications and Executive Order 11246, as amended.
13. The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications, shall implement
specific affirmative action steps at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in
paragraph 7 of these specifications so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure
equal employment opportunity. If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the
Executive Order, the implementing regulations, or these specifications, the Director shall
proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60-4.8.
14. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related
activity to ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to
the provisions hereof as may be required by the Government and to keep records. Records
shall at least include for each employee the name, address, telephone numbers, construction
trade, union affiliation if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security
number, race, sex, status (e.g., mechanic, apprentice, trainee, helper, or laborer), dates of
changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at
which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained in an easily understandable and
retrievable form; however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement,
contractors shall not be required to maintain separate records.
INVESTING IN IOWA'S WATER
May 2015
Page 17
15. Nothingherein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of it
p p pp
— other laws which establish different standards of compliance or upon the application of
requirements for the hiring of local or other area residents (e.g., those under the Public
Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development Block Grant Program). SRF
Federal Register, Vol. 43, No. 68 - Friday, April 7, 1978 (Corrected May 5, 1978). STATE
Effective Date: May 8, 1978 REVOLVING FUND
Federal Register, Vol. 45, No. 194. Paragraph 4, revised October 3, 1980
Effective Date: September 30, 1980
APPENDICES A and B-80
Notice of Requirement for Affirmative Action To Ensure Equal Employment Opportunity
(Executive Order 11246)
- 1. The Offeror's or Bidder's attention is called to the "Equal Opportunity Clause" and the
"Standard Federal Equal Employment Specifications" set forth herein.
2. The goals and timetables for minority and female participation, expressed in percentage
terms for the Contractor's aggregate workforce in each trade on all construction work in
the covered area, are as follows:
(See Appendix B-80 and Appendix A Below)
These goals are applicable to all the Contractor's construction work (whether or not it is Federal
or federally assisted) performed in the covered area. If the contractor performs construction
work in a geographical area located outside of the covered area, it shall apply the goals
established for such geographical area where the work is actually performed. With regard to this
second area, the contractor also is subject to the goals for both its federally involved and non-
federally involved construction.
The Contractor's compliance with the Executive Order and in the regulations in 41 CFR Part
60-4 shall be based on its implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, specific affirmative
action obligations required by the specifications set forth in 41 CFR 60-4.3(a), and its efforts to
meet the goals. The hours of minority and female employment and training must be
substantially uniform throughout the length of the contract, and in each trade, and the contractor
shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities and women evenly on each of its projects.
The transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from Contractor to Contractor or from
_ project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's goals shall be a violation of
the contract, the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4. Compliance with
the goals will be measured against the total work hours performed.
_ 3. The Contractor shall provide written notification to the Director of the Office of Federal
Contract Compliance Programs within 10 working days of award of any construction
subcontract in excess of$10,000 at any tier for construction work under the contract
resulting from this solicitation. The notification shall list the name, address and telephone
number of the subcontractor, employer Identification number of the subcontractor,
estimated dollar amount of the subcontract, and the geographical area in which the
subcontract is to be performed.
INVESTING IN IOWA'S WATER
May 2015
Page 18
4. As used in this Notice, and in the contract resulting from this solicitation, the "covered
area" is (State of Iowa). SRF
APPENDIX A STATE
The following goals and timetables for female utilization shall be included in all Federal and REVOLVING FUND —
federally assisted construction contracts and subcontracts in excess of$10,000. The goals are
applicable to the contractor's aggregate on-site construction workforce whether or not part of
that workforce is performing work on a Federal or federally assisted construction contract or —
subcontract.
Area covered: Goals for Women apply nationwide. —
Timetable Goals (percent)
From Apr. 1, 1978 until March 31, 1979 . . . . . . .3.1 _
From Apr. 1, 1979 until March 31, 1980 . . . . . . .5.0
From Apr. 1, 1980 until March 31, 1981 . . . . . . .6.9
Published, Federal Register May 5, 1978
APPENDIX B-80
Until further notice, the following goals for minority utilization in each construction craft and trade
shall be included in all Federal or federally assisted construction contracts and subcontracts in
excess of$10,000 to be performed in the respective geographical areas. The goals are
applicable to each nonexempt contractor's total onsite construction workforce, regardless of -
whether or not part of that workforce is performing work in a Federal, federally assisted or
nonfederally related project, contract or subcontract. Construction contractors which are
participating in an approved Hometown Plan (see 41 CFR 60-4.5) are required to comply with
the goals of the Hometown Plan with regard to construction work they perform in the area
covered by the Hometown Plan. With regard to all their other covered construction work, such
contractors are required to comply with the applicable SMSA of EA goal contained in this
appendix B-80.
INVESTING IN IOWA'S WATER _
v+>ww'jo-wasrf.CO
May 2015
Page 19
Economic Areas
State: Iowa Goal % it
096 Dubuque IA:
SMSA Counties: SRF
2200 Dubuque, IA ...................................... 0.6 STATE
IA Dubuque Non-SMSA REvoiviwe FUND
Counties ............................................... 0.5
IA Allamakee, IA Clayton, IA Delaware, IA, Jackson IA, Winneshiek
099 Davenport Rock Island Moline, IA-IL:
SMSA Counties:
1960 Davenport Rock Island Moline, IA-IL ........ 4.6
IL Henry, IL Rock Island Moline, IA Scott
Non-SMA
Counties ........................ 3.4
IL Carroll, IL Hancock, IL Henderson, IL ,Mercer, IL Whiteside, IA Clinton, IA Des
Moines, IA Henry, IA Lee, IA Louisa, IA, Muscatine, MO Clark
100 Cedar Rapids, IA:
SMSA Counties:
1360 Cedar Rapids, IA ........................ 1.7
IA Linn
_ Non-SMSA Counties .......................... 1.5
IA Benton, IA Cedar, IA Iowa, IA Johnson, IA, Jones, IA, Washington
101 Waterloo, IA:
SMSA Counties:
8920 Waterloo-Cedar Falls, IA ............... 4.7
IA Black Hawk
Non-SMSA Counties .......................... 2.0
IA Bremer, IA Buchanan, IA Butler, IA Cerro Gordo, IA Chickasaw, IA Fayette, IA Floyd,
- IA Franklin, IA Grundy, IA Hancock, IA Hardin, IA Howard, IA Mitchell, IA Winnebago, IA
Worth
102 Fort Dodge, IA:
Non-SMSA Counties ................. ........ 0.4
IA Buena Vista, IA Calhoun, IA Carroll, IA Clay, IA Dickinson, IA Emmet, IA Greene, IA
_ Hamilton, IA Humboldt, IA Kossuth, IA Palo Alto, IA Pocahontas, IA Sac, IA Webster, IA
Wright
103 Sioux City, IA:
SMSA Counties:
7720 Sioux City, IA-NE ........................ 1.9
IA Woodbury, NE Dakota
INVESTING IN IOWA'S WATER
May 2015
Page 20
Non-SMSA Counties ............................ 1.2
IA Cherokee, IA Crawford, IA Ida, IA Monona, IA O'Brien, IA Plymouth, IA Sioux, NE
IP
Antelope, NE Cedar, NE Cuming, NE Dixon, NE Knox, NE Madison, NE Pierce, NE
Stanton, NE Thurston, NE Wayne, SD Bon Homme, SD Clay, SD Union, SD
Yankton SRF
104 Des Moines, IA: STATE
REVGLVING FUND
SMSA Counties:
2120 Des Moines, IA ............................. 4.5
IA Polk, IA Warren
Non SMSA Counties: ........................... 2.4
IA Adair, IA Appanoose, IA Boone, IA Clarke, IA Dallas, IA Davis, IA Decatur, IA Guthrie,
IA Jasper, IA Jefferson, IA Keokuk, IA Lucas, IA Madison, IA Mahaska, IA Marion, IA
Marshall, IA Monroe, IA Poweshiek, IA Ringgold, IA Story, IA Tama, IA Union, IA Van
Buren, IA Wapello, IA Wayne
143 Omaha, NE:
SMSA Counties:
5920 Omaha, NE-IA ............................. 7.6
IA Pottawattamie, NE Douglas, NE Sarpy
Non-SMSA Counties ............................ 5.3
IA Adams, IA Audubon, IA Cass, IA Fremont, IA Harrison, IA Mills, IA Montgomery, IA
Page, IA Shelby, IA Taylor, NE Burt, NE Cass, NE Colfax, NE Dodge, NE Platte, NE
Saunders, NE Washington
Published, Federal Register October 3, 1980
B. Federal Labor Standards Provisions (including Davis-Bacon prevailing wage rates)
Applicability
The Project or Program to which the construction work covered by this contract pertains is being
assisted by the United States of America and the following Federal Labor Standards Provisions
are included in this Contract pursuant to the provisions applicable to such Federal assistance.
(1) Minimum wages. (i) All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the
work will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent
deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by
regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR part 3)), the full -
amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of
payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the
Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any
contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers
and mechanics.Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits
under section 1(b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered
wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of
this section; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period
(but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the particular
weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period.
Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the
INVESTING IN IOWA'S WATER
May 2015
Page 21
wage determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill,
except as provided in Sec. 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than on
classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time
actually worked therein: Provided, That the employer's payroll records accurately set forth th
time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination SRF
- (including any additionalclassification and wage rates conformed under paragraph (a)(1)(ii)
of this section) and the Davis-Bacon poster (WH-1321) shall be posted at all times by the STATE
contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place REVOLVING FUND
where it can be easily seen by the workers.
(ii)(A) The contracting officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics, including
helpers, which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the
contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. The contracting officer
shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefore only when
the following criteria have been met:
(1) The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a
classification in the wage determination; and
(2) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and
(3) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable
relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination.
(B) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if
known), or their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage
-- rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the
action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour
Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, DC
20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove
every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting
officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is
necessary.
(C) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification
or their representatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification
and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the
contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the
recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Administrator for determination. The
Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of
- receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day
period that additional time is necessary.
(D) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to
paragraphs (a)(1)(ii) (B) or (C) of this section, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the
classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the
classification.
(iii) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or
mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor
shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide
fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof.
- (iv) If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the contractor
may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs
reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, Provided,
- That the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, that the
applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may
require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations
under the plan or program.
INVESTING IN IOWA'S WATER
, .hp 3 rf coo
May 2015
Page 22
(2) Withholding. The EPA shall upon its own action or upon written request of an _
authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld from
the contractor under this contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime
contractor, or any other federally-assisted contract subject to Davis-Bacon prevailing wageSRF
requirements, which is held by the same prime contractor, so much of the accrued payments —
or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including
apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full STATE
amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or REVOLVING FUND
mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of the
work, all or part of the wages required by the contract, the EPA may, after written notice to the
contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the —
suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have
ceased.
(3) Payrolls and basic records. (i) Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be
maintained by the contractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three
years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work. Such records
shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such worker, his or her _
correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs
anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in
section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked,
deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29
CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv) that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs
reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in section
1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act, the contractor shall maintain records which show that the
commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially
responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or
mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in —
providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved
programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and
certification of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios _
and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs.
(ii)(A) The contractor shall submit weekly for each week in which any contract work is
performed a copy of all payrolls to the (write in name of appropriate federal agency) if the _
agency is a party to the contract, but if the agency is not such a party, the contractor will submit
the payrolls to the applicant, sponsor, or owner, as the case may be, for transmission to the
(write in name of agency). The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of
the information required to be maintained under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(i), except that full social '-
security numbers and home addresses shall not be included on weekly transmittals. Instead the
payrolls shall only need to include an individually identifying number for each employee (e.g.,
the last four digits of the employee's social security number). The required weekly payroll —
information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH-347 is available for this
purpose from the Wage and Hour Division Web site at
http://www.dol.gov/esa/whd/forms/wh347instr.htm or its successor site. The prime contractor is —
responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. Contractors and
subcontractors shall maintain the full social security number and current address of each
covered worker, and shall provide them upon request to the (write in name of appropriate
federal agency) if the agency is a party to the contract, but if the agency is not such a party, the
contractor will submit them to the applicant, sponsor, or owner, as the case may be, for
transmission to the (write in name of agency), the contractor, or the Wage and Hour Division of _
the Department of Labor for purposes of an investigation or audit of compliance with prevailing
INVESTING IN IOWA'S WATER
May 2015
Page 23
wage requirements. It is not a violation of this section for a prime contractor to require a
subcontractor to provide addresses and social security numbers to the prime contractor for
its own records, without weekly submission to the sponsoring government agency (or the
applicant, sponsor, or owner).
(B) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance," signed SRF
- by the contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of
the persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following: STATE
(1) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be provided REVOLVING FUND
under Sec. 5.5 (a)(3)(ii) of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5, the appropriate information is being
maintained under Sec. 5.5 (a)(3)(i) of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5, and that such information is
correct and complete;
_ (2) That each laborer or mechanic (including each helper, apprentice, and trainee) employed
on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without
rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or
indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in
Regulations, 29 CFR part 3;
(3) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and
fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified in the
applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract.
(C) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of
Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of
- Compliance" required by paragraph (a)(3)(ii)(B) of this section.
(D) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or
subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under section 1001 of title 18 and section 231 of
title 31 of the United States Code.
(iii) The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph (a)(3)(i)
of this section available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of
the EPA or the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview
employees during working hours on the job. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the
required records or to make them available, the Federal agency may, after written notice to the
contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the
suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore failure to
submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for
debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12.
(4) Apprentices and trainees--(i) Apprentices. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less
than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to
and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S.
Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Office of
Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency
recognized by the Office, or if a person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probationary
employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually
registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Office of Apprenticeship Training,
Employer and Labor Services or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be
eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to
journeymen on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted
to the contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program. Any worker listed on
a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated
above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the
classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job
site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the
applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a
INVESTING IN IOWA'S WATER
— May 2015
Page 24
contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its
program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the
journeyman's hourly rate) specified in the contractor's or subcontractor's registered program
shall be observed. Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the
registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the SRF
journeymen hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be
paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the STATE
apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full REVOLVING FUND —
amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the
Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice
classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In the event the Office —
of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services, or a State Apprenticeship Agency
recognized by the Office, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the contractor will
no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for
the work performed until an acceptable program is approved.
(ii) Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less
than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and
individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal
certification by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration. The
ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan
approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not
less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress,
expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage
determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the
trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid
the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of
the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with
the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less
than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who
is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training
Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rateon the wage determination for
the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job
site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the
applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. In the event
the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the
contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable
predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved.
(iii) Equal employment opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen
under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of
Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR part 30.
(5) Compliance with Copeland Act requirements. The contractor shall comply with the
requirements of 29 CFR part 3, which are incorporated by reference in this contract.
(6) Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses
contained in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1) through (10) and such other clauses as the (write in the name of
the Federal agency) may by appropriate instructions require, and also a clause requiring the
subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor _.
shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all
the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5.
(7) Contract termination: debarment. A breach of the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5 may be
grounds for termination of the contract, and for debarment as a contractor and a subcontractor
as provided in 29 CFR 5.12.
INVESTING IN IOWA'S WATER
{
1 I.cCJn, _
May 2015
Page 25
(8) Compliance with Davis-Bacon and Related Act requirements. All rulings and
y
interpretations of the Davis-Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR parts 1. 3, and 5 ar
- herein incorporated by reference in this contract.
(9) Disputes concerning labor standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards
provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. SRF
Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of
Labor set forth in 29 CFR parts 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause STATE
include disputes between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and the contracting REVOLVING FUND
agency, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives.
(10) Certification of eligibility. (i) By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies that
neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor's firm is a
person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of section 3(a) of the
Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1).
(ii) No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of
a Government contract by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1).
(iii) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the
U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001.
(b) Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. The Agency Head shall cause or require
the contracting officer to insert the following clauses set forth in paragraphs (b)(1). (2), (3), and
(4) of this section in full in any contract in an amount in excess of $100,000 and subject to the
overtime provisions of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. These clauses shall
be inserted in addition to the clauses required by Sec. 5.5(a) or 4.6 of part 4 of this title. As used
in this paragraph, the terms laborers and mechanics include watchmen and guards.
(1) Overtime requirements. No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the
contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall
require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed
on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or
mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of
pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek.
(2) Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages. In the event of any violation of
the clause set forth in paragraph (b)(1) of this section the contractor and any subcontractor
responsible therefor shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and
subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for
the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory), for liquidated
damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or
mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in
paragraph (b)(1) of this section, in the sum of$10 for each calendar day on which such
individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours
without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph (b)(1) of
this section.
(3) Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages. The loan recipient shall upon its
own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor
withhold or cause to be withheld, from any moneys payable on account of work performed by
the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the
same prime contractor, or any other federally-assisted contract subject to the Contract Work
Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime contractor, such sums as
may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor
for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in
the clause set forth in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
(4) Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses
set forth in paragraph (b)(1) through (4) of this section and also a clause requiring the
INVESTING IN IOWA'S WATER
May 2015
Page 26
subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor
shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the
clauses set forth in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section.
(c) In addition to the clauses contained in paragraph (b), in any contract subject only to the
Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act and not to any of the other statutes cited in SRF
Sec. 5.1, the Agency Head shall cause or require the contracting officer to insert a clause
requiring that the contractor or subcontractor shall maintain payrolls and basic payroll STATE
records during the course of the work and shall preserve them for a period of three years REVOLVING FUND from the completion of the contract for all laborers and mechanics, including guards and
watchmen, working on the contract. Such records shall contain the name and address of each
such employee, social security number, correct classifications, hourly rates of wages paid, daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made, and actual wages paid. Further, the
Agency Head shall cause or require the contracting officer to insert in any such contract a
clause providing that therecords to be maintained under this paragraph shall be made available
by the contractor or subcontractor for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized
representatives of the EPA and the Department of Labor, and the contractor or subcontractor
will permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job.
C. Preservation of Open Competition and Government Neutrality Towards
Government Contractors' Labor Relations on Federal and Federally Funded
Construction Projects (Executive Order 13202, as amended by Executive Order
13208)
Executive Order 13202, signed February 17, 2001 and amended April 4, 2001, requires all
executive agencies that issue grants to ensure Government neutrality toward contractors' labor
relations. This applies to recipients of SRF assistance. The Executive Order prohibits
discrimination against contractors and their employees in construction contracts based upon
labor affiliation or lack thereof.
SRF assistance recipients and any construction managers acting on their behalf must ensure
that bidding specifications, project agreements, and other controlling documents do not require,
prohibit, or otherwise discriminate, with respect to labor affiliation or lack thereof.
D. Historical and Archeological Finds
If, during the course of construction, evidence of deposits of historical or archeological interest is
found, the contractor shall cease operations affecting the find. The owner shall then notify the
State Revolving Fund Environmental Review Specialist, who shall in turn notify the State
Historic Preservation Office. The SRF shall consult with the SHPO and other interested parties —
to determine the proper course of action regarding the discovery. No further disturbance of the
deposits shall ensue until the SRF Environmental Review Specialist determines that the project
activities in that area may proceed. Compensation to the contractor, if any, for lost time or -
changes in construction to avoid the find, shall be determined in accordance with changed
conditions or change order provisions of the specifications.
Authority for this derives from the National Historic Preservation Act (16 U.S.C. §§ 470 et seq.)
and 36 CFR Part 800. If human remains are discovered then state law also applies IC 263B.
INVESTING IN IOWA'S WATER _
www,iowasrf.com
May 2015
Page 27
-
E. Prohibitions on Procurement from Violating Facilities (Section 306, Clean Air
Act; Section 508, Clean Water Act; Executive Order 11738)
Both the Clean Water Act and the Clean Air Act prohibit federal agencies from extending
assistance by way of loans or contracts to persons who have been convicted of violations of SRF
either law. Executive Order 11738 was issued to coordinate enforcement by the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, which shall designate facilities which have given rise to a STATE
conviction for an offense under the criminal provisions of the Clean Air Act and the Clean REVOLVING FUND
Water Act.
The Executive Order also prohibits agencies from extending assistance to facilities that are not
in compliance with either Act.
SRF assistance recipients may not procure goods, services, or materials from suppliers listed
by the EPA as violators.
The Excluded Parties Listing System is located at http://epls.arnet.gov.
Attachment 8
SRF Required Front-End Specifications
Right of Entry and Records Retention
The recipient shall provide access at all times for the Department of Natural Resources, the
Iowa Finance Authority, the state auditor, and the U.S. EPA Office of the Inspector General to
all project records and documents for inspection and audit purposes for a period of three years
after the date of last loan payment. The same access to the project site(s) shall be provided for
inspection purposes.
92.8 (2).6.e. State inspections. Personnel of the department shall have the right to examine all
construction aspects of the project, including materials and equipment delivered and stored on
site for use on the project.
INVESTING IN IOWA'S WATER
Jsrf.c;_
May 2015
Page 28 —
Attachment 9 _
SRF Required Front-End Specifications
"American Iron and Steel" Requirements SRF
_
H.R. 3547, the "Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2014," enacted January 17, 2014 by the
U.S. Congress, includes "American Iron and Steel' provisions that require Clean Water and STATE
Drinking Water State Revolving Fund assistance recipients of these funds to use iron and REyoLVINGFUND —
steel produced in the United States.
H.R. 3547 includes the following language in Division G, Title IV, under the heading, "Use of —
American Iron and Steel":
Sec. 436. (a)(1) None of the funds made available by a State water pollution control —
revolving fund as authorized by title VI of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C.
1381 et seq.) or made available by a drinking water treatment revolving loan fund as
authorized by section 1452 of the Safe Drinking Water Act (42 U.S.C. 300j-12) shall be _
used for a project for the construction, alteration, maintenance, or repair of a public water
system or treatment works unless all of the iron and steel products used in the project are
produced in the United States.
(2) In this section, the term "iron and steel products" means the following products made
primarily of iron and steel: lined or unlined pipes and fittings, manhole covers and other
municipal castings, hydrants, tanks, flanges, pipe clamps and restraints, valves, structural —
steel, reinforced precast concrete, and construction materials.
(b) Subsection (a) shall not apply in any case or category of cases in which the —
Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency (in this section referred to as the
"Administrator") find that—
(1) applying subsection (a) would be inconsistent with the public interest;
(2) iron and steel products are not produced in the United States in sufficient and _
reasonably available quantities and of a satisfactory quantity; or
(3) inclusion of iron and steel products produced in the United States will increase the _
cost of the overall project by more than 25 percent.
(c) If the Administrator receives a request for a waiver under this section, the Administrator
shall make available to the public on an informal basis a copy of the request and —
information available to the Administrator concerning the request, and shall allow for
informal public input on the request for at least 15 days prior to making a finding based on
the request. The Administrator shall make the request and accompanying information --
available by electronic means, including on the official public Internet Web site of the
Environmental Protection Agency.
The final guidance and any published waivers are found at:
http://water.epa.gov/grants funding/aisrequirement.cfm. In particular the contractor should pay
attention to the guidance for documentation of compliance. There is also a waiver for incidental _
items; in order to qualify for this waiver the total materials and costs for the project must be
tracked and incidental items identified.
INVESTING IN IOWA'S WATER
May 2015
Page 29
Sample "American Iron and Steel"p Contract Language 40
In order to fulfill the requirements, the assistance recipient must in good faith design the
project and solicit bids for construction with U.S.-made iron and steel. The following
information will be included in any contracts resulting from this request for bids: SRF
The Contractor acknowledges to and for the benefit of the City of S ITE
("Purchaser") and the State of Iowa (the "State")that it understands the goods and services REVDL ING FUND
under this Agreement are being funded with monies made available by the Clean Water State
Revolving Fund and/or Drinking Water State Revolving Fund and such law contains provisions
commonly known as "American Iron and Steel;" that requires all of the iron and steel products
-- used in the project to be produced in the United States ("American Iron and Steel Requirement")
including iron and steel products provided by the Contactor pursuant to this Agreement.
The Contractor hereby represents and warrants to and for the benefit of the Purchaser and the
State that(a) the Contractor has reviewed and understands the American Iron and Steel
Requirement, (b) all of the iron and steel products used in the project will be and/or have been
-- produced in the United States in a manner that complies with the American Iron and Steel
Requirement, unless a waiver of the requirement is approved and (c)the Contractor will provide
any further verified information, certification or assurance of compliance with this paragraph or
information necessary to support a waiver of the American Iron and Steel Requirement as may
be requested by the Purchaser or the State.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any failure to comply with this
paragraph by the Contractor shall permit the Purchaser or State to recover as damages against the
Contractor any loss, expense, or cost (including without limitation attorney's fees) incurred by
!' the Purchaser or State resulting from any such failure (including without limitation any
impairment or loss of funding, whether in whole or in part, from the State or any damages owed
to the State by the Purchaser). While the Contractor has no direct contractual privity with the
State, as a lender to the Purchaser for the funding of its project, the Purchaser and the Contractor
agree that the State is a third-party beneficiary and neither this paragraph(nor any other
— provision of this Agreement necessary to give this paragraph force or effect) shall be amended or
waived without the prior written consent of the State.
Sample Certifications
As indicated in the contract language, it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain
certifications that the products and materials used in the project are U.S.-made. EPA
recommends the use of a step certification process for documenting compliance with AIS
requirements, similar to one used by the Federal Highway Administration. Step certification
creates a paper trail which documents the location of the manufacturing process involved with
the production of steel and iron materials. Each handler (supplier, fabricator, manufacturer,
processor, coater, etc.) of the iron and steel products certifies that their step in the process was
domestically performed.
The following information is provided as a sample letter of step certification for AIS compliance.
Documentation must be provided on company letterhead. In this example, there may be
multiple letters from different manufacturers if one manufacturer did not perform all of the steps.
INVESTING IN IOWA'S WATER
—' May 2015
-00=1111-
Page 30
Date 1 U4,014
Company Name —
Company Address SRF
City, State Zip STATE
REVOLVING FUND —
Subject: American Iron and Steel Step Certification for Project(XXXXXXXXXX)
I, (company representative), certify that the (melting, bending, coating, galvanizing, cutting,
etc.) process for (manufacturing or fabricating)the following products and/or materials
shipped or provided for the subject project is in full compliance with the American Iron and Steel requirement as mandated in EPA's State Revolving Fund Programs.
Item, Products and/or Materials:
1. Xxxx
2. Xxxx
3. Xxxx —
Such process took place at the following location:
If any of the above compliance statements change while providing material to this project —
we will immediately notify the prime contractor and the engineer.
Signed by company representative
Alternatively, the final manufacturer that delivers the iron or steel product to the worksite,
vendor, or contractor, may provide a certification asserting that all manufacturing processes
occurred in the U.S. and providing detailed information on the steps involved. —
The following is a template for this type of final certification.
INVESTING IN IOWA'S WATER
May 2015
RF Template American Iron and Steel Certification Letter
S
STATE
On Manufacturer's Letterhead
IRO-N&STEIEL.�C.
1959 Steel Drive
Ironville,OH 12345
April 30, 2015 'MATERIAL CERTIFICATION
RE" Job'Name: Waterproject%ille, Iowa—2015 State Revoh-ing Fund Water
Infrastructure Project ���JRe References e n c es the R F Project
SRF Project Number: CS192099901
I certify that the processes for manufacturing or fabricating the follov.-ing products
and or materials provided for the subject project took place at the following U.S.
locations:
Quantity Descripdon Manufacturing Processes Location Where
Processes Occurred
3 count --kB123456 41'Gate Valve %felting,poured-machined Lionville 014
60 count XY654321 Reinforced Concrete *Melted.,tolled., fabricated Steel City,Lk
Niarihole
60 count XZ123456 14Ianhole Cover Nfelted,cast,finished Stainless.MS
1200 linear feet kB654321 4"Ductile Iron Water Melted-rolled, finished Pipet A
Pipe
I further certify that products and or materials are in frill compliance Nv� the
American Iron and teel requirements as mandated in the 'U S Ernironmental Specifies the
that products
and or
u ent
�n n d ee requirements
s
:h'in g F1
0 an t re 1r
Protection Agen . 's StateRevoh,ing Fund programs. If any of the above Manufacturing
_g
compliance st ements change while providing material to this project We I-vill Processes and
e supplier,
tr p
immediately notffy the supplier, prime contractor. consulting .engi eer or project
gin the U.S.
owner,
Locations
Specifies the On behalf of IRON-& STEEL, r.\-C.. Where They
Products and Were
Quantities SW a4 Performed
Signature of Jane Smith
Manufacturer's Product Quality Manager
Representative
www towagrf,corn
May 2015
Page 32 —
Covered and Non-Covered Items
The EPA issued a waiver for de minimus incidental components of eligible water and
wastewater infrastructure projects. Funds used for such de minimus incidental components
cumulatively may comprise no more than a total of 5% of the total cost of the materials used —
in and incorporated into a project. The cost of an individual incidental item may not exceed SRF
1% of the total cost of the materials used in and incorporated into a project.
STATE
De minimus incidental items include miscellaneous, generally low-cost components that are REVOLVING FUND —
essential for, but incidental to, the construction and are incorporated into the physical structure
of the project. For many of these incidental components, the country of manufacture and the
availability of alternatives are not readily or reasonably identifiable prior to procurement in the —
normal course of business. For others, the country of manufacture may be known but the
miscellaneous character in conjunction with the low cost, individually and (in total) as typically
procured in bulk, mark them as properly incidental. _
Examples of incidental components could include small washers, screws, fasteners (i.e., nuts
and bolts), miscellaneous wire, corner bead, ancillary tube, etc. Examples of items that are —
clearly not incidental include significant process fittings (i.e., tees, elbows, flanges, and
brackets), distribution system fittings and valves, force main valves, pipes, treatment and
storage tanks, large structural supports, etc. —
Assistance recipients should in consultation with their contractors determine the items to be
covered by this waiver, must retain relevant documentation (i.e. invoices) as to those items, and
must summarize in reports to the State of Iowa the types and/or categories of items to which this waiver is applied, the total cost of incidental components for each type or category, and the
calculations by which they determined the total cost of materials used in and incorporated into
the project.
The successful bidder will fill out the materials spreadsheet (shown below) and submit it to the
assistance recipient to indicate covered and non-covered items proposed to be procured for the
project.
American Iron and Steel Materials Spreadsheet—to be Submitted by Successful Bidder
Iowa Department of Natural Resources-May 2614
Based on EPA Memorandum(4/15/2014): De Minimus Waiver of Section 436 of P.L.113-76,Consolidated Appropriation Acts(CAA),2014
Project: linedfunlined pipes or fittings
Bidder: Manhole coven; Date: —
Municipal castings
'Covered Pr Pipes clamps or restraints ipes or fittings;manhole covers;municipal castings;pipe clamps and restraints;valves;structural steel;hydrants,
tanks;flange;Valves instruction materials.
(Structural steel
'*Incidental Hydrants low-cost ite ens,often procured in bulk,such as washers,screws,fasteners,smallamountsof wire,etc. —
�Sanks
:Flanges Descnption of other Bid Amount Bid Amount Documentatian Hem is incidental and
Reinforced precast concrete Dducts if Not included in Covered Products Incidentals Will be obtained will be Claimed under
;Construction materials Covered Products de Minimus Waiver—
2
3
4 '*.rUSe an Mein,
5 C':'.ccse an Rem. —
6 ri.
g
9
INVESTING IN 10WA'S WATER _
www,iowasrt.com
May 2015
Page 33
At the end of construction, the contractor will submit a final list showing covered and non-
covered items.
American Iron and Steel Materials Spreadsheet with de Min imus Items
Iowa Department of Natural Resources-May 2014
Based on EPA Memorandum(4/15/2014): De Minimus WaiverofSection 436 of P.L113-76,Consolidated Appropriation Acts(CAA),2014 SRF
r�
Protect: g STATE
Contractor SubmmedBy: REVOLVING FUND
Date: Final De Minimus list
.r Total Materials Total Amount Covered
Percent(must be 5%or less of
Cost: Under de Minimus Waiver total materiag cost)
Covered Products include:lined or unlined pipes or fittings;manhole covers;municipal castings;pipe damps and restraints;valves;structural steel;hydrants,
tanks;flanges;reinforced precast concrete;construction materials.
incidental items are miscellaneous,generally low-cost items,often procured in bulk„such as washe rs,screws,fasteners,small amounts of wire,etc
Covered Products' Description if Not Included Date Dollar Amount Dolar Amount Documentation Incidental"
in Covered Products Purchased Covered incidentals Received
Products
1 T_l
2 Choose an item.
3 Choose an item.
4 '_hoose an item.
R5 Choose an item.
6 Cruose an Ke!7.
These documents are available on-line at httP://www.iowasrf.com/about srf/use-of-american-
iron-and-steel/.
INVESTING IN IOWA'S WATER
May 2015
FORM OF BID OR PROPOSAL
DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
CONTRACT NO.877
CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA
Honorable Mayor and City Council
Waterloo, Iowa
Gentlemen:
The undersigned, being a Corporation existing under the laws of the State of a Partnership
consisting of the following partners: , having familiarized (himself)
(themselves) (itself)with the existing conditions on the project area affecting the cost of the work, and with all
the contract documents listed in the Table of Contents and Addenda (if any), as prepared by the City
Engineer of the City of Waterloo now on file in the office of the City Clerk, City Hall, Waterloo, Iowa, hereby
proposes to furnish all supervision, technical personnel, labor, materials, machinery, tools, appurtenances,
equipment, and services, including utility and transportation services required to construct and complete this
DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR, CITY CONTRACT NO. 877, all in accordance with the above-listed
documents and for the unit prices for work in place for the following items and quantities:
DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
Item Estimated Unit Total
No. Description Unit Quantity Price Price
1 Mobilization LS 1.0 $ $
2 Traffic Control LS 1.0 $ $
3 Clearing and Grubbing LS 1.0 $ $
4 Existing Pump Vault, Valve Vault and Equalization LS 1.0 $ $
Tank Removal
5 Import Fill for Lift Station Site CY 254.8 $ $
6 Import Fill for Trench Removals CY 5,800.0 $ $
7 Lift Station Wet Well and Valve Vault LS 1.0 $ $
8 Electrical Equipment Building LS 1.0 $ $
9 Site Electrical LS 1.0 $ $
10 Stand-By Generator LS 1.0 $ $
11 Metering Manhole LS 1.0 $ $
12 Air Release Manhole LS 1.0 $ $
13 Retaining Wall LS 1.0 $ $
14 Unclassified Material (Removal of Rippable Rock) CY 5,800.0 $ $
15 Foundation Rock TON 82.0 $ $
16 Trench Compaction Testing LS 1.0 $ $
-� FORM OF BID CONTRACT NO. 877 FB-1 OF 4
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR —
Item Estimated Unit Total
No. Description Unit Quantity Price Price _
17 Abandon and Plug 8-Inch Sanitary Sewer LF 215.0 $ $
18 Sanitary Sewer Force Main Testing LS 1.0 $ $
19 Cleaning, Inspection and Testing of Sanitary LS 1.0 $ $
Sewer Gravity Mains
20 24-Inch Sanitary Sewer Gravity Main - Open Cut LF 5,178.7 $ $ _
21 24-Inch Sanitary Sewer Gravity Main - Directional LF 754.9 $ $
Drilling
22 20-Inch Sanitary Sewer Gravity Main Ductile Iron - LF 92.0 $ $
Open Cut
23 18-Inch Sanitary Sewer Gravity Main -Open Cut LF 2,399.2 $ $
24 12-Inch Sanitary Sewer Force Main - Directional LF 524.0 $ $
Drilling
25 12-Inch Sanitary Sewer Force Main - Open Cut LF 1,958.0 $ $
26 8-Inch Sanitary Sewer Gravity Main -Open Cut LF 43.0 $ $
27 6-Inch Sanitary Sewer Gravity Main Ductile Iron - LF 15.0 $ $
Open Cut
28 30-Inch Steel Casing, With 18-Inch Sanitary LF 235.0 $ $
Sewer Gravity Main
29 24-Inch Steel Casing, With 12-Inch Sanitary LF 196.0 $ $
Sewer Force Main
30 Force Main Fittings LBS 655.0 $ $
31 48-Inch Manhole Replacement EA 2.0 $ $
32 72-Inch Manhole Replacement EA 1.0 $ $
33 48-Inch Manhole EA 28.0 $ $
34 24-Inch Circular Area Intake - SW-512, With EA 1.0 $ $
SW-604, Type 313
35 Connection to Existing Sanitary Manhole EA 4.0 $ $ —
36 8-Inch Drop Connection EA 1.0 $ $
37 24-Inch RCP Storm Sewer LF 20.0 $ $
38 24-Inch RCP Apron EA 1.0 $ $
39 18-Inch RCP Storm Sewer LF 20.0 $ $
40 18-Inch RCP Apron EA 2.0 $ $
41 12-Inch RCP Storm Sewer LF 32.0 $ $
42 12-Inch RCP Apron EA 1.0 $ $
43 Drain Tile Replacement LF 80.0 $ $
FORM OF BID CONTRACT NO.877 FB-2 OF 4
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
` Item Estimated Unit Total
No. Description Unit Quantity Price Price
44 6-Inch PCC Pavement SY 477.0 $ $
45 8-Inch PCC Pavement SY 130.0 $ $
46 8-Inch HMA Pavement SY 71.0 $ $
47 Gravel Surfacing SY 198.0 $ $
48 Crushed Stone -Class "A" SY 477.0 $ $
49 Pavement Removal SY 201.0 $ $
Seeding, Fertilizing and Mulching for Hydraulic
50 Seeding -Type 1 Seed Mix AC 6.1 $ $
Seeding, Fertilizing and Mulching for Hydraulic
51 Seedin -Type 2 Seed Mix AC 5.7 $ $
_ Seeding, Fertilizing and Mulching for Hydraulic
52 Seeding -Type 4 Seed Mix AC 6.1 $ $
Seeding, Fertilizing and Mulching for Hydraulic
53 Seeding -Type 5 Seed Mix AC 5.7 $ $
54 Erosion Stone SY 240.0 $ $
55 Silt Fence LF 6,700.0 $ $
56 Temporary Rolled Erosion Control Products SY 51,860.0 $ $
RECP
57 SWPPP Requirements LS 1.0 $ $
v
58 6-Foot Chain-Link Fence LF 233.0 $ $
59 24-Foot Chain-Link Gate EA 2.0 $ $
60 Texas St. Lift Station Generator LS 1.0 $ $
TOTAL BID AMOUNT $ $
2. It is understood that the quantities set forth are approximate only and subject to variation and that the
unit bid price for the work done shall govern in the actual payment to Contractor.
3. In submitting this bid, the bidder understands that the right is reserved by the City of Waterloo, Iowa,
to reject any or all bids. If written notice of the acceptance of this bid is mailed, telegraphed, or
delivered to the undersigned within thirty(30)days after the opening thereof, or at any time thereafter
before this bid is withdrawn, the undersigned agrees to execute and deliver an agreement in the
prescribed form and furnish the required bond and certificate of the insurance within ten (10) days
after the agreement is presented to him for signature, and start work within ten (10) days after
"Notice to Proceed" is issued.
4. Security in the sum of Dollars ($
) in the form of is submitted herewith in
accordance with the INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS.
FORM OF BID CONTRACT NO.877 FB-3 OF 4
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
5. Attached hereto is a Non-Collusion Affidavit of Prime Contractor.
6. Attached hereto is the Bidder Status Form indicating Resident Bidder Certification ( ), or
Non-Resident Bidder Certification ( ). (Mark one.)
7. The bidder is prepared to submit a financial and experience statement upon request.
8. The Prime Contractor and Subcontractor(s), which have performed an aggregate of $10,000.00 in
work for the City in the current calendar year, are prepared to submit an AAP or Update and an —
EOC, within ten (10) days of notification that the bid submitted is lowest and acceptable.
9. The bidder has received the following Addendum or Addenda:
Addendum No. Date
10. The bidder shall list the MBE/WBE subcontractor(s), amount of subcontracts and bid items on the
City of Waterloo Minority and/or Women Business Pre-bid Contact Information Form submitted with
this Form of Bid or Proposal. The apparent low Bidder shall submit a list of all other Subcontractor(s)
to be used on this Project to the City of Waterloo by 5:00 p.m. the business day following the day
Bids on this Project are due along with the Non-Collusion Affidavits of All Subcontractor(s).
The Contractor shall submit information on subcontractors on "SUBCONTRACTOR REQUEST AND
APPROVAL" Form to be provided by City prior to approval of contract.
The subcontractors listed on this proposal and/or submitted to the Contract Compliance Officer
cannot be changed except for the following reasons:
1) The City of Waterloo does not approve the subcontractors.
2) The subcontractors submit in writing that they cannot fulfill their subcontracts.
11. The bidder has filled in all blanks on this proposal. Those blanks not applicable are marked "none"or"NA".
12. The bidder has attached all applicable forms.
13. The Owner reserves the right to select alternates, delete line items, and/or to reduce quantities prior
to the award of a contract due to budgetary limitations.
(Name of Bidder) (Date)
T
BY: Title
Official Address: (Including Zip Code):
I.R.S. No.
FORM OF BID CONTRACT NO.877 FB-4 OF 4
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
BID BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we,
as Principal, and
as Surety are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF WATERLOO , Iowa, hereinafter called
"OWNER." In the penal sum Dollars
($ ) lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum will
and truly be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, and successors, jointly and
severally, firmly by these presents. The condition of this obligation is such that whereas the Principal has
submitted the accompanying bid dated the day of
20 , for
NOW, THEREFORE,
(a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or in the alternate,
(b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a contract in the form
specified and shall furnish a bond for his faithful performance of said contract, and for the payment of all
persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects
perform the agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid,
-- Then this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect; it being expressly
understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event,
exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated.
By virtue of statutory authority, the full amount of this bid bond shall be forfeited to the Owner in
liquidation of damages sustained in the event that the Principal fails to execute the contract and provide
the bond as provided in the specifications or by law.
The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its
bond shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the Owner may
accept such Bid or execute such contract; and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such
extension.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety, have hereunto set their hands and seals, and
such of them as are corporations, have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these pres-
ents to be signed by their proper officers this day of A.D. 20
�. Principal (Seal)
By
(Title)
Witness Surety (Seal)
Witness Attorney-in-fact
BID BOND CONTRACT NO.877 BB-1 OF 1
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
INFORMATION NEEDED
FOR
IOWA CONSTRUCTION SALES TAX EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE
CONTRACTOR NAME:
ADDRESS:
(Check One) PRIME SUBCONTRACTOR
FEDERAL ID#:
PROJECT NAME:
PROJECT CONTRACT NO.:
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
❑ Brickwork ❑ Landscaping
❑ Carpentry ❑ Painting
❑ Concrete ❑ Paving
❑ Drywall-Plaster-Insulation ❑ Plumbing
❑ Electrical ❑ Roofing-Siding-Sheet Metal
❑ Excavation/Grading ❑Windows
❑ Flooring ❑Wrecking-Demolition
❑ Heavy Construction ❑ Other(Please specify)
❑ Heating-Ventilating-Air Cond
SALES TAX EXEMPTION CONTRACT NO. 877 ST-1 OF 1
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
EQUAL OPPORTUNITY CLAUSE
.� (As provided in Executive Order No. 11246)
All contractors, subcontractors, vendors and suppliers of goods and services doing business with the City
and value of said business equals or exceeds ten thousand dollars ($10,000.00) annually agree as
follows:
1. The contractors, subcontractor, vendor and supplier of goods and services will not discriminate
against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, creed, sex, national
origin, economic status, age, mental or physical handicap, political opinions or affiliations. The
contractor, subcontractor, vendor and supplier will develop an Affirmative Action program to
ensure that applicants are employed and that employees are treated during employment without
regard to their race, creed, color, sex, national origin, religion, economic status, age, mental or
physical disability, political opinions or affiliations. Such actions shall include but not be limited to
the following:
a. Employment
b. Upgrading
-- C. Demotion or Transfer
d. Recruitment and Advertising
e. Layoff or Termination
_ f. Rates of Pay or Other Forms of Compensation
g. Selection for Training Including Apprenticeship
2. The contractor, subcontractor, vendor and supplier of goods and services will, in all solicitations
or advertisements for employees, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for
employment without regard to race, creed, color, sex, national origin, religion, economic status,
age, mental or physical disabilities, political opinion or affiliations.
3. The contractor, subcontractor, vendor and supplier or his/her collective bargaining representative
will send to each labor union or representative of workers which he/she has a collective
bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice advising said labor union or
workers' representative of the contractor's commitment under this section.
4. The contractor, subcontractor, vendor and supplier of goods and services will comply with all
published rules, regulations, directives, and order of the City of Waterloo Affirmative Action
Program Contract Compliance Provisions.
5. The contractor, subcontractor, vendor and supplier of goods and services will furnish and file
-- compliance reports within such time and upon such forms as provided by the Affirmative Action
Officer. Said forms will elicit information as to the policies, procedures, patterns, and practices of
each subcontractor as well as the contractor himself/herself and said contractor, subcontractor,
— vendor and supplier will permit access to his/her employment books, records and accounts to the
City's Affirmative Action Officer, for the purpose of investigation to ascertain compliance with this
contract and with rules and regulations of the City's Affirmative Action Program—Contract
Compliance Provisions relative to Resolution No. 24664.
6. In the event of the contractor's non-compliance with the non-discrimination clauses of this
contract or with any of such rules, regulations and orders, this contract may be canceled,
terminated or suspended in whole or in part and the contractor may be declared ineligible for
further contracts in accordance with procedures authorized by the City Council.
7. The contractor, subcontractor, vendor and supplier of goods and services will include, or
incorporate by reference, the provisions of the non-discrimination clause in every contract,
-� EQUAL OPPORTUNITY CLAUSE CONTRACT NO. 877 EOC-1 OF 2
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by the rules, regulations or orders of the City's —
Affirmative Action Program, and will provide in every subcontract, or purchase order that said
provisions will be binding upon each contractor, subcontractor, or supplier.
8. We, the undersigned, recognize that we are morally and legally committed to non-discrimination
in employment. Any person who applies for employment with our company will not be
discriminated against because of race, creed, color, sex, national origin, economic status, age,
mental or physical disabilities. —
(Signed)
(Appropriate Official) —
(Title)
(Date)
1
EQUAL OPPORTUNITY CLAUSE CONTRACT NO.877 EOC-2 OF 2
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF PRIME BIDDER
.�. State of )
ss
County of )
— being first duly sworn, deposes and says that.-
1 He is (Owner, Partner Officer Representative or Agent)
of , the Bidder that has submitted the attached Bid;
2. He is fully informed respecting the preparation and contents of the attached Bid and of all
pertinent circumstances respecting such Bid;
3. Such Bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham Bid;
_ 4. Neither the said Bidder nor any of its officers, partners, owners, agents, representatives,
employees, or parties in interest, including this affiant, has in any way colluded, conspired,
connived or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any other Bidder, firm or person to submit a
collusive or sham Bid in connection with the Contract for which the attached Bid has been
`- submitted or to refrain from bidding in connection with such Contract, or has in any manner,
directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion or communication or conference with any
other Bidder, firm or person to fix the price or prices in the attached Bid or of any other Bidder, or,
_ to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of the bid price or the bid price of any other Bidder, or
to secure through any collusion, conspiracy, connivance, or unlawful agreement any advantage
against the City of Waterloo, Iowa, or any person interested in the Proposed Contract; and
— 5. The price or prices quoted in the attached Bid are fair and proper and are not tainted by any
collusion, conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement on the part of the Bidder or any of its
agents, representatives, owners, employees, or parties in interest, including this affiant.
(Signed)
Title
Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 20_.
Title
My commission expires
-- NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVITS CONTRACT NO.877 NCA-1 OF 2
AECOM#0330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF SUBCONTRACTOR _
State of )
ss:
County of )
being first duly sworn, deposes and says that:
1. He is (Owner, Partner Officer Representative, or Agent) of
hereinafter referred to
as the"Subcontractor;"
2. He is fully informed respecting the preparation and contents of the subcontractor's proposal
submitted by the subcontractor to
contract pertaining to the
project in
(City or County and State)
3. Such subcontractor's proposal is genuine and is not a collusive or sham proposal; —
4. Neither the subcontractor nor any of its officers, partners, owners, agents, representatives,
employees, or parties in interest, including this affiant, has in any way colluded, conspired,
connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any other bidder, firm or person to submit a '
collusive or sham proposal in connection with such contract or to refrain from submitting a
proposal in connection with such contract, or has in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by
unlawful agreement or connivance with any other bidder, firm or person to fix the price or prices in
said subcontractor's proposal, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of the price of prices
in said subcontractor's proposal, or to secure through collusion, conspiracy, connivance or
unlawful agreement any advantage against the City of Waterloo, Iowa, or any person interested in
the proposed contract; and
5. The price or prices quoted in the subcontractor's proposal are fair and proper and are not tainted
by any collusion, conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement on the part of the bidder or any _
of its agents, representatives, owners, employees, or parties in interest, including this affiant.
(Signed)
Title
Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of
20_.
Title
My commission expires
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVITS CONTRACT NO.877 NCA-2 OF 2
AECOM#0330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
TITLE VI CIVIL RIGHTS
During the performance of this contract, the contractor (for itself), its assignees, and successors in
interest(hereinafter referred to as the"contractor") agrees as follows:
1. Compliance with Regulations: The contractor shall comply with the Regulations relative to non-
discrimination in Federally assisted programs of the DOT Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations,
Part 21, as they may be amended from time to time, (hereinafter referred to as the Regulations),
_ which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this contract.
2. Nondiscrimination: The contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the contract,
shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, national origin, sex, age, or disability in the
selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurement of materials and leases of
equipment. The contractor shall not participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination
prohibited by section 21.5 of the Regulations, including employment practices when the contract
_ covers a program set forth in Appendix B of the Regulations.
3. Solicitations for Subcontracts, Including Procurement of Materials and Equipment: In all
solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiation made by the contractor for work to be
performed under a subcontract, including procurement of materials or leases of equipment, each
potential subcontractor or supplier shall be notified by the contractor of the contractor's
obligations under this contract and the Regulations relative to non-discrimination on the grounds
of race, color, national origin, sex, age, or disability.
4. Information and Reports: The contractor shall provide all information and reports required by the
Regulations or directives issued pursuant there to, and shall allow access to its books, records,
accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities as may be determined by the Contracting
Authority, the Iowa DOT, or FHWA to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Regulations,
orders and instructions. Where any information required of a contractor is in the exclusive
possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information the contractor shall so certify
to the Contracting Authority, the Iowa DOT, or the FHWA as appropriate, and shall set forth what
efforts it has made to obtain the information.
-- 5. Sanctions for Noncompliance: In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the
nondiscrimination provisions of this contract, the Contracting Authority, the Iowa DOT, or the
FHWA shall impose such contract sanctions as they may determine to be appropriate, including,
but not limited to:
a. Withholding of payments to the contractor under the contract until the contractor
complies, and/or
b. Cancellation, termination, or suspension of the contract, in whole or in part.
6. Incorporation of Provisions: The contractor shall include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through
` (6) in every subcontract, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment, unless
exempt by the Regulations, or directives issued pursuant thereto. The contractor shall take such
action with respect to any subcontract or procurement as the Contracting Authority, the Iowa
DOT, or the FHWA may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for
non-compliance: Provided, however, that, in the event of a contractor becomes involved in, or it
threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or supplier as a result of such direction, the
contractor may request the Contracting Authority or the Iowa DOT to enter into such litigation to
protect the interests of the Contracting Authority or the Iowa DOT; and, in addition, the contractor
may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interest of the United
States.
�- TITLE VI CIVIL RIGHTS CONTRACT NO.877 TVI-1 OF 1
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
-3idder Status Form
To be completed by all bidders Part A
Please answer"Yes" or"No" for each of the following:
❑ Yes ❑ No My company is authorized to transact business in Iowa.
(To help you determine if your company is authorized, please review the worksheet on the next page).
❑ Yes ❑ No My company has an office to transact business in Iowa.
❑ Yes ❑ No My company's office in Iowa is suitable for more than receiving mail, telephone calls, and e-mail.
—❑ Yes ❑ No My company has been conducting business in Iowa for at least 3 years prior to the first request for
bids on this project.
❑ Yes ❑ No My company is not a subsidiary of another business entity or my company is a subsidiary of another
-- business entity that would qualify as a resident bidder in Iowa.
If you answered "Yes"for each question above, your company qualifies as a resident bidder. Please
complete Parts B and D of this form.
— If you answered "No" to one or more questions above, your company is a nonresident bidder. Please
complete Parts C and D of this form.
—To be completed by resident bidders part g
My company has maintained offices in Iowa during the past 3 years at the following addresses:
Dates: / / to / / Address:
City, State, Zip:
—Dates: / / to / / Address:
City, State, Zip:
Dates: / / to / / Address:
You may attach additional sheet(s) if needed. City, State, Zip:
To be completed by non-resident bidders Part C
1. Name of home state or foreign country reported to the Iowa Secretary of State:
2. Does your company's home state or foreign country offer preferences to resident bidders, resident labor
— force preferences or any other type of preference to bidders or laborers? ❑ Yes ❑ No
3. If you answered "Yes" to question 2, identify each preference offered by your company's home state or foreign country
and the appropriate legal citation.
You may attach additional sheet(s)if needed.
—To be completed by all bidders Part D
I certify that the statements made on this document are true and complete to the best of my knowledge and I know that my
failure to provide accurate and truthful information may be a reason to reject my bid.
Firm Name:
— Signature: Date:
— You must submit the completed form to the governmental body requesting bids per 875 Iowa Administrative Code
Chapter 156. This form has been approved by the Iowa Labor Commissioner.
309-6001 (09-15)
BSF-1
Worksheet: Authorization to Transact Business
This worksheet may be used to help complete Part A of the Resident Bidder Status form. If at least one of the following
describes your business, you are authorized to transact business in Iowa.
❑ Yes ❑ No My business is currently registered as a contractor with the Iowa Division of Labor.
❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a sole proprietorship and I am an Iowa resident for Iowa income tax purposes.
❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a general partnership or joint venture. More than 50 percent of the general
partners or joint venture parties are residents of Iowa for Iowa income tax purposes.
❑ Yes ❑ No My business is an active corporation with the Iowa Secretary of State and has paid all fees
required by the Secretary of State, has filed its most recent biennial report, and has not filed —"
articles of dissolution.
❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a corporation whose articles of incorporation are filed in a state other than Iowa,
the corporation has received a certificate of authority from the Iowa secretary of state, has filed
its most recent biennial report with the secretary of state, and has neither received a certificate of
withdrawal from the secretary of state nor had its authority revoked. _
❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability partnership which has filed a statement of qualification in this
state and the statement has not been canceled.
❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability partnership which has filed a statement of qualification in a
state other than Iowa, has filed a statement of foreign qualification in Iowa and a statement of
cancellation has not been filed.
❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited partnership or limited liability limited partnership which has filed a
certificate of limited partnership in this state, and has not filed a statement of termination. --
❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited partnership or a limited liability limited partnership whose certificate of
limited partnership is filed in a state other than Iowa, the limited partnership or limited liability _
limited partnership has received notification from the Iowa secretary of state that the application
for certificate of authority has been approved and no notice of cancellation has been filed by the
limited partnership or the limited liability limited partnership.
❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability company whose certificate of organization is filed in Iowa and has
not filed a statement of termination.
❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability company whose certificate of organization is filed in a state other
than Iowa, has received a certificate of authority to transact business in Iowa and the certificate
has not been revoked or canceled.
309-6001 (09-15)
BSF-2
Revised February 2003
CONTRACTOR'S OR SUBCONTRACTOR'S AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM
Check box that applies to party completing program:
( ) General Contractor
( ) Subcontractor
I. Section A to be completed by GENERAL CONTRACTORS only:
A.
Name of Company
Address of Company Zip
Telephone Number( )
Federal ID Number(if no Federal ID Number, Owner/President's Social Security Number)
Name of Equal Employment Officer
Name of Project
Project Contract Number
Estimated Construction Work Dates /
Start Finish
Section B to be completed by SUBCONTRACTORS only:
B.
Name of General or Prime Contractor
Name of Subcontractor
Subcontractor's Address Zip
Subcontractor's Telephone Number ( )
Subcontractor's Federal ID Number(if no Federal ID Number Owner/President's Social Security
Number)
Name of Equal Employment Officer
C. Remainder of program to be completed by party completing program, either Prime or
Subcontractor.
1. The Owners and/or Principals of your company:
Ethnic
Name Address Position Sex Origin
2. Other Areas of Interest:
If your company has branches or subsidiaries, or if your company is a branch or
subsidiary of a parent organization, give the following information:
Type of
Name Address Affiliation Degree _
II. EMPLOYER'S POLICY (Please read carefully.)
A. We, the undersigned, recognize that we are morally and legally committed to
nondiscrimination in employment. Any person who applies for employment with our
company will not be discriminated against because of race, color, creed, sex, national
origin, economic status, age, mental or physical handicap.
B. The employment policies and practices of the undersigned are to recruit and hire
employees without discrimination, and to treat them equally with respect to compensation
and opportunities for advancement, including training, upgrading, promotion, and
transfer. However, we realize the inequities associated with employment training,
upgrading, contracting and subcontracting for minorities and women and we will direct _
our efforts to correcting any deficiencies to the maximum extent possible. The same will
be required of our SUBCONTRACTORS and suppliers.
C. We submit this program to assure compliance with Executive Order 11246, as amended, —
and other subsequent orders that may pertain to equal employment opportunity and merit
employment policies, fully realizing that our qualification and/or merit system should be
evaluated and revised, if necessary.
D. We agree to put forth the maximum effort to achieve full employment and utilization of
capabilities and productivity of all our citizens without regard to race, creed, color, sex,
national origin, economic status, age, and mental or physical handicap.
E. will give training
(Name of Company) _
and employment opportunities to local residents of Waterloo, Iowa, to the greatest extent
feasible.
-2-
III. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION
— A. recognizes that the
(Name of Company)
effective application of a policy of merit employment involves more than just a policy
statement, and
(Name of Company)
will, therefore, re-evaluate our Affirmative Action Program to ensure that equal
employment opportunities are available on the basis of individual merit, and to actively
encourage minorities, women and local residents to seek employment with our company
on this basis.
B. will undertake the
(Name of Company)
following six (6) steps to improve our Affirmative Action Program:
1. Minority Recruitment and Employment;
2. Local Recruitment and Employment;
3. Disabled Veteran and Vietnam Era Veteran Recruitment and Employment;
4. Handicapped Recruitment and Employment;
5. Female Recruitment and Employment; and
6. Training, Upgrading and Promotional Opportunities.
C. will take
(Name of Company)
whatever steps are necessary to ensure that our total work force has adequate minority,
female, and local representation. We will utilize the following methods in our recruitment
attempts:
1. Local advertising media (newspapers, radio, TV);
_ 2. Community organizations (churches, clubs, schools);
3. Public and private institutions in the area (UNI, Hawkeye Community College);
4. Job Service of Iowa; and
5. Other.
D. will seek qualified minority,
(Name of Company)
female, and local group applicants for all job categories and will make asserted efforts to
increase minority, female and group representation in occupations at the higher levels or
skill and responsibility.
E. All sources of employment used shall be aware that we are an Equal Employment
Opportunity Employer. Labor organizations representing our employees will be notified
of our Equal Employment Opportunity Policy and Affirmative Action Program.
F. Training, upgrading, promotion and transfer activities at all levels will be monitored to
ensure that full consideration has been given to qualified minority, female, and local
group employees.
G. will encourage other
(Name of Company)
— companies with whom we are associated and/or do business, to do the same and we will
assist them in their efforts.
-3-
H. has taken the following _
(Name of Company)
Affirmative Action to ensure that minority, female, local contractors and/or suppliers were
provided opportunities to negotiate and/or bid on this project: (if none, write ,NONE")
1.
2.
I. As a result of the above efforts, we have involved minority, female, and local contractors
and/or suppliers in the following areas of subcontracting: (if none, write "NONE")
1.
2.
J. will require approved
(Name of Company)
Affirmative Action Programs from all nonexempt contractors who propose to work on this
project and will take whatever steps are necessary to ensure that non-minority
contractors have adequate representation of minority, female and local persons in their
total work force.
K. In further accordance with rules and guidelines issued pursuant to Executive Order
11246 as amended, we establish the goals for our company, based on parity
percentages supplied by the City, and we realize these goals will be reviewed on an —
annual basis.
L. will keep records of
(Name of Company)
specific actions relative to recruitment, employment, training, upgrading and promotion
and will provide the City of Waterloo with any information relative to same, including
activities of our SUBCONTRACTORS and suppliers as necessary or when requested.
M. Parity figures for companies located in Waterloo are as follows:
Minority Parity = .08 (8%) _
N. Affirmative Action
(Name of Company) --
Employment Goals:
The definition of Affirmative Action Goals is as follows: "Goals may not be rigid and '—
inflexible quotas which must be met, but must be targets, reasonably attainable by means
of applying every good faith effort to make all aspects of the entire Affirmative Action
Program work."
For the year 20_, please submit percentage targets for employing minorities and women.
If you already have reached your target for hiring minorities and women, please submit
that percentage.
"Goals for Minorities: %
Goals for Women: %
-4-
"Your affirmative action goals should be between 1% and 10% or more for minorities and
1% and 5% or more for women.
Please be advised that the goals or targets are purely your estimation of how many
women and minorities your company can reasonably expect to hire in 201_. Note, that
none of the goals are rigid or inflexible. They are targets that your company calculates as
reasonably attainable. This will help the City in its monitoring procedures as required by
City of Waterloo Resolution No. 1984-142(4).
CONTRACTOR'S TOTAL WORK FORCE
(WATERLOO)
HOURLY
NAME AND ADDRESS JOB CATEGORY RACE SEX WAGE
I
INDICATE: DISABLED VETERAN: DV
VIETNAM ERA VETERAN: VV
HANDICAPPED: H
-5-
We hereby certify that we are in compliance with all City and Federal Affirmative Action
Regulations and agree to accept all liability for failure to comply.
Respectfully submitted,
By:
Company Executive _
Date
By:
Equal Employment
Opportunity Officer
Date
City of Waterloo Affirmative Action Officer
Approved
Disapproved Reason:
By:
Date:
-6-
DESCRIPTION OF JOB CATEGORIES
1. Officials/Manager: Occupations in which employees set broad policies, exercise overall
responsibility for execution of all policies, or direct individual departments or special phases of the
agency's operations or provide specialized consultation on a regional, district or area basis.
Includes: department heads, bureau chiefs, division chiefs, directors, deputy directors,
controllers, examiners, wardens, superintendents, unit supervisors, sheriffs, police and fire chiefs
and inspectors and kindred workers.
2. Professionals: Occupations which require specialized and theoretical knowledge which is
usually required through college training or thorough work experience and other training which
provides comparable knowledge. Includes: personnel and labor relations workers, social
workers, doctors, psychologists, registered nurses, economists, dietitians, lawyers, system
analysts, accountants, engineers, employment and vocational rehabilitation counselors, teachers
or instructors, police and fire captains and lieutenants and kindred workers.
3. Technicians: Occupations which require a combination of basic scientific or technical knowledge
and manual skill which can be obtained through specialized post-secondary school education and
through equivalent on-the-job training. Includes: computer programmers and operations,
draftsmen, surveyors, licensed practical nurses, photographs, radio operators, technical
illustrators, police and fire sergeants and kindred workers.
4. Office/Clerical: Workers are responsible for internal and external communication, recording and
retrieval of data and/or information and other paper work required in an office. Includes:
bookkeepers, messengers, office machine operators, clerk-typists, stenographers, court
transcribers, hearing reporters, statistical clerks, dispatchers, license distributors, payroll clerks
and kindred workers.
5. Skilled Craft Workers: Workers perform jobs which require special manual skill and a thorough
and comprehensive knowledge of the processes involved in the work which is acquired through
on-the-job training programs. Includes: Mechanics and repairman, electricians, heavy equipment
operators, stationary engineers, skilled machine occupations, carpenters, compositors and
typesetters and kindred workers.
6. Sales Workers: Occupations engaging wholly and primarily in direct selling. Includes:
advertising agents and salesman, insurance agents and brokers, real estate agents and brokers,
stock and bond salesmen, demonstrators, salesmen and sales clerks, grocery clerks and cashier
checkers, and kindred workers.
7. Operatives (semi-skilled): Workers who operate machine or processing equipment or perform
other factory-type duties of intermediate skill level which can be mastered in a few weeks and
require only limited training. Includes: apprentices (auto mechanics), plumbers, building trades,
metal working trades, bricklayers, carpenters, electricians, machinists, mechanics, printing trades,
etc., operatives, attendants (auto service and parking), plasterers, chauffeurs, deliverymen and
furnacemen, heaters (metal), laundry and dry cleaning operatives, milliners, mine operatives and
laborers, motormen, oilers and greasers, (except auto painters), (except construction and
maintenance), photographic process workers, stationary fireman, truck and tractor drivers,
weavers, (textile), welders and flame cutters and kindred workers.
8. Laborers (unskilled): Workers in manual occupations which generally require no special
training. Perform elementary duties that may be learned in few days and require the application
of little or no independent judgment. Includes: garage laborers, car washers and greasers,
gardeners (except farm) and groundskeepers, longshoremen, and stevedores, lumbermen,
raftsmen and woodchoppers, laborers performing lifing, digging, mixing, loading and pulling
operations and kindred workers.
_. -7-
9. Apprentices: Persons employed in a program including work training and related instruction to
learn a trade or craft which is traditionally an apprenticeship, regardless of whether the program is
registered with a Federal or State agency.
10. Trainees (on-the-iob): Production. . . persons in formal training for craftsmen when not trained
under apprentice programs--operative laborer, and service occupations.
White Collar. . . persons engaged in formal training for clerical, managerial, professional, '
technical, sales, office and clerical occupations.
-s-
ITEMS OF POTENTIAL MBEMBE PARTICIPATION
NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE BIDDERS:
The following are items from the DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR, CITY CONTRACT NO. 877, that
have a potential for MBE/WBE Participation. This listing, however, is not intended to be all encompassing;
to preclude MBE/WBE Contractors from bidding on any items of the Proposal as a Sub:;ontractor or the
entire Proposal as a Prime Contractor.
BID DESCRIPTION UNIT EST. QTY.
ITEM
MBEIWBE GOALS FOR THIS PROJECT
IMPORTANT: Prime Contract Bidders should be aware that ten percent (10%) MBE goal and a two
percent (2%)WBE goal is attached to this project. "Certified Return Receipt' letters are rio longer needed
with the bid showing proof of contacting MBE or WBE Subcontractors, but the Pre-Bid Contact
Information Form must be filled out completely.
City of Waterloo Contract Compliance Officer:
Contract Compliance Officer
Community Development Board
Carnegie Annex, Suite 202
620 Mulberry Street
Waterloo, IA 50703
Phone: (319) 291-4429
MBENVBE PARTICIPATION CONTRACT NO.877 MBE-1 OF 6
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID REQUEST FORM
PRIME BIDDER'S LETTERHEAD
Contract No.:
Letting Date:
I, (subcontractor's name), hereby attest that I have been solicited for a bid on (project name) in the area
of(description of work and bid item no.).
(Prime contractor) has informed me that if I am interested in bidding, a subcontracting bid proposal must
be submitted to the company office by (date) and (time).
Subcontractor's Company Name
Date Subcontractor's Signature
Date Prime Bidder's Signature
MBEMBE PARTICIPATION CONTRACT NO.877 MBE-2 OF 6
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
LETTER TO BE USED WHEN SOLICITING FOR
SUBCONTRACTOR QUOTES
Subcontractor Company Name
Address
-- RE: Contract No.:
Dear
(Prime Contractor's Company Name) is presently soliciting for the following work in connection with the
above referenced project.
(Insert bid Item Nos. and Description of Work)
(Prime Contractor's Company Name) is an Equal Opportunity Employer, and all qualified bidders will not
be discriminated against due to race, religion, color, sex, or origin.
If interested in bidding your proposal must be turned in to this office by and
(Date)
(Time)
Sincerely,
(Prime Contractor's Representative)
Form CCO- 3 (11/28/2001)
MBEMBE PARTICIPATION CONTRACT NO. 877 MBE-3 OF 6
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
LETTER OF INTENT TO BID
(MBE/WBE LETTER)
According to the Current MBE/WBE Contract Compliance Program - 2002, all MBE/WBE Contractors
interested in submitting subcontractor quotes on construction projects with goals, MUST submit a
LETTER OF INTENT TO BID to the City of Waterloo Contract Compliance Officer at least seven (7) days
prior to bid opening. _
The LETTER OF INTENT TO BID must list the specific items which the MBE/WBE Contractor is
interested in bidding.
Letter should include the following:
Name of Project: _
Your Company Name:
Address:
Phone: Date:
List of Specific items to be bid:
Item No. Description: _
Item No. Description:
Item No. Description:
Item No. Description:
Item No. Description:
(Subcontractor's Company Name and authorized signature)
Return this LETTER OF INTENT TO BID to:
Contract Compliance Officer
Community Development Board
620 Mulberry St.
Carnegie Annex, Suite 202
Waterloo, IA 50703
Phone: (319) 291-4429
Form CCO-5 (06-20-2002)
MBENVBE PARTICIPATION CONTRACT NO.877 MBE-4 OF 6
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
O U >, cn O a) r O fn O m X
y' a) (D cn cn - w �O
c 0-•- cn a) c cu a
'E o o a) a) _U p Z cn a 0 LO w
a`) � a Z0 0 a _ mW
Q >0 cu -0 cn -0 cn C O � m p +0 E o L W
C- - zL3 a) U U � � O z
O c 0 W � u M Z w c w •
0 - w mom- c c O m ° OUm a3 w
� � cn oU � � U 0 � � E U � ° c W
p ai cn W N W W O 0 � w M w U
-°a r a`)) c c mom 00 °a o00 � m Z
� .� c 0 0 � o � O � . 0 tm
a-0 ° m 0 � cu w a) z r cu -0 co a:
L r ° L m O
a) W W N � �� " >, U o ?� �
(u CO CO Q C � O N ca U 070 (00 c U C U C
CC "O a) L Q N Q L fu
aa)) ww > y ins a H 0 U E c c cu a)a) 3 c 0
vi m m .y cu �- � y z c m o 0 >, � cn o c
Z c2 2 � `� ccu � o OU cn co o o wa)) a�
O cnNp ° 3cu cuY � L a0) cn 0 a) � '= ° cn
V mcuL) ° 0 o cn w -aE c � a � � a) �
° � 3 Ec ° o o � o � p � �
Boa) � } .j0 -0 � � M4) a) 0 -0
W ~ w a) U 0 v> cn >, cu 0 .. a) c_ a) E rnp
L 0 c cn W o c 0 cn o> -0 c cn -a a)
�a—, Z g � ° cu _ E c U) a) cn ° 0 � Y L
a 1) a) Y >, �_ Eo cu w � c m cu
d iu - -a 0 � c a? w .� 0 d � c w _0 or `
Ypcu0 O °' c � 2 3 � m3 pE m a) - m0c
_ W o � 3ca wE oa) a) � w W � co cn cn .� pv°i
H to c :3i E U `n c r m 3 W - vi c in ° cw
Z L 0 cn -0 �, z o L Uwiu rn c w w � � w o m E cu Q- 0 3 0
cock O -o omcco a) m co g a� 00 > WCL
W Z a) o cu o H cn � -0 > U � w 3 ns - rn M —
� � ° ° p cw a) w � � owe w -0 a a) o
W o cu m .- E 0 z �- a) co CO a) cm m ca 3 o a) � z
Q a 0 cn cu O u)) ° 2 o f E F E c � L 0 - L ° E �
N � Ua) a Zw3- mo0o _E m 00 u = — aa)) c aa)) ocn2a`)
m LL a d H -a cu -o a) m > 0 rn
W Z cu � � � Q U) (D v � �v°i � cu U c o � cro � a) o cu a`) U
m 0 N N p - c a) W a ° O O a � O U �) c
� U c� o za c E >, a ns ° m O a) � - m a � S y �Oa .O
3cop O u) N '= cua o 0 � 0 � -0 0c cnYa) oc
W ooE UN� oU p = ulc - a) 0co0 cn _) c 000
a)
mZ @te a CD CD a) cnY m c°n cnLL E N afDi o °) o c
O 0 cr
0 m CV cD rn c - O L to cu L U C
cn cu �•� > W CIE CZ O 3 O a) ) O � fl N
V 0 cm
0 -o y 0 w co — "0 cu m a) c m cn ,� O L a) O E U
0c � a) � � c cn UaLU ` cu tea ° aF- ocu Ea) cc ° � 0
o � � > > a) m a E a) `o a- cuQ c aYa .c 0 > U ate) a
m a`) ° a) c : m ns p 0 p N - - 0 � � m 0 c
0op w � cu � ca) 0 cn U •- 0 � � a) ° a) L � cncum0
cn
W iuo � - u) Mn � oL m 0 0 030cn m y � 0
� c z — � `ra � -0 0-� cn cu a 0- mU- Eon c E � a) E � 0c = 3
d w0corn npo w � a) w a) in � 0 -0 ,_, zpLinL 70 U3cn
° O E .S CO 0 " 0 c � -0 U ° .. r o c —_
ayi L- 0 3 wv a) a) .D >, in E a) > cu — E � � 3: ° 3 N oin O . o �
U � =3 ZED w o0 o -0 c � 'a) � � � Q � a) acD a`) a) () U o >o
c 0 E 0 W L a m cu 0 W O .-. 0 a) L cn H ° z - w a) 0 - m e O - Q
fA O c -p a) LL a) cn c cu m cu 0 0 c}u 0 a '> 0 0 z in
_0L C .cu Y O N
o 0) E cco c w c o M a 0 � � C c U -2 0 3 aa)) O Q- °c ° 0 00 N � fl � — o
cL w0 pcum W a) � � a ° cU ° mac W0C6 c QE o �
`r co O Z - a) a) o m N c � U .0 a) cu O o � c o
-0 Q E cn c .:3 2 ,� o 'cn4-- co � m aw � c cu � 0 EU -0 aa)) o orn
E Q D 0)- c " .� U o O D 0 0 (nw w m o 0 0- d `'- o -o c0 .cn
o 0 0 m '� 0 -a cum -0 >, a) mw 3 � U � E E W w a -0 E a) aN
0 0 � � o c o cn ° w a) CM �- a 0 E a) 0 0 a w m c cn 0 � dM
U � W -0 i V V m U c m 0 0 0 w 7 U 0) L. c cu L U N
r C f6 O m O m a) U c c w w O m O ' c O $ U p ° Q F �o
— o 0 0 � � � D E aa)) c � cn 0 < Lt: = M z � oaQ Ca U Q 0 w rnm `t Qco
U U @ "- � w cu .� 0 oowo o om cd � � a m-0 0 -0 ai � Qi OU a�
a) ° .nL o m a) 3 op 2 c � a) Z cw o o � U a Ew U m
_ E _ � t E � Q _� in � U � � L cow U > u 0 a) a) a) m �O E N ° 0 wz o o c° � }' o E U
.L N cu O C a) N Z H O N w +� .0 L W
c 0 0]W
d d Q -0 ` U m N '0 -0 U M . v a) Lo W w �Q
N EO E c u, O O U-O
Q r O O a) �, o
cu o � n c � O ^C C°w
U O 0- m >� p w
O C m O > O U z
"
o cn E o m Q U U
-0 a) oc E a) o � z _
c CL c 3 U _
L Y
-C > T U C tj
cm cu O
N 0 a) "O o 0 0 O O O
° H U) oU � L a A
Q :3 uS � �-
o E
U +�' i U)Y LO E (YLO 0)
J O O a) LL �
• o a E
0 w M0
c 3 -w Wm N
E ° - ) WI-
O
CG o t E c CJm a
U O ai _
L O
W a) O C O O O ~
(n O to a) cn - 0 c 7t---' 0
a CU
Z 0m "O ~ v OU N V
0 U
(B U) _ �+
\ c L U Y 0 w y C�
WF- cw 0 .0 > � a) 0) mN ee �
H Q a) .T O n E
Fn
L � � Z UW O -0 OU cE °cco�> � � W(n0 wCU � � zW _ Q � - =a) Z Z -0
� � U
a o o � WZ w o
_
mL L
Zn p O
L a) ` a) - O �to Q O > c0 cnpcn O o
C C , U
Z H
W Z 2cu y a) � 0 0 � L cn Q
a)
W a) -0 Y N m LO aa)) C LL �+
m m O � c"nd) a) c a) c � W a, u
Lb Z n - a O Q u) - Z m -
u 0 0 CO in in � Q LL ?� A
a) U O c cn 0 m Q p
a M L2 ° E wC13 Ow v
0
oc mt00 a) � E mWm -
T cn � Ca a) in � Y J
� co 0 0 0 -0 w0 m
3 hoc � -0 mL Q
0) W -0 •Q -0 = � 2 O H
Ocu m � 0 oom y �
V ; QwU TY � a)
0 Jm U 0 .O _T�
H 0 aW c N QYv a) $ W o 0
Z m a) a) v �, pa u --
ai O cc E >, U 0 c�u E c° "� 6 N Z
cm oUO3 � � 0 � Eoc% a? 0 W `c �o
Y
Z D0E 5 0 - a) -6t5 -0c P� °v (D am
O _O C (1 V Y a) cu to • .0 U N
ca LU cn pp co cn rn Q � = O c "= �o
cn � � 07U cia Y a�
c o L ~ Q a) m m a) a) O 9 ,0
00 mQ m •` a) co U mg
c c cLa V .�
a) a) a)
E E-� m00 7 ° •� Y owo
c c O c tn ca
d z a) Q U fn cn cn >- w `= M E
CERTIFIED
MBE 1 WBE CONTRACTORS
CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA
CONTRACT COMPLIANCE OFFICE
Community Development Board
Carnegie Annex,Suite 202
620 Mulberry Street
Waterloo,Iowa 50703
City WEB Site: wwvv.ci.waterloo.ia.us
Contract Compliance
WEB Site
for listing updates: http://l�8,Av-w.cityofivaterlooiowa.com/contractcompliance
Contact: Rudy Jones,Community Development Director
Email: rudy.iones a waterloo-ia.org
— Phone: (319) 291-4429
Fax: (319) 291-4431
_ ter#
CERTIFIED MBE CONTRACTORS
CARTER ELECTRIC
725 Adams Street
Waterloo, IA 50703
Phone: (319) 232-9808
Pager: (319) 235-4021
Contact: Derrick Carter
Specializing in:
ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR
CULPEPPER ELECTRIC
1731 Cottage Grove Avenue
Waterloo, IA 50707
Phone: (319) 235-0885
Fax: (319) 236-8177
Contact: Martin Culpepper
Certified: City of Waterloo Certified MBE, Licensed Electrician
Specializing in:
ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR
DANIELS HOME IMPROVEMENT
339 Albany Street
Waterloo, IA 50703
Phone: (319) 961-1659
Contact: Sammy Daniels
Specializing in:
ALL TYPES OF CONCRETE FLA TWORK, POURED WALLS—ALL TYPES, FOOTINGS, LIGHT
DEMOLITION
D.C. CORPORATION
426 Beech Street
Waterloo, IA 50703
Phone: (319) 493-2542
FAX: (319) 236-0515
Contact: Terry Phillips
Certified: City of Waterloo Certified MBE, Iowa DOT,TSB Certified
Specializing in:
COMMERCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL DEMOLITION, CONCRETE PAYING, DRIVEWAYS,
TRUCKING (ALL TYPES), GENERAL CONSTRUCTION
Page 2 of 4
GREER'S WORKS
2003 Plainview Street
Waterloo, IA 50703
Phone: (319) 233-4701
Contact: Willie Greer
Specializing in:
DRIVEWAYS, SIDEWALKS, CARPENTRY, ROOFING, GENERAL CONSTRUCTION
OLD GREER'S WORKS
2309 Springview Street
Waterloo, IA 50707
Phone: (319) 233-2150
Contact: David L. Greer, Sr.
Specializing in:
ROOFING& GENERAL CONSTRUCTION
_ QUICK CONSTRUCTION
217 Bates Street
Waterloo, IA 50703
Phone: (319) 215-4166
Contact: Leroy Harrington
Specializing in:
ALL TYPES OF CONCRETE FLATWORK AND GENERAL CONSTRUCTION
D & D CONSTRUCTION
_ 1124 West Donald Street
Waterloo, IA 50703
Phone: (319) 961-4208
_ Contact: Darrell E. Caldwell, Sr.
Specializing in:
ROOFING AND GENERAL CONSTRUCTION
E. CASTRO ROOFING
702 Riehl Street
_ Waterloo, IA 50701
Phone: (319) 215-5683
Contact: Emillio Castro
Specializing in:
ROOFING, SIDING, GENERAL CONSTRUCTION
Page 3 of 4
CERTIFIED WE CONTRACTORS
ATLAS PAINTING, INC.*
911 Sycamore Street
P.O. BOX 65 _
Waterloo, IA 50704
Phone: (319)232-9164
Specializing in:
COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL PAINTING _
WATCO CONSTRUCTION, INC.*
2920 Texas Street
Waterloo, IA 50702
Phone: (319)233-7481
Certified: City of Waterloo WBE
Contact: Patricia J. Kimball
Specializing in:
STORM SEWER, INLETS, DRAIN TILE, WATER MAIN, SANITARY SEWER, INTAKE
STRUCTURES
PETERMAN & HAES CARPET ONE*
4003 University
Waterloo,IA 50701
Phone: (319) 233-6131
Fax: (319)233-6133
Certified: City of Waterloo WBE _
Email: JR] l486 er,cfu.net
Contact: Carol Reese
Specializing in:
FLOOR COVERING _
*DENOTES WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE '
Page 4 of 4
STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS
(To be submitted by the Bidder only upon the specific request of the City of Waterloo, Iowa.)
All questions must be answered and the date given must be clear and comprehensive. This statement
must be notarized. If necessary, questions may be answered on separate attached sheets. The Bidder
may submit any additional information he desires.
1. Name of bidder.
2. Permanent main office address.
3. When organized.
4. If a corporation, when incorporated.
5. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under your present firm or
trade name?
6. Contracts on hand: (Schedule these, showing amount of each contract and the appropriate
anticipated dates of completion.)
7. General character of work performed by your company.
8. Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to you? If so, where and why?
9. Have you ever defaulted on a contract? If so, where and why?
10. List the more important projects recently completed by your company, stating the approximate
cost for each, and the month and year completed.
11. List your major equipment available for this contract.
12. Experience in construction work similar in importance to this project.
13. Background and experience of the principal members of your organization, including the officers.
14. Credit available: $
15. Give bank reference:
16. Will you, upon request, fill out a detailed financial statement and furnish any other information that
may be required by the City of Waterloo, Iowa?
STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS CONTRACT NO. 877 SBQ-1 OF 2
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
17. The undersigned hereby authorizes and requests any person, firm, or corporation to furnish any
information requested by the City of Waterloo, Iowa, in verification of the recitals comprising this
Statement of Bidder's Qualifications.
Dated at this day of 201_
(Name of Bidder)
By:
Title:
State of )
) ss:
County of )
being duly sworn deposes and says that he is
of
(Name of Organization)
and that the answers to the foregoing questions and all statements therein contained are true and correct.
Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 201_ _
Notary Public
My commission expires
STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS CONTRACT NO.877 SBQ-2 OF 2
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
GENERAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. SCOPE OF WORK
The work covered by this contract consists of furnishing all labor, equipment, and materials and
— performing all operations, in connection with the DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR CONTRACT
NO. 877, as shown on the contract drawings and in accordance with these specifications.
The contract drawings, which accompany and form a part of this contract and specifications are
dated August 23, 2019. They have the general title of DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR,
CONTRACT NO. 877.
The drawings are numbered and separately entitled as follows:
Sheet No. Drawing No. Description
01 -GENERAL
1 01-G-01 Title Sheet and Location Ma
_ 2 01-G-02 Index of Drawings and Civil Symbols
3 01-G-03 Estimate References
4 01-G-04 Estimate References
5 01-G-05 Civil General Notes
6 01-G-06 Civil - SWPPP
7 01-G-07 General Architectural and Structural Legend
8 01-G-08 Electrical Abbreviations and Symbols
9 01-G-09 Electrical One-Line Diagram and Schematic Symbols
02 -CIVIL
10 02-C-01 Location Plan
_ 11 02-C-02 Benchmarks, Control Points and Alignment Data
12 02-C-03 Control Points
13 02-C-04 Control Points
PUMPING STATION
14 02-CR-01 Removal Plan
15 02-CR-02 Removal Plan and Sections
16 02-CF-01 New Facilities Plan
17 02-CG-01 Site Grading Plan
18 02-CE-01 Electrical Site Plan
SANITARY SEWER
19 02-CFM-01 Plan and Profile Sta 63+20 to Sta 68+90
20 02-CFM-02 Plan and Profile Sta 68+90 to Sta 74+50
21 02-CFM-03 Plan and Profile Sta 74+50 to Sta 80+10
22 02-CFM-04 Plan and Profile Sta 80+10 to Sta 85+70
23 02-CFM-05 Plan and Profile Sta 85+70 to Sta 91+30
24 02-CFM-06 Plan and Profile Sta 91+30 to Sta 96+90
25 02-CFM-07 Plan and Profile Sta 96+90 to Sta 102+50
26 02-CFM-08 Plan and Profile Sta 102+50 to Sta 108+10
27 02-CFM-09 Plan and Profile Sta 108+10 to Sta 113+70
28 02-CFM-10 Plan and Profile Sta 113+70 to Sta 119+30
29 02-CFM-11 Plan and Profile Sta 119+30 to Sta 124+90
-- GENERAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONTRACT NO.877 GSP-1 OF 5
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
Sheet No. Drawing No. Description _
30 02-CFM-12 Plan and Profile Sta 124+90 to Sta 130.50
31 02-CFM-13 Plan and Profile Sta 130+50 to Sta 136+10
32 02-CFM-14 Plan and Profile Sta 136+10 to Sta 141+70
33 02-CFM-15 Plan and Profile Sta 141+70 to Sta 147+30
34 02-CFM-16 Plan and Profile Sta 147+30 to Sta 152+90
35 02-CFM-17 Plan and Profile Sta 152+90 to Sta 158+50
36 02-CFM-18 Plan and Profile Sta 158+50 to Sta 164+10 _
37 02-CFM-19 Plan and Profile Sta 164+10 to Sta 169+70
38 02-CFM-20 Plan and Profile Sta 169+70 to Sta 175+30
39 02-CFM-21 Plan and Profile Sta 175+30 to Sta 176+20
10 -SANITARY PUMP STATION
40 10-SM-01 Plans
41 10-SM-02 Section
42 10-SM-03 Details
43 10-E-01 Electrical Plan
15 - ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT BUILDING
44 15-AS-01 Plans and Sections
45 15-AS-02 Elevations and Details —
HVAC
46 15-H-01 Plan, Schedules, and Details
ELECTRICAL —
47 15-E-01 I Plan
20 -TEXAS STREET LIFT STATION LS-301
48 20-CF-01 Site Plan and Detail —
99 - DETAILS
49 99-C-01 Civil
50 99-C-02 Civil
51 99-S-01 Structural Standard Details
52 99-S-02 Structural Standard Details
53 99-S-03 Structural Standard Details —
54 99-E-01 Electrical One-Line Diagram
55 99-E-02 Electrical Details
56 99-E-03 Electrical Details
57 99-E-04 Electrical One-Line Diagram -Texas Street Lift Station LS-301 —
The standard specifications of the City of Waterloo are to be used along with the special
provisions described herein and shall be considered as part of the contract documents. —
2. CONFLICTING SPECIFICATIONS
All requirements of other specifications contained in the contract documents which conflict with
the provisions of the special provisions will be considered void.
3. DUMPING AREAS —
Excess material resulting from construction operations shall be hauled to the County Landfill or
other area secured by the Contractor and approved by the City Engineer. Rubble, rubbish, trees,
brush, and other unsuitable backfill material, as designated by the City Engineer, shall be hauled
to the County Landfill. All Landfill charges are to be considered incidental to the contract and are
the responsibility of the Contractor.
GENERAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONTRACT NO. 877 GSP-2 OF 5
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
4. CONSTRUCTION DAMAGE
.� The Contractor shall exercise care during construction operations to ensure the safety and
protection to existing features located near or within the limits of construction. Damage caused
by negligence or poor workmanship, as determined by the Engineer, shall be considered the
Contractor's responsibility.
5. REMOVED MATERIALS
All materials removed as part of this Contract shall remain the property of the City unless the City
determines that he materials are not salvageable and the City does not want to retain ownership
of the materials. Materials designated in the field by the Engineer as nonsalvageable shall be
hauled and disposed of by the Contractor at no cost to the City. All other materials shall be
transported to locations as directed by the Engineer. No separate measurement or payment will
be made for hauling or disposing of removed materials and it shall be considered incidental to
applicable items.
6. OVERHAUL
Overhaul will not be paid for "surplus material" obtained from any of the items of construction
under this contract. The cost of overhaul will be considered as incidental to the items to which it
applies.
_ 7. MAILBOXES/STOP SIGNS
The Contractor shall notify the United States Postal Department of mailboxes, which interfere with
any part of the work before removing them, and the Contractor will relocate them as required by
the Postmaster. The removal and replacement of mailboxes will not be considered for direct
payment, but will be considered incidental to the item to which it applies.
The removal and replacement of stop signs will not be considered for direct payment, but will be
considered incidental to the item to which it applies.
8. PAY ITEMS
All pay items are listed in the proposal and shall include the purchase of all materials, delivery of
these materials, and furnishing all labor, plant and miscellaneous work needed to make the item
complete. All such cost shall be incidental to the proposed item to which it applies and shall not
be considered for separate payment.
9. BREAKDOWN OF LUMP SUM CONTRACT PRICE ITEMS
The Contractor shall, immediately upon execution and delivery of the contract, before the first
estimate for payment is made, deliver to the City Engineer a detailed estimate giving a complete
breakdown of the lump sum contract prices. The submitted breakdown shall be approved by the
City Engineer prior to any payment of any lump sum price item.
10. PERMISSION TO HAUL OVER STREETS, RAILROADS AND HIGHWAYS
The Contractor will be required to secure, from the proper authorities, permission or permit which
may be required to haul over streets, highways, railroads or private property, and any hauling
operations of the Contractor shall be subject to the requirements of such permits, permission, and
to all applicable regulations, laws, and ordinances governing hauling and movement of equipment
over streets, railroads, highways and private property. Any costs or inconvenience caused by
obtaining any necessary permits or permission shall be considered completely covered by the
�= price bid for the items in the proposal.
GENERAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONTRACT NO.877 GSP-3 OF 5
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
11. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULING
The City Engineer shall approve Contractor's work schedule prior to starting. All revisions shall
also be approved. The City Engineer may change the schedule to accommodate changing —
construction conditions.
The Contractor shall coordinate the work under this contract with contractors performing work
under other contracts which may be performed concurrently. —
The Contractor shall be responsible to notify the Police, Fire, Street and Engineering
Departments of the closing and opening of streets. —
The Contractor shall commence work within ten (10) days after receipt of the "Notice to Proceed"
and diligently execute the work of the contract to completion. —
12. PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
Before any work is started, the Contractor shall arrange with the City Engineer to hold a pre-
construction conference to discuss problems and schedules of contracts.
13. UNDERGROUND UTILITIES _
It is the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain the location of gas lines, water lines, electric,
telephone, and cable television cables or wires from the various utility companies and the City
electrician before starting any excavation. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to
any underground utilities. The Contractor shall expose those utilities indicated on the plans so
that elevations may be determined before beginning construction. This work shall be considered
incidental to other items of work.
If the Contractor believes that additional costs have been incurred due to a utility being improperly
located, the resolution of the additional costs incurred shall be made between the Contractor and
the respective utility company. —
14. TRAFFIC SIGNS AND STREET SIGNS
The Contractor shall contact the City of Waterloo Traffic Operations Department to have any —
street sign that will be affected by construction removed and replaced when the work has been
completed.
15. TRAFFIC CONTROL DURING CONSTRUCTION
The Contractor shall, at his own expense and without further or other order, provide, erect and
maintain, at all times during the progress and suspension of the work and until completion and —
final acceptance thereof, suitable and requisite barricades, signs or other adequate protection, as
required by the latest edition of Part VI of the "Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices" and
shall provide, keep and maintain such barricades, signs, etc., as may be required or as may be —
ordered by the Engineer, to ensure the safety of the public as well as those engaged on the work.
All barricading plans shall be reviewed by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall determine, provide and obtain approval from the City Engineer on all detour —
locations for all street closings, barricades and posting prior to construction. These shall meet
requirements of the City Police Traffic Department. The Contractor shall notify the City
Engineer's Office and the Police, Fire and Street Departments when the street is closed for —
construction. All barricading shall be in accordance with the latest edition of Part VI of the
GENERAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONTRACT NO.877 GSP-4 OF 5
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
"Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices." Encapsulated lens sheeting is not required on this
project.
16. GRADES, LINES, LEVELS AND SURVEYS
All necessary grades, lines, levels and surveys shall be established and maintained by the
Contractor.
The Contractor shall verify all grades, lines, levels and dimensions as shown on the drawings,
and he shall report any errors or inconsistencies in the same to AECOM before commencing
work.
17. SAFETY OF WORKERS AND PUBLIC
The Contractor shall, at all times, take necessary precautions to protect the life and health of all
persons employed on this project and the public. He shall provide necessary safety devices and
_ safeguards in accordance with latest and best accident prevention practices. All such protection
shall be furnished to employees without cost.
No direct measurement of payment shall be made for this protection, but shall be considered
incidental to other items of work. The public shall be kept outside of any work area.
18. CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT FOR PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
Section IX "Construction Equipment" of the "Specifications for Concrete Paving, Widening, and
Curb and Gutter' of the Standard Specifications for Municipal Public Works Construction, City of
Waterloo, Iowa, shall be amended as follows:
Iowa Department of Transportation standard specification Section 2301.07 Construction
Equipment For Portland Cement Concrete Pavement shall apply with the following exception to
Section 2301.07.A.7.b Finishing Machine: The first sentence shall read as "A finishing machine
will be required on all uniform width slabs ten (10) feet or more in width upon which a continuous
line of forms more than one hundred fifty (150) feet in length may be set, except for intersections
or otherwise approved by the Engineer."
19. WORKING ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND LEGAL HOLIDAYS
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing forty-eight (48) hours in advance if work on
Saturday is planned. By noon the Friday before the planned Saturday work, the Contractor shall
confirm the Saturday work schedule with the project inspector.
— Work on Sunday requires prior approval of the Engineer in accordance with the Waterloo
Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall not work the following days in 2019 and 2020 due
to City holidays:
2019 2020
November 28 and 29, 2019 -Thanksgiving January 1, 2020 - New Year's Day
December 24 and 25, 2019 -Christmas April 10, 2020 - Good Friday
May 25, 2020 - Memorial Day
July 4, 2020 - Independence Day
September 7, 2020- Labor Day
November 26 and 27, 2020 -Thanksgiving
GENERAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONTRACT NO.877 GSP-5 OF 5
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
DIVISION 1
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
The Iowa Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Highway and Bridge Construction,
Series of 2015, plus the applicable General Supplemental Specifications and the 2019 Iowa Statewide
Urban Specifications, also known as SUDAS, shall apply to construction work on this project.
The standard specifications of the City of Waterloo are to be used along with the special provisions
described herein and shall be considered as part of the contract documents. Any technicals not covered
by SUDAS are listed in the Table of Contents and are made a part of the specification booklet on the
following pages.
* * * END OF SPECIAL PROVISIONS
SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONTRACT NO.877 SP-1 OF 1
AECOM 60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
SECTION 01110
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. This project consists of construction of the Dry Run Creek Interceptor along the San Marnan
Corridor in Waterloo, Iowa. The project includes a new pumping station (with a natural gas
generator for back-up power) to replace the Tower Park Station, a force main to pump the flow to
the east along San Marnan, and a gravity sewer system along San Marnan flowing east to an
existing line on Hess Road. The project also includes the installation of a new natural gas generator
-- at the Texas Street Lift Station.
B. Measurement and Payment:
1. Work specified in this section is considered incidental and payment shall be included as part
of appropriate lump sum or unit prices included in Bid Form.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. Standard Specifications: Iowa Statewide Urban Design and Specifications(SUDAS)-2019 edition
and Standard Specifications for Highway and Bridge Construction (Iowa), Series 2015.
1.03 FORM OF SPECIFICATIONS
A. These Specifications are written in imperative and abbreviated form. Imperative language of
Specification sections is directed at CONTRACTOR, unless specifically noted otherwise.
Incomplete sentences in Specifications shall be completed by inserting "shall," "CONTRACTOR
shall,""shall be,"and similar mandatory phrases by inference in same manner as they are applied
to notes on Drawings. Words"shall be"shall be supplied by inference where colon(:)is used within
sentences or phrases. Except as worded to contrary, fulfill (perform) indicated requirements
whether stated imperatively or otherwise.
B. Items of Work are specified by section. Specifications or requirements of one or more sections
may apply or be referenced in other sections.
C. Provide Work described and comply with requirements stated in each Specification section and
Drawings unless specifically assigned to other Contractors or OWNER.
1.04 CONTRACTS
A. Perform Work under unit price Contract(s)with OWNER.
-- 1.05 WORK BY OTHERS
A. Utility Services:
1. Electric Utility will furnish and install electric power services to point of termination and
provide meters at locations as shown on Drawings and these Specifications.
2. Refer to referenced Specification sections for cost, if any, to be included in Bid.
1.06 MILESTONES (WORK SEQUENCE)
A. Construct Work in stages to accommodate use of site during construction period; coordinate
Construction Progress Schedule and operations with OWNER.
(REV2019) 01110-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
B. Construct Work in stages to provide for public convenience.
1. Do not close off public use of facilities until completion of one stage of construction provides
alternative usage.
2. Stages of construction are those indicated on Drawings.
C. Due to potential health hazards and requirements of State of Iowa, Department of Natural
Resources, and U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, existing wastewater lift station facilities _
shall be maintained in operation during construction of new lift station facility. Degree of treatment
during construction to be equal to or exceed efficiency of facility before construction started. It is
forbidden to release wastewater into the environment.
1.07 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
A. Limit use of premises for Work and storage to allow for following:
1. OWNER occupancy.
2. Public use.
B. Conduct operations to ensure least inconvenience to general public. Coordinate use of premises
with OWNER.
C. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of products under this Contract.
D. Obtain and pay for use of additional storage or Work areas needed for operations at no additional
cost to OWNER.
E. Confine operations to areas within Contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions of site beyond
areas in which Work is indicated.
F. Keep driveways, roads, and entrances serving premises clear and available to OWNER and public
at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. Schedule deliveries to _
minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on Site.
1.08 EASEMENTS, LICENSES, AND PERMITS
A. Easements, construction licenses, and permits obtained for Work shown on Drawings.
1. Comply with provisions of easements, licenses, and permits.
2. Obtain additional construction easements necessary to complete Work. _
3. Easements are shown on Drawings.
4. Perform construction within existing rights-of-way.
5. Obtain written authorization from affected property owners or maintaining authorities if _.
construction is outside these areas.
6. Comply with requirements of OWNERS or maintaining authorities.
7. Obtain written approval of restoration from easement grantors shown on Drawings.
B. Construction in Highways:
1. Construction within rights-of-way is governed by applicable permits and appropriate sections _
of Contract Documents.
C. Notify property owners of restoration completion by certified mail (return receipt requested, with
copy to OWNER) similar to following.
(REV2019) 01110-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
"The undersigned Contractor has completed restoration of construction site on which you have
granted easement or license for installation of certain utilities and improvements. If site restoration
is not completed to your satisfaction, please contact City of Waterloo, Iowa, in writing, and
arrangements will be made immediately to view site and restore site in conformance with our
Contract obligations.
If City of Waterloo does not hear from you in writing within 5 days from above date, site restoration
of your property will be deemed completed and acceptable to you."
(Signature)
(Name of CONTRACTOR)
(Address of CONTRACTOR)
1. Complete Work necessary to satisfy terms of Contract.
2. Failure of property owner to notify OWNER within 5 days, in accordance with above example,
does not relieve CONTRACTOR of any obligations under Contract.
3. OWNER will:
a. Examine site upon receipt of notice of deficiency.
b. Have right to have remaining Work done by contract or force account and deduct cost
thereof from monies due CONTRACTOR should CONTRACTOR refuse to complete
restoration work.
c. Waive requirement for obtaining statement if satisfied restoration is completed in
accordance with Contract Documents.
1.09 STAKING
A. Proposed Work will be staked once, by ENGINEER, at no expense to CONTRACTOR. Should
CONTRACTOR request restaking,this Work will be done as ENGINEER'S schedule permits and at
expense of CONTRACTOR. Notify ENGINEER at least 3 days prior to start of open-cut work or
7 days prior to start of jacked or augered work and when making periodic requests for line and
grade stakes.
1. ENGINEER will provide one line of survey stakes for utility work and prepare separate cut
sheets where multiple pipes are located in common trench.
2. CONTRACTOR shall maintain survey stakes.
PART PRODUCTS
(Not Used)
PART 3 EXECUTION
-- (Not Used)
**" END OF SECTION
(REV2019) 01110-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 01295
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Submit Schedule of Values allocated to various portions of Work as required by General
Conditions.
B. Upon request of ENGINEER, support values with data substantiating their correctness.
1.02 FORM AND CONTENT OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Type schedule on 8-1/2 in. x 11 in.white paper; CONTRACTOR'S standard forms and automated
printout will be considered for approval by ENGINEER upon CONTRACTOR'S request. Identify
schedule with the following:
1. Project title and location.
2. ENGINEER and ENGINEER'S Project number.
3. Name and address of CONTRACTOR.
4. Contract designation.
5. Date of submission.
B. Identify installed value of component parts of Work in sufficient detail to serve as basis for
computing values for progress payments during construction.
C. Use general table of contents of this Project Manual to establish format for listing component items
in schedule.
1. Identify each line item with number and title of respective Specification division and section.
2. If Project consists of multiple structures, break down schedule by structure.
D. Provide separate listing for General Requirements (Division 1) items, such as bonds, insurance
premiums, mobilization,field supervision and layout, construction facilities and temporary controls,
contingency allowance, construction schedule, O&M data, record drawings, and submittals.
E. For each Specification division, list subvalues of major materials, equipment or operations under
division.
F. For various portions of work:
1. Each item shall include directly proportional amount of CONTRACTOR'S overhead and
profit.
2. For items on which progress payments will be requested for stored materials, break down
value into the following:
a. Cost of materials, delivered and unloaded, with taxes paid.
b. Total installed value including CONTRACTOR'S overhead and profit.
G. Sum of values listed in schedule shall equal total Contract sum.
(2019) 01295-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
PART PRODUCTS
(Not Used)
PART 3 EXECUTION
(Not Used)
END OF SECTION
T
(2019) 01295-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 01340
SUBMITTALS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section specifies procedural requirements for Work-related (non-administrative) submittals
including Shop Drawings, substitutions, product data, samples, test data, operations and
maintenance data, and other miscellaneous Work-related submittals.
1. Submittals for certification of equipment installation, instructional, and post-startup services
are specified in Section 01600.
2. Submittals for record drawings are specified in Section 01788.
B. Administrative Submittals: Procedures concerning items such as listing of manufacturers,
Suppliers, Subcontractors, Construction Progress Schedule, schedule of Shop Drawing
submissions, bonds, payment applications, insurance certificates, and schedule of values are
specified elsewhere.
C. Work-Related Submittals:
1. Substitutes and "Or Equal" Items:
a. Includes material or equipment which CONTRACTOR requests ENGINEER to accept,
after Effective Date of the Agreement. Whenever an item of material or equipment is
specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary
item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to
establish the type,function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or
description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent,or"or equal"
item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or
equipment of other Suppliers, may be submitted to Engineer for review under the
circumstances described below.
2. Shop Drawings:
a. Includes technical data and drawings specially prepared for this Project, including
`a fabrication and installation drawings, diagrams, data sheets, schedules, templates,
patterns, reports, instructions, design mix formulas, measurements, and similar
information not in standard printed form.
b. Standard catalog type information prepared without specific reference to Project is not
considered as Shop Drawing.
3. Product Data:
a. Includes standard catalog type printed information on manufactured materials,
equipment and systems that has not been specially prepared for this Project, including
manufacturer's product specifications, catalog cuts, standard wiring diagrams, printed
performance curves, mill reports, and standard color charts.
4. Samples:
a. Includes fabricated and manufactured physical examples of materials, products, and
units of work, includes complete units, partial cuts of manufactured or fabricated work,
swatches showing color, texture, and pattern, and units of work to be used for
independent inspection and testing.
—► (REV2019) 01340-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
b. Mock-ups are special forms of samples too large or otherwise inconvenient for handling
in manner specified for transmittal of sample submittals. —"
5. Test Results:
a. Includes source and field quality inspection and test reports,actual performance curves,
and certifications of results prepared specifically for equipment, material, and systems
provided for this Project.
b. Standard catalog charts or standard test results are considered Product Data.
6. Operations and Maintenance Data:
a. Includes information and directions for operating and maintaining equipment provided T
and installed for this Project. Maybe standard for equipment or prepared specifically for
this Project.
7. Miscellaneous Submittals:
a. Work-related submittals that do not fit in previous categories, includes schedules, _
photographs, guarantees, warranties, certifications, maintenance agreements,
workmanship bonds, survey data and reports, physical work records, copies of industry
standards, field measurement data, extra materials, keys, and similar information,
devices, and materials applicable to Work.
1.02 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Scheduling:
1. CONTRACTOR is not required to submit preliminary or final schedule of Submittals.
Y
B. Coordination:
1. Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of Work. Coordinate
each submittal with other submittals and related activities such as substitution requests,
testing, purchasing, fabrication, delivery, and similar activities requiring sequential activity.
2. Coordinate submission of different units of interrelated Work so one submittal not be delayed
by ENGINEER'S need to review related submittal. ENGINEER may withhold action on
submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are provided.
3. Prepare and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of scheduled performance of
related Work and other applicable activities.
4. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have:
a. reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and
Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents;
b. determined and verified all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified
performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers,
and similar information with respect thereto;
c. determined and verified the suitability of all materials offered with respect to the indicated
application,fabrication, shipping, handling,storage,assembly,and installation pertaining
to the performance of the Work; and
d. determined and verified all information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means,
methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety
precautions and programs incident thereto.
(REV2019) 01340-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
C. Submittal Preparation:
1. Stamp and sign each submittal certifying to review of submittal, verification of material, and
equipment, field measurement, field construction criteria, and coordination of information
within submittal with Contract Documents.
2. Transmittal Form: Identify following:
a. Date of submittal and dates of previous submittals.
b. Project title and number.
c. Submittal number.
d. Contract identification.
e. Names of:
-� 1) CONTRACTOR.
2) Supplier.
3) Manufacturer.
f. If submittal is for substitute item of material or equipment, identify as "substitute" on
transmittal and include "Contractor's Application for Consideration of Substitute" with
submittal.
g. Identification of equipment and material with equipment identification numbers, motor
numbers, and Specification section number.
h. Variations from Contract Documents.
D. Resubmittal Preparation:
1. Comply with requirements described in Submittal Preparation above, and in addition:
a. Identify on transmittal form submittal is resubmission.
b. Make corrections or changes in submittals required by ENGINEER'S notations on
returned submittal.
c. Respond to ENGINEER'S notations:
1) On transmittal or separate page attached to CONTRACTOR'S resubmission
transmittal, answer or acknowledge in writing notations or questions indicated by
ENGINEER on ENGINEER'S transmittal form returning reviewed submission to
CONTRACTOR.
2) Identify each response by question or notation number established by ENGINEER.
3) If CONTRACTOR does not respond to each notation or question, resubmission
will be returned without action by ENGINEER until CONTRACTOR provides
written response to ENGINEER'S notations or questions.
d. CONTRACTOR-initiated revisions or variations.
1) On transmittal form, identify variations or revisions from previously reviewed
-- submittal, other than those called for by ENGINEER.
2) ENGINEER'S responsibility for variations or revisions is established in the Actions
On Submittals paragraph of this section.
1.03 SPECIFIC SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. General:
1. Specific submittal requirements for individual units of Work are specified in applicable
Specification section. Except as otherwise indicated in Specification sections, comply with
requirements specified below for each indicated type of submittal.
-.. (REV2019) 01340-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2. If ENGINEER has responded to Written Clarification/Interpretation/Request submitted by _
CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall include ENGINEER'S response with applicable
submittal.
B. Requests for Substitute Items:
1. Collect data for items to be submitted for review as substitute items into one submittal for
each item of material or equipment.
2. Include completed "Contractor's Application for Consideration of Substitution" form as —
required by Supplementary Conditions.
3. Submit with other scheduled submittals for material or equipment allowing time for
ENGINEER to evaluate additional information required to be submitted.
4. If CONTRACTOR requests to substitute for material or equipment specified, but not identified
in Specification as requiring submittals, CONTRACTOR shall indicate substitution submittal
in Submittal Schedule.
5. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow Engineer to
determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that
named and an acceptable substitute therefore. Requests for review of proposed substitute
items of material or equipment will not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than _
Contractor.
6. Contractor shall make written application to Engineer for review of a proposed substitute item
of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application:
a. shall certify that the proposed substitute item will:
1) perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general
design, -'
2) be similar in substance to that specified, and
3) a suited to the same use as that specified;
b will state:
1) the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will prejudice
Contractor's achievement of Substantial Completion on time, —
2) whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any
of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with
Owner for other work on the Project)to adapt the design to the proposed substitute —
item, and
3) whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the
Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty;
c will identify:
1) all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified, and _
2) available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services; and
d. shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or
indirectly from use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and claims of
other contractors affected by any resulting change.
C. Shop Drawings: T
1. Submit newly prepared information, with graphic information at accurate scale and name of
preparer indicated (firm name). Show dimensions and note which are based on field
measurement, identify materials and equipment included in Work, and revisions on —
resubmittals. Indicate compliance with standards and notation of coordination requirements
with other Work. Encircle, bubble or otherwise indicate selections of products or materials
(REV2019) 01340-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
and/or variations from Contract Documents or previous submittals. Highlighting may be used
in addition to circling or bubbling of appropriate materials or variations from Contract
Documents or previous submittals to direct the attention of the reviewer, but may not be
utilized exclusively due to the difficulty in continuity of selections through copying and/or
scanning of the submittal. Other acceptable means of selection of materials, products or
variations from Contract Documents or previous submittals include striking out selections not
included as part of the submittal, providing an arrow pointing directly to the selection or other
means that remain after copying and/or scanning.
2. Provide 8 in. by 3 in. blank space for CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER stamps.
D. Product Data:
1. Preparation:
a. Collect required data into single submittal for each unit of Work or system. Where
product data includes information on several similar materials or equipment, some of
which are not required for use on Project or not included in submittal, mark copies to
show which items are not applicable to Project.
b. Where product data must be specially prepared for equipment, materials or systems,
because standard printed data is not suitable for use, submit data as Shop Drawing and
— not as product data.
2. Submittals:
a. Submit 6 copies.
b. Submittal is final when ENGINEER returns submittal marked"No Exception Taken", or
"Make Corrections Noted".
3. Distribution:
a. Maintain one set of product data (for each submittal) at Project site, available for
reference by ENGINEER and others.
E. Samples:
1. Preparation:
a. Provide samples physically identical with proposed materials or equipment to be
incorporated into Work. Where variations in color, pattern or texture are inherent in
material or product represented by sample, submit multiple units (not less than 3)
showing approximate limits of variations.
b. Provide full set of option samples where selection by ENGINEER is required.
c. Include information with each sample to show generic description, source or product
name and manufacturer, limitations, and compliance with standards.
d. Submit samples for ENGINEER'S visual review of general generic kind, color, pattern,
texture, and for final check of coordination of these characteristics with other related
elements of Work.
e. Mock-ups and similar samples specified in Specification sections are recognized as
special type of samples. Comply with samples submittal requirements to greatest
extent possible.
2. Submittals:
a. At CONTRACTOR'S option, and depending upon nature of anticipated response from
ENGINEER, initial submittal of samples may be preliminary or final submittal.
b. Preliminary submittal, of single set of samples, required where Specification's indicate
ENGINEER'S selection of color, pattern, texture or similar characteristics from
(REV2019) 01340-5 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
manufacturer's range of standard choices is necessary. Preliminary submittals will be
reviewed and returned with ENGINEER'S "Action" noted. _
c. Final Submittals: Submit 3 sets of samples in final submittal, 1 set will be returned.
3. Distribution:
a. Maintain returned set of samples at Project site, in suitable condition and available for
quality control comparisons throughout course of performing Work.
F. Test Results:
1. Preparation:
a. Identify each test by Specification section and type of test.
2. Submittals:
a. Submit 3 copies.
b. Submittal is to confirm that results of tests verify materials, products, and systems _
comply with Contract Documents and are not for approval.
3. Distribution:
a. Unless otherwise required in Specifications, test results shall be submitted to
ENGINEER'S field office or if ENGINEER has no field office to ENGINEER'S office.
G. Miscellaneous:
1. Guarantees, Warranties, Maintenance Agreements, and Workmanship Bonds:
a. Refer to Specification sections for requirements. Submittal is considered final when
submittal returned by ENGINEER, marked"No Exceptions Taken"or"Make Corrections
Noted".
b. In addition to copies desired for CONTRACTOR'S use, furnish 2 executed copies.
Provide 2 additional copies where required for maintenance data.
2. Certifications: ,..
a. Refer to Specification sections for requirement on submittal of certifications. Submit
6 copies. Certifications are submitted for review of conformance with specified
requirements and information.
3. Closeout Submittals:
a. Refer to Specification sections and Section 01788 for requirements on submittal of
closeout information, materials, tools, and similar items.
1) Materials and Tools: Spare parts, extra and overrun stock, maintenance
tools and devices, keys, and similar physical units to be submitted.
2) Operating and maintenance data.
H. Operating and Maintenance (O&M) Data:
1. Organize operations and maintenance information into suitable sets of manageable size,and
bind into individual binders properly identified and indexed (thumb-tabbed). Include --
emergency instructions, safety precautions, spare parts listing, copies of warranties, wiring
(REV2019) 01340-6 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
diagrams, recommended "turn-around" cycles, inspection procedures, Shop Drawings,
Product Data, and similar applicable information.
a. Manufacturer's printed instructions regarding safety precautions for both (a) protection
of personnel operating equipment and systems and (b) prevention of damage to
equipment and systems.
b. Shop Drawings and other submittals included in O&M data shall be corrected to include,
in same format and style as original submittal, review comments.
c. Data may be submitted on CD Rom if approved by ENGINEER.
2. Binders: Commercial quality D-Ring binder with durable and cleanable plastic covers.
Paperboard and laminated paperboard covers are not acceptable.
-- a. Do not fill binders to more than 75% of capacity.
b. When multiple binders are used for an item of equipment,organize contents into related
groupings. Each binder cover shall bear identification of specific contents.
3. Cover Label: Label each binder cover and spine with typed or printed title "OPERATION
AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS" and following:
-. a. Project title.
b. Name(s) of applicable building(s) or structure(s) as shown on Drawings in which
equipment located.
c. Name of equipment as set forth in Contract Documents.
d. Specification section number for equipment as set forth in Contract Documents.
4. Submit after equipment requiring O&M data has been returned "No Exceptions Taken" or
"Make Corrections Noted".
5. Submit 6 copies of each manual.
I. General Distribution:
1. Unless required elsewhere, provide distribution of submittals to Subcontractors, suppliers,
governing authorities, and others as necessary for proper performance of Work.
_ 2. Provide copies of submittals bearing ENGINEER'S action stamp to:
a. Job site file.
b. Record documents file.
1.04 ACTION ON SUBMITTALS
A. ENGINEER'S Action:
1. General:
-- a. Except for submittals for record and similar purposes, where action and return on
submittals is required or requested, ENGINEER will review each submittal, mark with
appropriate action, and return. Where submittal must be held for coordination,
ENGINEER will so advise CONTRACTOR without delay.
b. ENGINEER will stamp each submittal with uniform, self-explanatory action stamp,
appropriately marked with submittal action.
c. Engineer will provide timely review of Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with
the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to Engineer. Engineer's review and approval will
be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or
incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents
and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning
`i whole as indicated by the Contract Documents.
(REV2019) 01340-7 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
d. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, _
sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method,
technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called
for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto.
The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the
assembly in which the item functions.
e. Engineer's review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any
variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has
complied with the requirements of request for substitution items and Engineer has given —
written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated
in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample. Engineer's review and approval shall
not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of
submittal procedure coordination.
2. Notification of Insufficient Information:
a. If information submitted is not sufficient to complete review of submittal, ENGINEER will
send transmittal to CONTRACTOR notifying CONTRACTOR that additional information
is required.
b. Submittal will be placed in an "On Hold" status and not returned until CONTRACTOR
provides additional information.
3. Unsolicited Submittals: ENGINEER will return unsolicited submittals to CONTRACTOR —
without reviewing.
4. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is
functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will _
be required, it may be considered by Engineer as an "or equal" item, in which case review
and approval of the proposed item may, in Engineer's sole discretion, be accomplished
without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute
items. A proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an
item so named if:
a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment Engineer determines that:
1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance,
strength, and design characteristics;
2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results
imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole;and
3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service.
b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work:
1) there will be no increase in cost to the Owner or increase in Contract Times; and
2) it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the
Contract Documents.
B. Action Stamp:
1. Marking: No Exceptions Taken.
a. Final Unrestricted Release: When submittals are marked as "No Exceptions Taken",
Work covered by submittal may proceed provided it complies with Contract Documents.
Acceptance of Work depends on that compliance.
(REV2019) 01340-8 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2. Marking: Make Corrections Noted.
a. Final-But-Restricted Release: When submittals are marked as "Make Corrections
Noted Exceptions", Work covered by submittal may proceed provided it complies with
ENGINEER'S notations or corrections on submittal and with Contract Documents.
Acceptance of Work depends on that compliance. Resubmittal not required.
3. Marking: Rejected; See Remarks.
a. Submittal Not Accepted: When submittals are marked as"Rejected;See Remarks",do
not proceed with Work covered by submittal. Work covered by submittal does not
comply with Contract Documents.
b. Prepare new submittal for different material or equipment supplier or different product
line or material of same supplier complying with Contract Documents.
4. Marking: Revise and Resubmit.
a. Returned for Resubmittal: When submittals are marked as"Revise and Resubmit,"do
not proceed with Work covered by submittal. Do not permit Work covered by submittals
to be used at Project site or elsewhere where Work is in progress.
-- b. Revise submittal or prepare new submittal in accordance with ENGINEER'S notations in
accordance with resubmittal requirements of this section. Resubmit without delay.
Repeat if required to obtain different action marking.
PART PRODUCTS
._ (Not Used)
PART 3 EXECUTION
(Not Used)
END OF SECTION
r
(REV2019) 01340-9 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 01455
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
PART1 GENERAL
a 1.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Employ and pay for services of testing laboratory approved by OWNER to perform specified
services and testing as described in Specifications.
1. Employment of laboratory shall, in no way, relieve CONTRACTOR'S obligations to
perform Work of Contract.
B. Related Requirements in Other Parts of Contract Documents:
_ - 1. Inspections and testing required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulat ons, orders or
approvals of public authorities, Conditions of Contract.
1.02 QUALIFICATION OF LABORATORY
A. Meet basic requirements of ASTM E329.
B. Authorized to operate in state in which Project is located.
C. Testing Equipment:
1. Calibrated at reasonable intervals by devices of accuracy traceable to eitl er:
a. National Bureau of Standards.
b. Accepted values of natural physical constants.
1.03 LABORATORY DUTIES
A. Cooperate with ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR; provide qualified personnel .:) perform Work
after due Notice to Proceed.
B. Perform specified inspections, secure samples, and test materials.
1. Comply with specified standards.
2. Ascertain compliance of materials with Contract Documents.
C. Promptly notify ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR of observed irregularities o, deficiencies of
Work, equipment or material.
D. Promptly submit written report of each test and inspection; one copy each to ENGINEER,
OWNER, material supplier and CONTRACTOR, and one copy to record document file. Each
report shall include following:
1. Date issued.
2. Project title and number.
3. Testing laboratory name, address and telephone number.
4. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
5. Date and time of sampling or inspection.
6. Record of temperature and weather conditions if test performed in field.
_ 7. Date of test.
(2019) 01455-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
8. Identification of product and Specification section.
9. Location of sample or test in Project. _
10. Type of inspection or test.
11. Results of tests and compliance with Contract Documents.
12. Interpretation of test results, when requested by ENGINEER. —.
E. Perform additional tests as required by ENGINEER or CONTRACTOR.
1.04 LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITY OF TESTING LABORATORY
A. Laboratory is not authorized to:
1. Release, revoke, alter or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. a
2. Approve or accept any portion of Work.
3. Perform duties of CONTRACTOR.
1.05 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Cooperate with laboratory personnel and provide access to Work. _
B. Provide to laboratory preliminary design mix proposed to be used for concrete and other
material mixes which require control by testing laboratory.
C. Furnish copies of product test reports.
D. Furnish incidental labor and facilities.
1. Provide access to Work to be tested.
2. Obtain and handle samples at Project site or at source of product to be tested.
3. Facilitate inspections and tests.
4. Store and cure test samples.
E. Notify laboratory and ENGINEER sufficiently in advance of operations to allow for laboratory
assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests.
1. When tests or inspections cannot be performed after such notice, reimburse OWNER for
laboratory personnel and travel expenses incurred due to CONTRACTOR'S negligence. "
F. Make arrangements with laboratory and pay for additional samples and tests required for
CONTRACTOR'S convenience. _
G. Employ and pay for services of testing laboratory to perform additional inspections, sampling
and testing required when initial tests indicate Work does not comply with Contract Documents.
PART PRODUCTS
(Not Used)
PART 3 EXECUTION
(Not Used)
** END OF SECTION
(2019) 01455-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 01455A
TESTING
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Measurement and Payment:
1. Testing and furnishing of samples required to be provided by CONTRACTOR will not be paid
for separately but shall be considered incidental to unit price of item to which it applies unless
called for specifically to be paid separately in the Bid Items.
B. CONTRACTOR shall employ services of independent testing laboratory approved by OWNER to
perform testing as described in the SUDAS specifications and the following sections:
1. Section 02315: Structural Excavation and Backfill.
C. CONTRACTOR shall cooperate with ENGINEER to facilitate execution of assurance testing
deemed necessary by ENGINEER.
1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
—" A. Production Testing:
1. Materials produced off-site and incorporated into Work shall comply with the Contract
Documents.
a. Provide certifications of compliance.
2. On-site testing to confirm that material or equipment comply with Contract Document shall be
provided by CONTRACTOR.
® a. On-site testing to confirm that methods used by CONTRACTOR result in conformance
with Contract Documents shall be provided by CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER will not
perform production testing, but CONTRACTOR shall inform ENGINEER of production
testing schedule so ENGINEER, at ENGINEER'S option, may observe testing.
`-• b. CONTRACTOR is responsible that materials and completed construction comply with
Contract Documents.
B. Assurance Testing:
1. Testing performed on-site by ENGINEER or an independent testing laboratory to determine if
CONTRACTOR'S work or materials comply with Contract Documents.
2. Materials used for assurance testing shall be furnished by CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR
shall provide labor and equipment needed to provide access to areas for assurance testing.
This includes, but is not limited to, excavation of backfill to various depths for testing.
3. Density of subgrades, trench backfill and crushed stone bases/surfaces.
a. CONTRACTOR shall employ an independent testing laboratory to gather, test and
report on representative earth samples and to provide results of Standard Proctor
Density test in accordance with Iowa DOT Materials Laboratory Test Method 103.
Samples tested shall be representative of earth materials used for backfilling structures
and trenches.
(2019) 01455A-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
b. CONTRACTOR shall employ an independent testing laboratory to gather representative
crushed stone base/surface materials and provide the results of Standard Proctor
Density test in accordance with Iowa DOT Materials Laboratory Test Method 103.
C. Results of assurance testing or production testing provided by CONTRACTOR shall, in no way, --
relieve CONTRACTOR of obligations to comply with Contract Documents.
PART 2 MATERIALS
(Not Used)
PART 3 EXECUTION
(Not Used) ,-
*"* END OF SECTION "
(2019) 01455A-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 01458
TESTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Description of Work:
1. Prior to energizing equipment, perform inspections and tests as herein specified.
2. Ensure electrical equipment supplied by CONTRACTOR and OWNER is operational within
industry and manufacturer's tolerances and installed in accordance with Specifications.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Test Reports:
1. Permanently record checks and tests.
2. Submit complete testing report electronically no later than 30 days after testing complete.
B. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Recommendations for acceptance or rejection shall be given upon consultation of ENGINEER,
OWNER, and CONTRACTOR.
— B. Inspections and tests shall utilize following.
1. Project Specifications.
—' 2. Project Drawings.
3. Manufacturer's instruction manuals applicable to each particular apparatus.
C. Regulatory Requirements:
1. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
a. National Electrical Code(NEC)(NFPA No. 70)and//Wisconsin//amendments thereto.
2. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL).
PART2 PRODUCTS
-- (Not Used)
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Test Work and equipment installed to ensure proper and safe operation in accordance with intent of
Drawings and Specifications.
1. Check interlocking and automatic control sequences and test operation of safety and
protective devices.
2. Correct defects.
(2019) 01458-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
3. Cooperate with Power Company, supplier, and manufacturer representatives to achieve _
proper and intended operation of equipment.
B. Test, adjust, and record operating voltages at each system level before energizing branch circuits.
1. Transformer taps shall be adjusted to obtain as near as possible nominal system voltage.
2. Where transformer is under utility jurisdiction, obtain services of utility to correct voltage.
3. Replace devices and equipment damaged due to failure to comply with this requirement.
C. Balance load among feeder conductors at each panelboard, switchboard or substation and
reconnect loads as may be necessary to obtain reasonable load balance on each phase. Electrical
unbalance shall not exceed 7-1/2%.
3.02 SWITCHBOARD ASSEMBLIES
A. Visual and Mechanical Inspections:
1. Inspect for physical damage.
2. Verify equipment supplied and connected in accordance with Specifications.
3. Inspect for proper alignment, anchorage, and grounding.
4. Check tightness of accessible bolted bus joints by calibrated torque wrench method. Refer to
manufacturer's instructions for proper ft-lb levels.
5. Doors, panels, and sections shall be inspected for paint, scratches, and fit.
3.03 GROUND FAULT SYSTEMS
A. Visual and Mechanical Inspection:
1. Inspect for physical damage and compliance with Drawings and Specifications.
2. Inspect neutral main bonding connection to ensure following.
a. Zero sequence system grounded upstream of sensor.
b. Ground strap systems grounded through sensing device. _
C. Ground connection made ahead of neutral disconnect link.
3. Inspect control power transformer to ensure adequate capacity for system.
4. Manually operate monitor panels (if present) for following. —
a. Trip test.
b. No trip test. _
C. Non-automatic reset.
5. Proper operation and test sequence shall be recorded.
6. Zero sequence systems shall be inspected for symmetrical alignment of core balance
transformers about current carrying conductors.
7. Ground fault device circuit nameplate identification shall be verified by actuation observation.
8. Pick up and time delay settings shall be set in accordance with settings developed through
coordination study and as approved by ENGINEER.
B. Electrical Tests:
1. Measure system neutral insulation resistance to ensure no shunt ground paths exist,
neutral-ground disconnect link removed, neutral insulation resistance measured, and link
replaced.
2. Determine relay pickup current by primary injection at sensor and circuit interrupting device
operated.
3. Test relay timing by injecting 150% and 300% of pickup current into sensor. Electrically
monitor total trip time. _
(2019) 01458-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
4. Test system operation at 55% rated voltage.
C. Test Parameters:
1. System neutral insulation shall be minimum of 100 ohms, preferably 1 megohm or larger.
2. Relay pickup current shall be within 10%of device dial or fixed setting, and in no case greater
than 1,200 amps.
3. Relay timing shall be in accordance with manufacturer's published time-current characteristic
curves, but in no case longer than 1 sec.
3.04 GROUNDING SYSTEMS
A. Visual and Mechanical Inspection:
1. Inspect ground system for compliance with Drawings and Specifications.
B. Electrical Tests:
1: Fall of potential test in accordance with IEEE No. 81, Section 9.04 on main grounding
electrode or system.
-- 2. 2-point method test in accordance with IEEE No. 81, Section 9.03, to determine ground
resistance between main grounding system and major electrical equipment frame, system
neutral, and derived neutral points.
3. Alternate to 2-point method.
a. Ground continuity test between main ground system and equipment frame, system
neutral, and derived neutral point.
-- b. Test shall be made by passing minimum of 10 amp do current between ground
reference system and ground point to be tested.
C. Voltage drop shall be measured and resistance calculated by voltage drop method.
C. Test Values:
1. Main ground electrode system resistance to ground shall be no greater than 5 ohms for
commercial or industrial systems and 1 ohm or less for generating or transmission station
grounds, unless otherwise specified by ENGINEER.
3.05 INSTRUMENTS AND METERS
A. Voltmeters:
1. Clean glass.
2. Check movement for proper operation.
3. Electrically check calibration of cardinal points with reference to instrument with 1%minimum
accuracy.
4. Verify proper switching in all positions.
B. Ammeter:
1. Clean glass.
2. Check movement for proper operation.
3. Electrically test current transformers for ratio and polarity.
-- 4. Electrically check calibration at cardinal points with reference to instrument with 1%minimum
accuracy.
5. Verify proper switching in all positions. Verify CT ratio and polarity.
(2019) 01458-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
3.06 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS AND MOTORS
A. Visual and Mechanical Inspection:
1. Inspect for physical damage, proper anchorage, and grounding.
2. Compare equipment nameplate data with Drawings or starter schedule.
3. Compare overload heaters with motor full load current for proper size.
*** END OF SECTION
(2019) 01458-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 01500
TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND UTILITIES
PART1 GENERAL
-` 1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized
Testing Laboratory (NRTL).
1. Term "RTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
2. Terms"listed"and"labeled"shall be as defined in National Electrical Code (NEC),Article 100.
B. Regulatory Requirements:
1. National Electrical Code (NEC): Components and installation shall comply with
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70.
C. Comply with federal, state, and local codes and regulations, and with utility company requirements.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY AND LIGHTING
A. General:
1. Temporary lighting shall be sufficient to enable CONTRACTOR and Subcontractors to
complete Work and enable ENGINEER to observe Work as it is being performed.
Illumination shall meet or exceed state code requirements.
B. Responsibilities:
1. Provide, maintain, and remove temporary electric service facilities.
2. Facilities exposed to weather shall be weatherproof type and electrical equipment enclosure
locked to prevent access by unauthorized personnel.
3. Pay for installation of temporary services including poles,transformer charges,and metering.
4. Arrange with local electric utility for temporary electric service subject to their requirements
and approval.
5. Register temporary meter in CONTRACTOR'S name.
— 6. Provide and maintain lamps, wiring, switches, sockets, and similar equipment required for
temporary lighting and small power tools.
7. Pay for electrical energy consumed for construction purposes including operation of
ventilating equipment for heating of buildings, and for testing and operating of equipment
after permanent wiring has been installed, until final acceptance by ENGINEER or until
occupancy by OWNER.
8. Provide and pay for service to temporary offices.
2.02 TEMPORARY TELEPHONE SERVICE
A. Arrange with local telephone company to provide telephone service throughout duration of Work.
B. Locate telephone in Project construction office for local calls.
— 2.03 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION
A. Water is not available at Project site. Make arrangements and pay costs to obtain suitable water.
-- (2019) 01500-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2.04 WATER FOR TESTING
A. CONTRACTOR shall provide water necessary for testing prior to acceptance of Work, unless
specifically stated otherwise in Specifications for equipment, system or facility.
2.05 SANITARY FACILITIES
A. No sanitary facilities are available on site.
B. Provide temporary sanitary toilet facilities conforming to state and local health and sanitation
regulations, in sufficient number for use of ENGINEER'S, CONTRACTOR'S and Subcontractor's
employees.
C. Maintain in sanitary condition and provide supply of toilet paper.
2.06 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION
A. Provide and maintain in working order, minimum of one fire extinguisher at each work location, and
such other fire protective equipment and devices as would be reasonably effective in extinguishing
fires during early stages by personnel at Project site.
2.07 TEMPORARY SITE AND OTHER ROADS -
A. Construct and maintain temporary site roadways in snow free, ice free, drivable condition necessary
to carry out construction operations.
B. Maintain OWNER'S existing on-site roads and public roads used during construction free from
accumulations of dirt, mud and construction debris resulting from construction operations. Roads
shall be considered "maintained" when material has been removed by sweeper.
2.08 SECURITY
A. Security will not be provided by OWNER.
B. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for loss or injury to persons or property where Work is
involved, and shall provide security and take precautionary measures to protect CONTRACTOR'S —
and OWNER'S interests.
2.09 TEMPORARY PARKING
A. There shall be no parking on Project site outside of active work area unless designated or approved
by OWNER.
B. Make arrangements and pay for parking area for employee's vehicles.
2.10 TEMPORARY FENCING
A. Provide temporary fencing sufficient to prevent trespass by CONTRACTOR'S and Subcontractor's
employees and Suppliers onto private property and by public onto construction site.
B. Materials shall be sufficiently durable to be effective for Contract Time.
2.11 FIELD OFFICES AND BUILDINGS
A. If required by CONTRACTOR, erectwhere designated by OWNER,and maintain in good condition,
temporary field office, tool, and storage building(s) or trailer(s) for CONTRACTOR'S use.
(2019) 01500-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
1. Tool storage building(s) or trailer(s) shall be of ample size to provide space for tools and
equipment.
2. Building(s) or trailer (s) shall be neat and well constructed, surfaced with plywood, drop
siding, masonite, or other similar material, well painted and void of advertisements.
—� PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
r A. Comply with applicable requirements specified in Divisions 15 and 16.
B. Maintain and operate systems to ensure continuous service.
C. Modify and extend systems as Work progress requires.
3.02 REMOVAL AND RESTORATION
A. Completely remove temporary materials,equipment,signs,and structures when no longer required.
-- B. In unfinished areas, clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary
facilities, restore drainage, and evenly grade, seed or plant as necessary to provide appearance
equal to or better than original.
C. In finished areas, restore existing or permanent facilities used for temporary services to specified or
original condition.
3.03 DAMAGE TO EXISTING PROPERTY
A. CONTRACTOR is responsible for replacing or repairing damage to existing buildings, structures,
sidewalks, roads, parking lot surfacing, and other existing assets.
B. CONTRACTOR shall have option of having OWNER contract for such Work and have cost
deducted from Contract price.
*** END OF SECTION
(2019) 01500-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 01570
PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT
PART1 GENERAL
-- 1.01 SUMMARY
A. CONTRACTOR, in executing Work, shall maintain Work areas on- and off-site free from
environmental pollution that would be in violation of federal, state or local regulations.
B. Payment:
-- 1. Consider Work specified in this section incidental and include payment as part of appropriate
lump sum or unit prices specified in Bid Form.
1.02 PROTECTION OF STORM SEWERS
A. Prevent construction material, pavement, concrete, earth or other debris from entering existing
storm sewer or sewer structure.
1.03 PROTECTION OF WATERWAYS
A. Observe rules and regulations of State of Iowa and agencies of U.S. government prohibiting
pollution of lakes, streams, rivers or wetlands by dumping of refuse, rubbish, dredge material,
discharge of wastewater, or debris.
1. Permits obtained by OWNER are contained in Project Forms.
2. Other permits shall be obtained by CONTRACTOR at CONTRACTOR'S cost.
B. Provide holding ponds or approved method which will divert flows, including storm flows and flows
created by construction activity, to prevent excessive silting of waterways or flooding damage to
property.
C. Comply with Section 9040 of the SUDAS Specifications.
D. CONTRACTOR shall comply with Iowa Department of Natural Resources National Pollution
Discharge Elimination System, (NPDES) Storm Water permit for construction site activities. As a
minimum, CONTRACTOR is required to prepare, submit, and comply with following.
1. Notice of Intent(NOI).
2. Storm Water Pollution Plan.
1.04 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS EXCAVATED AND OTHER WASTE MATERIALS
-- A. Excess excavated material not required or not suitable for backfill and other waste material shall be
disposed of in accordance with local regulatory requirements.
B. Provide watertight conveyance for liquid, semi-liquid or saturated solids which tend to bleed during
transport. Liquid loss from transported materials is not permitted, whether being delivered to
construction site or hauled away for disposal. Fluid materials hauled for disposal must be
specifically acceptable at selected disposal site.
(REV2019) 01570-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
1.05 PROTECTION OF AIR QUALITY
A. Minimize air pollution by requiring use of properly operating combustion emission control devices on
construction vehicles and equipment and encourage shutdown of motorized equipment not in use.
B. Do not burn trash on construction site.
C. If temporary heating devices are necessary for protection of Work,they shall not cause air pollution.
1.06 THAWING OF FROZEN GROUND
A. Obtain permit from appropriate local authority before building fire to thaw frozen ground, and
comply with conditions of permit.
B. Use fuel which does not create air pollution or inconvenience public.
C. ENGINEER reserves right to prohibit fires for thawing whenever deemed undesirable.
1.07 USE OF CHEMICALS _
A. Chemicals used during project construction or furnished for project operation,whether herbicide,
pesticide, disinfectant, polymer, reactant or of other classification,shall be approved by U.S. EPA or
U.S. Department of Agriculture or any other applicable regulatory agency.
B. Use and disposal of chemicals and residues shall comply with manufacturer's instructions.
1.08 NOISE CONTROL
A. Conduct operations to cause least annoyance to residents in vicinity of Work, and comply with
applicable local ordinances.
B. Equip compressors, hoists, and other apparatus with mechanical devices necessary to minimize
noise and dust. Equip compressors with silencers on intake lines.
C. Equip gasoline or oil-operated equipment with silencers or mufflers on intake and exhaust lines.
D. Line storage bins and hoppers with material that will deaden sounds. ...
E. Conduct operation of dumping rock and of carrying rock away in trucks so as to cause minimum of
noise and dust.
F. Route vehicles carrying rock, concrete or other material over such streets as will cause least
annoyance to public and do not operate on public streets between hours of 6:00 p.m. and
7:00 a.m., or on Saturdays, Sundays or legal holidays unless approved by OWNER.
1.09 DUST CONTROL
A. Due to close geographic location of Project to other off-site facilities and residential homes, take
special care in providing and maintaining temporary site roadways, OWNER'S existing roads, and
public roads used during construction operations in clean, dust free condition.
B. Comply with local environmental regulations for dust control. If CONTRACTOR'S dust control
measures are considered inadequate by ENGINEER, ENGINEER may require CONTRACTOR to
take additional dust control measures.
(REV2019) 01570-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
1.10 FUELS AND LUBRICANTS
A. Comply with local, state and federal regulations concerning transportation and storage of fuels and
lubricants.
B. Fuel storage area and fuel equipment shall be approved by OWNER prior to installation. Submit
containment provisions to OWNER for approval.
C. Report spills or leaks from fueling equipment or construction equipment to OWNER and cleanup as
required.
D. OWNER may require CONTRACTOR to remove damaged or leaking equipment from Project site.
-- 1.01 MAINTAINING FLOWS:
A. The pump station is to remain in operation during the entire period of construction. Contractor is
responsible for any bypass pumping that may be required.
B. It is essential to the operation of the existing sewerage system that there be no interruption in the
flow of sewage. To this end, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, provide, maintain and
operate all temporary facilities such as dams, pumping equipment, conduits,and all other labor and
equipment necessary to intercept the sewage flow before it reaches the points where it would
interfere with his work, carry it past his work and return it to the existing sewer below his work.
C. The Contractor shall, at his own cost, provide all the flow of sewers, drains and water courses
interrupted during the progress of the work, and shall immediately cart away and remove all
offensive matter. The entire procedure of maintaining existing flow shall be fully discussed with the
Engineer well in advance of the interruption of any flow.
1.11 PILE AND SHEATHING DRIVING NOISE
A. If piles are required, use only pile driver hammers with mufflers capable of significantly reducing
noise and use barriers or shielding techniques, as necessary, to comply with applicable federal,
state, and local ordinances.
PART PRODUCTS
— (Not Used)
PART 3 EXECUTION
(Not Used)
*** END OF SECTION
(REV2019) 01570-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 01600
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUBSTITUTIONS AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS
A. General:
1. When equipment or material is specified by naming 1 or more equipment manufacturers or
material suppliers and followed by words "no substitution permitted" or similar wording,
CONTRACTOR shall provide one of named manufacturers or suppliers.
B. Substitutions:
1. For material or equipment specified by naming one or more equipment manufacturers or
material suppliers and not followed by words"or equal,"CONTRACTOR shall submit request
for substitution in accordance with Section 01340 for equipment or manufacturer not
specifically named.
2. CONTRACTOR'S requests for changes in equipment and materials from those required by
Contract Documents are considered "requests for substitutions" and subject to
CONTRACTOR'S representations and review provisions of Contract Documents when one or
more of following conditions are satisfied.
a. Where required equipment or material cannot be provided within Contract Time, but not
as result of CONTRACTOR'S failure to pursue Work promptly or coordinate various
-- activities properly.
b. Where packaging of several items of equipment from single source will provide
maintenance and coordination advantages to OWNER.
c. When CONTRACTOR proposes to provide substitute equipment or material to provide
OWNER with cost savings.
C. "Or Equal": For material or equipment specified by naming one or more equipment manufacturer
.., followed by the words"or equal", CONTRACTOR shall submit in accordance with Section 01340 for
equipment or manufacturer not specifically named. ENGINEER will review submittal in accordance
with Section 01340.
D. Conditions which are not substitutions:
1. Requirements for substitutions do not apply to CONTRACTOR options on materials and
_ equipment provided for in Specifications.
2. Revisions to Contract Documents, where requested by OWNER or ENGINEER, are
"changes" not"substitutions."
3. CONTRACTOR'S determination of and compliance with governing regulations and orders
-- issued by governing authorities do not constitute substitutions or basis for Change Orders,
except as provided for in Contract Documents.
1.02 REUSE OF EXISTING MATERIAL
A. Except as specifically indicated or specified, do not use materials and equipment removed from
existing structure(s) in new Work.
B. For material and equipment specifically indicated or specified to be reused in Work:
(2019) 01600-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
1. Use special care in removal, handling,storage, and reinstallation to ensure proper function in
completed Work.
2. Arrange and pay for transportation, storage, and handling of products which require off-site
storage, restoration or renovation.
3. Off-site storage areas and buildings shall conform to requirements of this section.
1.03 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS
A. Installation of equipment and materials shall comply with manufacturer's instructions. Obtain and
distribute printed copies of such instructions to parties involved in installation, including 2 copies to
ENGINEER.
1. Maintain one set of complete instructions at Site during installation and until completion of
Work.
B. Handle, store, install,connect, clean, condition, and adjust materials and equipment in accordance
with manufacturer's written instructions and in conformance with Specifications.
1. If Site conditions or specified requirements conflict with manufacturer's instructions, consult
ENGINEER for further instructions. Do not proceed with Work without written instructions.
1.04 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
A. Arrange deliveries of materials and equipment in accordance with construction Progress Schedule;
coordinate to avoid conflict with Work and conditions at site.
1. Deliver materials and equipment in undamaged condition, in manufacturer's original
containers or packaging, with identifying labels intact and legible.
2. Protect bright machined surfaces, such as shafts and valve faces,with heavy coat of grease
prior to shipment. y-
3. Upon delivery, inspect shipments to ensure compliance with Contract Documents and
approved submittals,and materials and equipment have been protected and are undamaged.
B. Provide equipment and personnel to handle materials and equipment by methods recommended by
manufacturer to prevent soiling or damage to materials or equipment, or their packaging.
1.05 STORAGE, PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE
A. OWNER assumes no responsibility for damage or loss due to storage of materials and equipment.
B. Interior Storage: '
1. Store with seals and labels intact and legible.
2. Store materials and equipment subject to damage by elements in weathertight enclosures.
3. Maintain temperature and humidity within ranges required by manufacturer's instructions.
C. Exterior Storage:
1. Store fabricated materials and equipment above ground, on blocking or skids, to prevent
soiling or staining. Cover materials and equipment subject to deterioration with impervious
sheet coverings. Provide ventilation to avoid condensation.
2. Store loose granular materials in well-drained area on solid surfaces to prevent mixing with
foreign matter.
3. Store materials such as pipe, reinforcing steel, structural steel, and equipment on pallets or
racks, off ground.
(2019) 01600-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
D. Inspection and Maintenance:
1. Arrange storage to provide easy access for inspection, maintenance, and inventory.
2. Make periodic inspections of stored materials and equipment to ensure materials and
equipment maintained under specified conditions are free from damage or deterioration,and
coverings are in-place and in condition to provide required protection.
3. Perform maintenance on stored material and equipment in accordance with manufacturer's
written instructions and in presence of OWNER or ENGINEER.
_ a. Notify ENGINEER 24 hrs before performance of maintenance.
b. Submit report of completed maintenance and condition of coverings to ENGINEER with
each Application for Payment.
c. Failure to perform maintenance, to notify ENGINEER of intent to perform maintenance
or to submit maintenance report may result in rejection of material or equipment.
E. Assume responsibility for protection of completed construction and repair and restore damage to
completed Work equal to original condition.
F. Wheeling of loads over finished floors,with orwithout plank protection, is not permitted in anything
except rubber-tired wheelbarrows, buggies, trucks or dollies. This applies to finished floors and
exposed concrete floors, as well as those covered with composition tile or other applied surfacing.
G. Where structural concrete is also finished surface, avoid marking or damaging surface.
1.06 SPECIAL TOOLS, SPARE PARTS AND LUBRICATING EQUIPMENT
A. Furnish, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, special tools required for checking,
testing, parts replacement, and maintenance. Special tools are those specially designed or
adapted for use on parts of equipment, and not customarily and routinely carried by maintenance
mechanics.
1. Tools and lubricating equipment shall be of quality compatible to equipment manufacturer
has furnished.
B. Deliver to OWNER before operating personnel have been instructed in operation, repair and
maintenance of equipment and unit is placed in operation.
C. Mark spare parts and special tools to identify associated equipment by name,equipment, and part
number. Package parts for protection against damage during shipping, handling and storage. Ship
spare parts and special tools in boxes marked to indicate contents.
1.07 LUBRICATION
A. Where lubrication is required for proper operation of equipment, incorporate necessary and proper
provisions in equipment in accordance with manufacturer's requirements. Where possible,
-- lubrication shall be automated and positive.
B. Where oil is used, reservoir shall be of sufficient capacity to supply unit for 24 hr period.
PART PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Material and Equipment Incorporated into Work:
(2019) 01600-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
1. Conform to applicable specifications and standards. _
2. Comply with size, make, type, and quality specified or as approved by Submittal.
B. Manufactured and Fabricated Materials and Equipment:
1. Design,fabricate, and assemble in accordance with engineering and shop practices standard
with industry.
2. Manufacture like parts of duplicate units to standard sizes and gauges, to be
interchangeable.
3. Two or more items of same kind shall be identical, by same manufacturer.
4. Material and equipment shall be suitable for service conditions.
5. Equipment capabilities, sizes, and dimensions shown or specified shall be adhered to, unless —
variations are specifically approved, in writing.
6. Equipment shall be adapted to best economy in power consumption and maintenance. Parts
and components shall be proportioned for stresses occurring during continuous or _
intermittent operation, and for additional stresses occurring during fabrication or installation.
7. Design so working parts are readily accessible for inspection and repair, easily duplicated,
and replaced.
C. Do not use material or equipment for purpose other than for which it is designed or specified.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL; INSTALLATION, INSTRUCTIONAL, AND POST STARTUP
SERVICES
A. General:
1. Provide on-site services of Supplier's representatives for equipment provided by
CONTRACTOR during construction, installation, equipment startup, and training of
OWNER'S personnel for equipment or plant operation as specifically required in Specification
section for equipment or system.
2. Include and pay costs for Supplier's services.
3. Work day is defined as 8 hr period during OWNER'S or CONTRACTOR'S typical calendar
day. Work day for purposes of this section does not include travel to or from Site.
4. Specifications include minimum mandays to provide basis for bidding. If additional time is —
required to perform services CONTRACTOR shall include that time in Contract Price.
B. Installation Services:
1. Where installation services are called for in Specifications, provide competent and
experienced technical representatives of manufacturers of material or equipment and
systems to resolve assembly or installation procedures attributable to, or associated with,
equipment furnished.
2. After equipment is installed, representatives shall perform initial equipment and system
adjustment and calibration to conform to Specifications and manufacturer's requirements and _
instructions.
3. Provide"Certificate of Installation Services" stating proper adjustments have been made to
equipment or system and equipment or system is ready for startup and system
demonstration. Use form in Project Forms and furnish 2 copies to ENGINEER.
C. Instructional Services:
1. Do not start Instructional Services until Installation Services have been completed. '—
(2019) 01600-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823 —
2. Where Instructional Services are called for in Specifications, provide competent and
experienced technical representative of Supplier to provide detailed instructions to OWNER'S
personnel for operation of equipment. Training services shall include operation and
maintenance of instrumentation and equipment in classroom and on-site. Training shall
include electrical, mechanical, and safety aspects of equipment.
3. Submit documentation identifying name of specific representative,factory authorization,and
background of named individual(s) to conduct training. Submit information 30 days before
scheduled training period for review and approval by ENGINEER.
4. Coordinate training periods with ENGINEER and OWNER and Supplier's representatives.
a. No training shall be conducted unless instructor has been approved by ENGINEER.
b. Notify ENGINEER at least 48 hrs before training sessions are to begin so ENGINEER
can make arrangements with OWNER'S operating personnel.
C. Reschedule canceled training sessions 48 hrs in advance.
d. Failure of Supplier's or manufacturer's representative to appear for scheduled training,
failure to notify ENGINEER 24 hrs in advance of need to cancel scheduled training or
failure to arrive within 30 min of start of scheduled training shall result in reimbursement
to OWNER for time lost by OWNER'S personnel in waiting for arrival of manufacturer's
representative. Except in case of failure to arrive on time, time will not exceed 1 hr for
each employee scheduled to receive training. Failure to arrive on time will be
reimbursed by actual time late, up to 1 hr, after 1 hr training will be rescheduled.
e. Failure of Supplier's or manufacturer's representative to appear for scheduled training,
failure to notify ENGINEER 24 hrs in advance of need to cancel scheduled training or
failure to arrive within 30 min of start of scheduled training shall result in reimbursement
to OWNER for expenses and time incurred by ENGINEER in traveling and time spent
on-site. Minimum time billed shall be 8 hrs.
5. Similar types of equipment differing in model,size or manufacturer shall require equal service
time as stated in specific Specification section.
6. O&M data shall constitute basis of instruction.
a. Review data contents with personnel in full detail to explain aspects of operations and
maintenance.
7. Instructional Services shall be completed before start of system demonstration as required.
8. Provide "Certificate of Instructional Services", cosigned by OWNER and Supplier's
representative, verifying training has been accomplished to satisfaction of each party. Use
form in Project Forms and furnish 2 copies to ENGINEER.
*** END OF SECTION
(2019) 01600-5 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
CERTIFICATE OF INSTALLATION SERVICES
(Reference Specification Section 01600)
Project
Equipment
Specification Section
Contract
I hereby certify the equipment supplier/manufacturer has inspected this equipment and that it has been
properly installed, adjusted, and calibrated. I further certify this equipment may now be operated for test
purposes and/or normal use.
MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE
Signature Date
Name (print)
Title
Representing
CONTRACTOR
Signature Date
Name (print)
Title
This form shall be completed and submitted to ENGINEER prior to training of OWNER'S personnel.
(2019) 01600-6 S.Lift Station Force Main-60249213.16
CERTIFICATE OF INSTRUCTIONAL SERVICES
(Reference Specification Section 01600)
Project
-' Equipment
Specification Section
Contract
I hereby certify that the equipment supplier/manufacturer has instructed OWNER'S personnel in the startup
operation and maintenance of this equipment as required in the Specifications.
CONTRACTOR
Signature Date
Name (print)
Title
OWNER
I hereby certify that my operating personnel received_days instruction from for startup,operation,
and maintenance of this equipment.
Signature Date
Name (print)
Title
Representing
COMMENTS:
(2019) 01600-7 S.Lift Station Force Main-60249213.16
CERTIFICATE OF POST STARTUP SERVICES
-
(Reference Specification Section 01600)
Project
Equipment
Specification Section
Contract
I hereby certify that the equipment supplier/manufacturer has inspected this equipment, made adjustments
and calibrations, and that it is operating in conformance with the design, Specification, and manufacturer's
requirements. Notation of improper operation shall be detailed and recommendations made and attached to
this form.
MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE
Signature Date
Name (print)
Title
Representing
CONTRACTOR
Signature Date
Name (print)
Title
OWNER
I hereby certify that the equipment supplier/manufacturer has inspected this equipment and made adjustments
and calibrations.
Signature Date
Name (print)
Title _
COMMENTS
This form shall be submitted to OWNER upon completion of 1-year reinspection as required by the
Specifications.
(2019) 01600-8 S.Lift Station Force Main-60249213.16
SECTION 01785
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) DATA
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Compile data and related information in manuals appropriate for OWNERS operation and
maintenance (O&M) of each item of equipment identified in other Specification sections.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Preparation of data shall be performed by personnel:
1. Trained and experienced in O&M of described equipment.
2. Familiar with requirements of this section.
3. Skilled as technical writer to extent required to communicate essential data.
4. Skilled as drafter competent to prepare required drawings.
1.03 FORM OF MANUALS
A. Components:
1. Size: 8-1/2 in. by 11 in., or 11 in. by 17 in. folded, with standard 3-hole punching.
2. Paper: 20-lb minimum, white, for typed pages.
3. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or neatly typewritten. Handwritten data is not acceptable.
4. Drawings:
a. Bind in with text.
b. Fold larger drawings and place in clear plastic pockets punched for inserting into binder.
Place identification on outside of each pocket.
B. Cover Label: Label each binder cover and spine with typed or printed title "OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS" and following:
1. Project title.
2. Name(s)of applicable building(s) or structure(s)as shown on Drawings in which equipment
located.
3. Name of equipment as set forth in Contract Documents.
4. Specification section number for equipment as set forth in Contract Documents.
C. Binders:
1. Commercial quality D-Ring binder with durable and cleanable plastic covers. Paperboard
— and laminated paperboard covers are not acceptable.
2. Do not fill binders to more than 75% of capacity.
3. When multiple binders are used for an item of equipment, organize cortents into related
groupings. Each binder cover shall bear identification of specific contents.
1.03 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE
A. Submit 6 copies of complete O&M data, bound in binders bearing identification label, for review
within 30 days after time CONTRACTOR receives approved Shop Drawings and other submittals
for equipment from ENGINEER.
— (2019) 01785-1 Dry Run Creek interceptor-60330823
B. ENGINEER'S review and acceptance of O&M data will be only for conformance with requirements _
of this section, for form of submittal and organization of data and completeness of information
provided, but not for technical content or coordination between individual suppliers of equipment or
system(s).
C. CONTRACTOR shall review O&M submittal and complete Form 1, Contractor Submittal Form,
attached to this section indicating requirements of this section have been met before submitting to
ENGINEER. ENGINEER will reject submittals without completed Form 1.
D. ENGINEER will be sole judge of completeness of data.
1.04 PAYMENTS
A. Progress payment for equipment delivered,stored or installed under these Contract Documents will
not be made until O&M data is approved by ENGINEER.
B. Progress payments for control systems packaged with equipment will not be made until O&M data
incorporated into equipment and control system manual is approved by ENGINEER.
PART2 PRODUCTS
(Not Used)
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL CONTENTS OF DATA
A. Each manual shall contain equipment data pertaining to not more than one Specification section
number indicated in Contract Documents.
B. Title Sheet: First page in data listing following:
1. Title: "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS."
2. Title of Project: As shown on Contract Documents.
3. Name(s) of applicable building(s) or structure(s) in which equipment is located.
4. Name of equipment as described in Contract Documents.
5. Specification section number for equipment.
6. CONTRACTOR'S name, address, and telephone number.
7. Subcontractor's name, address, and telephone number if equipment is provided by
Subcontractor.
8. CONTRACTOR'S or Subcontractor's purchase order number, manufacturer's shop order
number or other such numbers required for parts and service ordering.
9. Manufacturer's name, address, and telephone number.
10. Name, address, and telephone number for local source of supply for parts and service.
C. Equipment List: Immediately following title sheet containing following:
1. Completed Form 1, Contractor's Submittal Form.
D. Table of Contents: Immediately following equipment list. Arrange in logical, systematic order and —
shall include as minimum each tabbed divider. Each page shall be numbered.
E. Tabbed Dividers: Insert tabbed section dividers between each major section
1. Provide title of section on each tab.
(2019) 01785-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2. Provide table of contents for each tabbed section, arranged in systematic order.
F. Equipment Data Sheets: Provide catalog sheets showing configuration, manufacturer's
specifications, models, options, and styles of equipment and major components being provided.
Product data sheets will show project specific information with inapplicable information deleted by
crossing out or removal. Include in tabbed section(s).
G. Text:
_ 1. Include only those sheets applicable to Project.
2. Each sheet shall:
a. Identify specific equipment or part installed.
b. Identify text applicable to equipment or part installed.
c. Do not include inapplicable information.
H. Drawings:
1. Supplement text with drawings to clearly illustrate following:
a. Equipment and components.
b. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems.
c. Control and flow diagrams.
2. Actual drawings of equipment from manufacturer. "Typical" drawings are not acceptable,
unless they accurately illustrate actual installation.
I. Specially written information, as required to supplement text for particular installation.
1. Provide explanation of interrelationships of equipment and components, and effects one
component has on another or entire system.
— 2. Provide overall instructions and procedures for equipment tying in instructions and
procedures for separate components into unified instructional package.
3. Provide glossary of special terms used by manufacturer.
4. Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different procedures.
5. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure.
J. Copy of each warranty, bond or service contract issued.
1. Provide information sheet for OWNER'S personnel to explain following.
a. Proper procedures in event of failure or malfunction to prevent voiding warranty.
b. Instances affecting validity of warranties or bonds.
3.02 SPECIFIC DATA FOR EACH EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
A. For each item of equipment and system include:
1. Completed Equipment Data Form typewritten on copy of Form 2 to Section 01785.
2. Description of equipment and component parts:
a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.
b. Performance curves, engineering data, and tests as applicable.
c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts.
d. Complete nameplate data.
e. P&ID numbers for equipment as indicated on Drawings.
(2019) 01785-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
3. Operating Procedures: _
a. Startup, break-in, and normal operating instructions.
b. Regulation, control, stopping, shutdown, and emergency instructions.
c. Summer and winter operating instructions, as applicable.
d. Special operating instructions.
4. Maintenance Procedures:
a. Routine maintenance operations.
b. Guide to troubleshooting.
c. Disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions. _
d. Alignment, adjusting, and checking instructions.
5. Servicing and Lubrication Schedule:
a. List of lubricants required and quantity to be applied.
b. Schedule of lubrication.
c. Schedule for other routine maintenance. _
6. Manufacturer's printed instructions regarding safety precautions for both (a) protection of
personnel operating equipment and systems and(b) prevention of damage to equipment and
systems.
7. Description of sequence of operation of controls.
8. Manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required for
maintenance.
a. Predicted life of parts subject to wear.
b. Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts and quantities of same.
9. Approved control diagrams such as ladder diagrams, instrumentation loop diagrams, and
electrical schematics as appropriate.
10. Bill of material.
11. Other data as required under applicable Specification sections. _
B. Each electric and electronic system, as applicable to equipment such as switchgear, motor control
centers, panel boards, switchboards, starters, breakers, and relays shall include: _
1. Description of System and Component Parts:
a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.
b. Performance curves, engineering data, rating tables, and tests as applicable.
c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts.
d. Complete nameplate data.
e. P&ID numbers for equipment as set forth on Drawings.
2. Circuit Directories of Panel Boards:
a. Electrical service.
b. Controls.
c. Communications.
3. Complete instrumentation loop diagrams with tabulated listing of components in each control
circuit or loop.
4. Operating Procedures: —
a. Routine and normal operating instructions.
(2019) 01785-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
b. Sequences required.
c. Special operating instructions.
5. Maintenance Procedures:
a. Routine maintenance operations.
b. Guide to troubleshooting.
c. Disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions.
d. Adjustment and checking instructions.
6. Manufacturer's printed instructions regarding safety precautions for both (a) protection of
personnel operating equipment and systems and(b) prevention of damage to equipment and
systems.
7. List of original manufacturer's spare parts and recommended quantities maintained in
storage.
8. Other data as required under pertinent sections of Specifications.
C. Prepare and include additional data when need for such data becomes apparent during instruction
of OWNER'S personnel or as requested by OWNER.
'— (2019) 01785-5 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
FORM 1 TO SECTION 01785 Page 1 of 5
CONTRACTOR SUBMITTAL FORM
TO: DATE:
(Engineer) SPECIFICATION
(Address) SECTION TITLE:
(City, State, Zip) SECTION NO.:
(Attn:) MANUFACTURER/
VENDOR:
FROM: NO. OF COPIES
(Contractor) SUBMITTED TO
(Address) ENGINEER:
(City, State, Zip) SIGNATURE OF
CONTRACTOR:
GENTLEMEN:
We have checked the O&M manual submittal dated 20_, and have found it to be in
accordance with the requirements of Specification Section 01785 as noted below.
FORMAT
Size: 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17
Paper: 20-lb minimum
Text: Printed data/neatly typed
Drawings:Standard size bound in text; in text-size labeled envelopes
Tabbed Section Dividers
Cover Label: Title
Project name
Building/structure ID
Equipment name
Specification section
Binders: Plastic Cover
(2019) 01785-6 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
FORM 1 TO SECTION 01785 Page 2 of 5
- CONTRACTOR SUBMITTAL FORM
Provide Not Page
d Applicable No.
GENERAL CONTENTS
Onespecification only
Title Pa e
-Title
- Pro ect title
- Building/structure ID
- Equipment name
- Specification section number
- Contractor ID
-Subcontractor ID
- Purchase order data
- Manufacturer ID
-Service/parts supplier ID
I-- Product List
❑ Table of Contents
1i Tabbed Sections
Pertinent data sheets
-Annotated as needed
C Text
- Pertinent to project
-Annotated
C Drawings
- Illustrate product and com onE;nts
-Control and flow diagrams
- (2019) 01785-7 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
FORM 1 TO SECTION 01785 Page 3 of 5
CONTRACTOR SUBMITTAL FORM
Provide Not Page
d Applicable No.
GENERAL CONTENTS
Special Information
- Interrelationships of equipment and components
- Instructions and procedures provided
- Instructions organized in consistent format
- Instructions in logical sequence
- Glossary
E Warranty, Bond, Service Contract
SPECIFIC CONTENTS(EQUIPMENT/SYSTEMS ONLY) -
E Description of Unit and Components
- Equipment functions
- Normal operating characteristics
- Limitingconditions
- Performance curves
- Engineering data
-Test data
- Replaceable parts list with numbers
- Nameplate data
- P&ID numbers
Operating Procedures
- Startup
- Routine/normal operation
- Regulation and control
-Stopping and shutdown
- Emergency
(2019)
01785-8 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
FORM 1 TO SECTION 01785 Page 4 of 5
CONTRACTOR SUBMITTAL FORM
Provide Not I Page
d Applicable No.
SPECIFIC CONTENTS(EQUIPMENT/SYSTEMS ONLY)
E Operating Procedures continued
- Seasonal operation
- Special instructions
Maintenance Procedures
- Routine/normal instructions
-Troubleshooting guide
- Disassembly/reassembly/repair
Servicing and Lubrication
- List of lubricants
- Lubrication schedule
- Maintenance schedule
E Safety Precautions/Features
E Sequence of Operation of Controls
E Assembly Drawings
E Parts List and Illustrations
- Predicted life
- Spare parts list
E Control Diagrams/Schematics
❑ Bill of Materials
Completed Equipment Data Form per Specification
E Other Data as Required
(2019) 01785-9 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
FORM 1 TO SECTION 01785 Page 5 of 5
CONTRACTOR SUBMITTAL FORM
Provide Not Page
d Applicable No.
SPECIFIC CONTENTS EQUIPMENT/SYSTEMS ONLY
C Description _
- Equipment functions
- Normal operating characteristics
- Performance curves
- Engineering data
-Test data
- Replaceable parts list with numbers
- Nameplate data
- P&ID numbers
—_ Panel Board Directories
- Electrical
- Controls
- Communications
Instrumentation Loops
- Diagrams
- Com onents list each circuit/loop
❑ Maintenance Procedures
- Routine/normal instructions
-Troubleshooting guide
- Disassembly/reassembly
-Adjusting and checking _
❑ Safety Precautions/Features
❑ Spare Parts List
❑ Additional Data
(2019) 01785-10 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
FORM 2 TO SECTION 01785 Page 1 of 4
EQUIPMENT DATA FORM
g
AME
NO.
OR
T NO. ASSET NO.*ON
MANUFACTURER
PURCHASED FROM
_ VENDOR ORDER NO. PURCHASE $
DATE OF PURCHASE
LOCAL SUPPLIER
ADDRESS
PHONE NO.
MODEL NO.
NO. OF UNITS I SERIAL NOS.
*By Owner
— (2019) 01785-11
Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
FORM 2 TO SECTION 01785 Page 2 of 4
EQUIPMENT DATA FORM
NAMEPLATE DATA
E PUMP/HVAC UNIT
ELECTRIC MOTOR
MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER
TYPE [ ] AC [ ] DC TYPE
HORSEPOWER SIZE
RPM CAPACITY
VOLTAGE PRESSURE
AMPERAGE ROTATION
PHASE IMPELLER SIZE
FRAME IMPELLER MATERIAL
DRIVE/REDUCER OTHER(1&C)
MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER
[ ] GEAR TYPE
[ ]V-BELT
[ ] CHAIN
TYPE r I VARIDRIVE SIZE
SERVICE FACTOR CAPACITY
RATIO RANGE
(2019) 01785-12 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
FORM 2 TO SECTION 01785 Page 3 of 4
EQUIPMENT DATA FORM
MAINTENANCE SUMMARY
EQUIPMENT NO.
DESCRIPTION ASSE
ASSET NO.`
MAINTENANCE OPERATION: MAINFREQUENCY:
List briefly each Maintenance Operation required and refer to specific List required frequency of
information in Manufacturer's Manual, if applicable. Refer by symbol each maintenance operation.
to "Lubricant List" for Lubrication Operation.
*By Owner
(2019) 01785-13
Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
FFORM 2 TO SECTION 01785 Page 4 of 4
EQUIPMENT DATA FORM
LUBRICANT/RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS LIST
EQUIPMENT NO. ASSET NO.*
DESCRIPTION MAINT. NO.*
LUBRICANT LIST -
REFERENCE LUBRICANT TYPE RECOMMENDED LUBRICANT
SYMBOL MILITARY STANDARD AND MANUFACTURER
List symbols in List general lubricant type. List specific lubricant name, viscosity, and
"Maintenance manufacturer.
Operation" (Page
3 .
RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS LIST
PART NO. **
DESCRIPTION UNIT QUANTITY UNIT COST
ADDITIONAL DATA AND REMARKS
* By Owner
** Identify parts provided by this contract with two asterisks.
Note: Attach additional sheets if necessary, identify each sheet at top with equipment number and
description.
** * END OF SECTION
(2019) 01785-14 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 01788
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Maintain at site one record copy of:
1. Drawings.
2. Project Manual.
3. Addenda.
— 4. Change orders and other modifications to Contract.
5. ENGINEER'S Field Orders, Work Change Directives, Written Amendments,or clarifications.
6. Returned Shop Drawings and other submittals.
— 7. Field test records.
8. Associated permits.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. At Substantial Completion:
— 1. Deliver 1 marked up set of Drawings to ENGINEER for use in preparation of record drawings.
B. Submit with transmittal letter containing following.-
1- Date.
2. Project title and number.
3. CONTRACTOR'S name and address.
— 4. Title of record document.
5. Signature of CONTRACTOR or authorized representative.
— PART PRODUCTS
(Not Used)
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES
A. Store record documents and samples on-site apart from documents used for construction.
1. Provide files and racks for storage of documents.
2. Provide secure storage space for storage of samples.
— B. Maintain record documents in clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use record
documents for construction purposes.
— C. Make record documents and samples available for inspection by ENGINEER or OWNER.
D. Failure to properly maintain record documents may be reason to delay portion of progress
payments until records comply with Contract Documents.
— (2019) 01788-1
Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
3.02 RECORD DOCUMENTS —
A. General:
1. Maintain 1 complete set of Drawings and Project Manual, including Addenda, legibly
annotated to show changes made during construction.
2. Label each document"PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large printed letters.
3. Record information concurrently with construction progress: —
a. Do not conceal Work until information is recorded.
b. Record changes made by Field Order, Change Order or Work Directive Change and —
identify document number.
4. Give particular attention to concealed equipment and materials that would be difficult to
measure and record at later date. —
B. Drawings:
1. Graphically depict changes by modifying or adding to plans, details, sections, elevations, or
schedules.
2. Make changes on each sheet affected by changes.
3. Dimensions: —
a. Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to finish first floor datum.
b. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances,referenced
to permanent surface improvements.
4. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to
visible and accessible features of structure. —
5. Details not on original Drawings.
6. Location and identification of exposed interior piping, including those shown schematically on
Drawings.
7. Size of equipment and location including connections. —
8. Electrical and Instrumentation:
a. Horizontal and vertical locations and size of underground cable, conduit, and duct runs —
dimensioned from established building lines.
b. Plan location and size of interior concealed and exposed feeders.
c. Size and location of access panels.
d. Variations from original Drawings. —
C. Specifications:
1. Mark Specification sections to show substantial variations in actual Work performed in —
comparison with text of Specifications and modifications.
2. Include variations in products delivered to site and from manufacturer's installation
instructions and recommendations. —
3. Give particular attention to substitutions and selection of options and similar information.
4. Note related record drawing information and Product Data.
*** END OF SECTION
(2019)
01788-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 01816
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DEMONSTRATIONS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Demonstrate proper operation of electrical systems and equipment in presence of ENGINEER.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Demonstration log.
B. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
PART2 PRODUCTS
— (Not Used)
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PERFORMANCE
A. Demonstrations.-
1- Each piece of equipment.
2. Each integrated system.
B. Demonstration Log:
—. 1. Keep log of individual demonstrations.
2. Each integrated system.
a. Date and time of demonstration.
— b. OWNER'S representative.
C. Equipment or system demonstrated.
d. Result of Demonstration.
1) Success or fail.
2) If failure, description of failure.
3) Corrective action taken.
4) Redemonstration result.
END OF SECTION
(2019) 01816-1
Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
i
1!
��
SECTION 02315
STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING
PART1 GENERAL
— 1.01 DEFINITIONS
A. Influence Zone Under Foundations, Pavements, or Sidewalks:Area below foundation or pavement
and sidewalk base bounded by 1 horizontal to 2 vertical slope extending outward from 1 ft beyond
outer edges of foundation, pavement or sidewalk.
— B. Influence Zone Under Piping or Electrical Ducts: Area below limits bounded by line 6 in. below pipe
or duct and by 1 horizontal to 2 vertical slope extending outward from that line 1 ft beyond outer
edge of pipe or duct.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Test Results:
1. Compaction testing results.
2. Additional soil testing as required herein.
_ B. Miscellaneous Submittals:
1. Test results to verify fill materials meet specifications.
-- C. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing:
1. Testing shall be provided by CONTRACTOR in accordance with Section 01455 and this
section.
2. Degree of Compaction: ASTM D1557, (Modified Proctor).
3. Moisture Content: Within 3% of optimum when placed and compacted, unless otherwise
approved by ENGINEER.
B. Sheeting, Shoring, and Bracing:
I. Sheeting, shoring, and bracing shall be designed by Professional Engineer registered in the
state of Iowa.
2. Sheeting, shoring, and bracing shall conform to safety requirements of federal, state,or local
public agency having jurisdiction over such matters. Most stringent of these requirements
shall apply.
1.04 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS
A. Do not block or obstruct roads, with excavated materials, except as authorized by OWNER. Trim
banks to minimize inconvenience to public travel or tenants occupying adjoining property.
v (2019) 02315-1
Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
PART PRODUCTS —
2.01 STRUCTURAL FILL
A. Well-graded or poorly graded gravels and gravel-sand mixtures,well graded or poorly graded sands
and gravelly sands or other approved granular material, of 2 in. maximum size, free from organic
and deleterious materials. Classified as GW, GP, SW, or SP in Unified Soil Classification System.
B. Plasticity Index: ASTM D4318,6 or less. Plasticity Index shall be performed on fraction of material —
that passes the No. 40 sieve.
C. Maximum Fines: ASTM D422, 10% passing No. 200 sieve. —
D. Uniformity Coefficient: 5 or greater.
2.02 EARTH FILL
A. Subsoil or sand, free of wood, peat, cinders, organic and deleterious matter or other rubbish. —
2.03 FREE-DRAINING FILL
A. ASTM C33, Size No. 67.B. Washed crushed stone, maximum fines: ASTM D422, 1% passing No. 200 sieve.
2.04 SHEETING, SHORING, AND BRACING —
A. Type, design, detail, and installation of shoring, sheeting, and bracing shall be determined by and
sole responsibility of CONTRACTOR. —
2.05 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing: -'
1. One sieve analysis, plasticity index,and uniformity coefficient for each source of structural fill.
2. One sieve analysis for each source of free-draining fill. —
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Notify corporations, companies, individuals or authorities owning above or below ground conduits, —
wires, pipes or other utilities running to property or encountered during excavating operations.
B. Cap or remove and relocate services in accordance with instructions by owners of said services.
C. Protect, support, and maintain conduits, wires, pipes or other utilities that are to remain in
accordance with requirements of owners of said services.
3.02 EXAMINATION
A. Proof-roll and examine surfaces to receive fill and subgrades within influence zone to determine
existence of soft areas, areas loosened by frost action or softened by flooding, groundwater or —
weather or existence of unsuitable materials.
(2019)
02315-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
B. Where sensitive soils encountered, requirement for proof-rolling shall be waived, and
CONTRACTOR shall perform alternate field testing to determine existence of soft areas.
C. Method of alternative testing shall be approved by ENGINEER.
3.03 SHEETING, SHORING, AND BRACING
A. Whenever necessary to prevent caving during excavation and to protect adjacent structures,
property, workers, and public; excavations shall be sheeted, shored, and braced.
B. When sheeting, shoring, and bracing is required, drive/install to prevent soil from entering
excavation below or through sheeting.
- C. Keep sheeting in-place until structure is placed, tested, and backfilled.
D. Remove sheeting, shoring, and bracing in manner not damaging structure or permi`ting voids within
backfill.
E. Fill settled areas remaining after sheeting has been pulled with sand or other approved material.
3.04 FILL USAGE
A. Structural: Within influence zone of footings, foundation slabs and floor slabs. Against structures
within limits shown on Drawings. Minimum 6 in. layer under floor slabs where subbase material is
-- not granular in nature. Within influence zone of pavements and sidewalks or under piping and
electrical ducts. Bedding and cover material shall conform to requirements of Section 02316.
_ B. Free-Draining: Where noted.
C. Earth: Other areas not previously specified.
3.05 DEWATERING
A. CONTRACTOR is responsible for choosing method of groundwater control.
B. If CONTRACTOR chooses to use deep wells or well points,wells and well points shall be designed,
installed, and operated to prevent removal of in-situ materials.
C. Keep construction site free-draining.
D. Keep excavations free from water.
E. Maintain groundwater minimum of 12 in. below excavations.
F. Remove soil disturbed by pressure or flow of groundwater and replace with free-Training material.
G. Maintain dewatering systems to prevent uplifting of and damage to structures.
H. Protect adjacent utilities, structures, and properties from damage resulting from dewatering
- operations.
I. Drill, maintain, and abandon dewatering wells in accordance with federal, state, and local
ordinances.
(2019) 02315-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
3.06 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Fill settled areas where excavations or trenches were backfilled and holes made by demolition,tree
removal, and site preparation work.
B. Remove and replace or recompact natural soils or compacted fill softened by frost, flooding, —
groundwater or weather.
C. Remove frozen soils within influence zone and replace with structural fill. —
3.07 EXCAVATION
A. Excavate to elevations and dimensions necessary to complete construction. Method of excavation
shall be consistent with soil types encountered and result in undisturbed foundation subgrade.
Loosened soils shall be recompacted or removed and replaced with fill material meeting these
Specifications.
B. Do not excavate for other structures until scheduled for construction.
C. Protect excavated areas from freezing.
3.08 PLACING FILL
A. Notify ENGINEER before placing fill material.
B. Do not use frozen material or place fill on frozen subgrade.
C. Place filter fabric where shown on Drawings in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
D. Fill excavations below bottom of foundation or footing elevations within influence zone with concrete
or structural fill. —
E. Do not backfill until new concrete is properly cured and required tests accepted.
F. Do not operate power-operated earth moving or backfill equipment closer to foundation walls or
other structures than distance equal to 1/2 height of backfill above top of footing.
G. Place fill simultaneously on both sides of free-standing structures. —
H. Begin compaction of each layer at structure wall to minimize lateral forces against structure due to
wedging action of soil. —
I. Lift Thickness and Compaction: Place and compact fill materials in maximum lift thickness and to
minimum densities listed.
Location Loose Lift Modified
Thickness in. Proctor
Footin , Foundation Slab, or Floor Slab Influence Zones 8 95 —
Sidewalk, Paving, Pi in , or Electrical Duct Influence Zones 12 90
Lawn and Landscaped Areas 12 80
J. Stop backfill at specified or indicated grade to allow for placing of topsoil when required.
K. Compact backfill in lawns and landscaped areas adjacent to structures to minimum density noted
herein, but not more than 90% of maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D1557.
(2019) 02315-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing:
1. One field density test for each 25 cu yds of structural fill, minimum one each lift.
2. One field density test for each 500 cu yds of earth fill.
3. Method of Testing: Determine in-place density of fill at maximum intervals specified herein in
accordance with ASTM D1556, D2167, D2922 or D2937.
3.10 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING
A. Excess Material: Conform to Section 02310.
*** END OF SECTION *
(2019) 02315-5
Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 02532
SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMPING STATION
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Submersible pumps, valves, and piping.
2. Pre-cast concrete manhole wet well and valve vault.
3. Control system and panel to interface with MCC containing VFDs.
1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Provide motor designed for continuous duty and non-overloading throughout design curve.
B. Performance Criteria:
1. Provide pump and motor with characteristics as listed in Schedule 1 of Section 02532.
C. Design Criteria:
1. Design pump to automatically connect to discharge piping when lowered into place on
discharge connection.
2. Pump shall be easily removable for inspection or service, requiring no bolts, nuts, or other
fastenings to be removed for this purpose and no need for personnel to enter pump well.
3. Fit pump with galvanized chain of adequate strength and length to permit raising pump for
inspection and removal.
4. Pump, with appurtenances and cable, shall be capable of continuous submergence under
-- water without loss of watertight integrity of depth of 65 ft.
5. Precast concrete manhole structure shall be designed to resist buoyancy forces with a factor
of safety of 1.10. Groundwater shall be assumed to be at-grade.
6. Structure top slab shall be designed to support a live load of 300 psf plus the jib crane and its
specified live loads. Coordinate with precast manufacturer and jib crane supplier.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Test Results:
1. Submit written report stating pump tests complete and performance data with each pump at
time of shipment.
B. Miscellaneous:
1. Warranty.
C. Operating and Maintenance (O&M) Data:
D. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
E. Shop Drawings:
1. Technical data for wet well, valve vault and cover indicating materials of construction.
2. Drawings of wet well, valve vault and cover.
3. Product data, catalog cuts and drawing of access cover.
_ (REV-7/12/19) 02532-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
4. Certification that manholes have been designed in accordance with the requirements
specified in Paragraph 1.02.A. Certification shall be stamped by Professional engineer —
registered in the State of Iowa.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized
Testing Laboratory (NRTL).
1. Term "NRTL"shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
2. Terms "listed" and "labeled" shall be as defined in National Electrical Code (NEC), Article
100.
B. Regulatory Requirements:
1. National Electrical Code(NEC): Components and installation shall comply with National Fire —
Protection Association NEPA) 70.
C. Contractor shall be responsible to verify access hatch size with pumping equipment manufacturer
and deliver hatches to supplier of precast wet well and valve vault. —
1.05 WARRANTY
A. Pump:
1. Warrant pump against defects in workmanship and materials for 5 yr period under normal
use, operation, and service. —
2. Replace mechanical seal, impeller, pump housing, wear ring, and ball bearings which
become defective through normal use and wear on progressive schedule of cost for 5 yrs.
B. Access Hatch: —'
1. Warrant access hatch against defects in material or workmanship for 5 years.
C. Warranty shall be in published form. —
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PUMP
A. Manufacturers:
1. Flygt.
2. Hydromatic Pumps —
3. Or equal.
B. General:
1. Construct major parts, such as stator casing, oil casing, sliding bracket, volute, and impeller
of gray iron.
2. Protect cast surfaces coming into contact with wastewater by 6 mil epoxy polyamide coating.
3. Use stainless steel exposed bolts and nuts.
4. Provide replaceable wear ring.
C. Provide pump with mechanical rotating shaft seal system running in oil reservoir having separate,
constantly hydro-dynamically lubricated lapped seal faces.
(REV-7/12/19) 02532-2
Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
1. Lower seal unit between pump and oil chamber shall contain 1 stationary and 1 positively
driven rotating tungsten-carbide ring.
-- 2. Upper seal unit between oil sump and motor housing shall contain one stationary
tungsten-carbide ring and one positively driven rotating carbon ring.
3. Each interface shall be held in contact by its own spring system supplemented by external
liquid pressures.
4. Seals shall not require maintenance or adjustment, but shall be easily inspected and
replaceable.
D. Machine and fit with nitrille O-rings where watertight sealing required. Machine and fill so sealing
accomplished by automatic compression in 2 planes and O-ring contact made on 4 surfaces,
without requirement of specific torque limits to affect this. Rectangle cross-sectioned gaskets
requiring specific torque limits to achieve compression shall not be considered adequate,or equal.
E. Tolerances of parts shall allow replacement of any part without additional machining to ensure
sealing. Do not use secondary sealing compounds, greases or other devices.
F. Bracket:
1. Provide sliding guide bracket as integral part of pumping unit.
2. Provide pump casing with machined connecting flange to connect with cast iron discharge
connection, bolted to floor of manhole and designed to receive pump connecting flange
without need of any bolts or nuts.
3. Construct slide bracket and matching base flange of materials assuring non-sizing for
corrosive environment.
G. Fit pump with galvanized chain of adequate strength and length to permit raising pump for
inspection and removal.
2.02 PUMP MOTOR
A. Manufacturers standard UL listed or labeled definite purpose motor.
B. House pump motor in oil or air-filled watertight casing.
C. Cable:
1. Design entry water seal to preclude specific torque requirements to ensure watertight and
submersible seal. Do not use epoxies, silicones or other secondary sealing systems.
2. Separate cable entry junction box and motor by stator lead sealing gland or terminal board
which isolates motor interior from foreign materials gaining access through pump top.
— 3. Provide cable suitable for submersible pump applications and indicated by code or legend
permanently embossed on cable.
4. Size cable to conform to NEC and pump motor requirements.
5. Fit pump cable end with shrink fit rubber boot.
6. Provide continuous from motor to junction box without splices.
D. Provide integral thermal sensors to monitor stator temperatures on unit with water jacket. Provide
_ 1 for each phase in motor. Integral thermal sensors are not required on unit without waterjacket.
E. Provide seal failure sensors for each pump.
2.03 PLUG VALVE
A. Manufacturers:
a 1. DeZurik.
2. Homestead.
(REV-7/12/19) 02532-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
3. Or equal. _
B. Non-lubricated, eccentric type of semi-steel construction with resilient faced plugs, suitable for use
with wastewater.
C. Mechanical Joint and Push-on Ends: AWWA C111/A21.11.
D. Port Areas: Minimum 80% of full pipe area. _
E. Bodies: ASTM A126, Class B cast iron in accordance with AWWA C507, Section 5.1 and
AWWA C504, Section 5.4.
F. Exposed Nuts, Bolts, Springs, and Washers: Zinc-plated or nickel content.
G. Furnish valves with corrosion-resistant seats in accordance with AWWA C507, Section 7,
Paragraph 7.2 and AWWA C504, Section 8.3.
H. Furnish with replaceable sleeve type bearings in upper and lower journals.
1. Bearings: In accordance with AWWA C507, Section 8, Paragraphs 8.1, 8.3, and 8.5 and
AWWA C504, Section 9.
2. Valve Shaft Seals: In accordance with AWWA C5071 Section 10 and AWWA C504, _
Section 10.
I. Plug valve pressure ratings as established by hydrostatic tests as specified by ASME B16.1.
1. 175 psi for valves through 12 in.
2. Capable of providing drip-tight shutoff up to full valve rating with pressure in either direction.
J. Direction of rotation to open shall be to left (counterclockwise). Cast on valve body or operator
word "OPEN" and arrow indicating direction to open.
K. Plug Valves with Valve Boxes: Provide plug valves with valve boxes and covers as shown on
Drawings.
1. 3-piece assembly. _
2. 5-1/4 in. diameter.
3. Box and cover shall be cast iron and in accordance with ASTM A48/A48M, Class B.
4. Provide with extended stem. Stopping 12 in. below valve box cover. Furnish 4 ft long tee
wrench for operating valves.
2.04 SWING CHECK VALVE
A. Manufactures: '
1. G. A. Industries, Inc., Figure 250-D
2. Or equal. _
B. Valve Body:
1. Heavy cast iron body with non-corrosive cushion chamber and non-corrosive shaft for
attachment of weight and lever.
C. Cushion Chamber: _.
1. Attached externally to side of valve body.
2. Construct with piston operating in chamber effectively permitting valve to be operated without
hammering action.
(REV-7/12/19) 02532-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
3. Air cushion.
4. Arrange cushion chamber so closing speed adjustable to meet service requirements.
D. Disc and Seat Ring Assembly:
1. Cast iron disc suspended from non-corrosive shaft passing through stuffing box and
connects to cushion chamber on outside of valve.
2. Renewable bronze seat ring held in valve body by threaded joint.
3. Assembly shall prevent return of fluid through valve when inlet pressure decreases below
delivery pressure without hammer or shock.
2.05 BALL CHECK VALVES
-' A. General:
1. Do not impede flow of materials such as solids, stringy material, grit or rags suspended in
sewage.
2. Balls shall roll clear of waterway providing full flow equal to diameter of connection pipe.
3. Prevent return of wastewater through valve when inlet pressure decreases below delivery
pressure.
4. Each valve shall be tight-seating and operate without slam or shock.
B. Materials:
1. Valve Body: Cast iron with flanged ends in accordance with ASME B16.1.
2. Ball: Hollow steel with rubber exterior resistant to grease, petroleum products, animal and
vegetable fats, acids and alkalides, tearing, and abrasion with specific gravity greater than
1 and be removable without removing body from line.
3. Provide 1 replacement ball with each ball check valve.
C. Head loss through valve shall not be greater than 1.15 ft at velocity of 7 ft/sec.
D. Rate for maximum working pressure of 150 psig.
2.06 AIR RELEASE VALVE
A. Comply with Section 02530.
2.07 PIPING
A. Pump Discharge Line: Class 52, ductile iron pipe. Flanged joints interior, re-stained mechanical
joints exterior.
2.08 ALUMINUM ACCESS HATCH
A. Manufacturers:
1. Bilco Type J or JD.
2. Halliday Series W15 or W25.
3. Or equal.
B. Prefabricated Drainage Channel Type.
1. Material: Aluminum.
2. Frame: 1/4 in. thick extruded aluminum with strap anchors around exterior perimeter.
3. Provide 1-1/2 in. drainage coupling.
(REV-7/12/19) 02532-5 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
C. Doors:
1. Door Leaves: 1/4 in. diamond pattern plate with reinforcing on underside to withstand live
load of 300 Ibs/sq ft with maximum deflection of 1/150 of span. —
2. Equip doors with cast steel hinges bolted to underside and pivot on tension bars that counter
balance door for easy operation.
3. Doors shall open to 900 and lock in position.
4. Equip doors with hold-open arm with positive locking device with conveniently positioned —
release handle for easy and controlled closing.
5. Provide snap-lock mounted on bottom of leaf with removable topside handle and socket
recessed in cover.
6. Hardware shall be cadmium plated. —
D. Factory Finish: Mill finish on aluminum surfaces with coal tar epoxy coating applied to surfaces in
contact with concrete. —
E. Dimensions:
1. Wet Well Access Hatch: Confirmed by pump manufacturer, for installing and removing —
pumps and trash basket vertically without obstructions.
2. Valve Vault Access Hatch: Confirmed by pump manufacturer, for installing and removing
valves with clearance. ...
2.09 WET WELL/VALVE VAULT
A. Construct wet well, valve vault, and lid of reinforced concrete per SUDAS 6010: —
1. Concrete Strength: Minimum 5,000 psi at 28 days.
2. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A82/A82M, ASTM A496/496M, or ASTM A615/A615M GR. 60. —
3. Minimum Concrete Cover for Reinforcing Steel: 1 in.
4. Lap Reinforcement at Splices: Minimum of 2 cross wires for wire mesh.
5. Minimum Concrete Thickness: 6 in. for walls and 8 in. for floors and ceilings.
6. Joints shall have bell and spigot connections in conformance with ASTM C478. _
B. Cast each piece of station shall from 1 piece mold. Do not use connecting form ties, which may
result in corrosion or leakage points. _
C. Base and round manhole to rectangular box transition shall be single pour section.
D. Provide valve chamber as integral part of lift station but isolate from wet well. —
E. Cast separate access lids for wet well and valve vault into cover.
F. Cast two 2 in. conduits into cover for pump and control wiring. —
G. Cast 4 in. painted steel vent pipe with bird screen shall into wet well side of lift station.
H. Supply necessary bitumastic joint sealant.
I. Provide watertight flexible joints, on inlet and discharge lines.
1. Design joints to absorb vibration and accept normal setting.
2. Construct rubber gasket element of poly-isoprene or natural rubber to requirements of ASTM
C923. —
J. Label valve vault as confined space. Valve boxes shall be pre-cast into station cover to allow
remote access to plug valves.
(REV-7/12/19) 02532-6 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
K. Joint precast sections of sanitary sewer manholes with rubber gaskets or preformed flexible plastic
gaskets.
— 1. Flexible Plastic Gaskets:
a. Manufacturers: Ram-Nek, manufactured by K. T. Snyder Company, Inc.; Kent Seal,
"— manufactured by Hamilton-Kent, Inc., or equal.
b. Comply with physical requirements for Type B gaskets in AASHTO M198.
2. Rubber Gaskets: ASTM C443.
2.10 CONTROLS
— A. Description:
1. Triplex panel.
— 2. PLC with touch screen interface.
3. SCADA upgrade capable (system functions and trending accessible via remote
communications).
4. Built and labeled by UL 508 panel manufacturer.
-- 5. Interface to MCC containing VFDs and generator automatic transfer switch.
6. 120vac input power.
7. Wires individually numbered with unique number at both ends.
8. Flow monitoring capabilities.
B. Design Data:
-- 1. Incoming service: 120 VAC, 60 hertz, 1 Ph, 2 wire.
C. Sequence of Operation:
— 1. Primary System:
a. Control logic handled by PLC.
b. Submersible sensor primary level device.
c. Controller shall simultaneously display and allow adjustment of 6 adjustable level set
points in both bar graph and numerical values with 0.01 ft resolution.
d. System shall not allow setpoint selections which can cause pump station malfunction
—" (i.e. Lead start above High Level, Lead Stop below Low Level, and Lead start below
Lead Stop).
e. Low Level alarm function as redundant Stop Pumps
— f. Pump alternation operator-selectable for either automatic or manual. In automatic
mode, alternation shall occur at pumps off or on adjustable time basis, operator
selectable.
g. Control system shall automatically place failed or disabled pump in lag position.
h. Failure of PLC or level sensor shall enable secondary system.
i. Two of three pumps selectable as alternate based upon less run time pump starting first
with third pump off, except in case of failure of one of the active pumps, then the third
pump takes the place of the failed pump which is prevented from running until reset.
2. Secondary System:
-- a. Control logic by relays external to PLC.
b. Four(4) float switches act as level sensing devices.
c. Float switches isolated by intrinsically safe relays.
— d. High Level float switch cause pumps to stagger on.
e. Low Level float switch shuts pumps off.
(REV-7/12/19) 02532-7 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
f. Secondary system shall be capable of controlling pumps when PLC is completely
disabled.
D. Enclosure:
1. 14 ga type 304 Stainless steel NEMA 12.
2. 12 ga steel, formed, removable interior sub-panel.
3. Door shall have stainless steel piano type door hinge, stainless steel 3-point latching system _
and stainless steel padlock provision.
4. Hold open device on door.
5. Operating devices mounted on door.
6. 18 in. stainless steel legs or length as required for installation.
7. No evidence of holes, weld marks or burn marks.
E. Equipment and Devices:
1. Submersible Sensor:
a. Constructed with 316 stainless steel body. --
b. 2-1/2 in.Viton face convoluted diaphragm clamped between 2 rings to create water tight
pressure seal.
c. Silicon oil fill liquid behind diaphragm shall transmit sensed pressure to solid state
isolated piezo-resistive pressure transducer which shall convert sensed pressure to '—
corresponding electric value.
d. Submersible cable shall be 20 ga direct burial Polyethylene jacketed.
e. Provide pre-calibrate to specific gravity of wastewater to 0 - 15 psi (0-34.7 ft) and with _
60 ft of cable.
f. Include stainless steel mounting assembly to permit removal from well for periodic
checking and cleaning.
g. Protect with intrinsically safe barrier.
2. Float Switches:
a. Construct of Teflon coated, 316 stainless steel housing encapsulated in epoxy.
b. Provide 40 ft of cable.
c. Mount with stainless steel hardware on 3/16 in. stainless steel cable having 8 lb vinyl
coated mushroom anchor for ballast. '—
d. Protect with intrinsically safe relays.
3. Motor Circuit Protection: _
a. Provided by Motor Control Center.
4. Motor Controllers: See Section 16443. --
5. Rear Panel Devices:
a. Transformer for 24 VAC voltages. _
b. Two (2) single toggle-operated thermal magnetic breakers for controls; 1 for pumps,
alarms, and control power and 1 for other panel devices.
c. Lightning arrestor complying with ANSI C62.2-1981.
d. Intrinsically safe barriers/relays for level sensor and floats. ..-
e. Status-indicating relays for Over-Temp each pump,Seal Fail each pump, Power Monitor
Overload Tripped each pump, High Level and Low Level floats.
(REV-7/12/19) 02532-8 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
6. Front Door Devices:
a. Heavy Duty oil-tight, NEMA 4X rated Hand-Off-Auto selector switches. HOA switches
override automatic mode control.
b. Heavy duty oil-tight, NEMA 4X rated transformer-type indicator lights using LED-cluster
type lamps.
c. Indicator lights for Pump 1, 2 and 3, Standby Float Enable.
d. Pump 1, Pump 2 and Pump 3 lights flash when pump is called, steady on when pump
run is verified.
e. Ground fault protected 115 Volt convenience receptacles.
f. Operator interface to PLC operations.
g. Push button to silence alarm.
7. PLC Software and Screen Devices
a. Pump ETM'S with 00000.00 hrs indication.
b. Pump lockout selectors.
c. Demand charge avoidance feature which prevents starting of lag pump after power is
restored as long as lead pump outflow exceeds station inflow.
d. Positive run verification feature which activates alarm if pump is called and fails to reach
operator-set minimum operating amps and station flow rate after operator-set time
delay.
e. Excessive restart feature activates alarm when pump exceeds operator-set maximum
starts per hour and places pump in lag position.
f. Level sensor broken wire alarm enables secondary(Standby Float) system.
g. Seal moisture alarm indication for each pump.
h. Over-temp alarm indication for each pump.
i. Overload tripped alarm indication for each pump.
j. Control power failed alarm indication with time failed and time restored display.
k. Power monitor trip alarm indication.
I. Alarm memory feature retains annunciation of alarms until reset or acknowledged by
operator.
m. User-adjustable time delay on lag pump start.
_. 8. System Controller:
a. Manufacturers:
1) Allen Bradley model CompactLogix Series 5000.
2) Or Owner and Engineer approved equal.
_ b. Operational to 0° F, with storage to-400 F.
C. SCADA upgrade capability via RS-232 port using standard communications protocols.
d. Future capability for control via remote access.
9. Flow Monitoring: See Section 13420
a. Provide equipment needed for flow measurement.
b. Flow measurement by extrapolation of inflow from previous pump-off period alone is not
acceptable.
F. Operator Interface:
1. General:
a. Graphic touch screen device minimum 7 in. diagonal in size with 640 x 480 pixel
resolution.
(REV-7/12/19) 02532-9 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
b. Data operational characteristics accessed visually and manipulated through use of _
diagrams, graphs, and English text.
c. Change of operational characteristics accomplished through touch screen.
d. User numerical values adjustable via touch screen using increment up and down
arrows.
2. Access Screens Selections:
a. Menu: Activates screen that enables operator to bring up list of available screens. '
Access in no more than 2 steps.
b. Main: Activates screen that enables operator to view general station statistics.Type of
information available includes; pump status (called/run/off/problem/lockout) (each _
pump), pump run time (each pump), Level bar graph and digital indicator (00.00 ft),
station inflow(GPM) bar graph and digital, station outflow(GPM) bar graph and digital,
and alarm indication.
c. Level Set-up: Activates screen that enables operator to view information on wet well
level. Type of information available shall include; actual wet well level, high/low level
alarms, level control set point, maximum and minimum level set points, all pump stop
level. Setpoints displayed and adjustable simultaneously by individual bar graphs as _
well as digital displays(00.00 ft). Screen shall notify operator that Lead Stop is also Low
Level reset.
d. Pump run at minimum speed time set point at minimum level before pump shuts off. _
e. Pump Information: Activates screen that enables operator to view pump information.
Type of information available shall display of actual wet well level, pump amps indicator,
station outflow indicator indicating"Percent Share of All-Pumps Run Time Last 24 Hrs".
Information and controls for each pump individually shall be simultaneously accessible.
Operator shall be able to toggle between active 2 pumps and be able to force on or lock
out respective pump.
f. Pump Alarms: Activates screen that enables operator to view pump alarms. Status of _
up to 8 alarm conditions for each pump simultaneously displayed and able to be
acknowledged and reset via touch-screen. Available alarms shall include (for each
pump) VFD Fail, Overload Tripped, Seal Moisture Detection, Over-temp, Excessive
Restarts, and Run Verify. Display shall provide dynamically activated alarm status text
and graphical highlighting to describe status of alarm condition, acknowledgment level,
and appropriate operator actions by plain text messages.
g. Trends: Activates screen that enables operator to view selected data maintained by unit _
for last 24 hrs in 1 hr increments on multiple (selectable) bar graphs. Simultaneous
display of multiple graphs is required to enable comparison of multiple events and
trends. Available data shall include Pump 1 Starts, Pump 2 Starts, Pump 1 Amps,
Pump 2 Amps, Station Inflow, and user defined Auxiliary Input(4-20 mA).
h. General Alarms: Activates screen that enables operator to view station alarms. Status
of up to 9 alarm conditions shall simultaneously be displayed and able to be
acknowledged and reset via touch-screen. Available alarms shall include High Level,
Low Level, Power Monitor, Standby Float Enable,2 pump Run and Level Sensor Broken _
Wire. Display shall provide dynamically activated alarm status text and graphical
highlighting to describe status of alarm condition, acknowledgment level, and
recommended actions by plain text messages. This screen shall also indicate time of
Power Fail and time of Power Restored automatically.
i. Hourly Data: Activates screen that enables operator to view in close detail selected data
maintained by unit for last 24 hrs in 1 hr increments on bar graph. This screen shall give
both graphic and numeric value for particular hour of selected event and must _
simultaneously highlight hourly data value, corresponding time of day, and 24 hr trend
graph with graphical indicator highlighting trend data-point corresponding to displayed
time of day. Operator must be able to scan time-of-day on same screen to step
through all hourly values. Available data shall include Pump 1 Starts, Pump 2 Starts,
Pump 1 Amps, Pump 2 Amps, Station Outflow, and user defined Auxiliary Input
(4-20 mA). Bar graphs shall use "best fit" procedure to show best possible detail.
(REV-7/12/19) 02532-10 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
j. Run Verification: Activates screen that enables operator to view and set parameters
used to verify"positive run"condition. This screen shall, by operator selection, indicate
data for each individual pump: Pump Status(Off/Called/Run/Problem/Lock Out), Pump
Actual Amps, Minimum Amps, Seconds Delay Before Run Fail and Actual Wet Well
Level. Operator adjustable parameters shall include Seconds Delay Before Run Fail
and Minimum Amps and/or Station Flow Rate For Run Verification.
"— k. Alarm Log: Activates screen that enables operator to view historical station alarms.This
screen shall be full-text alarm log capable of displaying at least 50 most recent alarms
with date and time alarm activated, time acknowledged, time cleared, and plain text
description of corresponding alarms. Operator shall have scrolling and paging functions
available.
I. Pump Alternation: Activates screen that enables operator to view and set parameters
used in pump alternation. Operator shall have capability to select AUTO/1-2/2-1
alternation modes. Screen shall indicate when pump is.placed in lag mode due to
alarm or problem. If AUTO is chosen operator shall have ability to select alternation at
pump stop or every x hours; where x is adjustable between 1-24 hrs. Operator shall
also have ability to automatically place pump in lag position if it exceeds more than
y starts per hr, where y is adjustable between 1-20 starts.
m. System Test: Activates screen which enables operator to test level-activated pump and
alarm controls via simulating wet well level. Level setpoints shall be simultaneously
-- displayed on screen.Visual indication of action shall be provided as level reaches each
setpoint. This screen shall display, simultaneously, actual and simulated levels, pump
indicators, comprehensive alarm indicator, pump amps, and station outflow(digital and
bar graph).
G. Radio System
1. Provide following status or alarms:
a. High wetwell level signal.
b. Low wetwell level signal.
c. High-high wetwell level signal.
d. Low-low wetwell level signal
e. Common alarm signal.
f. Loss of power alarm signal.
g. Generator Run signal.
h. Generator Fail signal.
i. ATS Normal Power signal.
j ATS Emergency Power signal.
k. Pump Run signal (3).
I. Pump Fail signal (3).
m. Pump Seal Fail signal (3).
n. Totalized Flow Value.
o. Backup control active signal.
2.11 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing:
1. Pump manufacturer shall perform following inspections and tests on each pump before
shipment from factory.
a. Check impeller, motor rating, and electrical connections for compliance to
Specifications.
b. Motor and cable insulation test for moisture content or insulation defects.
c. Prior to submergence, run pump dry to establish correct rotation and mechanical
integrity.
d. Run pump for 30 min submerged, minimum of 6 ft under water.
(REV-7/12/19) 02532-11 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
e. After operational test(paragraph d), repeat insulation test(paragraph b).
f. Conduct certified performance test.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and approved submittals. —
B. Provide flanged joints in interior of pump station.
C. Discharge Piping:
1. Where discharge piping passes through wall of structure, provide hole of sufficient size to —
allow passage of joint flange but not larger than necessary.
2. After discharge piping is in final position and securely supported, seal watertight annular
space with expanding grout.
3.02 PUMP STATION
A. Mount upper guide holder above pump:
1. Lower guide holder shall be integral with discharge connection. Guide bars shall be
Schedule 40 stainless steel, 2 in. diameter(minimum).
2. Attach slide assembly with yoke to each pump and slide freely between guide rails. —
3. Arrange so minimum force of 3 times pump discharge pressure exerted between stationary
base elbow and pump discharge to provide positive seal without bolting or fastening.
4. Provide lever action for each breakaway when raising pump.
5. Protect surface by coating resistant to wastewater.
6. Exposed bolts and nuts of stainless steel.
7. Provide automatic connection between pump flange and discharge elbow flange without
tilting, rotating or other action.
B. Install 4 in. stainless steel pipe vent with stainless steel insect screen opening located adjacent to
equipment pedestal. _
C. Floats and transducer shall be supported with stainless steel cable with 10 Ibs anchor weight
supported from wet well access cover frame from stainless steel eyebolt.
D. Precast reinforced concrete risers and tops shall be subject to rejection on account of failure to
conform to any specification requirements. In addition, individual sections of risers and tops may be
rejected because of any of the following reasons:
1. Fractures or cracks passing through shell,except for single end crack not exceeding depth of
joint.
2. Defects indicating imperfect proportioning, mixing and molding.
3. Surface defects indicating honeycombed or open texture.
4. Damaged ends where such damage would prevent making satisfactory joint.
5. Infiltration into structure exceeding 0.0758 gal/vert ft/hr.
6. Internal dia. of section varying more than 1% from nominal dia.
7. Any continuous crack having surface width of 0.01 in. or more and extending for length of 12
in. or more, regardless of position.
(REV-7/12/19) 02532-12 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Manufacturer's Field Services:
1. Supplier's or manufacturer's representative for equipment specified herein shall be present at
job site or classroom designated by OWNER for mandays indicated,travel time excluded,for
assistance during construction, startup, and training of OWNER'S personnel for operation.
Include minimum of.
— a. 1 manday for Installation Services.
b. 1 manday for Instructional Services.
c. 1 manday for Post Startup Services.
2. Factory representative shall be on-site to witness station installation and provide on-site
technical assistance in accordance with Section 01600.
B. Control System Testing:
1. Reports: Notify ENGINEER in writing indicating defective materials and workmanship and
unsatisfactory test results. Include records of repairs and adjustments made.
2. On completing installation of system, perform following tests.
a. Test insulation resistance of conducting parts of motor control components; and of
-- connecting supply, feeder, and control circuits. For devices containing solid-state
components, use test equipment and methods recommended by man
b. Make continuity tests of circuits. ufacturer.
-- c. Review updating of final system configuration and parameters where they supplement
or differ from those indicated in original Contract Documents.
d. Review manufacturer's written instructions for installation and testing of motor control
devices.
3. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: Include following inspections and related work.
a. Motor Control Device Ratings and Settings: Verify ratings and settings as installed are
appropriate for final loads and final system arrangement and parameters. Recommend
final protective device ratings and settings where differences found. Use accepted
b.
revised ratings or settings to make final system adjustments.
Inspect for defects and physical damage and nameplate compliance with Drawings.
c. Exercise and perform operational tests of mechanical components and other operable
devices in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions.
d. Check tightness of electrical connections of devices with calibrated torque wrench. Use
manufacturer's recommended torque values.
e. Clean devices using manufacturer's approved methods and materials.
f. Verify proper fuse types and ratings in fusible devices.
— 4. Electrical Tests: Perform following in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions.
a. Insulation resistance test of motor control devices conducting parts to extent permitted
by manufacturer's written instructions. Insulation resistance less than 100 megohms not
acceptable.
b. Make adjustments for final settings of adjustable trip devices.
c. Test auxiliary protective features such as loss of phase, phase unbalance, and under
voltage to verify operation.
d. Check for improper voltages at terminals in controllers having external control wiring
when controller disconnect opened. Voltage over or under 10% unacceptable.
5. Correct deficiencies and retest motor control devices. Verify by system tests that specified
requirements are met.
(REV-7/12/19)
02532-13
Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
C. Retesting:
1. Correct deficiencies identified by tests and completely retest equipment. —
2. Verify by system test that total system meets specification requirements.
3.04 ADJUSTING
A. Perform short-circuit analysis and coordination study. Set field-adjustable pick-up and
time-sensitivity ranges accordingly. —
3.05 CLEANING
A. nish to
Remove paint splatters and other spots,dir ,and debris.
b i method
s hp scrat
and materials nrecommend mars of lded by —
match original finish. Clean deviceinternally,
manufacturer.
SCHEDULE 1 TO SECTION 02532
pump Characteristics —
3
Number of Units Non-Clog
Impeller Type Raw Wastewater
Materials Being Pumped 1.6
Minimum Solids Size (in.) 45 —
Rated Total Dynamic Head (ft) 700
Rated Capacity (gpm)
Electric Motor Characteristics
15 —
Horsepower 1.10
Service Factor Squirrel Cage
General Type Submersible
Enclosure Type B
NEMA Design F
Insulation Class 460 —
Voltage 3/60
Phase/Cycle (hertz)
*** END OF SECTION
02532-14 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
(REV-7/12/19)
SECTION 03200
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Conform to ACI SP-66 showing bending diagrams; assembly diagrams; location diagrams;
splicing and laps of bars, shapes, and dimensions; and details for bar reinforcing, stirrup
spacing, accessories, and openings.
Coordinate bar splicing and placement with CONTRACTOR'S concrete placing schedule and
joint locations.
3. Submit with construction joint submittals required in Section 03300.
B. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
1.02 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store reinforcing steel on supports above ground; cover and keep clean.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Steel Reinforcing Bars:
1 Deformed bars conforming to ASTM A615, Grade 60.
B. Reinforcing Supports:
1. Shall have all plastic or stainless steel supports.
2.02 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate to schedules and details on Drawings and in accordance with ACI 318.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PLACEMENT
A. Placement of reinforcing steel shall be approved by ENGINEER before covered with concrete.
B. Correct displacement of reinforcement prior to and during concrete pouring operations. Maintain
clear cover as noted on Drawings. Tolerances shall be in accordance with ACI 117 and ACI 318,
unless noted otherwise.
C. Support reinforcing steel in accordance with CRSI"Placing Reinforcing Bars"with maximum spacing
— of 4 ft 0 in.
D. Tie reinforcing steel at intersections in accordance with CRSI "Placing Reinforcing Bars."
1. Maximum Tie Spacing for Footings and Walls: Every third intersection or 3 f. 0 in.
2. Maximum Spacing for Slabs and Other Work: Every fourth intersection or 3 �t 0 in.
(2019) 03200-1 Dry Run Creek Inter3eptor-60330823
3. Tie each dowel in-place.
E. Locate reinforcing to avoid interference with items drilled in later, such as concrete anchors.
F. Reinforcement shall be continuous through construction joints.
G. Reinforcement may be spliced at construction joints provided that entire lap is placed within only
1 concrete pour.
H. Use concrete brick for supporting bottom mat reinforcing on grade. Use bolsters or chairs
supported on concrete brick or tied to bottom mat for supporting upper reinforcing mat on grade.
Use bolsters or chairs for supporting reinforcing on mud slabs and forming.
I. Dowel bar splicer systems may be substituted for dowels at CONTRACTOR'S option when
approved by ENGINEER.
J. Do not field bend bars, including bars partially embedded in concrete unless indicated.
K. Do not place bars having kinks and bends other than shown on approved Shop Drawings.
L. Welding reinforcement is prohibited.
M. Reinforcement shall be clean and free from loose mill scale, dirt, grease, oil, form release agent,
dried concrete or any material reducing bond with concrete.
** * END OF SECTION *"
(2019) 03200-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Tolerances:
1. Conform to requirements of ACI 117.
2. Pitch floor to floor drains minimum of 1/8 in./ft or as shown on Drawings. Minimum thickness
of slabs and depth of beams shall be as dimensioned on Drawings. Pitch bottom of slab or
— beam to match top slope of slab or beam to maintain thickness or depth noted. As an
alternate, bottom of slab or beam may be poured level provided that minimum thickness or
depth is maintained.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Construction Joints: Sequence of placing concrete and location and details of joints,
openings, and embedded items not shown on Drawings. Coordinate sequence of placement
and joint location with reinforcement Shop Drawings. Submit with reinforcement submittals
— required in Section 03200.
2. Verification of Mix Design:
a. Proposed mix design for each class of concrete to be used as specified using
designations indicated. Provide dry weight of cement, saturated surface dry weight of
coarse and fine aggregates, brand name and quantity of admixtures when applicable,fly
ash when applicable, gallons of water required for 1 cu yd of concrete, and chloride ion
— content.
b. Submit with admixture product data and miscellaneous submittals required herein.
C. Mix design shall be approved by ENGINEER before concrete is delivered to site.
B. Product Data:
1. Curing Compound and Sealers Proposed rate of coverage and manufacturer's literature
indicating conformance with these Specifications.
2. Concrete Admixtures:
_ a. Manufacturer's literature.
b. Submit with mix design.
3. High Range Water Reducers:
a. Name of product and manufacturer's literature.
b. Intended use area.
C. Submit with mix design.
C. Test Results:
1. Concrete test results.
2. With each load of concrete delivered, provide duplicate delivery tickets, one for
CONTRACTOR and one for ENGINEER, with following information.
a. Date and serial number of ticket.
_ (2019) 03300-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
b. Name of ready mixed concrete plant, operator, and job location.
C. Type of cement, admixtures, if any, and brand name.
d. Cement content, in bags/cu yd of concrete, and mix design.
e. Truck number, time loaded, and name of dispatcher.
f. Amount of concrete in load, cu yds, delivered. —
g. Maximum size aggregate.
h. Gallons of water added at job, if any, and slump of concrete after water was added.
i. Temperature of concrete at delivery.
j. Time unloaded.
D. Miscellaneous Submittals:
1. NRMCA certification or certificate stating plant and equipment complies with NRMCA
requirements specified herein.
2. Statement by ready mix supplier giving source and material certificates of cement and fine
and coarse aggregates, including sieve analysis, that will be used in manufacture of each --
class of concrete. Make no changes in sources of materials.
3. Fly Ash: Source and test reports showing fly ash in compliance with these Specifications.
Reports shall be for actual fly ash to be used in Work. —
4. Method of pumping concrete.
5. Submit with mix design.
E. Submit in accordance with Section 01340. —
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Plant Certification: Plant or concrete supplier shall comply with requirements of National Ready
Mixed Concrete Association (NRMCA)certification plan as regards material storage and handling,
batching equipment, central mixer, truck mixers with counters, agitators, nonagitating units, and
ticketing system.
B. Concrete Testing: Testing shall be provided by CONTRACTOR in accordance with Section 01455
and this section.
1. Conduct tests on sample material in accordance with applicable ASTM methods listed below.
a. Slump: ASTM C143. —
b. Air-Entrainment: ASTM C231.
C. Compressive Strength Test: ASTM C31 (making and cylinders curing)and ASTM C39
(testing).
1.04 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS
A. Hot Weather:
1. Comply with ACI 305R.
2. Concrete temperature shall not exceed 90°F.
3. At air temperatures of 80OF or above, keep concrete as cool as possible during placement
and curing.
4. When concrete temperatures exceed 80°F,water reducing, set retarding admixtures shall be
used in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. ...
B. Cold Weather:
1. Comply with ACI 306R. —
2. Temperature of reinforcement, forms, fillers, and other materials in contact with concrete at
time of placement shall not be less than 35°F. Preheat if temperature below 35°F.
(2019) 03300-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
3. Maintain air and forms in contact with concrete sections having minimum dimension less than
12 in. at temperature above 50OF for at least first 3 days and at temperature above 320F for
remainder of specified curing period.
4. Maintain air and forms in contact with concrete in more massive sections at temperature
above 40OF for at least first 3 days and at temperature above 320F for remainder of specified
curing period.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement:
1. ASTM C150.
2. Type I or II except tricalcium aluminate (CA content of Type I shall not exceed 12%.
_ 3. When aggregates determined to be deleteriously reactive, as defined by Appendix XI of
ASTM C33, alkali content of cement defined by Table 1A of ASTM C150 shall not exceed
0.60%.
B. Fly Ash:
1. ASTM C618, Class C or F including requirements of Table 1A.
2. Supplemental Requirements:
a. Loss on Ignition (maximum): 3%.
b. Water Requirement(maximum): 100% (as percent of control).
C. Fineness (maximum retained on No. 325 sieve): 25%.
d. R-factor, CaO M) -5: 3.2 maximum.
Fe2O3 (%)
C. Aggregates:
1. ASTM C33, modified as follows.
a. Fine Aggregate: Natural sand.
b. Coarse Aggregate: Crushed gravel, crushed stone or gravel, Size 467 (1-1/2 in.
maximum), Size 67 (3/4 in. maximum), Size 8 (3/8 in. maximum).
2. Potential reactivity of aggregates shall be determined in accordance with Appendix XI of
ASTM C33.
D. Admixtures for Concrete:
1. Air-Entraining: ASTM C260.
2. Chemical Admixtures: ASTM C494, non-corrosive and chloride free.
3. Chemical Admixtures for Flowing Concrete: ASTM C1017.
_ a. Type 1, Water reducing, high range.
b. Type 2, Water reducing and retarding, high range.
E. Water: Potable.
F. Premolded Joint Filler:
1. ASTM D1751.
2. ASTM D1752, Type I, II or III.
,_ (2019) 03300-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
3. Closed cell polyethylene.
G. Floor Sealer:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Kure-N-Seal by Sonneborn.
b. Cure and Seal by Symons.
C. Dress and Seal 18 by L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.
d. Tuf-Seal J-35 by Dayton Superior.
e. Achro Kure AK-2 or Achro Seal AS-1 by TK Products.
H. Membrane Forming Curing Compound:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Cure and Seal J-20 by Dayton Superior.
b. Kure-N-Seal by Sonneborn Building Products, Inc.
C. Floor Treet by Forrer Chemical Company. _
d. Euco Floor Coat by Euclid Chemical Company.
e. Cure and Seal by Symons.
f. Dress and Seal 18 by L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.
g. Achro Kure AK-2 or Achro Seal AS-1 by TK Products.
2. ASTM C309, and compatible with scheduled finishes and coatings.
I. Finishing Grout:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Thoroseal with Acryl 60 by Thoro.
b. Concrete Finisher with AKKRO-7T by Tamms Industries Company.
C. Tri-Mix with TK-225 Liquid Bonding Agent by TK Products.
J. Cement Grout: Mixture of cement and fine sand in proportions used in concrete being finished.
K. Epoxy Bonding Compound: _
1. Manufacturers:
a. Sikadur Hi-Mod by Sika Corporation.
b. Epoxtite 2362 by A.C. Horn.
C. Euco Epoxy 452 MV or 620 by Euclid Chemical Company.
d. Fresh Concrete Binder R649 by Rescon. _
e. Resi-Bond J-58 by Dayton Superior.
f. Epobond by L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.
g. TK-310 Concrete Bonding Agent by TK Products.
2. Use when joining new to existing concrete.
3. Conforming to ASTM C881.
L. Non-Epoxy Bonding Compound.-
1. Manufacturers: _
a. Weld-Crete, by Larsen Products Corporation.
(2019) 03300-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
b. Acryl 60 by Thoro.
C. Acrylset by Master Builders.
d. Everbond by L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.
e. TK-225 Liquid Bonding Agent by TK Products.
2. Use when joining new to existing concrete where bonding compound cannot be placed
immediately prior to pouring of new concrete.
3. Conforming to ASTM C1059 Type II.
M. Evaporation Retardant:
1. Manufacturers:
a. E-CON by L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.
b. Confilm by Master Builders.
C. Eucobar by Euclid Chemical Company.
_ d. Tri-Film by TK Products.
e. Sika Film by Sika Corporation.
2.02 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN
— A. Concrete Mix: Measure and combine cements, aggregates,water, and admixtures in accordance
with ASTM C94 and ACI 211.1.
1. Cement: When used in exposed concrete shall be one brand from one source. Do not mix
different cements in same element or portion of Work.
2. Air-Entrainment: Air-entrain all concrete except interior concrete floor noted slab on grade.
3. Chemical Admixtures: Use is optional to aid concrete properties and allow for efficient
placement. Manner of use and amount shall be in accordance with manufacturer's written
recommendations and as approved by ENGINEER. Do not use admixtures which increase
early shrinkage or negatively affect finishing.
4. Fly Ash: Use is optional unless otherwise noted. Combine fly ash with cement at rate of
1.5 Ibs fly ash/lb reduction in cement. Amount of fly ash shall not be less than 15%nor more
than 25%of weight of cement plus fly ash. When fly ash is used, minimum amount of cement
— given in table for Class of Concrete may be proportionately reduced.
5. Use no admixture other than specified, unless approved by ENGINEER.
B. Class of Concrete:
1. Furnish in accordance with table. Cement contents listed are minimum values and shall be
increased as required to attain other specified characteristics.
2. Air contents listed are for concrete requiring air-entrainment as specified herein. Contents
listed shall be maintained after addition of admixtures.
3. Slumps listed are maximum, except when high range water reducer is used. Maximum slump
— when high range water reducer is used, 10 in.
4. Chloride ion content shall not exceed values listed in ACI 318, Table 4.3.1.
Minimum
Compressive Coarse Cement Air Water/Cement
Strength Aggregate Factor Content Slump Ratio
Class (psi) (Size No.) (bags/cu yd) (%) in (maximum)
Al 4,000 467 5.5 5-1/2+1 3 +1 0.45
A2 4,000 67 6.0 6+1 3 +1 0.45
C 4,000 467 6.0 6+1-1/2 3 +1 0.45
F 2,000 67 2.25 --- --- ---
— (2019) 03300-5 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
C. Concrete Usage:
1. Class A: Locations, except where Class C and F specified.
2. Class C: Exterior unreinforced concrete pavement and curbs.
3. Class F: Mud slabs and backfill below and around structures where noted.
4. Do not use coarse aggregate Size 467 in sections less than 12 in. thick,where clear cover of
reinforcement is less than 11/2 in., or where clear spacing between reinforcing bars is less
than 3 in.
2.03 MIXING AND DELIVERY
A. Use ready mixed concrete.
B. Deliver and complete discharge within 1-1/2 hrs of commencing of mixing or before 300 revolutions
of drum or blades, whichever comes first. Includes revolutions required by transit mix trucks.
Limitations may be waived by ENGINEER if concrete slump, after 1-1/2 hrs or 300 revolution limit
reached, that concrete can be placed without addition of water. In hot weather, time or number of
revolutions criteria may be reduced by ENGINEER. .
C. Do not add water on-site unless slump and water-cement ratio, after addition of water, are below
maximum allowed. If water added, mix concrete at site additional 30 revolutions of drum.
D. Deliver concrete to site having temperature not less than 50OF nor greater than 90°F.
E. If high range water-reducing admixture added on-site, mix concrete at site additional 85 revolutions
of drum after addition of high range water-reducing admixture.
PART 3 EXECUTION -
3.01 FORMS
A. Formwork design, detailing, and installation shall be CONTRACTOR'S responsibility and shall
conform to requirements of ACI 347R.
B. Materials and Construction: Type of forms used is CONTRACTOR'S option, except as otherwise
indicated below or on Drawings. Plywood and other wood surfaces shall have smooth, level
surfaces treated with form oil or sealer to produce clean release of concrete from forms.
1. Where walls remain exposed use plywood, prefabricated metal or wood forms. Do not use _
boards.
2. Use bolts, rods or other approved devices for form ties. Plastic cone snap ties are approved
as form ties. Ties for liquid holding structures or dry structures below grade shall have -.
integral waterstop. Do not use wire ties on exposed concrete.
3. Ties shall be removed minimum of 1 in. from formed surface. Removal of ties shall leave
holes clean cut and without appreciable spalling at face of concrete. Provide plastic cone or
other approved device.
4. Provide 3/4 in. chamfer on external corners of exposed concrete walls, beams, columns,
equipment bases and exposed edges of construction joints. Do not chamfer columns flush
with concrete block walls.
5. Provide openings at base of vertical forms as access for cleaning and inspection of forms and
reinforcing prior to depositing concrete.
C. Treat or Wet Contact Forms: Coat plywood and wood moldings with non-staining form release
agent. Apply release agent before reinforcement is placed.
(2019) 03300-6 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
D. Repairing and Cleaning: Clean, patch, and repair form material before reusing.
— E. Workmanship:
1. Formwork shall prevent leakage of mortar, shall not deflect under weight of concrete and
workman, and shall withstand fluid pressures of concrete.
— 2. Removal of wall ties shall leave holes clean cut and without appreciable spalling at face of
concrete.
3.02 SUBGRADE PREPARATION
A. Subgrade and bedding shall be compacted and free of frost. If placement allowed at temperatures
below freezing, provide temporary heat and protection to remove frost. Do not place concrete on
frozen material.
B. Provide mud slabs where necessary, and when required by ENGINEER to obtain dry and stable
working platform for placement of slabs on grade. Mud slabs shall be 2 in. thick minimum.
C. Soak subgrade evening before placement and sprinkle ahead of placement of concrete.
-- D. Remove standing water, ice, mud, and foreign matter before concrete deposited.
3.03 PLACING CONCRETE
A. Notify ENGINEER 24 hrs in advance of placing operation.
B. Place concrete, except as modified herein, in accordance with ACI 304R, Chapter V.
C. Concrete will not be allowed to drop freely where reinforcing will cause segregation of mix.
1. Superplasticized Concrete: 10 ft maximum drop.
— 2. Other Concrete: 5 ft maximum drop.
D. If pumping is used, do not use aluminum piping for delivery system.
E. When placing of concrete is temporarily halted or delayed, provide construction joints as shown on
Drawings and as specified.
F. Place in lifts not exceeding 24 in. and compact with internal mechanical vibrator equipment.
1. Insert vibrator so area visibly affected by vibrator overlaps adjacent just-vibrated area by few
_ inches.
2. Slabs: Insert vibrators for full depth of slab.
3. Walls: Insert vibrators along each face(i.e.,just behind reinforcing)and allow vibrator to sink
into previous lifts as deep as will easily penetrate.
4. Do not spread concrete with vibrators.
G. If in process of pouring wall, pour is stopped unexpectedly, leave surface of joint level but rough.
_ Roughened surface shall have amplitude of 1/4 in. minimum. Before depositing new concrete
against hardened concrete, retighten forms.
H. When heat or wind conditions will result in evaporation of 0.2 Ib/sf/hr or more, use evaporation
retardant in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations to minimize plastic shrinkage
cracking.
(2019) 03300-7 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
3.04 JOINTS
A. Unless otherwise noted, construction joints shown are optional. Joints not shown on Drawings shall
be approved by ENGINEER. Locate to miss splices in reinforcement.
B. Before concrete placed, construction joints shall be cleaned and laitance removed and surface
wetted. Remove standing water.
C. Locate vertical construction joints in walls minimum of one-half wall height from corners or other —
intersecting walls or at midpoint between corners or intersecting walls. Locate horizontal joints in
walls within middle third of wall height.
D. Construction joints shall have keys or roughened surfaces. Where roughened surface used,surface
shall have amplitude of 114 in. minimum.
E. Install premolded joint filler where noted in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Joint
filler shall be compatible with sealant and suitable for intended purpose.
F. Clean and prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions before applying
sealant. —'
3.05 EMBEDDED ITEMS
A. Cast pipe and other embedded items into concrete as placement progresses. Do not provide
blockouts.
B. Following restrictions shall be adhered to, except for slabs on grade, unless otherwise noted.
1. Duct, conduit, pipe, and fittings, when placed within slab and walls, shall not be larger than
1/3 thickness of slab or wall nor placed closer than 3 outside dia clear from each other. —
2. Reinforcing steel shall be in-place before embedded items placed and reinforcing cut or
removed shall be replaced with additional reinforcing as indicated on Drawings or approved by
ENGINEER.
C. Do not place ducts, conduits, and pipes in slabs on grade. Place minimum 4 in. under bottom of
slab.
D. Set items such as bolts, anchors, piping, and frames in concrete as shown on Drawings.
E. Set miscellaneous items according to templates and setting diagrams.
F. Place items constructed of dissimilar metals to avoid physical contact with reinforcing. Secure item
and reinforcing to ensure they will not shift and come into contact during pouring. Contact between
reinforcing and other metal, other than bare, coated or plated carbon steel not permitted, unless
approved by ENGINEER.
G. Support wall pipes from formwork to prevent contact with reinforcing.
3.06 REPAIR OF SURFACE DEFECTS —
A. General:
1. Prior to starting repair work, except as specified otherwise, obtain ENGINEER'S approval of
proposed repair techniques and mixes.
2. Develop patching techniques and mixes on portion of as-cast surface selected by ENGINEER
for this purpose. Dress surface of patches remaining exposed to view to match color and
texture of adjacent surfaces.
(2019) 03300-8 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
B. Tie Holes:
1. Fill tie holes, except where sealant is indicated, with patching mortar as specified in
Section 03605.
'— C. Defective Areas:
1. Remove honeycombing, stone pockets, spalls, and other defective concrete down to sound
concrete. If chipping required, make edges perpendicular to surface. Do not feather edges.
2. Fill defective area with patching mortar as specified in Section 03605.
3.07 FINISHING SLABS AND FLATWORK
A. Slab Finishes:
Description Concrete Finish
Sealer Applied Floors and Slabs 2 Trowelin s
Exterior Exposed Slabs Float and Broom Finish
Exterior Walks Float and Broom Finish
B. After placement, screed concrete with straightedges, power strike-offs or vibrating screeds.
C. After screeding, bull float or darby surface to eliminate ridges and to fill in voids left by screeding.
D. Float:
1. Use magnesium or aluminum hand floats or power floats with slip on float shoes after
concrete has stiffened to point where 1/4 in. maximum indentation can be imparted by normal
foot pressure. Do not use combination blades for floating.
2. Float finish shall result in uniform smooth granular texture.
3. After floating, check slab tolerances with 10-ft straightedge. Fill low spots with fresh concrete.
4. Do not sprinkle with dry cement or add water.
E. Trowel:
1. Use steel trowels after floating.
2. Initial Troweling: Power or hand with trowel blade kept flat against concrete surface to
prevent washboard or chatter effect.
3. Second Troweling: By hand if 2 trowelings scheduled.
4. Successively trowel with trowels progressively smaller and tipped more to increase
compaction of concrete surface.
5. Allow time between trowelings for concrete to become harder.
F. Broom Finish: Use fine, soft-bristled broom and broom at right angles to direction of traffic to give
nonskid finish. Texture shall be approved by ENGINEER.
G. Floor Sealer:
1. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions.
2. Apply first coat after final troweling, surface water glaze has dissipated, and when surface is
hard enough to sustain foot traffic on same day as pour.
3. When floor has been water cured, apply first coat after curing has been completed. Apply
within one day of floor being dry enough for application.
4. Apply second coat after Work is complete and building ready for occupancy.
(2019) 03300-9 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
H. For special coatings or finishes, see Room Finish Schedule on Drawings. —
3.08 FINISHING FORMED CONCRETE
A. Ordinary Finish: Finish resulting directly from formwork for surfaces which will be hidden from view
by earth, submergence in water or wastewater or subsequent construction.
1. Patch honeycombing, stone pockets, form ties, spalls, and other irregularities as specified in
this section and cure. —
2. Where joint marks or fins on submerged surfaces exceed 1/4 in., grind smooth.
B. Smooth Finish: Interior concrete surfaces permanently exposed to view and concrete surfaces
scheduled to be painted.
1. After removal of forms, patch or point up defects as specified and cure.
2. Grind joint marks and fins smooth with adjacent surface. Remove oil stains and rinse —
surface.
3. After grinding and cleaning, dampen concrete and paint entire surface with Cement Grout.
Work Cement Grout into surface with cork or other suitable float. When grout has set to —
where it will not be pulled out of holes or depressions, brush off surface with dry burlap or
carpet.
4. Prepare surfaces to be painted in accordance with paint manufacturer's requirements.
C. Rubbed Finish: Exterior cast-in-place concrete surfaces permanently exposed to view extending to
6 in. below finish grade.
1. After removal of forms, patch or point up defects as specified and cure.
2. Remove joint marks, fins, and stains as described for smooth finish.
3. Apply heavy coat of Finishing Grout. After first coat has set, apply second coat. When
second coat has set, float to uniform texture.
4. Follow manufacturer's written instructions for finishing concrete.
5. Finish color shall be gray.
3.09 PROTECTION AND CURING
A. Protect concrete from frost and keep moist for minimum curing period of 7 days after placing in
accordance with ACI 308. —
B. Formed Surfaces:
1. Wet cure by spraying surfaces during curing period as frequently as drying conditions may '-
require to keep concrete surfaces moist.
2. Ceilings, walls, columns, and beam sides may be cured by leaving forms in-place. For
vertical surfaces, apply water to run down on inside of forms, if necessary, to keep concrete —
wet.
3. After forms are removed,wet cure for remainder of curing period or apply curing compound.
4. Do not use curing compound where epoxy, urethane, mortar bed,grout,additional concrete or
other coatings or adhesives will be applied.
C. Concrete Flatwork:
1. Start curing activities as soon as free water has disappeared from surface of concrete after
placing and finishing.
2. Cure flatwork using liquid curing compound or wet cure.
3. Do not use curing compound where epoxy,urethane, mortar bed,grout,additional concrete or
other coatings or adhesives will be applied.
(2019) 03300-10 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
D. Curing Compound:
_ 1. Apply curing compound at uniform rate sufficient to comply with requirements for water
retention as specified and as measured in accordance with ASTM C156.
2. Cover areas subjected to direct sunlight during curing period with ambient temperature
expected to exceed 80OF with white pigmented compound, others may be covered with
-- fugitive dye compound.
E. Protect from damaging mechanical disturbances, particularly load stresses, heavy shock, and
excessive vibration.
F. Protect finished concrete surfaces from damage caused by construction equipment, materials or
methods, and rain or running water.
— G. Do not load self-supporting structures to overstress concrete.
3.10 REMOVAL OF FORMING AND SHORING
A. Do not remove forming or shoring until member supported has acquired sufficient strength to safely
support own weight and any imposed loads. Forming shall remain in place for at least minimal time
recommended by ACI 347R. In addition, forming for horizontal members such as elevated slabs
and beams shall remain in place minimum of 7 days. In no case shall forming for horizontal
members be removed before concrete has reached at least 70% of its specified design strength.
" B. Reshore areas as required to carry additional imposed loads.
C. Repair damage to structure caused by early removal of forming and shoring at no additional cost to
OWNER.
3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
-- A. Obtain samples of concrete in accordance with ASTM C172. Transport cylinders to place on-site
where they can be stored under conditions affecting concrete they represent without being disturbed
for first 24 hrs.
B. Make slump tests daily and when requested by ENGINEER,in accordancewith ASTM C143. Make
slump tests from same batch from which strength tests are made.
—• C. When air-entrained concrete used, make air content tests daily and when requested by ENGINEER
in accordance with ASTM C231.
_ D. If measured slump or air content falls outside limits specified, make check test immediately on
another portion of same sample. In event of second failure, concrete shall be considered to have
failed to meet requirements of Specifications and will be rejected.
E. Strength test for each class of concrete consists of 4 cured standard cylinders made from composite
samples secured from single load of concrete in accordance with ASTM C172. Make compressive
strength tests on 1 cylinder at 7 days and 2 cylinders at 28 days. Test results at 28 days shall be
average strength of 2 specimens as determined in accordance with ASTM C39, except if
1 specimen in test shows manifest evidence of improper sampling, molding or testing, it will be
disregarded. Test remaining cylinder if needed.
F. Make strength test for each following condition for each class of concrete.
1. Each day's pour.
2. Each change of source.
3. Each 100 cu yds of concrete poured.
r (2019) 03300-11 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
4. When temperatures are below or expected to fall below 451-F within 48 hrs after concrete
placed, make 2 additional cylinders and cure in field under conditions approximating
conditions affecting concrete they represent. Test one at 7 days, other at 28 days.
G. Strength level of individual class of concrete considered satisfactory if following requirements met. _
1. Average of all sets of 3 consecutive strength tests equal or exceed specified 28 day
compressive strength.
2. No individual strength test falls below specified 28 day compressive strength by more than
500 psi.
H. If analysis of strength tests indicates above requirements are not being met, make immediate
adjustments to mix. Also, if likelihood of low strength concrete is confirmed, make additional tests
as required by ENGINEER to determine strength of concrete in-place in portion of structure
identified with deficient cylinders. If tests and analysis verify Work in-place is not in conformance
with Specifications, ENGINEER will determine whether or not Work in-place is adequate for
intended use in location. If Work is determined inadequate, CONTRACTOR shall follow such
remedial or replacement measures which ENGINEER may require. CONTRACTOR shall bear
costs in connection with testing, engineering analyses, remedial work, and replacement required
under terms of this paragraph. —
*** END OF SECTION
(2019) 03300-12 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 03603
EPDXY GROUT
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Material for grouting reinforcing bars into existing concrete, and other uses where noted.
B. Alternatives:
1. CONTRACTOR may use premixed adhesive anchor material as specified in Section 05500
when approved by ENGINEER, rather than using field mixed grout as specified herein.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. Manufacturer's literature.
B. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Epoxy:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Sikadur Hi-Mod or Sikadur Hi-Mod gel, by Sika Corporation.
b. Five Star Epoxy Grout, by Five Star Products, Inc.
B. Sand: Hard, durable, oven dry.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Clean contact surfaces of oil, grease, and other foreign matter. Chip away unsound concrete.
3.02 MIXING
A. Mix components of epoxy compound as directed by manufacturer's instructions immediately before
® combining liquid with sand.
B. After binder thoroughly mixed, add sand as recommended by manufacturer.
3.03 PLACING
A. Place in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions following requirements regarding
temperature and pot life.
(2019) 03603-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
B. Provide suitable materials where necessary to retain grout until hardened.
3.04 CURING
A. Cure as recommended by manufacturer. _
* END OF SECTION *"
(2019) 03603-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 03604
NONSHRINK GROUT
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. Manufacturer's literature.
B. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Fluid Grout 100, Five Star Products, Inc.
2. Masterflow 713 Grout. Master Builders.
`— 3. Euco NS Grout, Euclid Chemical Company.
4. Crystex, L&M Construction Materials, Inc.
5. Sika Grout 212 by Sika Corporation.
`r B. Grout:
1. Cement base, nonmetallic, nongas forming, nonshrink, preblended and ready-to-use requiring only
addition of water at Project site.
2. Comply with ASTM C1107 and CRD C621, Grade B.
3. Of moderate fluidity with minimum compressive strength of 5,000 psi at 28 days and shall not bleed.
C. Water:
1. Clean and free from injurious chemicals and deleterious materials.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Clean grout contact surfaces of oil, grease, scale, and other foreign matter. Chip away unsound concrete
leaving surface level but rough.
B. Underside of base plates of machinery, rails, and bolts shall be free of grease, oil, dirt or coatings.
3.02 MIXING AND PLACING
A. Mix and place in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Provide sealing materials where necessary to retain grout until hardened.
C. Work grout from one side to other. Avoid trapping air under base plates.
D. Remove plastic anchor bolt sleeve tops where used,and fill with grout at same time base plates are grouted.
3.03 CURING
A. Cure with curing compound or as recommended by grout manufacturer.
***END OF SECTION
(2019) 03604-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
��
��
��
\�
7'
Y
��
��
��
SECTION 03605
PATCHING MORTAR
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Polymer modified, cementitious, fast setting, mortar for repair of concrete surfaces.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. Manufacturer's literature.
B. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Sikatop, by Sika Corporation.
2. Duratop, by L&M Construction Chemicals.
B. Polymer modified cementitious system consisting of 2 components.
1. Component A: Liquid polymer emulsion of acrylic copolymer base and additives.
2. Component B: Blend of selected Portland cements, specially graded aggregates, organic
accelerator, and admixtures for controlling setting time, water reducers for workability, and
corrosion inhibitor.
3. System shall not contain chlorides, nitrates, added gypsum, added lime or high alumina
cements. System shall be noncombustible, before or after cure.
4. Color: Concrete gray.
5. Minimum Compressive Strength: 5,000 psi.
6. Bond Strength: 100% concrete substrate failure (pull off method), minimum 400 psi.
7. System shall not produce vapor barrier, shall be thermally compatible with concrete, and
freeze-thaw resistant.
-- PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Prepare surface in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations and Section 03300.
3.02 APPLICATION
A. Apply and cure patching mortar in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations.
*"* END OF SECTION ***
(2019) 03605-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
1
lw
w
SECTION 04810
UNIT MASONRY
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Statement giving source and material certificates, and proportions by weight of cement, fine
and coarse aggregates, and admixtures for mortar and grout.
-- B. Product Data:
1. Manufacturer's literature for decorative masonry unit.
2. Manufacturer's literature for wall reinforcing, anchors, and glass block reinforcing.
C. Samples.-
1. Decorative masonry unit.
D. Miscellaneous Submittals:
"- 1. Material certification for concrete masonry units and glass block. Test data shall not be more
than 1 yr old.
E. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Sample Panel:
1. 4 ft long by 4 ft high for each type of decorative masonry unit.
2. Sample panel shall include following.
a. Selected color range.
b. Selected range of texture.
C. Bonding.
d. Mortar color.
e. Tooled joints.
f. Quality of workmanship.
g. Typical reinforcement and ties.
3. Do not start Work until ENGINEER has accepted sample panel.
�- 4. Use panel as standard of comparison for masonry work built of same material. Failure of
masonry work to meet or exceed quality of workmanship depicted by sample panel shall be
cause for rejection.
5. Do not destroy or move panel until Work is completed and accepted by OWNER.
6. When approved by ENGINEER sample panel may be incorporated into finished work.
B. Construct masonry to meet requirements of local building code, and ACI 530 and 530.1.
1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store masonry units above ground on level platforms which allow air circulation under stacked units.
B. Cover and protect against wetting prior to use.
(2019) 04810-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
C. Handle units on pallets or flat bed barrows.
D. Do not permit free discharge from conveyor units or transporting in mortar trays.
E. Deliver cementitious materials in manufacturer's standard packages. i
1.04 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS
A. Cold Weather Protection:
1. When ambient temperature falls below 40OF or when temperature of masonry units is below _
40OF:
a. Temperature of masonry units shall not be less than 320F when laid in masonry.
Remove visible ice on masonry units before unit is laid in masonry.
b. Heat mortar sand or mixing water to produce mortar temperatures between 40OF and
120OF at time of mixing. Maintain mortar above freezing until used in masonry.
C. Use heat sources where ambient temperatures are between 20OF and 25°F, on both
sides of masonry under construction and install wind breaks when wind velocity is in
excess of 15 mph.
d. Where ambient temperatures are below 20°F, provide enclosure for masonry under
construction and use heat sources to maintain temperatures above 320F within
enclosure.
e. Where mean daily temperatures are between 320F and 40°F, protect completed
masonry from rain or snow by covering with weather resistive membrane for 24 hrs after —
construction.
f. Where mean daily temperatures are between 250F and 32°F, completely cover
completed masonry with weather-resistive membrane for 24 hrs after construction.
g. Where mean daily temperatures are between 20°F and 25°F, completely cover
completed masonry with insulating blankets or equal protection for 24 hrs after
construction.
h. Where mean daily temperatures are below 20°F, maintain masonry temperature above _
32°F for 24 hrs after construction by enclosure with supplementary heat,electric heating
blankets, infrared heat lamps, or other acceptable methods.
B. Hot Weather Protection:
1. When ambient air temperature exceeds 100°F, or 90°F with wind velocity greater than 8 mph:
a. Do not spread mortar beds more than 4 ft ahead of masonry. '—
b. Set masonry units within 1 min of spreading mortar.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MORTAR AND GROUT
A. Materials:
1. Aggregates:
a. Mortar: ASTM C144, acceptable in color, 10% passing No. 100 sieve.
b. Grout: ASTM C404.
2. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I.
3. Masonry Cement: ASTM C91, Type S.
4. Lime: Hydrated lime, ASTM C207, Type S.
(2019) 04810-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
5. Water Repellent Mortar Admixture:
4, a. Dry-Block by W.R. Grace & Co.
6. Water: Potable.
7. Use no antifreeze compounds.
8. Coloring Pigments: Provide coloring pigments of iron oxide, manganese dioxide or chromium
oxide along with either grey or white cement as required to achieve color of mortar selected
by ENGINEER.
B. Proportions:
1. Mortar: ASTM C270, property specification: Type S (1,800 psi).
2. Masonry Grout: ASTM C476 (2,500 psi minimum).
3. Measure materials by volume. Use within 1 hr.
4. Use water repellent mortar admixture for CMU exposed to earth or weather in accordance
with manufacturer's written instructions.
2.02 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS (CMU)
A. Hollow Lightweight Concrete Block: ASTM C90.
B. Hollow Standard Weight Concrete Block: ASTM C90.
C. Solid Block: ASTM C90. standard weight. Concrete filled hollow standard weight concrete blocks
may be substituted.
D. Water Repellent Concrete Block: Hollow, standard weight, concrete block with water repellent
mortar admixture added to concrete mix.
E. Decorative Concrete Masonry Units (Full Face Split):
1. Hollow standard weight water repellent concrete block.
2. Split simulated stone face approved by ENGINEER.
3. Nominal 8 in. by 16 in. face size, width as shown on Drawings.
4. Color shall be selected by ENGINEER from manufacturer's complete line of available colors.
5. Mortar color shall be selected by ENGINEER.
6. Provide application of exterior masonry sealer upon completion of block work.
F. Provide uniform gradation of color for exposed unpainted block.
G. Provide decorative concrete masonry lintels,corners with decorative faces,etc., as required in areas
with decorative concrete masonry units. Joints at outside corner are not acceptable.
2.03 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORS
A. Horizontal Joint Reinforcement:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Truss, Ladur, Ladur Tri-Rod, CRT, or Dur-O-Tab by Dur-O-Wall, Inc.
b. Ladder Type or Truss Type by Heckmann Building Products, Inc.
C. Ladder-Mesh, Truss-Mesh, Cavity Ladder-Tri-Mesh, Ladder-Box-Mesh with drip, or
Truss-Box-Mesh by Hohmann and Barnard, Inc.
2. Two parallel, longitudinal, 9 ga, galvanized, rods weld-connected to 9 ga galvanized
cross-rods, spaced at 16 in. oc, conforming to ASTM A82 for single wythe construction or for
cavity wall construction when cavity ties are used. Three parallel, longitudinal, 9 ga,
(2019) 04810-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
galvanized, rods weld-connected to 9 ga galvanized cross-rods, spaced at 16 in., oc,
conforming to ASTM A82 for cavity wall and multi-wythe construction.
3. Provide special manufactured corner and wall intersection pieces.
4. Electronically weld cross-ties.
5. Zinc Coated. ....
a. Interior Walls: ASTM A641 Class I.
b. Exterior Walls: ASTM A153 Class B2.
B. Reinforcing Bars: In accordance with Section 03200.
2.04 WEEPHOLE MATERIAL _
A. Vertical Cell Vent: 3/8 in. W x 2-1/2 in. H x 3-3/8 in. L; gray polypropylene, multi-cell construction.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Lay masonry true to dimensions, plumb, square, in bond, and properly anchored with courses level
and joints uniform.
B. Provide full mortar beds for solid and hollow units to be filled with mortar or grout. Other hollow
masonry units shall have face-shell mortar beds.
C. Tool joints on exposed walls concave, 1/8 in. maximum depth unless otherwise noted. Wipe joints
with burlap or brush with soft brush to remove mortar projecting beyond face of block afterjoints are
tooled. Cut mortar flush with surface of concealed block.
D. Provide reinforced concrete masonry lintels over doors,windows, and other openings where noted
and wherever steel lintels not provided. Form lintels by using lintel or bond beam units. Place
reinforcing steel and fill with masonry grout. Texture of lintels shall match wall texture. Lintels shall _
have minimum 8 in. bearing on masonry beyond edges of opening except as noted on Drawings.
Openings less than 4 ft in width not having lintels scheduled shall have 8 in. high reinforced masonry
lintels or double steel angle lintels. Reinforce masonry lintels with two No. 5 bars. Steel lintels shall
conform to Section 05500. Fill cores under lintels with masonry grout.
E. Provide control joints. Conform to details shown.
F. Unless otherwise shown, provide continuous bond beam around top of buildings at roof bearing
elevation. Reinforce with two No. 5 bars.
3.02 TOLERANCES _
A. Dimension of Elements:
1. In Cross-Section or Elevation: -1/4 in. to +1/2 in.
2. Mortar Joint Thickness: +1/8 in.
B. Elements:
1. Variation from Level:
a. Bed joints: +1/4 in. in 10 ft, +1/2 in. maximum.
b. Top surface of walls: +1/4 in. in 10 ft, +1/2 in. maximum.
2. Variation from Plumb: ±1/4 in. in 10 ft, ±3/8 in. in 20 ft, ±1/2 in. maximum. _
(2019) 04810-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
3. True to a Line: +1/4 in. in 10 ft, ±3/8 in. in 20 ft, ±1/2 in. maximum.
4. Alignment of Columns and Walls (bottom versus top): ±1/2 in.
C. Location of Elements.-
1. Indicated on Drawings: +1/2 in. in 20 ft, ±3/4 in. maximum.
2. Indicated in Elevation: ±1/4 in. in story height, ±3/4 in. maximum.
3.03 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS
A. Use lightweight or standard weight concrete block for interior partitions.
B. Use water repellent concrete block where exposed to weather or earth.
C. Exposed inside face of concrete block surfaces shall form finished wall surfaces. Painted walls or
special coatings on wall are considered exposed walls.
D. Provide special blocks for corners, control joints,jambs, sills, lintels, and bond beams.
E. Provide bull nose edges where shown and at all interior exposed vertical corners. including door and
window openings.
F. Fill cores of hollow units with mortar or grout where bolts, anchors or similar items occur within
hollow units.
G. Flashing:
1. Clean surface of masonry smooth and free from projections which might puncture or
otherwise damage flashing material.
2. Place through-wall flashing on bed of mortar.
3. Cover flashing with mortar.
H. Provide weepholes by omission of 1 in. of mortar head joints or provide tubes or sash cord at base
of flashings, steel lintels, and base of walls. Space not over 2 ft 8 in. with minimum of 1 weephole
between openings. Keep weepholes and area above flashing free of mortar droppings.
I. Bond Patterns:
1. Decorative CMU: running bond.
2. Other CMU: running bond.
3.04 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORS
A. Provide masonry anchors,ties, reinforcement,and inserts of type noted on Drawings and specified
herein.
B. Bond intersection of exterior walls and interior load bearing walls by use of horizontal joint
reinforcement, extend into wall at least 30 in. Conform to details shown.
C. Bond intersection of interior nonload bearing walls by use of horizontal joint reinforcement, extend
into wall at least 16 in.
D. Reinforce concrete block walls with continuous horizontal joint reinforcement. Lap reinforcing
minimum of 6 in. and stagger splices 32 in. or more. Space reinforcement not over 16 in. oc.
E. Provide additional bonding ties spaced not more than 8 in. apart around perimeter of and within
12 in. of openings.
(2019) 04810-5 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
F. Provide vertical reinforcement in fully-grouted cores where noted. _
3.06 INSTALLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS
A. Install steel lintels that bear on masonry. Build into masonry rough frames, bucks,and metal frames for openings in walls and partitions. Fill cores under lintels with masonry grout.
B. Build in items such as anchors, anchor bolts, inserts, sleeves, brackets, bearing plates, furnished _
under this or other sections.
C. Build in items of mechanical, heating, ventilating, air conditioning, and electrical work including
anchors and anchor bolts. Point-up joints between masonry,cabinets,outlet boxes,and metalwork. _
D. Set units plumb, square, true, and level before building into masonry.
E. Avoid loosening or disturbing temporary bracing holding frames. Set masonry tightly against inside
of frames and slush full voids with mortar. Build anchors into joints and fill masonry cores adjacent
to frame with grout.
3.07 GROUTING
A. Conform to requirements of ACI 530.1.
B. Spaces to be grouted shall be free of mortar dropping, debris, loose aggregates, and material
deleterious to masonry grout.
C. Reinforcement and ties shall be in place prior to grouting.
D. Cleanouts: When grout pour exceeds 5 ft in height,cleanouts shall be provided in bottom course of
masonry.
1. Cleanouts shall be provided adjacent to each vertical bar.
2. Size of cleanout openings shall be of sufficient size to permit removal of debris. Minimum
opening dimension shall be 3 in.
3. After cleaning, close cleanouts with closures to match adjacent wall surface and brace to
resist grout pressure.
E. Place grout in lifts not exceeding 5 ft.
F. Consolidate grout at time of placement.
1. Consolidate grout pours 12 in. or less in height by mechanical vibration or by puddling.
2. Consolidate pours exceeding 12 in. in height by mechanical vibration and reconsolidate by
mechanical vibration after initial water loss and settlement has occurred. _
3.08 PROTECTION
A. Protect masonry from damage.
B. Cover freshly laid masonry and walls not being worked on to prevent rapid drying and to exclude rain
and snow.
C. Cover items susceptible to damage with wood nosings or boxing. Use no lumber or materials
susceptible to staining or defacing masonry.
D. Brace walls until roof or floor system in-place. Bond beam grout at roof elevation shall be a
minimum of 7 days old prior to removal of bracing.
(2019) 04810-6 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
E. Do not apply superimposed loads until completed masonry reaches design strength.
1. Do not apply uniform floor or roof loading for at least 12 hrs after completing masonry.
2. Do not apply concentrated loads for at least 3 days after completing masonry.
3.09 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cut and patch to accommodate Work of other sections. Patch around items such as outlet boxes,
piping, and steel work.
3.10 CLEANING
A. Clean and point concrete block surfaces. Clean as units are set,daily, and upon completion. Acid
shall not be used.
B. Remove surplus mortar and leave surface of masonry clean and finished. Remove large particles of
mortar before cleaning walls. Remove sharp burrs on exposed block mortarjoints.
*** END OF SECTION * **
(2019) 04810-7 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 05500
METAL FABRICATIONS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Miscellaneous metal fabrications.
2. Concrete anchors.
3. Wedge inserts.
4. Steel lintels.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Indicate materials, sizes, connections, anchors, and painting.
2. One reproducible and one print.
B. Product Data:
1. Manufacturer's catalog sheets on premanufactured items.
C. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Tag miscellaneous iron, steel and aluminum including anchor bolts,concrete anchors,sleeves,and
bases or otherwise mark for ease of identification at Project site.
j PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Conform to following.
1. Structural Steel Shapes:
a. W Shapes: ASTM A992, 50 ksi.
b. S, C and MC Shapes: ASTM A36.
C. L Shapes: ASTM A36.
-- d. Pipe Shapes: ASTM A53, Grade B, 35 ksi.
e. Plates and Bars: ASTM A36.
2. Stainless Steel:
a. Exterior and Submerged Uses: AISI, Type 316.
b. Interior and Architectural Uses: AISI, Type 304.
C. Cast-in-Place Anchor Bolts: AISI, Type 302, 303 or 304.
3. Aluminum Structural Shapes and Plates: Alloy 6061-T6 or 6063-T6; conform to referenced
specifications and ASTM sections found in AA current construction manual series.
4. Connection Bolts for Steel Members: ASTM A325.
(2019) 05500-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
5. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F1554, 1/2 in. minimum dia; nonsubmerged -galvanized; submerged - —
stainless steel.
6. Anchor Rods: ASTM F1554 [36 ksi].
7. Connection Bolts for Wood Members: ASTM A307, galvanized.
8. Connection Bolts for Aluminum: Stainless steel.
9. Cast Iron: ASTM A48, Class 35B.
2.02 FABRICATION
A. Connections and Workmanship:
1. Fabricate details and connection assemblies in accordance with Drawings and Specifications,
with projecting corners clipped and filler pieces welded flush.
2. Weld shop connections and bolt or weld field connections, unless otherwise noted or
specified.
3. Provide clips, lugs, brackets, straps, plates, bolts, nuts, washers, and similar items, as
required for fabrication and erection.
4. Use connections of type and design required by forces to be resisted and to provide secure
fastening. _
a. AISC standard 2-angle web connections or single plate framing connections capable of
supporting minimum of 50%total uniform load capacity of members joined as tabulated
in uniform load constants of AISC M016.
b. Connections shall consist of minimum of two 3/4 in. dia bolts or welds developing
minimum of 10,000 lbs.
C. Make bearing type bolted connections with minimum 3/4 in. dia bolts with threads
included in shear plane, unless detailed otherwise.
5. Welding:
a. Grind exposed edges of welds to 1/8 in. minimum radius. Grind burrs,jagged edges,
and surface defects smooth.
b. Prepare welds and adjacent areas so there is:
1) No undercutting or reverse ridges on weld bead.
2) No weld spatter on or adjacent to weld or other area to be painted or coated.
3) No sharp peaks or ridges along weld bead.C. Grind embedded pieces of electrode or wire flush with adjacent surface of weld bead.
6. Bolting: —
a. Draw up bolts or nuts tight in accordance with AISC specifications. Use bolts of lengths
required so bolts do not project more than 1/4 in. beyond face of nut. Do not use
washers unless specified. Provide hexagonal head bolts with hexagonal nuts.
b. Provide holes required for connection of adjacent or adjoining Work wherever noted on
Drawings. Locate holes for bolting equipment to supports to tolerance of±1/16 in. of
dimensions indicated.
B. Fit Work together in fabrication shop and deliver complete or in parts, ready to be set in-place or
assembled in field. _
C. Galvanizing:
1. Galvanize after fabrication.
2. Galvanize by hot-dip process conforming with ASTM A123 and AHDGA specifications.
(2019) 05500-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
3. Galvanize in plant having facilities to produce quality coatings and capacity for volume of
Work.
4. Ship and handle in manner to avoid damage to zinc coating.
D. Painting or Coating and Finishes:
1. Do not paint or coat ferrous metal surfaces embedded in concrete.
2. Review and comply with Section 09910. Where other finish is not specified, clean ferrous
metal after fabrication to remove oil, mill scale, rust, and foreign matter in accordance with
SSPC SP 6. Apply 1 coat of shop primer yielding 1.5 mil dry thickness.
3. Steel lintels and surfaces not accessible after assembly or erection shall be given 2 shop
coats using different colors of paint to coating, 3.0 mil total dry thickness.
4. Coat aluminum in contact with concrete in accordance with AA 30. Under no circumstances
shall aluminum contact dissimilar metal.
E. Castings shall be of uniform quality,free from blowholes, porosity, hard spots, shrinkage distortion,
smooth, and well cleaned by shot blastings.
2.03 CONCRETE ANCHORS
-- A. Wedge Anchors:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Power-Stud Anchor by Powers Fasteners.
b. Thrubolt Wedge Anchor by ITW Ramset/Red Head.
C. Kwik-Bolt by Hilti Corporation.
d. Liebig Wedge Anchor by Liebig.
e. Strong-Bolt by Simpson Strong-Tie.
2. Usage: In concrete.
a. Zinc-or chromate-plated carbon steel may be used where totally embedded, in interior
locations with controlled humidity and other protected locations.
b. Stainless steel shall be used in other locations such as outside, in tanks or when
attaching aluminum or galvanized steel.
C. Do not use wedge anchors when submerged or subjected to dynamic loads.
B. Expansion Anchors:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Liebig Anchor by Liebig.
b. HSL Expansion Anchor by Hilti.
C. Power Bolt by Powers Fasteners.
2. Usage: In concrete.
a. Zinc-or chromate-plated carbon steel may be used where totally embedded, in interior
locations with controlled humidity, and other protected locations.
b. Stainless steel shall be used in other locations such as outside, in tanks, or when
attaching aluminum or galvanized steel.
C. Do not use expansion anchors when submerged or subjected to dynamic loads.
-- (2019) 05500-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
C. Drop-In Anchors: ,
1. Manufacturers:
a. HDI Drop-In Anchor by Hilti Corporation.
b. Multi-Set II Drop-In Anchor by ITW Ramset/Red Head.
C. Steel Drop-In by Powers Fasteners.
d. Drop-In by Simpson Strong-Tie.
2. Zinc-or chromate-plated carbon steel.
3. Usage: In concrete.
a. Interior locations with controlled humidity and other protected locations.
b. Do not use drop-in anchors in corrosive or humid areas such as wet wells, liquid
containing tanks, exterior applications.
D. Sleeve Anchors:
1. Manufacturers: _
a. Sleeve Anchor by Hilti Corporation
b. Dynabolt Sleeve by ITW Ramset/Red Head.
C. Lok/Bolt by Powers Fasteners.
d. Sleeve-All by Simpson Strong-Tie.
2. Usage: In masonry. _
a. Zinc-or chromate-plated carbon steel in interior locations and other protected locations.
b. Stainless steel in other locations.
E. Undercut Anchors:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Liebig Ultraplus by Liebig.
b. Maxi-Bolt by Drillco Devices Ltd.
2. Usage: In concrete, overhead applications, and for dynamic loads.
a. Zinc-or chromate-plated carbon steel may be used where totally embedded, in interior
locations with controlled humidity, and other protected locations.
b. Stainless steel shall be used in other locations such as outside, in tanks, or when
attaching aluminum or galvanized steel.
C. Do not use undercut anchors when submerged. ._
F. Adhesive Anchors:
1. Manufacturers: _
a. PE 1000+ by Power Fasteners.
b. EPCON Injection System by ITW Ramset/Red Head.
C. Sure-Anchor Epoxy (J50) by Dayton Superior.
d. Epoxy-Tie by Simpson Strong-Tie.
e. Five Star Epoxy IRS Anchor Gel by Five Star Products, Inc.
f. Set XP by Simpson Strong-Tie.
g. Acrylic-Tie by Simpson Strong-Tie.
h. Or equal.
(2019) 05500-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2. Epoxy adhesive with Type 316 stainless steel stud or anchor rod assembly, nuts, and
washers.
3. Usage:
a. In concrete, submerged. Do not use in overhead applications or in contact with potable
water.
2.04 WEDGE INSERTS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Gateway Building Products.
2. Richmond Screw Anchor Company.
3. Or equal.
B. Malleable iron casting, 3/4 in. minimum size with minimum combined working load capacity of
1,300 Ibs in shear and 1,000 Ibs in tension.
C. Stainless steel bolts and hardware.
2.05 STEEL LINTELS
A. Provide steel lintels over doors, louvers, grille openings, wall recesses, duct openings, and other
openings in masonry walls as noted and wherever reinforced concrete or masonry lintels not
provided.
B. Fabricate lintels from structural shapes as detailed, selected for straightness of section.
C. Unless otherwise shown, lintels shall have minimum bearing of 8 in. at each side of opening.
D. Fabricate lintels of multiple sections by welding, grind exposed welds smooth.
E. Openings less than 4 ft wide without lintel scheduled shall have reinforced masonry lintels or double
steel angle lintels. Total width of horizontal legs shall be 1 in. less than wall thickness. Weld angles
together.
F. Masonry Lintels: Comply with Section 04810.
2.06 STRAP ANCHORS AND STUD ANCHORS
A. Provide anchors for frames, curbs, sills, and other metal fabrications anchored into concrete or
masonry. Fabricate anchors from strap iron, bent to shape,or of weldable studs,welded to backs of
members. Where size and spacing not noted, provide 1 in. by 1/4 in. strap anchors or 3/4 in. dia
studs for concrete and 1-1/2 in. by 1/8 in. strap anchors for masonry. Space masonry anchors to fit
jointing of adjacent masonry work at 4 ft 0 in. oc. Space concrete anchors at 3 ft 0 in. oc.
B. Where anchors and plates or clips are to be built in for attachment of later Work, provide bolts in
_ plates or clips, welded to back, with threaded ends extended as required.
C. For attaching Work to masonry or concrete where anchors or inserts cannot be built in, provide
concrete anchors or machine bolts and screws.
(2019) 05500-5 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2.07 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS _
A. Fabricate miscellaneous steel framing, supports, and items not forming part of structural steel
framework or not indicated to be furnished under structural steel work. Use structural steel plates,
shapes, bars, and tubing of sizes and arrangement indicated.
PART 3 EXECUTION _
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Layout and install connectors such as concrete anchors and anchor bolts to secure metal ._
fabrications to structure.
B. Concrete Anchors:
1. Drill holes in concrete and masonry work with rotary driven twist drills only. Fill voids in
masonry with grout.
2. Do not install until concrete has reached specified minimum strength (fc).
3. Do not install closer than 6-bolt dia to edge of concrete or masonry, or closer than 12-bolt dia
to another anchor unless detailed on Drawings.
4. Minimum embedment shall be 8-bolt dia.
5. Locate to clear reinforcing bars in concrete. '
6. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
C. Erect to lines and levels, plumb and true, and in correct relation to adjoining Work. Secure parts _
using concealed connections when practicable.
D. Plumb and true vertical members to tolerance of ±1/8 in. in 10 ft. Level horizontal members to
tolerance of+1/8 in. in 10 ft.E. Provide items such as bolts, shims, blocks, nuts, washers, and wedging pieces to complete
installation.
F. Drill field holes for bolts. Do not burn holes.
G. New holes or enlargement of unfair holes by use of cutting torch is cause for rejection of entire
member.
H. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installation of metal fabrications.
I. Field welds shall be approved by ENGINEER before prime painting. Clean slag from welds prior to
inspection.
3.02 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Field repair of damaged galvanized coatings. _
1. Repair galvanized surfaces damaged during shipping or erection/construction operations.
2. Repair surfaces using zinc-rich paint.
3. Prepare surfaces and apply in accordance with ASTM A780, Annex A2.
*** END OF SECTION ***
(2019) 05500-6 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 06050
ROUGH AND FINISH CARPENTRY
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Rough lumber.
2. Plywood.
3. Exterior and running trim.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Lumber Standards: Manufacture lumber to comply with PS 20 and applicable grading rules of
inspection agencies certified by ALSC Board of Review.
B. Grade Stamps:
1. Factory-mark each piece of lumber and plywood with grade stamp of inspection agency
evidencing compliance with grading rule requirements and identifying grading agency,grade,
species, and moisture content at time of surfacing, and mill.
2. Omit marking from surfaces to receive transparent finish, and submit mill certificate material
inspected and graded in accordance with requirements if it cannot be marked on concealed
surface.
1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Keep materials undercover and dry. Protect against exposure to weather and contact with damp or
wet surfaces. Stack lumber and provide air circulation within and around stacks and under
temporary coverings including polyethylene and similar material.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Nominal sizes indicated except as shown by detail dimensions. Provide actual sizes required by
PS 20 for moisture content specified for each use. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise
indicated.
2.02 ROUGH LUMBER
A. Provide wood for support or attachment of other Work including, bucks, nailers, blocking, grounds,
stripping, and similar members. Provide lumber of sizes indicated,worked into shapes shown,and
as follows.
1. Moisture Content: 19% maximum for lumber items.
2. Grade: Standard grade light framing size lumber of any species of board size lumber as
required. No. 3 common or standard grade boards in accordance with WCLIB or WWPA or
No. 3 boards in accordance with SPIB.
(2019) 06050-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2.03 PLYWOOD
A. General:
1. Construction Panel Standards: Comply with PS 1 for plywood panels and for products not
manufactured under PS 1 provisions, with APA E445.
2. Trademark: Factory-mark each construction panel with APA trademark evidencing
compliance with grade requirements. —
B. Plywood Backing Panels:
1. For mounting electrical or telephone equipment, provide plywood panels with trade —
designation, APA C-D plugged interior with exterior glue in thickness indicated, or if not
otherwise indicted, not less than 1/2 in.
C. Roof and Gable Sheathing: —
1. Plywood panels with trade designation, APA span rating 40/20, exterior exposure, 3/4 in.
nominal thickness. —
2.04 FINISH MATERIALS
A. General:
1. Moisture Content of Softwood Lumber: Provide seasoned kiln-dried, lumber having moisture
content from time of manufacture until time of installation not greater than values required by
applicable grading rules of respective grading and inspecting agency for species and product
indicated.
2. Moisture Content of Hardwood Lumber: Provide kiln-dried lumber having moisture content
from time of manufacture until installation,within ranges required in referenced woodworking
standard.
2.05 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Fasteners and Anchorages:
1. Provide size,type, material, and finish indicated and recommended by applicable standards, —
complying with applicable FS standards for nails, staples, screws, bolts, nuts,washers, and
anchoring devices.
2. Where carpentry work is in ground contact or area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners
and anchorages with hot-dip zinc coating (ASTM A153).
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION, ROUGH CARPENTRY
A. Discard units of material with defects impairing quality of Work and units too small to use in —
fabricating work with minimum joints or optimum joint arrangement.
B. Set to required levels and lines, with members plumb and true to line and cut and fitted.
C. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as shown and required by
recognized standards.
1. Use common wire nails, except as otherwise indicated. Use finishing nails for finish Work.
Select fasteners of size that will not penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed
(2019) 06050-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install
fasteners without splitting of wood; predrill as required.
3.02 WOOD NAILERS AND BLOCKING
A. Provide wherever shown and required for screeding or attachment of other Work. Form to shapes
—' shown and cut as required for true line and level of Work to be attached. Coordinate location with
other Work involved.
— B. Attach to substrates as required to support applied loading. Countersink bolts and nuts flush with
surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. Build into masonry during installation of masonry work.
Where possible, anchor to formwork before concrete placement.
3.03 PLYWOOD
A. General: Comply with applicable recommendations contained in APA E30D, for types of
construction panels and applications indicated.
B. Fastening Methods:
1. Plywood Backing Panels: Bolt to supports.
3.04 ADJUSTMENT, CLEANING, FINISHING, AND PROTECTION
A. Protection: Protect and maintain conditions necessary to ensure Work will be without damage or
deterioration at time of acceptance.
*' END OF SECTION
(2019) 06050-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
...
...
..
...
...
...
+r
...
._
SECTION 06178
PREFABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Design Requirements:
1. Design loads as shown on Drawings.
2. Superimposed Uniform Live Load: 10 psf on bottom chord.
3. Superimposed Dead Load: Consisting of shingles, plywood sheathing, insulation,and ceiling
— materials.
4. Design for snow load accumulation in accordance with ASCE 7, Section 7.
5. Design for wind uplift load in accordance with ASCE 7.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Note species, sizes, and stress grades of lumber to be used as members.
2. Show pitch, span, and camber configuration, of trusses.
3. Indicate connector type, thickness, size, location, and design value.
4. Illustrate bearing details.
5. Framing plan indicating design loads, truss type, spacing, and bridging.
6. Stamped by Professional Engineer registered in State of Iowa.
B. Miscellaneous Submittals:
1. Design Analysis:
a. Stress diagram indicating design load on each truss member or printout of computer
design.
b. Design loads.
C. Allowable stress increase.
d. Deflection limits.
e. Reactions.
2. Pressure Treated Wood: Certification by treating plant stating conformance with required
standard.
3. Preservative-treated Wood: Certification by treating plant for waterborne preservative
moisture content reduced to 19% maximum after treatment.
C. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Lumber Grading Rules and Wood Species: PS 20.
B. Grade Marks: Identify lumber by official grade mark containing symbol of grading agency, mill
number or name, grade of lumber, species or species grouping or combination designation, rules
under which graded, and condition of seasoning at time of manufacture.
C. Qualifications of Fabricator: Minimum 3 yrs experience in manufacturing comparable wood trusses.
"' (2019) 06178-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Handle prefabricated trusses carefully and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Stockpile or store trusses to avoid bending, twisting or overturning, and protect from elements.
C. Protect trusses from other construction operations.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Lumber:
1. Dimensions: Indicated dimensions are nominal. Actual dimensions shall conform to PS 20. '-
2. Moisture Content: Not greater than 19% at time of fabrication.
3. Surfaced 4 sides (S4S).
4. Douglass Fir or Southern Pine species, No. 2 grade or better. _
5. Conform to published stress ratings of NFPA design specification for wood construction.
B. Metal Connector Plates: Galvanized sheet steel, ASTM A446, Grade A, Coating Class G60 with
holes, plugs, teeth or prongs uniformly spaced and formed.
C. Hardware (Galvanized):
1. Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A307.
2. Lag Screws and Bolts: FS FF-B-561 C.
3. Nails: FS FF-N-105B.
D. Split Rings: Tongue-and-groove joint, hot rolled carbon steel, ASTM A36.
E. Shear Plates: Malleable iron, Grade 35018, ASTM A47.
F. Gussets: Carbon steel plate, ASTM A36.
G. Uplift Anchors:
1. Galvanized ETA/TSS Embedded Truss Anchors, by Simpson Strongs-Tie.
2. Galvanized Seismic and Hurricane Anchors by Simpson Strongs-Tie.
2.02 FABRICATION
A. Cut truss members to accurate length, angle, and size to ensure tight joints for finished trusses. _
B. Assemble truss members in design configuration by securing tightly in jigs or with clamps.
C. Include design camber when positioning members.
D. Connect truss members using metal connector plates.
E. Allowable Tolerance:
1. Connector Locations:
a. Toothed connectors: +1/4 in. from location shown on Shop Drawings.
b. Split ring and shear plate connectors: Centers+1/16 in. from location shown on Shop
Drawings.
(2019) 06178-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2. Length of Members:
a. Up to 20 ft: +1/16 in.
b. Over 20 ft: ±1/16 in./20 ft of specified length.
3. Square End Cuts: Square within 1/16 in./ft of depth and width.
4. Openings Between Members of Assembled Trusses:
a. Tension members: 1/16 in., maximum.
b. Compression members: 1/32 in., maximum.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Verify surfaces to receive trusses are free of irregularities and debris.
B. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions corrected.
3.02 ERECTION
A. Keep out-of-plane bending of trusses to minimum.
B. Install temporary horizontal and cross-bracing to hold trusses plumb and in safe condition until
permanent bracing installed.
C. Fasten to supporting structure with Uplift Anchors.
D. Install permanent bracing and related components prior to application of loads to trusses.
E. Tighten loose connectors.
F. Restrict construction loads to prevent overstressing of truss members.
G. Do not cut or remove truss members.
*** END OF SECTION
(2019) 06178-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
.,.
4
`�
��
r�
��
A�
SECTION 07191
MASONRY WATER REPELLENTS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
— 1. Masonry water repellent.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
_ 1. Manufacturer's product data including technical literature on materials and performance
characteristics.
2. Manufacturer's recommended instructions for application of stain and clear water repellents.
B. Miscellaneous:
1. Applicator's list of projects using waterproofing system submitted.
2. Submit certification stating water repellent material to be applied in compliance with federal,
state and local environmental Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) regulations.
C. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer: Firm with no less than 10 yrs experience in manufacturing products specified.
B. Applicator's Qualifications: Firm with no less than 3 yrs experience in application of products
specified. Persons applying products shall be trained and approved by manufacturer for application
—. of manufacturers products. Applicator shall provide equipment that is proper for intended use and
that has been well maintained.
C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable rules of pollution-control regulatory agency
having jurisdiction in Project locale regarding VOC's and use of hydrocarbon solvents.
D. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain stain and water repellent products from single manufacturer.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Material Delivery: Deliver materials to job site in original sealed containers, clearly marked with
manufacturer's name, brand name, type of material, and color or color formula. Verify product
matches that of original sample applied on mock-up wall.
_ B. Storage and Protection: Store materials inside, if possible, away from sparks and open flame.
Store in secure area to avoid tampering and contamination. Water based materials must be kept
from freezing. Store and handle in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions.
(2019) 07191-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
1.05 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS _
A. Weather and Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with application under any to following
conditions, except with written instructions of manufacturer:
1. Ambient temperature is less than 40°F(5°C)or below 95°F(35°C)unless otherwise specified
by manufacturer.
2. Masonry surfaces and mortar have cured for less than 28 days.
3. Substrate is frozen or surface temperature is less than 40°F (5°C).
4. Rain or temperatures below 40OF (5°C) are predicted within 48 hrs.
5. Application is earlier than 5 days after surface became wet.
6. Windy condition exists that may cause water repellent or stain to be blown onto vegetation or
surfaces not intended to be coated.
1.06 WARRANTY
A. Guarantee against defective materials and workmanship for 5 yrs from Substantial Completion.
B. Submit completed manufacturer's written "Request for Warranty Form" to manufacturer 10 days
prior to application.
C. After completion of specified material, submit manufacturer's written"5 Year Warranty Application"
to manufacturer for processing. Upon receiving validated warranty, submit copy to OWNER.
1.07 SCHEDULING
A. Notify ARCHITECT not less that 48 hrs before each application of stain and water repellent is —
applied.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 WATER REPELLENTS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Prime-A-Pell 200, Chemprobe Technologies, Inc(1-800-760-6776).
B. Solvent based siloxane penetrating water repellent, no fillers, sterates, or paraffins. Products shall
have a range of 3-7% solids.
C. Compatible with joint sealers and water repellent admixture in CMU.
D. Exterior breathable water repellent.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify joint sealants have been installed.
B. Test for moisture content, according to repellent manufacturer's written instructions to ensure
surface is sufficiently dry.
(2019) 07191-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Surface Preparation: Surface shall be free of cracks, dirt, oils, paint or other contaminants which
may affect appearance or performance of water repellent material.
B. Protection: Follow manufacturer's recommendations for protection of adjacent materials and
surrounding areas.
3.03 APPLICATION
A. Apply water repellent in accordance manufacturer's with written instructions.
B. Water Repellent:
1. Apply using low pressure application equipment designed for water repellent application.
2. Apply material as supplied by manufacturer. Do not dilute or thin.
3. Apply treatment evenly until surface is totally saturated. Coverage rates and number of coats
as recommended by manufacturer for specific surface.
-- 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Follow manufacturer's recommended field quality control procedures.
B. After water repellent has cured for 24 hrs at low humidity and temperature between 70°F to 90°F or
48 hrs. at high humidity and low temperature between 50°F to 69°F, test surfaces with water spray.
Recoat areas that indicate water absorption.
3.05 CLEANING
A. At completion of Work, remove protective coverings, excess material, debris, and waste from Site.
Clean and repair damage caused by applications. Comply with manufacturer's written cleaning
instructions.
B. Dispose of water repellent containers according to state and local environmental regulations.
*** END OF SECTION
-- (2019) 07191-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
...
...
w
ww
a..
■..
r..
�..
�..
SECTION 07210
BUILDING INSULATION
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Foundation wall insulation (supporting backfill).
2. Concealed building insulation.
3. Foamed-in-place insulation.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. Submit for each type of insulation product specified.
-- B. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of building insulation from single source.
B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with fire-test-
response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per test method
indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting
agency.
1. Surface-Burning Characteristics: ASTM E84.
2. Fire-Resistance Ratings: ASTM E119.
3. Combustion Characteristics: ASTM E136.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by moisture, soiling,
and other sources. Store inside and in dry location. Comply with manufacturer's written
instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation.
B. Protect plastic insulation as follows:
1. Do not expose to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and
concealment.
2. Protect against ignition.
3. Do not deliver plastic insulating materials to Project site before installation time.
4. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each
area of construction.
-- (2019) 07210-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 INSULATING MATERIALS
A. Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced standards.
1. Preformed Units: Sizes to fit applications indicated; selected from manufacturer's
standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths.
B. Extruded-Polystyrene Board Insulation (Foundation and Cavity Insulation):
1. Manufacturers: —
a. DiversiFoam Products.
b. Dow Chemical Co.
C. Owens-Corning Co.
d. Tenneco Building Products.
2. ASTM C578, of type and density indicated below: —
a. Type IV, 1.60 Ib/cu ft. (26 kg/cu m), unless otherwise indicated.
3. Maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indices of 5 and 145, respectively per inch
thickness.
4. Thermal Resistance: R=5.0 per 1 inch at 75°F.
C. Unfaced Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation (Attic Insulation):
1. ASTM C665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing).
2. Mineral-Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool.
3. Maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indices of 25 and 50, respectively.
4. Combustion Characteristics: Pass ASTM E136.
2.02 AUXILIARY INSULATING MATERIALS
A. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product recommended by insulation manufactured below
grade applications with demonstrated capability to bond insulation securely to substrates —
indicated without damaging insulation and substrates.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, for compliance with requirements of Sections in which
substrates and related work are specified and to determine if other conditions affecting
performance. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been _
corrected.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrates of substances harmful to insulations or vapor retarders, including removing
projections capable of puncturing vapor retarders or that interfere with insulation attachment.
B. Close off openings in cavities receiving foam cell insulation to prevent escape of insulation. .
(2019) 07210-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
3.03 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and application
indicated.
B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, unsoiled, and has not been exposed at any time to ice
and snow.
C. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly
around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with
placement.
D. Apply single layer of insulation to produce thickness indicated, unless multiple layers are
otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness.
3.04 INSTALLATION OF PERIMETER AND UNDER-SLAB INSULATION
A. Set units in adhesive applied according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use adhesive
recommended by insulation manufacturer.
B. Protect below-grade insulation on vertical surfaces from damage during backfilling. Apply
protection board if required. Set in adhesive according to written instructions of insulation
manufacturer.
3.05 INSTALLATION OF GENERAL BUILDING INSULATION
A. Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's written
instructions.
B. Install mineral-fiber blankets in cavities formed by framing members according to following
requirements:
1. Use blanket widths and lengths that fill cavities formed by framing members. Where more
than one length is required to fill cavity, provide lengths that will produce snug fit between
ends.
2. Place blankets in cavities formed by framing members to produce friction fit between
edges of insulation and adjoining framing members.
3.06 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed insulation from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical abuse, and
other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse
and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after
installation.
** * END OF SECTION * * *
(2019) 07210-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 07311
ASPHALT SHINGLES
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Asphalt shingles.
2. Felt underlayment.
3. Self-adhering sheet underlayment.
4. Ridge vents.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. Roofing Terminology: Refer to ASTM D 1079 and glossary of NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and
Waterproofing Manual"for definitions of terms related to roofing work in this Section.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Samples:
1. Asphalt Shingle: Full-size asphalt shingle strip.
C. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.
D. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide asphalt shingle and related roofing materials with
fire-test-response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per test
method below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting
agency.
1. Exterior Fire-Test Exposure: Class A; ASTM E 108 or UL 790, for application and roof
slopes indicated.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store roofing materials in a dry, well-ventilated, weathertight location according to asphalt
shingle manufacturer's written instructions. Store underlayment rolls on end on pallets or other
raised surfaces. Do not double-stack rolls.
1. Handle, store, and place roofing materials in a manner to avoid significant or permanent
damage to roof deck or structural supporting members.
B. Protect unused underlayment from weather, sunlight, and moisture when left overnight or when
roofing work is not in progress.
(2019) 07311-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
1.06 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS _
A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather
conditions permit asphalt shingle roofing to be performed according to manufacturer's written
instructions and warranty requirements. --
1. Install self-adhering sheet underlayment within range of ambient and substrate
temperatures recommended by manufacturer.
1.07 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or
replace asphalt shingles that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
Materials failures include manufacturing defects and failure of asphalt shingles to self-seal after
a reasonable time.
1. Material Warranty Period: 25 years from date of Substantial Completion, prorated, with
first 5 years nonprorated.
2. Workmanship Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. _
1.08 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Asphalt Shingles: One bundle. _
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GLASS-FIBER-REINFORCED ASPHALT SHINGLES
A. Laminated-Strip Asphalt Shingles: _
1. Manufacturers:
a. Celotex Corporation.
b. CertainTeed Corporation.
C. Elk Corporation of Dallas.
d. GAF Materials Corporation. _
e. Georgia-Pacific Corporation.
f. Owens Corning.
2. ASTM D 3462, laminated, multi-ply overlay construction, glass-fiber reinforced, mineral-
granule surfaced, and self-sealing.
3. Butt Edge: Notched.
4. Strip Size: Manufacturer's standard.
5. Algae Resistance: Granules treated to resist algae discoloration.
6. Color and Blends: As selected by ARCHITECT from manufacturer's full range.
7. Pass wind resistance test requirements of ASTM D3161.
B. Hip and Ridge Shingles:
1. Manufacturer's standard units to match asphalt shingles. _
(2019) 07311-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2.02 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS
A. Felts: ASTM D 226 Type I, asphalt-saturated organic felts, nonperforated.
B. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment, Polyethylene Faced:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Carlisle Coatings &Waterproofing, Div. of Carlisle Companies Inc.; Dri-Start"A."
b. Grace, W. R. &Co.; Grace Ice and Water Shield.
2. ASTM D 1970, minimum of 40-mil- (1.0- mm-) thick, self-adhering, polymer-modified,
bituminous sheet membranes. Primer as required by manufacturer.
2.03 RIDGE VENTS
A. Rigid Ridge Vent:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Air Vent Inc., a CertainTeed Company; ShingleVent II.
b. Cor-A-Vent, Inc.; V-Series.
C. GAF Materials Corporation; Cobra Rigid Vent II.
d. Globe Building Materials, Inc.; SmartAir Ridge Vent.
e. Obdyke, Benjamin Incorporated; Xtractor Vent X18.
f. Owens Corning; VentSure Ridge Vent.
g. Trimline Building Products; Trimline Ridge Vent.
2. Manufacturer's standard rigid section high-density polypropylene or other UV-stabilized
plastic ridge vent; for use under ridge shingles.
2.04 ACCESSORIES
A. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, Type II, asbestos free.
B. Roofing Nails: ASTM F 1667; aluminum, stainless-steel, copper, or hot-dip galvanized steel
wire shingle nails, minimum 0.120-in.- (3-mm-) dia, barbed shank, sharp-pointed, with a
minimum 3/8-in.- (9.5-mm-) dia flat head and of sufficient length to penetrate 3/4 in. (19 mm)
into solid wood decking or extend at least 1/8 in (3 mm) through OSB or plywood sheathing.
1. Where nails are in contact with metal flashing, use nails made from same metal as
F- flashing.
C. Felt Underlayment Nails: Aluminum, stainless-steel, or hot-dip galvanized steel wire with low
profile capped heads or disc caps, 1-in. (25-mm) minimum diameter.
2.05 METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
A. Vent Pipe Flashings: ASTM B 749, Type L51121, at least 1/16 in. (1.6 mm) thick. Provide lead
sleeve sized to slip over and turn down into pipe, soldered to skirt at slope of roof and extending
at least 4 in. (100 mm)from pipe onto roof.
(2019) 07311-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with —
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work.
1. Examine roof sheathing to verify that sheathing joints are supported by framing and _
blocking or metal clips and that installation is within flatness tolerances.
2. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and completely
anchored; and that provision has been made for flashings and penetrations through
asphalt shingles.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION
A. Single-Layer Felt Underlayment: Install single layer of felt underlayment on roof deck
perpendicular to roof slope in parallel courses. Lap sides a minimum of 2 in. (50 mm) over —
underlying course. Lap ends a minimum of 4 in. (100 mm). Stagger end laps between
succeeding courses at least 72 in. (1830 mm).
1. Install felt underlayment on roof deck not covered by self-adhering sheet underlayment.
Lap sides of felt over self-adhering sheet underlayment not less than 3 in. (75 mm) in
direction to shed water. Lap ends of felt not less than 6 in. (150 mm) over self-adhering
sheet underlayment. _
B. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment: Install self-adhering sheet underlayment, wrinkle free, on
roof deck. Comply with low-temperature installation restrictions of underlayment manufacturer if
applicable. Install at locations indicated below, lapped in direction to shed water. Lap sides not
less than 3-1/2 in. (89 mm). Lap ends not less than 6 in. (150 mm) staggered 24 in. (600 mm)
between courses. Roll laps with roller. Cover underlayment within seven days.
1. Eaves: Extend from edges of eaves 24 in. beyond interior face of exterior wall.
2. Rakes: Extend from edges of rake 24 in. beyond interior face of exterior wall.
3. Ridges: Extend 36 in. (914 mm)] on each side without obstructing continuous ridge vent
slot.
3.03 METAL FLASHING INSTALLATION
A. Install metal flashings and other sheet metal to comply with requirements in Section 07620.
1. Install metal flashings according to recommendations in ARMA's "Residential Asphalt
Roofing Manual" and asphalt shingle recommendations in NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing
and Waterproofing Manual."
B. Rake Drip Edges: Install rake drip edge flashings over underlayment and fasten to roof deck.
C. Eave Drip Edges: Install eave drip edge (lashings below underlayment and fasten to roof
sheathing.
D. Pipe Flashings: Form flashing around pipe penetrations and asphalt shingles. Fasten and seal
to asphalt shingles as recommended by manufacturer.
(2019) 07311-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
3.04 ASPHALT SHINGLE INSTALLATION
A. Install asphalt shingles according to manufacturer's written instructions, recommendations in
ARMA's "Residential Asphalt Roofing Manual," and asphalt shingle recommendations in
NRCA's"The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual."
B. Install starter strip along lowest roof edge, consisting of an asphalt shingle strip with tabs
removed with self-sealing strip face up at roof edge.
1. Extend asphalt shingles 1/2 in. (13 mm) over fascia at eaves and rakes.
2. Install starter strip along rake edge.
C. Install first and remaining courses of asphalt shingles stair-stepping diagonally across roof deck
with manufacturer's recommended offset pattern at succeeding courses, maintaining uniform
exposure.
D. Fasten asphalt shingle strips with a minimum of six roofing nails located according to
manufacturer's written instructions.
1. When ambient temperature during installation is below 50 deg F (10 deg C), seal asphalt
shingles with asphalt roofing cement spots.
E. Ridge Vents: Install continuous ridge vents over asphalt shingles according to manufacturer's
written instructions. Fasten with roofing nails of sufficient length to penetrate sheathing.
F. Ridge Cap Shingles: Maintain same exposure of cap shingles as roofing shingle exposure. Lap
cap shingles at ridges to shed water away from direction of prevailing winds. Fasten with
roofing nails of sufficient length to penetrate sheathing.
1. Fasten ridge cap asphalt shingles to cover ridge vent without obstructing airflow.
** * END OF SECTION ***
-- (2019) 07311-5 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
J..
.t
.�
...
r
t
�..
...
SECTION 07460
EXTERIOR SIDING, CLADDING, FLASHING, VENTILATION AND ROOF DRAINAGE
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Aluminum Siding.
2. Soffit Vents.
3. Cladding/Fascia.
4. Gutters and Downspouts.
5. Thru Wall Flashing.
6. Exposed Flashing
1.02 SUBMITTALS
— A. Product Data: For each type of product specified. Include identification of materials;
dimensions of individual components; installation instructions; and available profiles, textures,
and colors.
B. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's unopened packages or bundles with labels
intact.
B. Store materials in dry, well-ventilated, weathertight place. Comply with manufacturer's written
instructions for storage, handling, and protection.
1.04 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS
A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with siding installation only if existing and forecasted weather
conditions permit siding to be installed according to manufacturer's written instructions and if
substrate is completely dry.
1.05 WARRANTY
A. General Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive OWNER of other
rights OWNER may have under other provisions of Contract Documents and shall be in addition
to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by CONTRACTOR under requirements of
Contract Documents.
1. Warranty Period for factory-applied exterior finishes on wall panels is lifetime after date of
Substantial Completion.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ALUMINUM SIDING
A. Manufacturers:
-- 1. Rollex Corporation.
-- (2019) 07460-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2. Alcoa Building Products, Inc.
3. Norandex Inc./Reynolds Distribution Company.
B. Formed and coated aluminum siding complying with AAMA 1402, including Paragraph 2.2.4.2.1, —
"Standard Commercial Coating."
C. Horizontal Pattern: 8-in. (203-mm) exposure in plain, double 4-in. (102-mm) board style.
D. Texture: Smooth.
E. Minimum Nominal Thickness: 0.024 in. (0.6 mm).
F. Finish: Manufacturer's standard primer and baked-on polyester finish.
G. Colors for Aluminum Siding: As selected by ARCHITECT from manufacturer's full range.
2.02 SOFFIT VENT
A. Manufacturers:
1. Rollex Corp. (System 3).
2. Or equal.
B. 12-in. or 16 in. wide ribbed prefinished aluminum widths. Preformed ventilation slits and flanges
for fastening to substrate. —
1. Color as selected by OWNER.
2.03 CLADDING/FASCIA —
A. Manufacturers:
1. Rollex Corp. —
2. Or equal.
B. Prefinished Trim Coil .024 in. thick, 3105, H-18 Aluminum:
1. Finish: .80-1.00 mils, DFT, 2 coats waterbased acrylic.
2. Formabilitz: NCCA 11-19, no removal of finish.
3. Gloss: ASTM D533-80, 9 to 15 on 60' photovolt meter. —
4. Adhesion: ASTM D3359-83, very good.
5. Humidity Resistance: ASTM D714-56 and method 6201 of FTMS 141a, no loss of gloss
cracking or peeling. —
6. Salt Spray Resistance: ASTM 13117-73, withstand 5% salt fog for 3,000 hrs.
7. Impact Resistance: NCCA 11-6, no visual cracking or scotch tape pick-off.
8. Exterior Exposure: ASTM D2244-79. Fade shall not exceed more than 5 color difference
units within 5 yrs. —
9. Color as selected by OWNER.
2.04 GUTTERS
A. Prefinished Aluminum "K' style.
1. Size: 6 in. (18 in. girth).
2. Metal Thickness: .040 in.
3. Accessories as required by same manufacturer.
(2019) 07460-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
4. Color as selected by OWNER.
2.05 GUTTER PROTECTION SYSTEM
A. Gutter Helmet—Southeastern Metals Mfr. Co.
B. Size as required for gutter.
C. Complete system installed by trained installer.
D. Color as selected by OWNER.
2.06 DOWNSPOUT
A. Prefinished Aluminum:
1. Size: 3-3/4 in. x 5 in. rectangular, corrugated.
2. Metal Thickness: 0.27 in.
3. Accessories as required by same manufacturer.
4. Color as selected by OWNER.
2.07 CONCEALED THROUGH-WALL SHEET METAL FLASHING
A. Manufacturers:
1. Cheney Flashing (Dovetail); Cheney Flashing Company, Inc.
2. Cheney Flashing (Sawtooth); Cheney Flashing Company, Inc.
'— 3. Keystone Three-Way Interlocking Thruwall Flashing, Keystone Flashing Co.
B. Stainless Steel: 0.0156 in. (0.4 mm) thick; 28 gauge.
C. Fabricate through-wall metal flashings embedded in masonry as follows:
1. With ribs formed in sawtooth pattern at 3 in. (75 mm) intervals along length of flashing to
provide 3-way integral mortar bond and weep-hole drainage.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates for compliance with requirements for substrates, installation tolerances, and
other conditions affecting performance of siding. Do not proceed with installation until
unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application.
B. Coordinate installation with flashings and other adjoining construction to ensure proper
sequencing.
-- (2019) 07460-3
Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
3.03 INSTALLATION —
A. Comply with siding manufacturer's written installation instructions applicable to products and
applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. _
1. Center nails in elongated nailing slots without binding siding to allow for thermal
movement.
2. Overlap joints to shed water away from direction of prevailing wind. _
B. Install fascia, soffit, and accessories according to ASTM D4756.
3.04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Remove and replace damaged, improperly installed, or otherwise defective siding materials with
new materials complying with specified requirements. —
B. Clean finished surfaces according to siding manufacturer's written instructions and maintain in
clean condition during construction.
** * END OF SECTION
(2019) 07460-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 07920
JOINT SEALANTS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Exteriorjoints in vertical surfaces and non-traffic horizontal surfaces.
2. Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal non-traffic surfaces.
3. Submerged surfaces where indicated on Drawings.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Manufacturer's standard color charts for each joint sealant exposed to view.
B. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
-- 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Installer shall have successfully completed within last 3 yrs at least 3 joint
sealant applications similar in type and size to that of Project.
B. Single Source Responsibility of Joint Sealant Materials: Obtain sealant materials from single
manufacturer for each different product required.
1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver material to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels informing
about manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration period for use, pot life, curing
time and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials.
�.. B. Store and handle materials to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature
changes, contaminants, or other causes.
1.04 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealant under following
conditions.
1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint
sealant manufacturer.
2. When joint substrates are wet due to rain, frost, condensation or other causes.
B. Joint Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealant when joint widths exceed
limits allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for application indicated.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants,joint fillers, backer rods,and other related materials compatible
with one another and joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated
by testing and field experience.
--- (2019) 07920-1
Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
B. Colors: Provide color of exposed joint sealants indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as selected _
by ARCHITECT from manufacturer's standard colors.
1. Exterior: Match color of adjacent concrete block. —
2.02 JOINT SEALANTS
A. Manufacturers: _
1. Tremco
2. Or Equal.
B. Exterior and Interior Joints:
1. Material: '—
a. Tremco Dymonic. ied polyurethane b. Onert moisture curing, modif
o
TypeASTM C920 Type S, Grade NS (non-sag), Class 25, use NT, M A, and O. —
2. Joints:
a. Control joints in concrete and masonry. —
b. Perimeters of door frames, louvers and similar opening,and where metal,wood or other
materials abut or join masonry, cast-place concrete, or each other.
2.03 SUBMERGED JOINT SEALANTS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Morton Thiokol Polymer Systems manufactured by PolySpec.
2. Or Equal.
B. Submerged, Non-Potable Water:
1. Primer: Thiokol water-based FEC 415.
2. Sealant:
a. Thiokol2282.
b. Multipart chemical curing, polysulfide sealant. ASTM C920, Type M, Grade NS. —
3. Thickener: Cabosil fiberglass powder for vertical surfaces. Coordinate with manufacturer if
required. _
2.04 JOINT SEALANT BACKING
A. General: —
1. Provide sealant backings of material and type which are non-staining; compatible with joint
substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers approved for applications indicated by
sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing.
B. Backer Rods:
1. Preformed, compressible, resilient, nonwaxing, non-extruding strips of plastic foam of material —
indicated below, and of size, shape and density to control sealant depth and otherwise
contribute to producing optimum sealant performance.
2. Flexible, open cell Polyurethane foam or nongassing, closed-cell polyethylene foam. _
07920-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
(2019)
C. Bond Breaker Tape:
1. Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by sealant manufacturer for
Preventing bond between sealant and joint filler or other materials at back (3rd) surface of
joint.
2. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable.
2.05 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Primer:
1. Provide type recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of
sealant to joint substrates indicated.
B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces:
1. Provide nonstaining, chemical cleaner of type acceptable to manufacturer of sealant and
` sealant backing materials which are not harmful to substrates and adjacent nonporous
materials.
C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces
adjacent to joints.
PART 3 EXECUTION
-- 3.01 PREPARATION
A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply
with recommendations of joint sealant manufacturers.
B. Joint Priming.-
1- Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint sealant manufacturer.
2. Apply primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's recommendations.
3. Confine primers to areas of joint sealant bond, do not allow spillage or migration onto
adjoining surfaces.
C. Protection of Adjoining Surfaces:
-- 1. Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that
otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contract or by cleaning methods
required to remove sealant smears.
2. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS
A. Comply with joint sealant manufacturers'printed installation instructions applicable to products and
applications indicated, except where more stringent requirements apply.
3.03 PROTECTION
A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or
from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so they are without
_ deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or
deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately and
(2019)
07920-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
reseal joints with new materials Work.tto produce joint sealant installations with repaired areas _
indistinguishable from ongina
3.04 CLEANING
methods and
A. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears�
manufacturers of joint jacent to sealas asntsoand of rk progresses
oductsyn which joints
with cleaning materials approved by _
occur.
*** END OF SECTION
07920-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
(2019) _
SECTION 08110
— STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit for each type of door and frame specified, details of construction, materials,
dimensions, hardware preparation, core, label compliance, sound ratings, profiles, and finishes.
B. Shop Drawings: Include details of each frame type, elevations of door design types, conditions at
openings, details of construction, location and installation requirements of door and frame hardware
and reinforcements, and details of joints and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items.
1. Provide schedule of doors and frames using same reference numbers for details and
openings as those on Drawings.
C. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide doors and frames complying with ANSI/SDI 100 and as specified.
1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver doors and frames cardboard-wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit and job
` storage. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to finish of factory finished doors.
B. Inspect doors and frames upon delivery for damage. Minor damages may be repaired provided
refinished items are equal to new Work and are acceptable to ARCHITECT, otherw
replace damaged items. ise remove and
C. Store doors and frames at Project site under cover. Place units on minimum 4 in. high wood
blocking. Avoid use of nonvented plastic or canvas shelters which could create humidity chamber.
If cardboard wrapper on door becomes wet, remove carton immediately. Provide minimum 1/4 in.
spaces between stacked doors to promote air circulation.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheets: Commercial quality carbon steel, ASTM A366 and A568.
B. Galvanized Steel Sheets: Zinc coated carbon steel sheets of commercial quality complying with
ASTM A526, or drawing quality,ASTM A642, hot dipped galvanized in accordance with ASTM A525,
with A60 or G60 coating designation, mill phosphatized.
C. Supports and Anchors: Fabricate of not less than 18 ga sheet steel. Galvanize where used with
galvanized frames.
D. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units.
1- Where items are to be built into exterior walls, hot-dip galvanize in accordance with
ASTM A153, Class C or D as applicable.
— 2. Exposed Fasteners: Countersunk flat or oval heads for exposed screws and bolts.
- (2019)
08110-1 Dry Run Creek Interc eptor-60330823
E. Shop Applied Paint:
1. Primer: Rust inhibitive enamel or paint, either air-drying or baking, suitable as base for
specified finish paints complying with ANSI A224.1. ,
2.02 DOORS
A. Provide doors of sizes, thicknesses, and designs indicated.
B. Exterior Doors: Level 3 and Ph thickness; 1 3/4 Performancein. (4vel A(Extramm) door th Heay Duty) Model 2(Seamless);
16 ga; 0.053 in. (1/3 mm)face
2.03 FRAMES
A. Provide steel frames for doors that comply with ANSI A250.8 and with details indicated for type and _
profile. Conceal fastenings, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Exterior Frames (for Level 3 doors): 14 ga; 0.067 in. (1.6 mm)thickness.
r guards
s to close
C. Plaster Guards: Provide p llace at back of ha dwa a cult uts wher sheet e mortar or othero heramaterials might
off interior of openings, p
obstruct hardware operation.
D. Supports and Anchors: Fabricated from not less than 0.042 in. (1.0 mm) thick, electrolytic zinc-
coated or metallic-coated steel sheet. _
. Wall Anchors in Masonry Construction: 0.177 in. (4.5 mm) dia, steel wire complying with
1
ASTM A510 (ASTM A510M) may be used in place of steel sheet.
E. Inserts, Bolts,and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units. Where zinc- nable ated items are to be built --
into exterior walls, comply with ASTM Al 53/A153M, Class C or D as appli
2.04 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate steel door efect d includingfame i
to
e rigid, neat in
cluding warp and complyts to buckle. Where SI 0 ti
praccal,bfit and assemble appearance,
cun units in
and free from d
manufacturer's plant. Clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled be ore
shipment, to assure proper assembly at Project site.
ipped metallic-coa
B. Door Construction: op and
e doors,bottom edgess, and frames of doors flushfrom hot as integdral part of door construction orlby
steel sheet. Close top and 9
addition of 0.053 in. (1.3 mm) thick, metallic-coated steel channels with channel webs placed even
with top and bottom edges. --
rd core construction that produces door complying with SDI
C. Core Construction: Manufacturer's standa
standards. _
1. Polyurethane.
2. Polystyrene.
3. Vertical steel stiffeners. _
D. Single-Acting, Door-Edge Profile: Square edge.
E. Thermal Rating Assemblies:
s thermal
ting
1. At exterior locations and assemblies and test in accewhere as own or scheduled, fabricate ordance with ASTM C236 oraASTM C976 on fully
door and frame as ,_..
operable door assemblies.
08110-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
(2019) _
2. Provide with U-factor of 0.41 Btu/(hr x sq ft x C F) or better.
F. Hardware Preparation:
1. Prepare doors and frames to receive cylindrical and concealed hardware in accordance with
hardware schedule and templates.
2. Comply with ANSI A115 for door and frame preparation.
3. Reinforce doors and frames to receive surface applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for
surface applied hardware may be done at Project site.
4. Locate hardware as indicated on approved submittals or, if not indicated, in accordance with
DHI.
G. Frame Construction: Fabricate frames to shape shown.
1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped and continuously welded corners and seamless face
joints.
H. Shop Painting:
1. Clean steel surfaces of mill scale, rust, oil, grease, dirt, and other foreign materials before
application of paint.
2. Clean, treat, and paint exposed surfaces of steel door and frame units, including galvanized
surfaces.
3. Apply shop coat of prime paint of even consistency to provide uniformly finished surface ready
to receive finish paint.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install standard steel doors, frames, and accessories in accordance with approved submittals,
manufacturer's instructions, and as specified.
B. Placing Frames:
1. Comply with SDI 105 unless otherwise indicated.
2. Except for frames located at existing concrete, masonry,or drywall installations, place frames
prior to construction of enclosing walls and ceilings.
3. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent
anchors are set.
-- 4. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces and spreaders, leaving surfaces
smooth and undamaged.
C. Frame Anchors:
1. Masonry Construction: Locate 3 wall anchors perjamb adjacent to hinge locations, on hinge
jamb, and at corresponding heights on strike jamb.
2. Provide 1 permanent floor anchor at each jamb.
D. Door Installation:
1. Fit hollow metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified in SDI 100.
3.02 ADJUST
A. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items, leaving steel doors and frames
undamaged and in complete and proper operating condition.
--- (2019)
08110-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
3.03 CLEAN
A. Prime Coat Touch-up: After erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and T
apply touch-up of compatible air drying primer.
*** END OF SECTION
08110-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
(2019) _
SECTION 08710
FINISH HARDWARE
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 DEFINITION
A. Finish Hardware: Items known commercially as finish hardware required for swing slidin and
folding doors, except special types of unique and nonmatching hardware specified in same
section as door and door frame. g
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for each item of hardware. Include
information necessary to show compliance with requirements, and instructions for installation
and maintenance of operating parts and finish.
B. Miscellaneous:
1 Hardware Schedule:
a. Submit final hardware schedule in manner indicated below. Coordinate hardware
with doors, frames, and related Work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand,
function, and finish.
b. Final Hardware Schedule Content: Based on finish hardware indicated, organize
` hardware schedule into hardware sets indicating complete designations of every
item required for each door or opening. Include following information:
1) Type, style, function, size, and finish of each hardware item.
-� 2) Name and manufacturer of each item.
3) Fastenings and other pertinent information.
4) Location of hardware set cross-referenced to indications on Drawings both on
_ floor plans and in door and frame schedule.
5) Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule.
6) Mounting locations for hardware.
7) Door and frame sizes and materials.
2. Templates: Furnish hardware templates to each fabricator of doors, frames and other
Work to be factory-prepared for installation of hardware. Upon request. check Shop
Drawings of such other Work, to confirm adequate provisions made for proper location
and installation of hardware.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer: Obtain each type of hardware (latch and lock sets, hinges, closers, etc. from
single manufacturer, although several may be indicated as offering ) om
requirements. g products complying with
B. Fire-Rated Openings: Provide hardware for fire-rated openings in compliance with NFPA No. 80
and local building code requirements. Provide only hardware which has been tested and listed
by UL or FM for types and sizes of doors required and complies with requirements of door and
door frame labels.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Do not deliver hardware until detailed schedule, keying diagram and
approved. , sa mples have been
(2019)
08710-1
Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
upon delivery. Note quantity and condition, report shortage, defect or damage
B. Check hardware p
immediately.
C. Provide room under lock and key to store finish hardware until installation is made, and be
responsible for loss and pilferage.
D. Mark each item of hardware as to description and location.
E. Cover and protect exposed surfaces of hardwareand functions.dringistallation and until building is accepted
by ARCHITECT to avoid damage to finishes
PART 2 PRODUCTS --
2.01 SCHEDULED HARDWARE
ecification. Products are identified by using hardware
A. Requirements for design, grade, function,S sction, finish, size, and other distinctive qualities of eachtype '
of finish hardware indicated in th p
designation numbers of following.
1. Manufacturer's Product Design ed manufacturer's name indicates
for urposes of establishing est bl shing minimum requirements,
product used in hardware schedulep
unless noted otherwise in hardware schedule.
2.02 MATERIALS AND FABRICATION
A. General:
1. Manufacturer's Nameplate: Do not use manufacturer's products having manufacturer's
name or trade name displayed in visible location (omit removable nameplates) except in
s and as otherwise acceptable to ARCHITECT.
conjunction with required UL label
a. Manufacturer's identification permitted on rim of lock cylinders only.
2. Base Metals: Provide base metal as indicated by manufacturers model number
designated in hardware group. generally
3. Fasteners: Provide hardware manufactured to conform to s hardware prepared for
prepared for machine screw installation. Do not provide
self-tapping sheet metal screws e h each hardware item. Provide xcept as specifically indicated.
Phillips
4. Furnish screws for installation w t Finish exposed (exposed under any condition) sc ewsvto
except as otherwise indicated
match hardware finish or, if exposed
in in su fauding prepaes of �edeforVpa paint in match finish surfaced to of
other Work as closely as possible,
painted finish.
cept to
5. Provide concealed fasteners for hardware units
enable withhconcealed fasteners.x Do not
specified
f ed are !
extent no standard units of type p opposite face exposed in other
use thru-bolts for installation where bolt head Y r nut on opp provide
Work, except where not tfeasible
sex adequately
wufasteneinforce Work. In such cases, p _
sleeves for each thru
2.03 HINGES, BUTTS, AND PIVOTS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Hager BB1191 NRP.
2. Stanley.
3. Lawrence.
08710-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
(2019) "'
4. McKinney.
B. Templates: Except for hinges and pivots to be installed entirely (both leaves) into wood doors
and frames, provide template-produced units.
C. Screws: Furnish Phillips flat-head or machine screws for installation of units, except furnish
Phillips flat-head or wood screws for installation of units into wood. Finish screw heads to match
surface of hinges or pivots.
D. Hinge Pins: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hinge pins as follows.
1. Steel Hinges: Stainless steel pins.
2. Nonferrous Hinges: Stainless steel pins.
-- 3. Exterior Doors: Nonremovable pins.
4. Doors with Locksets and Hinges Exposed on Key Side: Nonremovable pins
5. Interior Doors: Nonrising pins.
6. Tips: Flat button and matching plug finished to match leaves except where hospital tip
indicated.
7. Number of Hinges: Provide number of hinges indicated but not less than 3 hinges for door
leaf for doors 90 in. or less in height and one additional hinge for each 30 in. of additional
height.
2.04 LOCK CYLINDERS AND KEYING
A. Provide standard of lock manufacturer. Meet with OWNER to finalize keying requirements and
obtain final instructions in writing.
B. Equip locks with manufacturer's standard 6-pin tumbler cylinders.
C. Metals: Construct lock cylinder parts from brass/bronze, stainless steel, or nickel silver.
D. Comply with OWNER'S instructions for master keying and, except as otherwise indicated,
provide individual change key for each lock not designated to be keyed alike with group of
related locks.
1. Permanently inscribe each key with number or lock identifying cylinder manufacturer key
symbol, and notation "DO NOT DUPLICATE".
2. Key Material: Provide keys of nickel silver only.
—� 3. Key Quantity: Furnish 3 change keys for each lock, 5 master keys for each master
system, and 5 grand master keys for each grand master system.
4. Furnish one extra blank for each lock.
5. Deliver keys to OWNER.
2.05 EXIT DEVICE
-- A. Manufacturers:
1. Von Duprin—88NL.
2. Or equal.
2.06 CLOSERS AND DOOR CONTROL DEVICES
A. Manufacturers:
1. LCN 4110 H CUSH-N-STOP.
2. Sargent.
3. Or equal.
-- (2019) 08710-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
B. Comply with ANSI A156.4. _
C. Size of Units: Except as otherwise specifically indicated, comply with manufacturer's
recommendations for size of door control unit, depending upon size of door, exposure to
weather, and anticipated frequency of use.D. Provide nonparallel arms for overhead closers, except as otherwise indicated.
E. Where parallel arms indicated for closers, provide closer unit one size larger than recommended _
for use with standard arms.
F. Provide closers for door that open greater than 1100 with de-acceleration function.
G. Access-Free Manual Closers: Where manual closers indicated for doors required to be
accessible to physically handicapped, provide adjustable units complying with ANSI A117.1
provisions for door opening force and delayed action closing.
H. Combination Door Closers and Holders: Provide units designed to hold door in open position
under normal usage. _
2.07 PROTECTION PLATES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Hager 34"x2" LDW.
2. Quality Manufacturing.
3. Or equal.
B. Fasteners: Provide manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners for door trim units. Machine
screws or self-tapping screw.
C. Fabricate protection plates (armor, kick or mop) not more than 1-1/2 in. less than door width on
stop side and not more than 1/2 in. less than door width on pull side, by height indicated. _
1. Metal Plates: Stainless steel, 0.050 in. (U.S. 18 ga) beveled edges, with countersunk
screw holes of intervals of not over 6 in. on all four sides.
1
2.08 LOCK PROTECTORS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Glynn-Johnson.
2. Precesion.
3. Latch Guard LG 130. _
4. Or equal.
2.09 WEATHERSTRIPPING
A. Manufacturers:
1. Reese DS 70C. _
2. National Guard.
3. Or equal.
B. Provide noncorrosive fasteners as recommended by manufacturer for application indicated.
(2019) 08710-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2.10 THRESHOLDS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Reese S205A.
2. National Guard.
--- 3. Or equal.
B. Except as otherwise indicated, provide standard metal threshold unit of type, size, and profile as
shown or scheduled.
2.11 HARDWARE FINISHES
A. Provide matching finishes for hardware units at each door or opening, to greatest extent
possible, except as otherwise indicated. Reduce differences in color and textures as much as
commercially possible where base metal or metal forming process is different for individual units
of hardware exposed at same door or opening. In general, match items to manufacturer's
standard finish for latch and lock set (or push-pull units if no latch-lock sets) for color and
texture.
_ B. Provide finishes matching those established by BHMA.
C. Provide quality of finish, including thickness of plating or coating (if any), composition, hardness,
and other qualities complying with manufacturer's standards, but in no case less than specified
for applicable units of hardware by referenced standards.
D. Designations used in schedules and elsewhere to indicate hardware finishes are industry-
recognized standard commercial finishes, except as otherwise noted.
E. Finish Requirements:
-� 1. Locksets: US26D.
2. Hinges: US32D.
3. Flushbolts: US26D.
4. Protection Plates: US32D.
5. Closers: US28.
6. Exit Devices: US26D.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Locate hardware as follows, unless shown otherwise on Drawings.
-- 1. Locksets: Centerline 40 in. above finished floor.
2. Door Pulls: Centerline 42 in. above finished floor.
3. Push Plates: Centerline 45 in. above finished floor.
4. Back-to-Back Push and Pull: Centerline 40 in. above finished floor.
5. Exit Device Push Bar: Centerline 40 in. above finished floor.
6. Flush Bolts: Manufacturer's template.
7. Deadlocks: Centerline 60 in. above finished floor.
�. 8. Closure mount to provide maximum opening permitted by building construction or
equipment, and note on schedule maximum swing per location for other trades involved in
reinforcement or installation.
9. Stops and Bumpers: Install behind each door.
10. Butts: 5 in. by 10 in. equal-equal.
11. Pulls: 45 in. to center of grip.
(2019) 08710-5 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
12. Coordinators: Manufacturer's template.
B. General:
1. Install hardware items in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations. Wherever cutting and fitting required to install hardware onto or into
surfaces which are later to be painted or finished, coordinate removal, storage, and
reinstallation or application of surface protections with finishing work specified in
Division 9. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes are completed on substrate.
2. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment
substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation.
3. Drill and countersink units not factory-prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners
and anchors in accordance with industry standards.
C. Thresholds:
1. Set thresholds for exterior doors in full bed of butyl-rubber or polyisobutylene mastic
sealant.
2. Secure in place with countersunk expansion bolts or to straps with machine screws. _
3. Drill holes for shields carefully to avoid cracking or otherwise damaging concrete.
4. Drill and tap straps.
5. Cut to fit profile of jamb.
D. Weatherstrip:
1. Mount on inside face of door frame jambs or stops.
2. Where fastening devices will be exposed to view, provide units with chrome plated or
stainless steel heads for fastening metal and stain bronze or dull chrome as selected for
fastening through wood.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Instruct OWNER'S personnel in proper adjustment and maintenance of hardware and hardware
finishes during final adjustment of hardware.
3.03 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and door to ensure proper operation or
function of every unit. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly as
intended for application made.
B. Final Adjustment: Wherever hardware installation made more than one month prior to
acceptance or occupancy of space or area, return to Work during week prior to acceptance or
occupancy, and make final check and adjustment of hardware items in such space or area.
Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors.
Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating
equipment.
3.04 CLEANING
A. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by hardware installation.
"** END OF SECTION
(2019) 08710-6 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 09540
SPECIAL SURFACE PANELS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Ceiling Panels.
2. Accessories.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Manufacturer's technical data on specified products describing physical and
performance characteristics.
B. Shop Drawings: Drawings showing layout, profiles and product components, including anchorage,
accessories, finish colors, patterns and textures.
C. Miscellaneous:
1. Manufacturer's Installation Instruction: Indicate special procedures and conditions requiring
special attention.
2. Include maintenance procedures, recommended maintenance materials and suggested
schedules.
D. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver in materials in manufacturer's original, unopened, undamaged containers with identification
labels intact.
B. Store materials protected from exposure to harmful weather conditions and at temperatures and
humidity recommended by manufacturer.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 FRP LAMINATED PANELS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Nudo Products, Inc., Fiber-Lite Panels.
B. 0.030 in. thick textured fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) factory laminated to 1/2 in. fir exterior
plywood.
C. Colors: White.
D. Provide tongue and groove edges.
._ (2019) 09540-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2.02 ACCESSORIES
A. Sealants: 100% rubberized silicone.
B. Adhesive: Manufacturers standard for application.
C. Vinyl Moldings: Manufacturers standard for application.
D. Fasteners: Nylon rivets, stainless steel nails or screws as selected for manufacturers for application.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Unwrap and remove ceiling panels and stack on flat, dry surface. .�
B. Precondition ceiling panels for not less than 48 hrs in temperature and humidity conditions of
installation areas.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Prepare and install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Layout panels to balanced design with edge units no less than 2 ft.
C. Cut moldings as needed for proper fit. Ceiling corner molding shall run continuously around rooms. —
D. Seal joints at moldings joining panels, and moldings at walls and other joints and penetrations to
provide air tight system.
E. Install ceilings level.
F. Independently support light fixtures, equipment, ductwork, and other ceiling penetrations.
3.02 CLEANING
A. Remove dirt, dust and other foreign material from surfaces before substantial completion.
" END OF SECTION
(2019) 09540-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 09910
PAINTING
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Painting and finishing of interior and exterior exposed items and surfaces, except as
otherwise indicated.
2. Surface preparation, priming, and coats of paint in addition to shop priming and surface
treatment specified under other sections of work.
3. Field painting of exposed bare and covered pipes, conduit,and ducts(including color coding),
hangers, exposed steel and iron work, and primed metal surfaces of equipment installed
under mechanical and electrical work except as otherwise indicated.
B. Following categories of work are not included as part of field applied finish work.
1. Pre-Finished Items: Unless otherwise indicated,do not include painting when factory finishing
or installer finishing is specified for such items as(but not limited to) metal toilet enclosures,
prefinished partition systems, acoustic materials, architectural woodwork and casework,
elevator entrance doors and frames, elevator equipment, and finished mechanical and
electrical equipment including light fixtures, switch gear, and distribution cabinets.
2.. Concealed Surfaces: Unless otherwise indicated, painting is not required on surfaces such as
walls or ceilings in concealed areas and generally inaccessible areas, foundation spaces,
_ furred areas, utility tunnels, pipe spaces, duct and elevator shafts.
3. Finished Metal Surfaces: Unless otherwise indicated, metal surfaces of anodized aluminum,
stainless steel, chromium plate, copper, bronze, and similar finished materials will not require
finish painting.
— 4. Operating Parts: Unless otherwise indicated,moving parts of operating units, mechanical and
electrical parts such as valve and damper operators, linkages, sinkages, sensing devices,
motor, and fan shafts will not require finish painting.
C. Following categories of work are included under other sections of these Specifications.
1. Shop Priming:
a. Unless otherwise specified, shop priming of ferrous metal items included under various
sections for structural steel, metal fabrications, and similar items.
b. Unless otherwise specified, shop priming of fabricated components such as shop
fabricated or factory built mechanical and electrical equipment or accessories included
under other sections of these Specifications.
-- 2. Do not paint over any code-required labels such as UL and Factory Mutual or any equipment
identification, performance rating, name or nomenclature plates.
D. Mechanical and Electrical Work:
1. Mechanical items to be painted include, but are not limited to:
a. Piping, pipe hangers, pipe insulation, and supports.
b. Motor, mechanical equipment, and supports.
C. Accessory items.
(2019) 09910-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2. Electrical items to be painted include, but not limited to:
a. Conduit and fittings.
b. Switch gear.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Manufacturer's technical information including paint label analysis and application
instructions for each material proposed for use.
B. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single Source Responsibility: Provide primers and other undercoat paint produced by same
manufacturer as finish coats. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer within
recommended limits.
B. Coatings shall conform to all federal, state and local regulations, including VOC rules at time of
application.
C. Coordination of Work: Review other Specifications sections in which prime paints are provided to
ensure compatibility of total coatings system for various substrates. Upon request from other trades, —
furnish information or characteristics of finish materials provided for use to ensure compatible prime
coats used.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to Project site in original, new, and unopened packages and containers bearing
manufacturer's name, label, and following information: _
1. Name or title of material.
2. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture.
3. Manufacturer's name.
4. Contents by volume for major pigment and vehicle constituents.
5. Thinning instructions.
6. Application instructions.
7. Color name and number.
8. VOC content.
B. Store materials not in actual use in tightly covered containers. Maintain containers used in storage
of paint in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.
1. Protect from freezing where necessary. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily _
rags and waste daily. Take precautions to ensure workers and work areas are adequately
protected from fire and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing, and application of
paints.
1.05 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS
A. Apply water base paints only when surface temperatures to be painted and surrounding air _
temperatures are between 50°F and 90°F, unless otherwise permitted by paint manufacturer's
printed instructions.
B. Apply solvent thinned paints only when surface temperature to be painted and surrounding air
temperatures are between 45°F and 95°F, unless otherwise permitted by paint manufacturer's
printed instructions.
(2019) 09910-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
C. Do not apply paint in snow, rain,fog, or mist;when relative humidity exceeds 85%;or to damp or wet
surfaces unless otherwise permitted by paint manufacturer's printed instructions.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. ICI Dulux Paint Stores (ICI).
B. Pratt and Lambert(P&L).
C. Sherwin-Williams Company(S-W).
D. Pittsburgh Paints (PPG).
E. Benjamin Moore (BM).
F. M.A. Bruder& Sons (MAB).
G. Or equal.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Material Quality: Provide best quality grade of various types of coatings as regularly manufactured
by paint materials manufacturers. Materials not displaying manufacturer's identification as standard,
best grade product are not acceptable.
B. Color Pigments: Pure, non-fading, applicable types to suit substrates and service indicated.
1. Lead content in pigment, if any, limited to contain not more than 0.06% (or statutory limit)
lead, as lead metal based on total non-volatile (dry film) of paint by weight.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and conditions under which painting work to be applied and notify CONTRACTOR in
writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. Do not proceed with work
until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to applicator.
B. Start of painting work will be construed as applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within
any particular area.
C. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces or conditions otherwise
detrimental to formation of durable paint film.
_ 3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Prepare and clean in accordance with paint manufacturer's instructions and as specified for each
particular substrate condition.
1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime as required. Notify
ARCHITECT in writing of any anticipated problems using specified coating systems with
substrates primed by others.
2. Remove hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures, and
similar items in-place and not to be finish painted or provide surface applied protection prior to
(2019) 09910-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
surface preparation and painting operations. Remove, if necessary, for complete painting of
items and adjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting of each space or area, reinstall —
removed items.
3. Clean surfaces to be painted before applying paint or surface treatments. Remove oil and
grease prior to mechanical cleaning. Program cleaning and painting so contaminants from
cleaning process will not fall onto wet, newly painted surfaces.
B. Cementitious Materials: Prepare cementitious surfaces of concrete and concrete block to be
painted by removing efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and roughening as required to
remove glaze.
1. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces to be painted by performing appropriate
tests. If surfaces found to be sufficiently alkaline to cause blistering and burning of finish
paint, correct condition before application of paint. Do not paint over surfaces where moisture
content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's printed directions.
2. Clean concrete floor surfaces scheduled to be painted with commercial solution of muriatic
acid or other etching cleaner. Flush floor with clean water to neutralize acid and allow to dry
before painting.
C. Ferrous Metals: Clean ferrous surfaces not galvanized or shop coated of oil, grease, dirt, loose mill
scale, and other foreign substances by solvent or mechanical cleaning.
1. Touch-up shop applied prime coats wherever damaged or bare.
2. Clean and touch-up with same type shop primer.
D. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean free of oil and surface contaminants with non-petroleum based solvent.
3.03 MATERIALS PREPARATION —
A. Mix and prepare painting materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions. _
B. Maintain containers used in mixing and application of paint in clean condition, free of foreign
materials and residue.
C. Stir materials before application to produce mixture of uniform density and stir as required during
application. Do not stir surface film into material. Remove film and, if necessary, strain material
before using.
-
3.04 APPLICATION
A. Apply paint in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best
suited for substrate and type of material being applied.
1. Paint, surface treatments, and finishes are as indicated in Drawings.
2. Provide finish coats compatible with prime paints used.
3. Apply additional coats when undercoats, other conditions show through final coat of paint,
until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ensure
surfaces including edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive dry film
thickness equivalent to flat surfaces.
4. Do not proceed with painting of concrete masonry units after filler coat has been applied until
filler coat has been examined and accepted for uniformity of finish.
5. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel coat.
6. Omit first coat(primer)on metal surfaces which have been shop primed and touch-up painted
unless otherwise indicated.
B. Surfaces to be Painted: Except where natural finish of material is specifically noted as surface not
to be painted, paint exposed surfaces whether or not colors are designated in schedules. Where
items or surfaces are not specifically mentioned, paint same as similar adjacent materials or areas.
(2019) 09910-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
If color or finish is not designated, ARCHITECT will select these from standard colors or finishes
available. Paint exposed piping, conduit, and ducts to match adjacent or near surfaces, except for
�. color coding.
C. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat material to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated or
otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent
surface deterioration.
1. Allow sufficient time between successive coatings to permit proper drying. Do not recoat until
— paint has dried to feel firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure,
and application of another coat of paint does not cause lifting or loss of adhesion of
undercoat.
D. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply materials at not less than manufacturer's recommended
spreading rate to establish total dry film thickness as indicated or, if not indicated, recommended by
coating manufacturer.
E. Prime Coats: Apply prime coat of material required to be painted or finished, not prime coated by
others.
1. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first
coat to ensure finish coat with no burn through or other defects due to insufficient sealing.
F. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover to provide opaque, smooth surface of uniform
finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs,
sags, ropiness or other surface imperfections not acceptable.
G. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish or
repaint work not in compliance with specified requirements.
3.05 CLEANING
A. Clean Up: During progress of work, remove discarded paint materials, rubbish, cans, and rags at
end of each work day from site.
— 3.06 PROTECTION
A. Protect work of other trades,whether to be painted or not, against damage by painting and finishing
work. Correct any damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting as acceptable to
ARCHITECT.
3.07 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE - ELECTRICAL BUILDING
A. Ferrous Metal:
1. Semi-Gloss Alkyd Enamel: 2 finish coats over primer.
a. Prime Coat: Rust inhibitive primer. Primer not required on items delivered shop
primed.
1) ICI: #4160 Devguard Alkyd Tank& Structural Primer.
2) P&L: Tech-Gard high performance rust inhibitive primer.
3) S-W: Kern Bond HS.
4) PPG: 7-858, industrial rust inhibitive primer.
5) Moore: IronClad Alkyd Low Lustre Metal &Wood Enamel#163.
6) MAB: Rust-O-Lastic Anti-Corrosive Primer.
b. First and Second Finish Coats: Semi-gloss alkyd enamel.
(2019) 09910-5 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
1) ICI: 2516 Ultra-Hide Durus Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel.
2) P&L: Permalize house paint.
3) S-W: Metalastic DTM semi-gloss B55Z.
4) PPG: 7-814 series, industrial gloss oil enamel. _
5) Moore: IMC DTM Alkyd Semi-Gloss M24.
6) MAB: Four Seasons Acrylic Latex Trim Enamel.
3.08 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE
A. Concrete Masonry Units:
1. Semi-Gloss Alkyd Enamel Finish: 2 coats over filled surface with total dry film thickness not _
less than 3.5 mils, excluding filler coat.
a. Filler Coat: Latex block filler. Apply filler coat at rate ensuring complete coverage with
pores filled and uniform leveling of surface.
1) ICI: 3010 vinyl acrylic block filler.
2) P&L: Pro-Hide block filler(Z8465).
3) S-W: Prep Rite Blockfiller B25W25.
4) PPG: 6-7, Speedhide latex block filler.
5) Moore: Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Block Filler#285.
6) MAB: Block Kote 3000.
b. First Coat: Enamel undercoater.
1) ICI: 1516 Ultra-Hide Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel.
2) P&L: Pro-Hide Gold alkyd primer.
3) S-W: Pro-Mar 200 alkyd semi-gloss enamel.
4) PPG: 6-1110 Series, Speedhide alkyd semi-gloss enamel or 7-844 series
industrial semi-gloss enamel.
5) Moore: Moorcraft Super Spec Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel#271.
6) MAB: Fresh Kote Semi-Gloss.
C. Second Coat: Odorless interior alkyd semi-gloss enamel.
1) ICI: 1516 Ultra-Hide Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel.
2) P&L: Cellutone satin lustre enamel.
3) S-W: Pro-Mar 200 alkyd semi-gloss enamel.
4) PPG: 6-1110 Series, Speedhide alkyd semi-gloss enamel or 7-844 series
industrial semi-gloss enamel.
5) Moore: Moorcraft Super Spec Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel#271.
6) MAB: Fresh Kote Semi-gloss. y
B. Ferrous Metal:
1. Semi-Gloss Enamel Finish: 2 coats over primer with total dry film thickness not less than �-
2.5 mils.
a. Prime Coat: Rust inhibiting primer. Prime coat not required on items delivered shop _
primed.
1) ICI: 4160 Devguard Alkyd Tank&Structural Primer.
2) P&L: Tech-Gard high performance rust inhibitive metal primer. --
3) S-W: Kern Bond HS.
4) PPG: 7-858, industrial rust inhibitive primer.
5) Moore: IronClad Alkyd Low Lustre Metal &Wood Enamel#163.
(2019) 09910-6 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
6) MAB: Rust-O-Lastic Anti-Corrosive Primer.
-- b. First Coat: Interior alkyd semi-gloss.
1) ICI: 1516 Ultra-Hide Alkyd Semi-Gloss Finish.
2) P&L: Cellutone satin lustre.
3) S-W: Pro-Mar 200 alkyd semi-gloss.
4) PPG: 6-1110 Series, Speedhide alkyd semi-gloss enamel or 7-844 industrial
semi-gloss enamel.
5) Moore: Moorcraft Super Spec Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel#271.
6) MAB: Fresh Kote Semi-Gloss.
C. Second Coat: Interior alkyd semi-gloss enamel.
1) ICI: 1516 Ultra-Hide Alkyd Semi-Gloss Finish.
2) P&L: Cellutone satin lustre.
3) S-W: Pro-Mar 200 alkyd semi-gloss enamel.
4) PPG: 6-1110 Series, Speedhide alkyd semi-gloss enamel or 7-844 industrial
semi-gloss enamel.
5) Moore: Moorcraft Super Spec Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel#271.
6) MAB: Fresh Kote Semi-Gloss.
C. Zinc Coated (Galvanized) Metal:
1. Semi-Gloss Finish: 2 coats over primer with total dry film thickness not less than 2.5 mils.
a. Prime Coat: Galvanized metal primer.
1) ICI: 4160 Devguard Alkyd Tank & Structural Primer.
2) P&L: Galvanized metal primer.
3) S-W: Galvite primer.
4) PPG: 90-709 Series, Pitt-Tech one pack interior/exterior industrial primer.
5) Moore: IronClad Alkyd Low Lustre Metal &Wood Enamel#163.
6) MAB: Rust-O-Lastic Hydro-Prime II.
b. Second Coat: Interior alkyd semi-gloss.
1) ICI: 1516 Ultra-Hide Alkyd Semi-Gloss Finish.
2) P&L: Cellutone enamel.
3) S-W: Pro-Mar 200 alkyd semi-gloss.
4) PPG: 6110 Series, Speedhide alkyd semi-gloss enamel or7-844 industrial semi-
gloss enamel.
5) Moore: Moorcraft Super Spec Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel#271.
6) MAB: Fresh Kote Semi-Gloss.
C. Third Coat: Odorless interior alkyd semi-gloss enamel.
1) ICI: 1516 Ultra-Hide Alkyd Semi-Gloss Finish.
2) P&L: Cellutone enamel.
3) S-W: Pro-Mar 200 Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel.
4) PPG: 6110 Series, Speedhide alkyd semi-gloss enamel or 7-844 industrial semi-
gloss enamel.
5) Moore: Moorcraft Super Spec Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel#271.
6) MAB: Fresh Kote Semi-Gloss.
D. Painted Woodwork and Hardboard:
1. Semi-Gloss Enamel Finish: 3 coats.
(2019) 09910-7 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
a. First Coat: Interior enamel undercoat.
1) ICI: 1120 Ultra-Hide Oil/Alkyd Enamel Undercoater.
2) P&L: Pro-Hide Gold alkyd primer.
3) S-W: Prep Rite wall and wood undercoater B49W2.
4) PPG: 6-6, Speedhide alkyd enamel undercoater or 6-855 Speedhide interior
latex enamel undercoater.
5) Moore: Moorcraft Super Spec Alkyd Enamel#245.
6) MAB: Fresh Kote Enamel Undercoater.
b. Second and Third Coats: Odorless interior semi-gloss enamel. --
1) ICI: 1516 Ultra-Hide Interior Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel.
2) P&L: Cellutone satin lustre.
3) S-W: Pro Mar 200 alkyd semi-gloss.
4) PPG: 6-1110 Series, Speedhide alkyd semi-gloss enamel or 7-844 industrial
semi-gloss enamel.
5) Moore: Moorcraft Super Spec Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel#271. _
6) MAB: Fresh Kote Semi-Gloss.
**" END OF SECTION
(2019) 09910-8 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 13404
ADJUSTABLE SPEED DRIVE EQUIPMENT-
ADJUSTABLE FREQUENCY
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. This section describes adjustable speed drive equipment included with process equipment
specified in other sections.
2. Transmissions of data to main SCADA system must be coordinated with Automatic
Systems, Travis Moran, 2740 Ford St, Ames, IA 50010, 515-232-4770.
1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Performance Requirements:
1. Provide Run-Fail, alarm, and equipment status functions in conformance with
Section 13440.
2. Unless otherwise specified, run signals shall be derived from motor starter normally open
_ auxiliary contacts or inverter.
3. Electrical wiring and controls shall conform to Division 16.
B. Design Criteria:
1. Power drives from 480 vac, 3 phase, 60 hz. supply.
2. Capable of operation on electrical power system with 5% Total Harmonic Distortion (THD)
present at adjustable speed drive.
3. Output voltage shall be varied proportionally to output frequency to maintain constant V/Hz
up to nominal 60 hertz. Above 60 hertz, output voltage shall be constant.
4. Drive shall be suitable for operating standard NEMA Design B motors.
5. Drive shall consist of full wave diode bridge rectifier to convert incoming fixed
voltage/frequency to fixed DC voltage to minimize generation of electrical noise back into
line and provide displacement power factor of 0.95, over range of speeds and loads
utilized.
6. Meet quality and program requirements of ISO 9001. Completed assembly shall be listed
and labeled for purpose for which it is used by Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
7. Environmental:
a. Relative Humidity: 0 -95% non-condensing.
b. Altitude: 0 - 3300 ft.
C. Ambient temperature: -10' to 40°C.
8. Conform to NEMA standards.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit information in 1 package in booklet form for drive and control associated with process
equipment specified in other sections.
1.04 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS
A. Store Equipment specified in this Section at Temperature: -20°C to 65°C.
(2019) 13404-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
1.05 MAINTENANCE
A. Extra Materials:
1. Packaging:
a. Obtain spare parts from equipment manufacturer. Do not provide third-party
equivalent replacements.
b. Package spare parts for protection against dirt, moisture, and static discharge.
Label each package as to its contents with description and part number.
C. Size packages for convenient storage and handling. Packages should weigh no
more than 30 Ibs each and be no larger than 30 in. long by 18 in. deep by 18 in. _
wide, unless individual component exceeds these dimensions.
d. Do not place spare parts for different equipment items in same package.
2. Spare Parts:
a. PLC: Provide spare module for each type used on Project for following:
1) Processor.
2) Power supply.
3) 1/O.
b. Provide 1 useable spare slot in each PLC 1/0 chassis.
C. Provide 20% spare 1/0 points wired to terminal blocks for each type of 1/0 for each
PLC panel. Install spares in chassis grouped with similar 1/0 types.
3. Extra materials identified in Section 13442 for equipment in this Section.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Manufacturers:
1. Eaton Corporation - Cutler Hammer Division, DG1 Series.
2. Allen Bradley, Power Flex 755.
B. Equipment provided in this section shall conform to following:
1. General Provisions for Instrumentation and Control: Section 13440.
2. Instrument and Control Panel Construction: Section 13442.
3. Panel and Field Devices: Section 13453.
4. Field Electronic Transmitters: Section 13459.
5. Disconnects, Fuses and Circuit Breakers: Section 16050.
6. Motor Controllers: Section 16050.
C. For standardization and maintenance, major equipment components in this section shall be
responsibility of single drive manufacturer.
(2019) 13404-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
D. Motors:
1. In addition to equipment specification sections, comply with following:
a. Vertical Units:
-- 1) Include drip shield.
2) Include high ring base with access holes for coupling floor mounted motors.
3) Design motor and base for reed critical frequency above 120% of base speed.
b. Not exceed insulation Class B temperature rise for continuous operation at any point
in specified speed range when operating from inverter.
C. Include minimum of Class F rated insulation.
d. Include overtemperature switch in each phase when specified.
e. Include adequate thermal capacity for continuous operation under worst case
temperature conditions with motor operating at rated torque, without reduction in
motor insulation life of motor, under range of conditions specified.
2.02 PULSE WIDTH MODULATED (PWM)ADJUSTABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE -CENTRIFUGAL.
A. Inverters:
1. Input Power:
a. 460 v (+10%, -10%).
b. 3-ph, 3-wire, any phase sequence.
C. 60 Hz (±2%).
d. Withstand without component failure, line voltage transients up to 3,000 v, in
accordance with ANSI 37.90.1.
e. Include copper wound, Class H insulation, 1150C rise, line reactor on inverter input
to prevent disturbance to power line. When harmonic trap filter is supplied, include
in harmonic trap filter panel.
f. Inverter input shall have 0.95 PF or greater throughout speed range.
g. Include MOVs on power line and input and output line chokes.
h. Line noise shall be limited to line notch depth of 20% or less. Meet voltage and
current distortion limits in accordance with IEEE 519.
B. Inverter Construction:
1. Modular construction for ease of maintenance.
2. Easily accessible from front.
_ 3. Construct boards of fire retardant materials in accordance with NEMA Grade FR4
specifications.
C. Inverter Output Power:
1. Match to motor.
2. 3-ph, 3-wire.
_ 3. Pulse width modulated wave form.
4. Rated Output: 460 v.
5. Frequency Range: 6 to 60°Hz, unless otherwise specified.
6. Frequency Accuracy: ±1% of setting any point in specified speed range in 24 hr period.
-- 7. Rate full load output current in excess of sum of ac motor nameplate current of motor and
increase of motor current due to harmonics.
8. Inverter output shall not cause motor current to increase in excess of values listed in table
below:
(2019) 13404-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
Motor code letter % Current Increase
Due to Harmonics —
E 2.4
F 3.0
G 3.7 —'
H 4.7
9. Inverter output including harmonics shall not cause motor current to exceed motor —
nameplate full load current excluding service factor at maximum load BHP
10. Protection against opening or shorting of motor leads.
11. Ground Fault Protection. _
12. Critical frequency avoidance circuit. Three set points selectable from 0 to maximum
frequency. Band width of setpoints to be adjustable from 0 -30 Hz.
13. Power transistors to be Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistors (IGBT's) with PIV rating of
1200 volts minimum.
D. Motor Performance:
1. 0.5% speed regulation in manual or automatic speed control mode for motors. '-
2. 110% starting torque.
3. 110% overload capacity for 1 min.
E. Drive Features:
1. Include offset, slope, minimum clamp, separate acceleration, and deceleration
adjustments from 1.5 to 15 sec.
2. Provide potentiometer for speed input for manual speed control, startup and maintenance.
3. Design circuit to accept positive or negative signal, grounded or ungrounded.
4. Efficiency of Inverter for centrifugal pump motor:
a. 100% rated speed and load: 97.5% or better.
b. 70% rated speed and 50% load: 94% or better.
C. 50% rated speed and 25% load: 87% or better. -�
d. 30% rated speed and 9% load: 83% or better.
5. Adjustable current limit circuitry adjustable to 115% of rated current. _
6. Two successive automatic restart attempts on nuisance shutdown.
7. RS232C communication capable of monitoring and setting operating and fault parameters.
8. Front of Enclosure Devices: Keypad.
F. Short Circuit and Drive Input Protection:
1. High speed current limiting fuses rated 200,000 AIC, specifically designed for solid state
applications.
2. Instantaneous overcurrent trip shutdown set at 180%.
3. Undervoltage protection with automatic restart.
4. Input power thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with minimum 65,000 RMS symmetrical _.
interrupting capacity with through-door operator and following features:
a. Label in accordance with UL Standard 489.
b. Provisions to lock in "OFF" position.
C. Mechanical interlock to prevent opening cabinet door with disconnect in "ON"
position, or moving disconnect to "ON" position while unit door is open.
d. Auxiliary contact on main disconnect to isolate control when fed from external —
source.
e. Barriers and warning signs on terminals that are energized with power disconnect
"OFF".
(2019) 13404-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
G. Internal Protective Features:
1. Output phase sequence to be independent of input phase sequence.
2. High or low sustained voltage shutdown.
3. Phase loss protection.
i' 4. 120 vac grounded control circuits from internal control transformer to power associated
equipment control devices powered from panel.
5. Anti-regenerative circuit to protect inverter during deceleration.
6. Electrically isolated low voltage logic.
7. Transistor overtemperature and overcurrent protection.
8. Current limit comparitor circuit to automatically phase back output current and frequency
to prevent excessive currents from damaging motor insulation.
9. Static overspeed protection.
10. DC bus fuse protection.
11. MOV(metal oxide varistor) surge protection.
H. Inverter Adjustments:
1. Maximum Speed: 50%to 100% rated.
2. Minimum Speed: 0% to 70% rated.
3. Current limit: 50% to 115%.
4. Linear Acceleration: 5 to 25 sec.
_ 5. Linear Deceleration: 5 to 25 sec.
6. Output v/Hz trim.
7. Current limit and torque boost.
8. Maximum voltage level.
9. Electronic thermal overload.
10. Torque limit.
11. Maximum voltage.
I. Inverter Diagnostic and Shutdown Protection Features:
1. External fault such as motor overload.
2. Low line voltage.
3. High line voltage.
4. Instantaneous Current overload.
5. Inverter overtemperature.
6. Overcurrent stall.
7. Overvoltage stall.
8. Ground Fault.
_ 9. Blown input fuse.
10. Control Power supply failure.
J. Operator Interface:
1. Provide front of panel mounted keypad/display, capable of controlling drive and setting
drive parameters.
_ 2. Digital display shall include following functions:
a. Frequency.
b. Control mode - manual or auto.
-- C. Output frequency.
d. Percent output voltage.
e. Percent output current.
3. Keypad:
'- (2019) 13404-5 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
a. Digital. —
b. Menu driven.
C. Stored in non-volatile memory.
d. Lockout code protected.
e. Key Functions:
1) Up/Down arrow keys.
2) Manual/Off/Auto keys. —
3) Run/Stop keys.
4) Fault Clear/Reset keys.
5) Program key.
6) Read/Write keys.
7) Quick Setup key.
2.03 DRY RUN CREEK PUMP ADJUSTABLE SPEED DRIVE SYSTEM
A. General:
1. Include adjustable frequency drive system with 3 wastewater pumps. Drive system
includes, but not limited to, motors, inverters, motor control equipment, and pump control
panel. Inverters and accessories shall be as specified in this section and listed in
Schedule 1 to Section 13404.
2. Install 3 phase power components in NEMA 1 enclosures with open chasis inverters. —
Paint with manufacturers standard exterior gray and interior white.
3. Design components to form complete control system, including necessary electrical
interlocking and interwiring between components within structure, with terminal block
provisions for connecting remote mounted devices with control system.
4. Provide door mounted, engraved nameplates for each door mounted or remote mounted
device or unit of equipment in accordance with Section 15075.
5. Include relays, breakers, and items necessary to achieve system performance specified. —
Furnish terminal blocks for interconnection between enclosures.
6. Furnish interconnecting conductors between adjustable speed cabinets and equipment
excluding motors.
7. Terminate wiring inside enclosures.
B. Drive Enclosures:
1. Quantity 3.
2. Dimensions as shown on drawings.
3. Nema 1 enclosure with pad lockable disconnect switch. —
4. Free-standing.
5. Provide pump protection (MAS module or equal)
C. Pump Control Panel:
1. 36 in. wide.
2. Free-standing.
3. Front of Panel Mounted Devices:
Descri tion Ran a Interface
Operator Interface Unit
Back up pumpcontrol reset pushbutton
(2019) 13404-6 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
4. Operator Interface Unit functions:
Description Ran a Interface
Wet well level indication 0 to XX ft --
HOA switch for each pump -_
Reset pushbutton
VFD Run li ht for each pump Signal from vfd
VFD fault for each pump Signal from VFD
_ Elapsed time meter for each pump --
Low wet well water level alarm light
High wet well water level alarm light
High motor temp light for each pump
Seal fail for each pump
Speed indicator for each raw wastewater --
um
Level indicating controller
Inverter fail alarm light for each inverter --
Pump 1 Lead/Off Two position sequence --
selector switch
Pump 2 Lead/Lag1/Lag2/Lag3 four
position sequence selector switch
Pump 3 Lead/Lag1/Lag2/Lag3 four --
position sequence selector switch
Pump Station Flow Flow meter
Totalized Station Flow Calculated from flow
a. Additional Panel Equipment:
1) PLC Allen Bradley Compact Logix Series 5000.
2) UPS, sized for 10 minutes back up time.
3) Unpowered contacts for pump run, fail, high level and power fail alarm signals.
4) Cellular Telephone Modem.
D. Functional Description:
1. Liquid Level Control System:
a. Provide Liquid Level Control System in logic section, designed to maintain liquid
level in common wet well between minimum and maximum level requirements using
constant level control strategy. Level may deviate from level setpoint only when
current pumping capacity is outside pumping range achievable with number of
pumps currently operating.
b. Include level system and ramp and sequence control.
1) Level system shall provide 4-20 mAdc output control signal. Maximum signal
shall represent maximum water level and minimum signal shall represent
minimum water level.
-' 2) Provide control signals in liquid level control unit to indicate wet well liquid level
to initiate start and stop functions for 4 pumps, and to modulate speed of 3
pumps.
3) Provide signal offset capability to allow pump speed to be adjusted to allow
pump capacity to be equalized between pumps.
C. Utilize 4-20 mAdc control signal supplied by level transducer specified.
d. Provide with features and appurtenances, whether individually specified or not, to
obtain operating requirements specified.
—. (2019) 13404-7 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
e. Pumps shall be sequentially started with time delays upon restoration of power. _
f. Pump control shall include anti-backspin timers for each pump activated on pump
stop to prevent respective pump from restarting until timer is timed out.
2. Automatic Operation:
a. Provide sequence control to logically determine from panel signals which pumps to
be operative in automatic sequence.
b. Liquid level control system shall automatically operate 4 pump drives to maintain wet
well level as described herein from selector switches for setting up pump sequence.
C. First (lead), second (lag 1), third (lag 2) pump position shall be from adjustable
speed inverters with any inverter arranged so it can operate in first or second or third _
position.
d. Provide proportional wetwell level PID controller with operator entered wetwell level
setpoint initially set at 834.57 ft.
e. Initially set proportional band at 1 ft. above and 1 ft. below wetwell level setpoint.
f. Calibrate minimum and maximum speed for each variable speed pump in field.
g. Control pump speed to allow pumping of all flows, from minimum to maximum flows
achievable, with combination of pumps available. _
h. Pumps shall not cycle at any steady flow condition.
i. Minimize pump cycling under transient flow conditions.
j. Do not allow more pumps operating than required to meet present flow condition.
3. On Rising Wetwell Level
a. Start first (lead) pump at maximum speed (with adjustable controlled rate of _
acceleration)when wetwell rises above proportional band.
b. If level continues to rise above proportional band start second pump at current
controller setpoint after preset adjustable time delay (with adjustable controlled rate
of acceleration).C. If level continues to rise above proportional band start third pump at current
controller setpoint after preset adjustable time delay (with adjustable controlled rate
of acceleration). _
d. Provide speed signal for each pump operating to equally share load with adjustable
speed bias setting for each individual pump.
4. On Falling Wetwell Level:
a. As wet well level decreases, operating pump(s) shall reduce in speed until outflow
equals inflow and level drops to wetwell level setpoint. _
b. If level drops with operating pump(s) running at minimum speed, stop last pump
started when wetwell level drops below proportional band, after preset adjustable
time delay.
C. If wetwell level continues to drop with operating pump(s) running at minimum speed,
stop last pump started when wetwell level drops below proportional band, after
preset adjustable time delay.
d. If wetwell level continues to drop with one pump running at minimum speed, stop
lead pump when wetwell level drops below proportional band after preset adjustable —
time delay.
5. Provide three different minimum speed settings for each pump. Four different speed
settings shall be used automatically depending on number of pumps operating.
6. On one drive failure, sequence shall be as above, except eliminate pump drive system
which has failed to start.
7. Automatic Backup Control Mode, control shall be independent of PLC:
(2019) 13404-8 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
a. When High level float is activated and HOA switches are in "Auto" start lead pump at
speed setting at preset speed. Provide additional float contacts or relay to provide
High Wet Well Level indication.
b. If High level float is still activated after preset adjustable time delay, activate lag 1
pump at preset speed setting.
C. If High level float is still activated after preset adjustable time delay, activate lag 2
pump at speed setting.
d. When Pump off level float is activated and HOA switches are in "Auto", stop all pump
started in backup mode, Provide additional float contacts or relay to provide Low Wet
Well Level indication.
e. Back up level control reset pushbutton will return wetwell control system to constant
wetwell level automatic control.
8. High, Pump Off and low level alarms shall be activated by float switches furnished and
installed in wetwell at elevation shown on Drawings.
9. Stop pumps on low water level alarm (828.97) in Hand or Auto, and high temp signal.
10. Provide seal fail indication, pump continues to run. Indication remains on until manually
reset.
11. Receive the following from each drive:
— a. Drive running, discrete.
b. Drive fault discrete.
C. Drive in auto, discrete.
d. Pump high temp, discrete.
e. Pump seal fail, discrete.
f. Speed, 4-20 mA.
12. Transmit the following to each drive:
a. Drive required to run, discrete.
b. Speed control, 4-20 mA.
13. Monitor flow 4 — 20 madc signal and provide Totalized Flow value and transmit over
monitoring system.
14. Provide unpowered contacts/values for following signals. Signals/values to be transmitted
over celluar telephone modem monitoring system using Ethernet communications:
a. Backup control active.
b. High-High Wet Well Level Alarm
C. High Wet Well Level.
d. Low Wet Well Level.
e. Low-Low Wet Well Level Alarm.
f. Common Alarm.
g. Loss of Power Alarm.
h. Pump 1 Run.
i. Pump 2 Run.
j. Pump 3 Run.
k. Pump 1 Fail.
Ig. Pump 2 Fail.
M. Pump 3 Fail.
n. Pump 1 Seal Fail.
o. Pump 2 Seal Fail.
P. Pump 3 Seal Fail
q. Generator Run.
_ r. Generator Fail.
S. Normal Power On.
t. Emergency Power On.
(2019) 13404-9 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
U. Totalized Flow.
15. Provide following 4-20 mA signals to to Operator Interface Unit or front of panel digital
indicators: —
a. Wet Well Level.
b. instantaneous pump station flow,
E. Field Devices:
Description (Range) Notes
Wet well level indication 0 to 11 ft Submersible level transducer
High Level float switch (for automatic Elevation: see drawings
-backup control mode
Pump off Level float switch (for automatic Elevation: see drawings
backup control mode
Low Level float switch Elevation: see drawings _
100- 1,000 gpm or maximum of 3 pumps Flow Meter(Section 13420)
-operating
2.04 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inverter Testing:
1. Upon completion of manufacture and assembly, factory test drive at full load to
demonstrate compliance with specified features and characteristics.
2. OWNER may witness factory testing of drives.
3. Provide 2 weeks notice to OWNER prior to testing of drives.
4. Component failure during testing will require repeating any test associated with failure of
modified components to demonstrate proper operation.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION —
A. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and approved
submittals.
B. Except as shown on Drawings, retain services of drive manufacturer to provide final wiring
interconnections between sections of adjustable speed cabinets.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Manufacturer's Field Services: _
1. Provide services as specified in process package systems.
SCHEDULE 1 TO SECTION 13404 --
ADJUSTABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE EQUIPMENT
Pumps
Drive System Re uirements
PumpTagNo. N/A
Motor Tag No.
Reference Specification Section 0253532
(2019) 13404-10 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SCHEDULE 1 TO SECTION 13404
ADJUSTABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE EQUIPMENT
Pumps
Number of Inverters 3
No. of Harmonic Trap Filters 0
No. of Input Line Reactors 0
No. of Inverter Bypass Contactors 0
No. of Mechanically Interlocked Reversing Contactors 0
L. of Circuit Breakers 1 per drive
. of Motor Overloads 1 per drive
of Output Line Reactors 0
*"* END OF SECTION
(2019) 13404-11 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
r
SECTION 13420
FLOW METER (MAGNETIC)
PART1 GENERAL
—' 1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Magnetic flow meters.
2. Converters.
3. Interconnecting cable.
1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Design Requirements:
1. Comply with Schedule 1 to Section 13420.
2. Ratio of flow velocity to reference voltage signals generated identical for each meter size.
Meter shall be compatible with secondary readout instrument without circuit modifications.
3. Changes in density,viscosity, temperature, pressure or conductivity within limits of flow meter
shall not affect accuracy. Maintain accuracy for field repairs performed by supplier's service
technician during warranty period.
4. Design is based on minimum average velocity of 3 ft/sec through meter. Meters requiring
greater velocities to meet specified accuracy and proper performance are not acceptable.
5. Flowmeter system accuracy shall be±0.5% of actual flow rate from 3 to 30 ft/sec and±1%
from 1 to 3 ft/sec. Repeatability shall be±0.1%and response time programmable from 1 sec
to 100 sec.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. Catalog cuts and manufacturer's specification for each meter and converter.
2. Standard wiring diagrams.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Drawing showing location of meter in pipe system.
2. Wiring diagram between meter and converter.
C. Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Data:
1. Hydraulic calibration results including printout of actual calibration data giving indicated vs.
actual flows at minimum of 1 ft/sec flow rate for each meter. List test results by serial number
of meter.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Krohne Opti 2000.
B. Endress+Hauser Promag 50.
C. ABB Water Master.
(2019) 13420-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
D. Or equal.
2.02 FLOW METER PRIMARY ELEMENT
A. Low frequency, electromagnetic induction type: Produce do pulse signal directly proportional and
linear to liquid flow rate.
B. NEMA 6 housing: Watertight external and internal electrical conduit connections.
C. Power from signal converter.
D. Flow meter liner, electrode materials, and electrode type shall comply with materials listed on
Schedule 1.
E. Use stainless steel or Hastelloy C grounding rings or grounding gaskets on each end of magnetic
flow meter to provide ground path and prevent interference with flow signal on non-metallic or lined
pipe. Do not provide grounding probes.
F. Sensing head interchangeable with meter body without performing flow recalibration.
G. High impedance device of not less than 1012 ohms to minimize span shift due to electrode coating.
H. Explosion proof sensor certified by Factory Mutual Research for Class I, Division I or Division II as
specified or shown, Groups C and D when sensor is located in hazardous area.
2.03 SIGNAL CONVERTER
A. Remote mounted, microprocessor controlled.
1. Operate on 120 vac, 60 Hz power.
2. Provide pulsed do voltage to magnet coils of magnetic flow meter to establish magnetic field.
3. Convert flow signal from magnetic flow meter to analog and digital output signals, for
bidirectional flow.
B. Span shall be continuously adjustable between 1 and 33 ft/sec. Adjustment shall be by keypad.
C. Display flow rate scaled in field selectable engineering units,as shown in Schedule 1. Display shall
have 2 rows of 16 alpha numeric characters. Top row shall indicate instantaneous flow.
D. Converter interchangeable with magnetic flow meter element and require no additional flow
calibration.
E. Isolated 4-20 mAdc analog current output into 0 to 500 ohm load and 24 vdc scaled, software _
adjustable pulse output.
F. Cast Aluminum NEMA 6X enclosure.
G. Noise reduction feature to stabilize flow reading.
H. Automatic empty pipe detection.
I. Suitable for-40° F to 1500 F ambient temperature.
(2019) 13420-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2.04 CABLE
— A. Provide sufficient length of manufacturers standard signal cable to connect meter primary element
and converter.
B. Use single conduit run between converter and meter.
2.05 TAGGING
— A. Provide identification tags and markers with ENGINEER'S equipment name and tag number.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
— A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and approved submittals.
B. Locate meter as recommended by manufacturer with respect to other piping components to ensure
meter will meet specified accuracy.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Manufacturer's Field Services:
1. Supplier's or manufacturer's technician for equipment specified herein shall be present atjob
site or classroom designated by OWNER for mandays indicated, travel time excluded, for
— assistance during plant construction, plant startup, equipment calibration, and training of
OWNER'S personnel for plant operation. Include minimum of:
a. 1/2 manday for Installation Services.
— b. 1/2 manday for Instructional Services.
2. Supplier or manufacturer shall direct services to system and equipment operation,
maintenance, and troubleshooting and system-related areas other than process design and
philosophy.
B. Field calibrate under operating conditions.
(2019) 13420-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
k
° ' §
k / / $
C14_ . . /
0
Q . Z
� }
2 6
® : ƒ
E
CL
k a) o
� 22
/ JJ/
ƒ ,4 $ -
E
w E2 $
o � ■ E @
qc � 2 �
ƒ 2 ■ §
0U) 2 e c 7 2
L) i 0 ¢ 22 � /
$ LU Cam ƒ con / §
o � � T- d U 7
e � \
■
\ U.U. U) k
= U ■ � $ L
c � / k :
\ LU
2 /
E E0 / \
o � 2cn
c \ ƒ 0f m
CL \ \ � � d �
3 w � � - _
k m
� � 2 ■ 2 .
§ k�
O ° � 02
c % 0 ■ M
= c R a z =
C ( �
a
■ � � � .
o > §
2
cm 2 �
\ 2 = E ®
/ $ & � ■ §
amp
± w J
SECTION 13440
GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. General requirements for package and non-package Instrumentation and Control Systems
unless otherwise specified in other sections.
— 1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. Selector Switch: When used under panel component description refers to maintained contact type
switches. Loss and return of control power to circuit does not change control mode of requirements
in switch position.
B. Push-button: When used under panel component description refers to momentary contact type
switches which, unless specified otherwise, shall require electrical interlock. Loss of control power
shall, unless specified otherwise, result in loss of electrical interlock and stoppage of previous mode
of operations.
1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Design Requirements:
1. Provide run/fail, alarm, and equipment status functions.
2. Unless otherwise specified, "run"signals shall be derived from motor starter normally open
auxiliary contacts.
3. Unless otherwise specified, discrete input and output signals shall conform to:
a. Isolated unpowered (dry) contact closures.
b. Power contact from panel receiving signal or device receiving signal.
4. Unless otherwise specified, input and output analog signals shall conform to:
— a. 4-20 mAdc.
b. For 2-wire transmitter, provide isolated type and power with 24 or 48 vdc at panel or
device receiving signal.
C. Where isolation is required to interface with particular equipment furnished, provide
necessary 1/1 converters.
5. For PLC based systems manual control devices, in panel or field, shall be independent from
PLC to provide maintenance and redundancy function.
6. Panels, panel devices, and field devices shall meet or exceed NEMA requirements as follows.
a. NEMA 4X: Wet locations or outdoors.
1) Instrumentation and control panels shall be 316 stainless steel.
2) Instruments and device enclosures shall be 316 stainless steel, fiberglass, or
— ABS plastic.
b. NEMA 7: Class 1, Division 1 or 2 areas.
C. NEMA 12: Other areas.
(2019) 13440-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
7. Design Life: Design control system for min. 10 yr life at following temperatures: —
a. Permit continuous operation with panel external ambient temperatures of up to+40°C
(+104°F).
b. Outdoor Panels: Permit operation with panel external ambient temperatures of down to
-29°C (-20°F).
C. Indoor Panels: Permit operation with panel external ambient temperatures of down to
+8°C (+400F).
8. When motor controller disconnecting means is off,deenergize associated equipment devices
powered from panel.
9. Electrical wiring and controls shall conform to Division 16.B. Identify equipment on panel or screens with indication below:
1. Green Light On: Equipment running. R
2. Red Light On: Equipment failure when called to run, but not running due to power failure,
overload, breaker, disconnect, or remote switch call for equipment to stop.
a. Provide parallel"required"contact wired to panel for items such as pumps and valves.
b. Provide necessary relay logic and adjustable timers to sense discrepancy between
"required" and "running" and activate respective "Run" and "Fail" light from these
signals. Provide horn when specified.
3. Amber Light On: Indicate equipment status such as valve open or closed.
4. White Light On: Equipment off.
C. Alarm Sequence:
1. Manual Reset Sequence: Alarm condition shall illuminate corresponding visual alarm point.
Depressing push-button shall turn off light. Subsequent alarm condition shall repeat above
sequence. If alarm condition ceases, steady visual alarm shall not go out until reset
push-button depressed. Momentary alarms shall lock-in until reset. Depressing test
push-buttons for alarm functions shall turn on visual alarm points simultaneously or use press
to test lights.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. General:
1. Submit following information tabulated in booklet form for each piece of equipment or system
furnished under this section.
2. Table of Contents of Submittals: Include for each booklet when more than 1 item of
equipment is included in submittal: —
a. ENGINEER'S instrument tag number.
b. Instrument manufacturer's model number. _
C. Related piping, electrical, and dimension drawings.
B. Product Data:
1. Construction materials.
2. Ranges.
3. Output/Input signals.
4. Accessories. —
5. Mounting location.
6. ENGINEER'S tag number on manufacturer's specifications sheets.
(2019) 13440-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
7. Interconnect reference for associated field and panel instruments.
8. Component specification sheets.
C. Shop Drawings:
1. Panel fabrication and dimension drawings, nameplate legends, ENGINEER'S tag numbers,
and wiring and piping schematic drawings. Project specific drawings are required for each
panel, typical are not acceptable.
2. Equipment dimension drawings.
3. Equipment terminal and piping connections.
4. Loop-by-loop system electrical schematic showing terminal-to-terminal interconnections
between related panel and field instruments.
5. Front of panel layout.
-- 6. PLC 1/0 module connection diagram for PLC based systems.
7. Ladder/logic system electrical schematic showing wiring of each component, including ranges
and set points. Wiring and ladder diagram shall have reference numbers on every line for
cross referencing. Each device on ladder shall be cross-referenced with line number as to
wherever it is located.
8. Terminal to terminal interconnection drawings showing wiring for panel to panel/MCC and
panel to field equipment.
D. Miscellaneous:
1. Certificate of UL or nationally recognized testing laboratory(NRTL) inspection and approval
for each completely assembled panel prior to shipment to Project.
2. Include ENGINEER'S tag number when available on each submittal document or page
wherever specific component appears.
3. Extra materials list.
E. Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Data:
1. Include O&M data for each panel and field device specified in Division 13 and Division 16:
a. PLC ladder logic software(electronic and printed)including tags,comments,operational
database values and passwords or pass codes.
b. Configured software on electronic media to install program on spare PLC processors
and programmable controller.
C. Bill of materials.
d. Instruction Manual: Includes detailed operating sequence descriptions.
e. Maintenance Manual: Instructions for maintaining equipment to include calibrating,
cleaning, and trouble shooting.
_ f. Front and rear panel layout drawings.
g. Name plate data.
2. Submit package:
a. Equipment provided under Section 13404.
F. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Standardization:
1. Drawings and Specifications are intended to provide overall system functions. Provide
equipment necessary to provide complete and operable system.
2. CONTRACTOR is responsible for costs resulting from deviations from Contract Documents.
(2019) 13440-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
B. Items provided under sections referenced to this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other —
Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL).
1. Term "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
2. Terms"listed" and "labeled" shall be as defined in National Electrical Code, Article 100.
C. Regulatory Requirements:
1. National Electrical Code(NEC): Components and installation shall comply with National Fire —
Protection Association (NFPA) 70.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 EQUIPMENT MARKERS
A. Furnish equipment markers with ENGINEER'S equipment name and tag number.
2.02 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL _
A. Perform UL inspection and certification for each completely assembled panel before shipment to
Project site.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install equipment in locations indicated on Drawings and in accordance with manufacturer's written
instructions and approved submittals. —
3.02 EQUIPMENT MARKERS
A. Fasten to equipment to be visible.
**" END OF SECTION
(2019) 13440-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 13442
INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL PANEL CONSTRUCTION
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Comply with Section 13440.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Wiring and wiring identification.
2. Terminal identification,
B. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
1.03 MAINTENANCE
A. Extra Materials:
1. 5 fuses or 10%, whichever is greater, for each type of fuse.
2. 30% spare unwired terminals; to be shown on panel drawings.
3. 5 lamps or 10%, whichever is greater, for each type of lamp.
4. One intrinsically safe relay and intrinsically safe barrier for each type.
5. One control relay for each type.
6. One lightning and surge protection module for each type.
7. Spare PLC 1/0 points wired to terminal blocks.
B. Panel Space:
1. Include 10 % contiguous usable rear of panel area for future components
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CONTROL PANELS
A. Factory-fabricate, install instruments, plumb and wire.
B. Make external connections by way of numbered terminal blocks.
C. Separate electrical components from pneumatic components by metal barriers.
D. Conform to ISA standards.
E. Construct panels to external dimensions as specified, required, or shown. Compo-ient arrangement
and wiring shall be consistent for like panels.
F. Fabrication:
1. Minimum Metal Thickness: 14 ga.
a. Construct panels so no seams or bolt heads visible when viewed frc m front.
b. Panel cutouts for instruments and other devices, such as lights and switches, shall be
cut, punched or drilled, and smoothly finished with rounded edges.
(2019) 13442-1 Dry Run Creek rite rceptor-60330823
2. Wherever practical, enclosures shall be manufacturer's standard product.
3. Size to adequately dissipate heat generated by equipment mounted in or on panel.
4. Equip panels mounted outside buildings with thermostatically controlled space heaters
capable of maintaining internal temperature of 10°C, ±2°C, with 20 mph wind at ambient
temperature of-30°C. Heaters shall operate on 120 vac, 60 Hz power.
5. Install rear of panel devices on subpanel.
G. Doors: —
1. Provide front doors except on graphic sections and where otherwise specified.
2. Full height, fully gasketed access doors. _
3. Provide with 3-point padlock locking latches.
4. Provide full length, continuous, piano type stainless steel hinges and pins.
H. Service Outlets:
1. Provide 20 amp, 120 v service outlet circuit fused at 5 amps within back-of-panel area. Fuse
separate from control power. —
I. Temperature Control:
1. For NEMA 1 and 12 Applications:
a. Provide louvers or forced ventilation as required to limit internal temperature build-up.
Internal panel temperature shall not exceed lowest or highest temperature rating of
internal components.
b. Mount stamped sheet metal louvers on top and bottom in rear of panels.
C. For panels mounted with backs directly adjacent to wall, mount louvers on sides.
d. Provide separately fused forced ventilation fans, when required, with washable or —
replaceable filters. Fan motors shall operate on 120 v, 60 Hz power.
2. For NEMA 4 and 4X Applications: —
a. Provide thermostatically controlled heat exchanger and circulation fans as required to
limit internal temperature buildup within sealed enclosure. Internal panel temperature
shall not exceed lowest or highest temperature rating of internal components. .�
b. Heat exchanger shall be of air to air heat pipe type:
1) Manufacturer: Noren Products Inc.
2) Components located outside of control center enclosure shall be suitable for _
outdoor installation.
3) Fans shall be waterproof and installed in an anodized aluminum enclosure.
C. Install heat exchanger so that NEMA rating of enclosure is not compromised.
d. For outdoor application sunshields may be used to limit internal panel temperature.
J. Fusing: -
1. Maximum Fuse Size: 5 amp.
2. Group instruments after separate fusing with maximum of 10 instruments/fuse.
3. Fuse power supplies individually.
4. Where 5 amp capacity is exceeded by load requirements, provide additional fuses.
5. For field devices powered by panel, provide separate fuse for each output.
K. Wiring Terminals:
(2019) 13442-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
1. Mount and wire panel instruments and components to terminal blocks within panel so
installation shall require only setting panel in place and making connections to field wiring and
utilities.
2. Provide separately mounted terminal blocks in panel for connection of field wiring to panel.
3. Label with respective loop number as designated on Panel Ladder Logic Drawings or Loop
Diagrams.
L. Intrinsically Safe Components:
_ 1. Provide intrinsically safe shunt barriers and relays as necessary when field components are
located in Class I Division 1 or Division 2 hazardous class field locations.
M. Lightning and Surge Protection:
1. Provide on instrumentation and control signals whose source or destination is outside
building.
2. Provide on phone lines and copper data network connections located outside building.
u 3. Provide on 120 vac power feeds.
N. Wiring Identification:
1. Label panel wiring at each end of conductor with wire number as designated on Panel Ladder
Logic Drawings or Loop Diagrams.
2. Labels shall be heat shrinkable vinyl sleeve with permanent embossed letters. Emboss label
characters on single sleeve. Heat shrink sleeves on conductors at terminal ends.
3. Conductors Color Codes:
a. 120 vac power wiring, line (phase "A"): Black.
b. 120 vac power wiring, neutral/common: White.
C. 120 vac power wiring, ground: Green.
d. 120 vac control wiring, internal power source: Red.
e. 120 vac control wiring, external power source: Yellow.
f. 24 vdc control wiring, internal or external power source: Light Blue.
g. 4-20 mAdc signal wiring, positive lead: Black.
_ h. 4-20 mAdc signal wiring, negative lead: White or Red.
i. Data highway cable, signal leads: Manufacturer's standard.
O. Panel Drawing Data Pocket:
1. Mount inside without penetrating panel.
2. Size for holding wiring diagrams.
_-. 3. Construct from thermal plastic or metal.
4. Include wiring diagrams.
P. Three Phase and Motor Control Panel:
1. Through door main disconnect or circuit breaker.
2. Control transformer with primary and secondary fuses or circuit breakers.
2.02 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR FREE-STANDING PANEL CONSTRUCTION
A. Fabrication:
1. Fabricate each panel from sheet steel with 1 piece, 10 ga steel front and 12 ga steel sides,
back, and top.
2. Provide steel angle stiffeners on back of panel face to prevent panel deflection under
instrument loading or operation.
(2019) 13442-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
3. Provide internal structural steel framework for instrument support and panel bracing. Internal
framework shall permit lifting of panel without racking or distortion.
4. Provide removable lifting rings designed to facilitate rigging and lifting of panel during
installation. Provide plugs to fill lifting ring holes after installation to complete and lifting rings
have been removed.
5. Where 2 or more sections of panel are mounted adjacent to one another, bolt together with
front faces parallel.
B. Doors:
1. Rear access doors shall extend no further than 24 in. beyond panel when opened to 90°
position.
2. For panels with no front doors or rear access, provide 36 in. deep panel with side access
doors on each side.
C. Lights: —
1. Provide separately fused and switched 100 watt incandescent or equivalent cold start
fluorescent back-of-panel lights.
2. Provide one light for every 4 ft or less of panel width.
3. Mount inside and in top of back-of-panel area.
D. Service Outlets:
1. Space evenly along back of panel.
a. Panels 4 ft or less: 1 outlet.
b. Panels greater than 4 ft: 2 outlets.
C. Panels greater than 8 ft: 3 outlets.
d. Panels greater than 12 ft: 4 outlets. —
E. Instrument Location:
1. Locate instruments designated for back of panel mounting to allow for maintenance and
adjustment.
2. Front of panel instrument mounting height shall not exceed 6 ft 6 in.,minimum height shall be
4 ft-0 in. _
2.03 PANEL FINISH
A. Remove mill scale, rust, grease, and oil. Fill imperfections and sand smooth.
B. Paint interior and exterior with one coat of epoxy metal primer and 2 finish coats of 2 component
type epoxy enamel. —
1. Paint edges of cutouts before installation of instruments and devices.
C. Dry film thickness shall not be less than 3.0 mils.
D. Color: Manufacturer's standard gray for exterior and white for interior.
2.04 NAMEPLATES
A. Provide nameplates for I&C panels and each front-of-panel instrument and device with designations
as shown on Drawings and as listed in Specifications. —
B. Panel Designation: Engraved with ENGINEER'S panel tag number and description with 1/2 in. high
characters. —
(2019) 13442-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
C. Application/Function Nameplate: Locate 3/16 in. characters above or near panel mounted
_ instrument or device consisting of descriptive phrase using nomenclature as listed in Specifications
(when available).
D. Laminated white plastic inscribed with black characters.
E. Tag Number: Include ENGINEER'S tag number as shown on P&ID's and in Specifications on each
nameplate.
F. Provide aluminum decal with black 3/16 in. characters identifying tag number or device designation.
Locate decal on instrument or device or above instrument or device on panel.
-- G. Secure front-of-panel and front-of-instrument nameplate with drive screws or self-tapping fasteners.
2.05 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Test wiring and plumbing prior to shipment.
1. Test internal wiring and components to ensure panel is operational prior to shipment.
2. When panels are interwired, interconnect panels at factory and test functionality of system.
3. Simulate field component and instrument inputs at panel terminals. Test panel outputs with
suitable test instruments.
4. Pressure test internal piping system and components for leaks and repair before shipping.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install panels in locations indicated on Drawings and in accordance with manufacturer's written
instructions and approved submittals.
B. Paint: Touch up defects in panel finish after installation.
*** END OF SECTION "
(2019) 13442-5 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
�..
.�
..-
Y
1
T
w�
SECTION 13451
CELLULAR TELEPHONE MODEM
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Comply with Section 13440.
1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Design Requirements:
1. Cellular modem shall interface to main plant control system defined alarms via cellular
telephone system.
2. Cellular modem transmission shall be controlled by PLC in Section 13404
3. Data shall be transmitted on change of state in Alarms or pump starting or every 15 seconds.
4. Cellular modem for Dry Run Creek and Hawkeye pump stations.
5. Cellular modem supported by City of Waterloo wireless network provider US Cellular.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SUPPLIERS
A. LEC, Incorporated, 110 Excell Drive, Pearl, MS 39208 800-439-8535.
B. No substitutes.
2.02 Cellular Telephone Modem Equipment
A. Red Lion Cellular Router
a. SN6901-AM single port router
b. SN6921-AM 5 port router
B. Cellular Paddle Antennas (two required per router)
a. TG.30.8113
C. Device Activation through City of Waterloo Cellular contact and LEC Inc,
D. Transmit/receive using GSM
E. Power: 24 vdc from PLC enclosure.
F. Provide antenna and cable, location where US Cellular phone calls can be consistently be made
from. Cable length with antenna is 3ft obtain longer from supplier if outside antennas are required.
G. Provide lighting-surge protection if required for outdoor antennas.
H. Mount Cellular Routed in PLC enclosure.
(2019) 13451-1 Dry Run Creek nterceptor-60330823
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and approved submittals.
B. Wire and test each device to be suitable for operation.
*"* END OF SECTION "
(2019) 13451-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 13453
PANEL AND FIELD DEVICES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Comply with Section 13440.
PART2 PRODUCTS
—� 2.01 PUSH-BUTTON/SELECTOR SWITCH CONTROL UNITS AND PILOT LIGHTS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Square D.
2. Cutler-Hammer.
3. Allen Bradley.
4. Or equal.
B. Construction:
1. Heavy duty.
2. Oil tight, watertight.
3. Base mounting.
4. Flush panel mounting.
5. Size to mount in 30.5 mm opening without adapter. Smaller units are not acceptable.
C. Pushbuttons:
1. Flush head unless specified elsewhere.
2. Contact Blocks:
a. Double break silver contacts.
b. ac Ratings: 7,200 va make, 720 va break.
C. Single pole, double throw or double pole, single throw.
--� d. Up to 6 tandem blocks.
3. Momentary contact unless specified elsewhere.
4. Non-illuminated.
5. Padlock attachments where required.
6. Legend plates as required for type of operation or as specified elsewhere.
D. Pilot Lights:
1. Transformer type.
— 2. Bayonet, 6 to 8 v bulb.
3. Colored lenses as specified elsewhere.
4. Interchangeable lenses.
5. Transformer rated for 120 v, 60 Hz.
6. Push to test.
7. Legend plates as required for type of operation or specified elsewhere.
(2019) 13453-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
E. Nameplates:
1. I&C Panel: Section 13442.
2.02 MOTOR STARTER CONTROL RELAYS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Square D. —
2. Cutler-Hammer.
3. Or equal.
B. Construction:
1. Industrial type.
2. 300 v rated.
3. ac operation.
4. Pressure wire connectors.
C. Operating Data:
1. Pickup Time: 11 ms maximum.
2. Dropout Time: 6 ms maximum.
D. Coil:
1. Molded construction.
2. 120 vac, 60 Hz.
3. Continuous rated.
4. 155 va inrush, maximum.
5. 22 va sealed, maximum.
6. Suppress coil transients to 300 v or less.
E. Contacts:
1. Double break.
2. Silver alloy. �.
3. Convertible.
4. Color coded to indicate status.
5. Pilot duty.
6. 60 amp make, 6 amp break, (120 v inducting).
F. Track mounting capability.
G. Accessories: T
1. Add-on pole attachment.
a. 4 NO and 4 NC contacts.
b. Add-on to 0 to 4-pole relay.
2. Latch attachment.
(2019) 13453-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2.03 GENERAL PURPOSE CONTROL RELAYS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Potter and Brumfield, KU Series.
2. Struthers Dunn.
3. Or equal.
B. Operating Data:
1. Pickup Time: 13 ms maximum.
2. Dropout Time: 10 ms maximum.
3. Operating Temperature: -450C to 70°C.
C. ac Coil:
1. 120 or 240 vac.
2. Continuous rated.
3. 3.5 va inrush.
4. 1.2 va sealed.
5. 50 to 60 Hz.
6. Minimum Dropout Voltage: 10% of coil rated voltage.
D. do Coil:
1. 24 or 120 vdc.
2. Continuous rated.
3. Minimum Coil Resistance:
a. 24 vdc: 450 ohm.
b. 100 vdc: 9,000 ohm.
E. Contacts:
1. Silver cadmium oxide.
2. Gold flashed fine silver, gold diffused for 1 amp or less resistive loads.
3. 4 Form C.
4. 120 vac.
5. 10 amp make, 15 amp break, (inductive).
F. Rated at 10 million operations.
G. Plug-in sockets.
H. Enclosed and protected by polycarbonate cover.
I. Provide relay retaining clips.
2.04 TIMERS
A. Interval/Duration Timer(Rear of Panel):
-- 1. Manufacturers:
a. Potter and Brumfield.
b. Danaher(Eagle Signal).
C. Or equal.
-- (2019) 13453-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2. Mounting: Plug-in with dust-tight cover. -
3. Type: Integrated circuit.
4. Timing Range: 0.5 sec to 99 min. Field selectable.
5. Contacts: DPDT contacts rated 10 amp.
6. Power: 120 vac, 60 Hz.
B. On-Off Delay Timer(Rear of Panel):
1. Manufacturers:
a. Potter and Brumfield, CN1 series.
b. Danaher(Eagle Signal), DG 100 miniflex series.
C. Or equal.
2. Mounting: Plug-in with dust-tight cover. _
3. Type: Integrated circuit.
4. Range: 0.1 sec to 9.990 hr. Field selectable.
5. Contacts: DPDT contacts rated 10 amp.
5. Set Points: 288 per 24 hrs. -
6. Power: 120 vac, 60 Hz.
2.05 FLOAT SWITCHES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Consolidated 9GEF. -
2. Anchor Scientific GP.
3. Or equal.
B. Float: 316 stainless steel.
C. Provide sufficient length of nitrile PVC jacketed cable.
D. For Class I, Divisions 1 or 2, hazardous areas, provide intrinsically safe relays in corresponding
control panel.
E. Mounting Hardware: 316 stainless steel.
F. Switch: Non-Mercury tilt type switch with minimum rating of 10 million cycles.
2.06 TERMINAL BLOCKS FOR CONTROL WIRING
A. Manufacturers:
1. Phoenix Contact. UK-5N.
2. Allen Bradley, Bulletin 1492.
B. General:
1. 600 v rating.
2. Marker labels on each terminal.
3. Clip-mount on DIN rails.
4. Insulating end caps to support each terminal block assembly.
5. Touchsafe terminal block and accessories.
6. Connection: Captive screw and pressure plate. Connection shall not cause deformation of -
wire.
7. Contact material and surface: Nickel or tin plated copper alloy. Do not use ferrous metals.
(2019) 13453-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
C. Switched Knife Disconnect(when specified):
1. Non-fused.
2. Single-pull, single throw(SPST).
3. Hinged disconnect lever.
D. Fused Indicating (when specified):
1. LED blown fuse indicating light.
2. Hinged disconnect lever.
3. Size fuse for load.
4. 15 amp capacity fuse holder.
2.07 TAGGING
A. Provide Type 316 stainless steel tag on field-mounted units and permanently affix tag to unit.
B. Engrave with process application as listed in Specifications.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC,
NECA"Standard of Installation," and recognized industry practices.
B. Control Relays:
1. Provide control relays for general purpose logic circuits.
` 2. Provide motor starter control relays when load exceeds rating of general purpose control
relays.
"*" END OF SECTION
-- (2019) 13453-5 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
...
._
V
....
ti
R
SECTION 13459
FIELD ELECTRONIC TRANSMITTERS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Field transmitters for instrumentation and control (I&C) system.
-- PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SUBMERSIBLE LEVEL TRANSMITTER
A. Manufacturers:
1. Consolidated Electric.
2. Or equal.
B. Level transmitter consisting of variable capacitance, gauge pressure sensing assembly enclosed in
submersible Type 316 stainless steel housing with Buna N pressure sensing diaphragm, special
cable containing 1/8 in. breather tube and signal wiring, and sealed breather and transmitter
assembly.
C. Provide intrinsically safe barriers when used in hazardous areas.
D. Transducer:
1. Low movement 2-5/8 in. dia Buna N diaphragm.
2. Hydraulic oil-filled.
3. Nispan C pressure capsule.
4. Pressure exerted against diaphragm flexes minutely which varies proximity between internal
ceramic diaphragm and ceramic substrate to vary capacitance of electrical field created
between 2 surfaces.
-� E. Cable Assembly:
1. 1/2 in. outside dia.
2. Positive sealed where entering transducer housing.
3. Contains 1/8 in. breather tube.
4. Length: Approximately 50 ft.
F. Breather and Transmitter Assembly:
1. Solid state operational amplifier.
2. 2-wire, 4-20 mAdc(power from controller).
r 3. Output loop resistance 0-1200 ohms.
4. Span and off-set adjustable.
5. Fused.
6. Active transient protection.
7. Repeatability: ±1/4 of 1%.
8. Hysteresis: ±15% of element range.
9. Accuracy: ±0.5% of span.
10. Power: 110 vac.
_., (2019) 13459-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2.02 TAGGING
A. Provide Type 316 stainless steel tag permanently affixed to unit(sensor and transmitter separately
mounted).
B. Engrave with process application as listed in Specifications.
C. Include ENGINEER'S tag number as listed in Specifications and on P&ID'S.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and approved submittals.
**" END OF SECTION
(2019) 13459-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 15060
PIPE HANGERS, SUPPORTS, AND ANCHORS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. System of pipe supports and anchors with necessary inserts, bolts, nuts, restraining and
hanger rods, washers, miscellaneous steel, and other accessories.
1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Design Requirements:
1. Design, detail and installation of pipe support system shall be responsibility of
CONTRACTOR.
2. Pipe support system components shall withstand dead loads imposed by weight of pipes filled
-- with water plus insulation, plus live loads due to thermal expansion, vibration, internal test
pressures, and have minimum safety factor of 5.
3. Absence of pipe supports and details on Drawings shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of
responsibility for providing them throughout project as required.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings
1. Manufacturer's data, dimensions, sizes, types, location, maximum loading,thrust anchorage
and manufacturer's instructions.
B. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
-- A. Superstrut.
B. Anvil, International Inc.
C. Carpenter-Patterson.
D. Unistrut.
E. B-line.
F. Or equal.
2.02 GENERAL
`. A. MSS types indicated are typical of types and quality of standard pipe supports and hangers to be
employed.
B. Provide factory fabricated piping hangers and supports, clamps, hanger rod attachments, building
attachments, saddles, adjustable rollers, shields, stanchions, thrust anchorage, concrete anchors
_. (REV2019) 15060-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
and other miscellaneous products of MSS SP-58 type indicated or shop fabricated supports;comply —
with MSS SP-58 and manufacturer's published product information. Where MSS type not indicated,
provide proper selection for installation requirements and comply with MSS SP-58 and
manufacturer's published product information.
2.03 MATERIALS
A. Hangers, supports, rollers, saddles, stanchions, rods, clamps, protective shields, metal framing,
support components, and hanger accessories shall be galvanized steel unless otherwise noted. _
1. Pipe supports located outside shall be 316-stainless steel.
2.04 HORIZONTAL PIPING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. General:
1. Unless otherwise shown or specified, hangers for 2-1/2 in.and smaller pipe shall be split-ring,
adjustable swivel, clevis or roller type, hangers for 3 in. pipe or greater shall be clevis or roller
type.
2. Hangers for use with spring supports shall be split-ring or clamp type.
3. Each hanger shall be designed to permit at least 1-1/2 in.vertical adjustment after installation.
B. Adjustable Swivel Split-Ring Hanger: MSS Type 6. —
C. Adjustable Clevis Hanger: MSS Type 1, fabricated from steel.
D. Adjustable Band Hanger: MSS Type 7, fabricated from steel.
E. Adjustable Swivel-Band Hanger: MSS Type 10.
F. Clamp: MSS Type 4.
G. Single Roll Support: MSS Type 41, including axle roller and threaded sockets. T
H. Adjustable Roller Hanger: MSS Type 43, including axle roller and clevis.
I. Roll/Stand: MSS Type 44, including roller, stand, and axle.
J. Adjustable Roll/Base: MSS Type 46, including roller, adjustable base, and stand.
K. Steel Brackets: Welded structural steel shapes complying with following.
1. Light Duty: MSS Type 31.
2. Medium Duty: MSS Type 32.
3. Heavy Duty: MSS Type 33.
L. Adjustable Saddle Support: _
1. MSS Type 38, including saddle, pipe, and reducer.
2. Fabricate base support from steel pipe and include cast iron flange or welded steel plate.
M. Stanchion Saddle Support: —
1. MSS Type 37, including saddle and U-bolt.
2. Fabricate base support from steel pipe and include cast iron flange or welded steel plate.
N. Strap or wire hangers not acceptable.
(REV2019) 15060-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2.05 VERTICAL PIPING CLAMPS
A. 2-Bolt Riser Clamp: MSS Type 8, galvanized or plastic coated.
B. 4-Bolt Riser Clamp: MSS Type 42, include pipe spacers at inner bolt holes, galvanized or plastic
—� coated.
2.06 HANGER RODS AND ATTACHMENTS
A. Hanger Rods:
1. ASTM A36, threaded both ends or continuous threaded.
-- 2. Rods shall conform to following sizes.
Pipe Size Minimum Rod Dia(in.)
Up to 2 in. 3/8
2-1/2 in and 3 in. 1/2
4 in. 5/8
6 in. 3/4
8 in. to 12 in. 7/8
14 in. and Up 1
Trapeze Hangers As Required
B. Turnbuckles: MSS Type 13.
C. Weldless Eye Nut: MSS Type 17.
D. Eye Socket: MSS Type 16.
E. Clevis: MSS Type 14.
2.07 BUILDING ATTACHMENTS
A. Individual Concrete Inserts:
-- 1. MSS Type 18, malleable iron.
2. MSS Type 19, steel.
3. Minimum Safe Load: 1,100 lbs.
B. Continuous Concrete Inserts.-
1. Superstrut.
_. 2. Unistrut.
3. Anvil, International Inc.
4. Or equal.
C. Top Beam C-Clamp: MSS Type 19.
D. C-Clamps: MSS Type 23, steel.
E. Single-Side Clamp: MSS Type 25.
F. Top I-Beam Clamp: MSS Type 25.
G. Side Beam Clamp: MSS Type 20.
(REV2019) 15060-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
H. Concrete Anchors:
1. Comply with Section 05500.
2. Minimum Safety Factor: 5.
2.08 SADDLES AND SHIELDS
A. Protection Saddles: MSS Type 39.
B. Protection Shields: MSS Type 40.
C. Wood Insulation Saddle:
1. Elcen Metal Products Company.
2. Or equal. '
2.09 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Metal Framing Systems:
1. Superstrut, galvanized.
2. Unistrut, galvanized. -'
3. Anvil, International Inc. galvanized.
4. Or equal.
B. Shop-Fabricated Anchors and Supports:
1. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A36.
2. Restraining Rods: ASTM A307. --
3. Fabricate in accordance with Section 05500.
C. Concrete: Class B in accordance with Section 03300.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Proceed with installation of hangers, supports, and anchors after required building structural work is
complete and concrete support structure has reached 28 day compressive strength as specified in
Section 03300.
B. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments from building structure. Comply with _
MSS SP-69. Group parallel runs of horizontal piping to be supported together on trapeze type
hangers where possible.
C. Install supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and maximum pipe deflections allowed by
ANSI B31.1 are not exceeded.
D. Except as otherwise indicated for exposed continuous pipe runs, install hangers and supports of _
same type and style as installed for adjacent similar piping.
E. Do not support piping from other piping.
(REV2019) 15060-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
F. Prevent contact between dissimilar metals. Where concrete or metal pipe support is used, place
1/8 in. thick teflon, neoprene rubber or plastic strip under piping at point of bearing. Cut to fit entire
area of contact between pipe and support.
G. Prevent electrolysis in support of copper tubing by use of hangers and supports which are copper
plated, plastic coated or by other recognized industry methods. Electrician's tape is not an
-� acceptable isolation method.
H. Apply anti-seize compound to nuts and bolts.
r. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF BUILDING ATTACHMENTS
A. Support piping from structural framing, unless otherwise noted.
B. Concrete Inserts:
1. Locate inserts so total load on insert does not exceed manufacturer's recommended
maximum load. Location of inserts shall be approved by ENGINEER.
2. Where necessary to anchor supports to hardened concrete or completed masonry, use
concrete anchors.
C. Attach to structural steel with beam clamps.
3.03 THRUST ANCHORS AND GUIDES
A. Thrust Anchors:
1. For suspended piping, center thrust anchors as closely as possible between expansion joints
and between elbows and expansion joints. Anchors shall hold pipe securely and be
sufficiently rigid to force expansion and contraction movement to take place at expansion
joints or elbows and preclude separation of joints.
2. Provide thrust anchors as required to resist thrust due to changes in dia or direction or dead
ending of pipe lines. Anchorage shall be required wherever bending stresses exceed
allowable for pipe. Wall pipes may be used as thrust anchors.
B. Pipe guides shall be provided adjacent to sliding expansion joints in accordance with
recommendations of National Association of Expansion Joint Manufacturers.
3.04 PIPE SUPPORT
A. Spacing:
Type of Pipe Maximum Pipe Support Spacing (ft)
Steel
-- 3 in. 12
2-1/2 in. 11
2 in. 10
r 1-1/2 in. 9
1 in. 7
3/4 in. 6
1/2 in. 5
B. Where piping of various sizes is to be supported together, space supports for smallest pipe size or
install intermediate supports for smaller dia pipe.
C. Provide minimum of 2 pipe supports for each pipe run.
(REV2019) 15060-5 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
D. Where piping connects to equipment, support by pipe support and not by equipment, unless
approved by equipment manufacturer.
E. Unless otherwise shown or authorized by ENGINEER, place piping running parallel to walls
approximately 1-1/2 in. out from face of wall and at least 3 in. below ceiling.
F. Pedestal pipe supports shall be adjustable with stanchion, saddle, and anchoring flange.
G. Piping supports for vertical piping passing through floor sleeves shall be galvanized steel riser
clamps.
H. Piping passing through sleeves or openings in interior wall sleeves shall be carried by supports or
hangers. Do not rest on wall.
I. Support piping in manner preventing undue strain on valve, fitting or equipment. Provide pipe
supports at changes in direction or elevation, adjacent to flexible couplings, adjacent to nonrigid
joints, and where otherwise shown. Do not install pipe supports and hangers in equipment access
areas.
J. Install supports to allow controlled movement of piping systems, permit freedom of movement
between pipe anchors, and facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends,
and similar units.K. Piping shall be free to move when expands or contracts, except where fixed anchors are indicated.
Where adequate hanger rod swing length cannot be provided or where pipe movement based on _
expansion of 1 in./100 ft for each 100°F change in temperature exceed 1/2 in., provide approved
roller supports.
L. Coat hangers, clamps, protective shields, metal framing support components, and hanger
accessories in accordance with Section 09961.
3.06 BURIED PIPING
A. Provide unlugged bell and spigot or bell tees,Y-branches,and bends deflecting 11-1/4°or more and
plugs with reaction blocking, anchors, joint harness or other acceptable means for preventing
movement of pipe and joints caused by internal pressure. ,
B. Concrete Blocking:
1. Extend from fitting to solid undisturbed earth and installed so joints accessible for repair.
2. Bearing area of concrete reaction blocking shall be as shown on Drawings.
3. If adequate support against undisturbed ground cannot be obtained, install metal harness
anchorages consisting of steel rods across joint and securely anchored to pipe and fitting or _
other adequate anchorage facilities to provide necessary support.
4. Should lack of solid vertical excavation face be due to improper trench excavation, cost of
furnishing and installing metal harness anchorages in excess of Contract value of concrete
blocking replaced by such anchorages shall be provided by CONTRACTOR.
C. Provide reaction blocking, anchorages or other supports for fittings installed in fills or other unstable
ground or above grade as shown on Drawings. _
*** END OF SECTION
(REV2019) 15060-6 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 15198
NATURAL GAS SYSTEMS
PART1 GENERAL
-- 1.01 SUMMARY
A. Gas Utility Charges:
1. Consult with utility as to extent of its work, costs, fees, and permits involved for extension of
Gas Utility distribution system to point of services termination and meters. Pay such costs
and fees; obtain permits.
a. Install new 1-in. natural gas service/meter along South end of Electrical Building as
shown on Drawing 02-CF-1. Natural gas service size based on 50 psig available
pressure at 4-in. natural gas main in East Tower Drive (verify with local utility) and a
maximum developed length of 400 feet. Extend 2-in. natural gas from meter over to
generator. Provide 2-in gas cock and drip leg. Install flexible NG connector provided by
Division 16.
1) Total Connected Natural Gas Load: 2,550 CFH N.G.
2) Inlet supply pressure at meter to be determined by local utility.
3) Supply pressure downstream of meter to be 15 inches w.c. Provide pressure
regulator as required.
b. Install new 1-in. natural gas service/meter along North end of Texas Street Lift Station
as shown on Drawing 20-CF-1. Natural gas service size based on 50 psig available
pressure at 3-in. natural gas main in Texas Street (verify with local utility) and a
maximum developed length of 50 feet. Extend 3-in. natural gas from meter over to
generator. Provide 3-in gas cock and drip leg. Install flexible NG connector provided by
r Division 16.
1) Total Connected Natural Gas Load: 7,770 CFH N.G.
2) Inlet supply pressure at meter to be determined by local utility.
3) Supply pressure downstream of meter to be 15 inches w.c. Provide pressure
regulator as required.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. Gas Utility: MidAmerican Energy Company.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for natural
gas systems materials and products.
B. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
r 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of natural gas systems
-- products, of types, materials, and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in
similar service for not less than 5 yrs.
B. Installer's Qualifications: Firm with at least 3 yrs of successful installation experience on projects
with natural gas systems work similar to that required for Project.
._ (REV2019) 15198-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
C. Regulatory Requirements:
1. ANSI Compliance: Fabricate and install natural gas piping in accordance with ANSI B31.9.
2. Utility Compliance: Fabricate and install natural gas systems in accordance with local gas
utility company.
3. Fabricate and install natural gas systems in accordance with ICBO "Uniform Mechanical
Code".
1.05 MAINTENANCE
A. Tools:
1. Furnish 2 valve wrenches for each type of gas valve installed that require valve wrench.
PART PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturer's equipment used as basis of design for Project is name indicated in Specification for —
particular type of equipment or application contained in these Contract Documents. If no
manufacturer listed, basis of design is industry standard indicated.
B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements above, provide equipment of 1 of following
manufacturers to greatest extent possible.
1. Gas Cocks:
a. DeZurik Corporation.
b. McDonald Manufacturing Company.
C. Rockwell International, Flow Control Division.
d. Or equal.
2.02 MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS
A. General:
1. Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes, types, pressure
ratings, and capacities indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper selection determined
by CONTRACTOR to comply with installation requirements.
2. Provide materials and products complying with NFPA No. 54 where applicable, base pressure
rating on natural gas piping system maximum design pressures.
3. Provide sizes and types matching piping and equipment connection fittings of materials which
match pipe materials used in natural gas systems.
4. Where more than 1 type materials or products indicated, selection is CONTRACTOR'S
option.
2.03 BASIC PIPES AND PIPE FITTINGS
A. Provide pipes and pipe fittings complying with Section 15105 and in accordance with following.
1. Gas Service Piping (Buried):
a. All pipe sizes: Black steel pipe; Schedule 40; wrought steel buttwelding fittings.
1) Wrapping: Machine wrap pipe using 50% overlap wrap, with polyvinyl chloride
(PVC)tape. Hand wrap fittings using 100%overlap wrap extending 6 in. beyond
(REV2019) 15198-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
fitting onto wrapped pipe. Comply with tape manufacturer's installation
instructions.
b. Pipe sizes 1/2 in. through 12 in.: Thermoplastic gas pressure pipe, tubing, and fittings
complying with ASTM D2513.
C. Pipe sizes 2 in. through 12 in.: Reinforced epoxy resin gas pressure pipe and fittings
complying with ASTM D2517.
2. Gas Distribution Piping (Above Grade):
a. Pipe size 2 in. and smaller: Black steel pipe; Schedule 40; malleable iron threaded
fittings.
b. Pipe size 2-1/2 in. and larger: Black steel pipe; Schedule 40;wrought steel buttwelding
fittings.
2.04 BASIC PIPING SPECIALTIES
A. Provide following piping specialties as required.
1. Dielectric unions.
2. Pipe sleeves.
3. Sleeve seals.
2.05 SPECIAL VALVES
A. Gas Cocks: Provide AGA certified cocks of plug or ball valve configuration meeting following
requirements for service pressures required.
1. Building Service Entrance Valves:
a. 1/2 in. through 2 in.: Lock-wing gas stop less check.
b. 2 in. through 3 in.: Lock-wing gas stop less check.
2. Branch Main and Unit Isolation Valves: Provide 1 of following for branch main isolation and at
each unit.
a. 1/2 in. through 2 in.:
1) Flat-tee head gas stop with top check.
2) Square head gas stop with top check.
3) Lever handle gas stop with top check.
4) Furnace pilot gas stop with 1/8 in. pilot tap and top check.
b. 2 in. through 3 in.:
1) Flat-tee head gas stop less top check.
2) Square head gas stop less top check.
3. Construction:
a. Low pressure gas stops(less than 2 psig): ASTM B62 bronze,ANSI B1.20.1 threaded
end connections.
�- b. Medium pressure gas stops (less than 25 psig): ASTM B62 bronze, ANSI B1.20.1
threaded end connections.
C. High pressure gas stops (less than 100 psig): ASTM A126, Class B iron body,
ANSI B1.20.1 threaded connections.
... (REV2019) 15198-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2.06 PRESSURE REGULATING VALVES
A. Regulators for Inlet Pressures of 2 psi and Less Natural Gas Service:
1. Provide single stage, corrosion-resistant gas pressure regulators with aluminum die cast
body, corrosion resistant integral parts, and threaded ends for gas pipe up to 2 in.for inlet and
outlet gas pressures, specific gravity and volume flow indicated on Drawings.
a. Provide automatic vent limiter orifice vent where allowed by ANSI standards.B. Regulators for Inlet Pressures over 2 psi Natural Gas Service:
1. Provide two stage, corrosion resistant gas pressure regulators with aluminum die cast body,
corrosion resistant integral parts, over-pressure protection device (ANSI certified up to 65
psi), and threaded ends for gas pipe up to 2 in., and flanged ends for gas pipe 2412 in. (and
larger) for inlet and outlet gas pressures, specific gravity, and volume flow indicated on --
Drawings.
a. Provide direct hard piped atmospheric vent to outside of building for regulators _
controlling pressures 2 psi and higher.
2.07 GAS METER
A. Provide diaphragm type, positive displacement gas meters with aluminum cases, temperature
compensated, with internal corrosion-resistant components; threaded ends for 2 in. and smaller,
flanged ends for 2-1/2 in. and larger for gas working pressures, specific gravity, and volume flow
indicated.
2.08 BASIC IDENTIFICATION
A. Provide following identification complying with International Mechanical Code.
1. Gas Service: Underground type plastic line markers.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and conditions under which natural gas system materials and products to be
installed.
B. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions corrected.
3.02 GAS SERVICE
A. Arrange with utility company to provide gas service with shutoff at terminus to termination point
indicated on Drawings.
B. Extend service pipe from utility's terminus to inside generator equipment housing, under utility's
direction and in accordance with following: _
1. Install service pipe through sleeve embedded in concrete slab.
C. Provide shutoff outside building where indicated, in adjustable gas service valve box,with cover set
flush to finished grade.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF NATURAL GAS PIPING
(REV2019) 15198-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
A. Install natural gas piping in accordance with International Mechanical Code.
B. Use sealants on metal gas piping threads chemically resistant to natural gas. Use sealants
sparingly, and apply to only male threads of metal joints.
C. Remove cutting and threading burrs before assembly of piping.
D. Do not install defective piping or fittings. Do not use pipe with threads which are chipped,stripped or
damaged.
E. Plug each gas outlet, including valves,with threaded plug or cap immediately after installation and
retain until continuing piping or equipment connections complete.
F. Ground gas piping electrically and continuously within Project, and bond tightly to grounding
connection.
G. Install drip-legs in gas piping where indicated and required by code or regulation
H. Install "Tee"fitting with bottom outlet plugged or capped at bottom of pipe risers.
I. Use dielectric unions where dissimilar metals joined together.
J. Install piping with 1/64 in./ft(1/8%) downward slope in direction of flow.
K. Install piping parallel to other piping, but maintain minimum of 12 in. clearance between gas piping
and steam or hydronic piping above 200OF (930C).
L. For piping underground beneath buildings, install in welded conduit. Extend conduit inside and
terminate in accessible portion of building and seal. Extend conduit outside minimum of 4 in. from
building, and vent above grade.
M. For risers running through concrete or asphalt, install through minimum 6 in. pipe sleeve. Fill
annular space with gravel.
N. Install magnesium anodes for underground steel pipe, one 5 lb anode for up to 100 ft in length and
one 5 lb anode for each additional 100 ft.
O. Install magnesium anodes for each underground steel or malleable iron fitting, isolated between
2 sections of plastic pipe; one 3 lb anode for each fitting.
P. Trench, backfill, and compact in accordance with Section 02316.
3.04 INSTALLATION OF SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS
-� A. Install supports and anchors in accordance with Section 15060.
3.05 INSTALLATION OF VALVES
A. Gas Cocks: Provide at meter and at connection to gas train for each gas-fired generator.
B. Locate gas cocks where easily accessible and protected from possible injury.
C. Pressure Regulating Valves: Install as indicated;comply with utility requirements. Pipe atmospheric
vent to outdoors, full size of outlet. Install gas shutoff valve upstream of each pressure regulating
valve.
3.06 INSTALLATION OF GAS METER
(REV2019) 15198-5 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
A. Install gas meter in accordance with local utility company's installation instructions and comply with
requirements.
1. Hang meter on free standing support bracket embedded in concrete or from wall mounted ._
support bracket as applicable.
3.07 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS
A. Connect gas piping to generator set, with drip-leg and shutoff gas cock. Comply with equipment
manufacturer's instructions.
3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Piping Tests: Inspect, test, and purge natural gas systems in accordance with NFPA No. 54 and
local utility requirements. '
3.09 CLEANING, FLUSHING, INSPECTING
A. Clean exterior surfaces of installed piping systems of superfluous materials and prepare for
application of specified coatings (if any). Flush out piping systems with clean water before
proceeding with required tests. Inspect each run of each system for completion of joints, supports
and accessory items. --
1. Inspect pressure piping in accordance with procedures of ANSI B31.1.
3.10 PIPING TESTS
A. Test pressure piping in accordance with ANSI B31.1.
END OF SECTION *"
(REV2019) 15198-6 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 15670
TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONING UNITS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
i 1. Self-contained, vertical, exterior wall mount, through-the-wall air conditioner. Unit shall be
factory assembled, pre-charged, pre-wired, tested, and read to operate.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. Submit manufacturer's technical product data including rated capacities of selected model
indicated,weights(shipping, installed, and operating),furnished specialties and accessories;
and installation and startup instructions.
— 2. Motors: For poly-phase motors 5 hp and larger, submit in accordance with requirements of
Section 16220. For single-phase, definite purpose, special purpose and general purpose
poly-phase motors less than 5 hp, submit NEMA design types, construction, insulation class,
NEMA frame size, horsepower,voltage and amp draw characteristics, and service factor for
each common application.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Submit manufacturer's assembly Drawings indicating dimensions,weight loadings, required
clearances, and methods of assembly of components.
2. Wiring Diagrams:
a. Manufacturers electrical requirements for power supply wiring to terminal units.
b. Ladder type wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring. Differentiate between
portions of wiring factory-installed and portions to be field-installed.
C. Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Data:
1. Submit manufacturer's operating instructions and, maintenance procedures including
lubrication instructions, control motor and drive replacement, and spare parts lists.
D. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
-- A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of condensing units of types
and capacities required,whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less
than 5 yrs.
B. Regulatory Requirements:
1. ARI Compliance: Provide capacity ratings for single package vertical air-conditioning units in
-- accordance with ARI 390-2003.
2. ASHRAE Compliance: Construct refrigerating system of condensing units in accordance with
ASHRAE 15.
3. Intertek ETL Compliance: Provide air-conditioning units approved and listed by Intertek ETL
Listed (ETL US/C).
(REV2019) 15670-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Handle air-conditioning units and components to prevent damage, breaking, denting, and scoring.
Do not install damaged condensing units or components; replace with new.
B. Store air-conditioning units and components in clean dry place. Protect from weather, dirt, fumes,
water, construction debris, and physical damage.
C. Rig air-conditioning units to final location under supervision of manufacturer's representative, who _
shall approve entire rigging operation.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONING UNIT
A. Manufacturers:
1. Bard Manufacturing Company, Inc. _
2. Liebert.
2. Or equal.
B. Cabinet: Construction shall be single, enclosed, weatherproof casing constructed of 20-gauge
galvanized steel. Unit base is constructed of 16-gauge galvanized steel. Each exterior casing panel
to be bonderized and finished with baked-on exterior polyester enamel paint prior to assembly.
Provide manufacturer standard color; beige. Cooling section shall be fully insulated with 1-in. _
fiberglass. Openings shall be provided for power connections. Access openings appropriate for
outside structure to all fan motors and compressor for making repairs and for removing internal
components without removing unit from its permanent installation. Fresh air intake and outdoor coil
shall be protected from intrusions by sturdy metal grating with less than 1/4 in. openings. Provide
supply air free blow acoustical plenum to be mounted at wall inside.
C. Drain Pan: Drain pan shall be constructed of 20-gauge stainless steel.
D. Insulation: Portions of unit that come in contact with indoor air steam shall be insulated with high
density 1-in. fiberglass, foil faced insulation.
E. Mounting Brackets: Full-length side mounting brackets shall be integral part of cabinet.
F. Refrigeration System: High efficiency scroll compressor with step capacity providing 2 stages of
control. Compressor shall be covered by a 5-yr parts warranty. Refrigeration circuit shall be
equipped with factory installed high and low pressure controls. Refrigeration control shall be factory
installed thermal expansion valve (TXV). Compressor shall be mounted on isolation rails with
double grommets. Insulated sound cover shall be provided to reduce compressor noise.
Crankcase heater shall be provided. Unit shall be provided with R-410A(HFC)non-ozone depleting
refrigerant. Unit shall be provided with liquid line filter/drier. Current sensing relay shall be used to
detect high amps caused by high ambient and/or low voltage and to shift compressor to 1 st stage
operation until conditions corrected.G. Condenser Fan Motor: Condenser fan motor shall be permanent split capacitor, outdoor motor.
Condenser fan and motor shall be in slide out configuration for easy access. _
H. Indoor Blower Motor: Indoor blower motor shall be high efficiency, variable speed (ECM) type
motor. Motor shall provide soft start, slowly ramping up to speed to provide quiet operation. Motor
shall be self-adjusting to provide proper airflow at high static pressures without user adjustment or
wiring changes by user. Motor shall be programmed for 20-second ramp up and 60-second down
rate for quiet, smooth starting and stopping.
(REV2019) 15670-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
I. Electrical Components: Electrical components are easily accessible for routine inspection and
maintenance through front service panels. Circuit breaker is standard on all 120-volt and 208/230-
volt models and rotary disconnect standard on all 460-volt models. Circuit breaker/ rotary
disconnect access is through lockable access panel. Phase rotation monitors shall be installed on all
3-phase units to prevent reverse rotation.
J. Control Circuit: Internal control circuit shall consist of current limiting 24 vac type 50 va transformer.
To prevent rapid compressor short cycling, five-minute time delay circuit shall be factory installed.
Low-pressure bypass shall be factory installed to prevent nuisance tripped during low temperature
start-up.
All units with 3-phase power shall include factory mounted phase rotation monitor. This advice shall
protect scroll compressor from reverse rotation and also protect unit from phase failure. If 3-phase
-- power is incorrectly connected at field power connections, phase monitor shall lock out unit and red
light will illuminate indicating incorrect phase. Also if power leg is lost, phase monitor will lockout unit
due to phase imbalance. Once condition is corrected, turning power off at circuit breaker or
disconnect will reset phase monitor.
Compressor Control Module shall be factory installed with: built in delay-off timer adjustable from 30
seconds to 5 minutes, 2 minute on-delay if power is interrupted, 120 second bypass for low pressure
control and soft and manual lockouts for high and low pressure control.
K. Filter: Provide 1-in.fiberglass, pleated, disposable filters located within cabinet,filter shall be easily
accessible.
L. Warranty: Packaged air-conditioning units shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship
for period of 5 yrs for compressor, and for period of 5 yrs for all parts. Warranty period shall start
... from date of installation as stated on warranty card; or from date of shipment if no warranty card is
returned to manufacturer.
M. Controls: Provide complete factory provided control package, complete with following:
1. High pressure control is auto reset.
2. Low pressure control is auto reset.
3. Compressor control module has adjustable 30-second to 5-minute delay-on-break timer. On
initial power-up, or any time power delay-on-make will be 2 minutes plus 10% of delay-on-
break setting. There is no delay-on-make during routine operation of unit provides lockout
feature(with 1 retry)for high and/or low-pressure controls, and 2-minute timed bypass for low
pressure control.
4. Low ambient control permits cooling operation down to 0°F. Alarm relay has set of normally
open and normally closed dry contacts to provide ability to signal condition of shutdown on
either high or low pressure controls.
5. Incorporates four additional sensors: Discharge air temperature, indoor blower airflow,
compressor current, and dirty filter. These sensing devices function to input analog data such
as temperature, as well as digital data such as airflow, compressor status or filter status.
-- 6. Digital, programmable, low-voltage thermostat to be mounted within room to maintain interior
room temperature of 80°F (field adjustable).
7. Dry bulb economizer control.
N. Accessories:
1. Motorized fresh air damper.
2. Free blow acoustical plenum.
3. Economizer air intake hood.
O. Ductwork: Provide galvanized steel return air duct down to floor as detailed on drawings, galvanized
sheet steel, ASTM A653/A653M, lock-forming quality, with G90 zinc coating, mill phosphatized for
(REV2019) 15670-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
exposed locations. Fabricate of gauges (24 ga. minimum) and reinforcement complying with
SMACNA"HVAC Duct Standards", NFPA Nos 90A and 90B.
1. Construct ductwork with 2 in. wg class.
2. Ductwork shall be sealed at all connections and sealed using either a Class A or B seal.
3. Duct Sealant: Non-hardening, non-migrating mastic or liquid elastic sealant(type applicable
for fabrication/installation detail) as compounded and recommended by manufacturer
specifically for sealing joints and seams in ductwork.
4. Duct Cement: Non-hardening migrating mastic or liquid neoprene based cement (type
applicable for fabrication/installation detail) as compounded and recommended by
manufacturer specifically for cementing fitting components, or longitudinal seams in
ductwork. _
5. Provide hot-dipped galvanized steel supports, anchors, and fasteners in accordance with
Section 15060. Support ductwork from building wall as shown on drawings and as required.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION _
A. Examine areas and conditions under which condensing units to be installed. Do not proceed with
Work until unsatisfactory conditions corrected.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install units in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Install units plumb and level.
Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances.
B. Support:
1. Install wall-mounted units using manufacturer's standard mounting components and
hardware, securely fastened to building structure.
C. Route condensate piping as required.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Manufacturer's Field Services:
1. Supplier or manufacturer shall direct services to system and equipment operation,
maintenance,troubleshooting,and equipment and system-related areas. See Section 01600.
2. Startup condensing units in accordance with manufacturer's startup instructions, and in
presence of manufacturer's representative. Test controls and demonstrate compliance with
requirements. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment.
*** END OF SECTION
(REV2019) 15670-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 15764
ELECTRIC HEATING TERMINALS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Propeller unit heaters.
B. Refer to Division 16 for electrical wiring work required in conjunction with heating terminals; not
Work of this section.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings.-
1. Submit manufacturer's technical product data including rated capacities of selected model
— clearly indicated,weights,furnished specialties and accessories, and installation and startup
instructions. Provide gauges, color and finish of materials.
2. Wiring Diagrams: Submit manufacturer's electrical requirements for power supply wiring to
terminal units.
3. Operating and Maintenance (O&M) Data:
a. Submit manufacturer's maintenance instructions including lubrication instructions,filter
replacement, motor and drive replacement, and spare parts lists.
B. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
-' 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of electrical heating terminal units,of types,
ratings, and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service.
B. Installer: Qualified successful installation experience on projects with electrical heating terminal
installation work similar to that required for Project.
C. Regulatory Requirements:
1. NFPA Compliance:
a. Comply with applicable heating terminal installation requirements of NFPA pertaining to
installation of space heating equipment and appliances.
-- b. Comply with applicable requirements of NFPA No. 90A pertaining to installation of ac
systems.
2. UL Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of UL 1042. Provide heating terminals
UL listed and labeled.
3. ARI Compliance: Provide fan coil ratings in accordance with ARI 440.
4. Comply with applicable requirements of SMACNA's "Ducted Electric Heat Guide for Air
Handling Systems."
(REV2019) 15764-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
PART PRODUCTS _
2.01 PROPELLER UNIT HEATERS
A. Manufacturers: --
1. QMark, A Marley Engineered Products Brand.
2. Berko, A Marley Engineered Products Brand. _
3. Markel Products Company.
4. Or equal.
B. Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard electric propeller unit heater _
materials and components as indicated by published product information,designed and constructed
as recommended by manufacturer, and as required for complete installation.
C. Heating Elements: '
1. Provide elements of indicated duty and rated for indicated capacity, consisting of resistance
elements in steel sheath with extended fins, or in spiral sheath.
2. Electric Heating Capacity: Size element for indicated fan speed, cfm, room heating load
(Btuh), entering air temperature, and electric input(watts, voltage, phase).
D. Casing:
1. General:
a. Provide casings braced and reinforced to provide required stiffness and containing
heating element supports.
b. Provide rounded corners.
C. Include fan orifice (Venturi) in casing, as well as threaded hanger connections (weld
nuts).
d. Fabricate from 18 ga steel.
E. Air Deflectors:
1. Provide manufacturer's standard air deflectors.
a. Cone diffusers.
F. Motors:
1. Comply with Section 16220 except as provided in this section.
2. Provide totally enclosed shaded pole or permanent split capacitor motors,Class B insulation,
resiliently mounted, tap wound with built-in thermal overload protection, sleeve bearings or _
permanently lubricated ball bearings.
3. Internal Wiring: Provide high temperature, heat resistant wiring inflexible metal conduit from
terminal junction box to electrical devices. Provide fuses in motor and control circuit wiring.
4. Devices: _
a. Thermally activated fan switch to keep fan motor operating until residual heat
dissipated.
b. Disconnect switch.
C. Automatic reset, high limit cut-out switch located in discharge air stream.
d. Magnetic contactor.
e. Transformer.
f. Wall-mounted thermostat.
(REV2019) 15764-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
G. Fans:
_ 1. Provide aluminum propeller fans, balanced statically and dynamically of indicated capacity
suitable for standard or sparkproof application.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install heating terminals as indicated and in accordance with equipment manufacturer's written
instructions and recognized industry practices, to ensure heating terminal equipment fulfills
requirements. Comply with applicable installation requirements of NEC and NECA's"Standard of
— Installation."
B. Coordinate with electrical work including wiring/cabling work,as necessary to interface installation of
heating terminals with other Work.
C. Clean dust and debris from each heating terminal as installed to ensure cleanliness.
D. Comb out damaged fins where bent or crushed before covering elements with enclosures.
E. Touch up scratched or marred heating terminal enclosure surfaces to match original finishes.
3.02 GROUNDING
A. Provide equipment grounding connections, sufficiently tight to ensure permanent and effective
ground for heating terminals as indicated.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing:
1. Upon completion of installation of heating terminals and after building circuitry is energized,
test heating terminals to demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements.
2. Where possible, field correct malfunctioning units then retest to demonstrate compliance.
**" END OF SECTION
(REV2019) 15764-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 15815
METAL DUCTWORK
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Low pressure metallic ductwork for HVAC systems.
B. Systems Include:
1. Heating and air conditioning supply and return air systems.
2. Fresh air supply systems.
3. Mechanical exhaust systems.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
-- A. Low Pressure Ductwork: Ductwork subjected to velocities of 2,500 fpm or less, and operating
pressure of 2 in. wg or less, positive or negative.
B. High Pressure Ductwork: Ductwork subjected to velocities over 2,500 fpm, or operating pressure
over 2 in. wg, positive or negative.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. Manufacturer's specifications for duct system materials showing dimensions, thicknesses,
weights, materials of construction, corrosion resistance characteristics, and method of
construction.
B. Record Drawings: At Project closeout, submit record drawings of installed ductwork, duct
accessories, and outlets and inlets in accordance with Section 01788.
C. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer: Firm with at least 3 yrs successful installation experience on projects with low pressure
ductwork systems work similar to that required for Project.
B. Design Criteria:
1. Comply with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards" for ductwork fabrication and
installation.
a. Have available at CONTRACTOR'S field office, copy of SMACNA "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards—3rd Edition."
-- 2. Comply with ASHRAE Handbook Standard for "Duct Construction," for fabrication and
installation of low pressure ductwork.
3. Comply with NFPA Nos. 90A and 90B.
-� (2019) 15815-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect shop-and factory-fabricated ductwork,accessories, and purchased products from damage
during shipping, storage, and handling. Prevent end damage and dirt and moisture from entering
ducts and fittings. .�
B. Where possible, store ductwork inside and protect from weather. Where necessary to store outside,
store above grade and enclose with waterproof wrapping.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers used as basis of design for Project is name indicated in Specification for particular
type of equipment or application contained in these Contract Documents. If no manufacturer listed, "—
basis of design is industry standard indicated.
2.02 MATERIALS _
A. Exposed Ductwork Materials:
1. Where ductwork indicated to be exposed to view in occupied spaces, provide materials free from visual imperfections including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, oil canning, stains and
discolorations, and other imperfections, including those which would impair painting.
B. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B209, Alloy 3003, Temper H14.
2.03 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS
A. Provide miscellaneous materials and products of types and sizes indicated and,where not otherwise
indicated, provide type and size required to comply with ductwork system requirements including
proper connection of ductwork and equipment.
B. Duct Sealant: Nonhardening, nonmigrating mastic or liquid elastic sealant (type applicable for
fabrication/installation detail) as compounded and recommended by manufacturer specifically for
sealing joints and seams in ductwork.
C. Duct Cement: Nonhardening migrating mastic or liquid neoprene based cement(type applicable for
fabrication/installation detail) as compounded and recommended by manufacturer specifically for
cementing fitting components, or longitudinal seams in ductwork. '
D. Ductwork Support Materials:
1. Except as otherwise indicated, provide hot-dipped galvanized steel fasteners, anchors,
threaded rods, and angles for support of ductwork.
2. Except where space indicated as high humidity area, interior support materials of not less
than 1/4 in. dia or 3/16 in. thickness may be plain (not galvanized). '-
3. Provide matching stainless steel support materials for exposed stainless steel ductwork.
4. Provide aluminum support materials for aluminum ductwork except where materials
electrolytically eparated from ductwork.
(2019) 15815-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2.04 SHOP-FABRICATED DUCTWORK
_ A. Fabricate shop or manufactured duct fittings to match adjoining ducts, and to comply with duct
requirements as applicable to fittings.
1. Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate elbows with centerline radius equal to 1.5 times
associated duct width; fabricate mitered fittings to include turning vanes in elbows where
shorter radius necessary.
2. Limit combined angular tapers to 45'- for contracting tapers and 30E for expanding tapers.
B. Fabricate in 4, 8, 10 or 12 ft lengths unless otherwise indicated or required to complete runs.
1. Pre-assemble Work in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field assembly of
systems.
2. Disassemble systems to extent necessary for shipping and handling.
3. Match mark sections for re-assembly and coordinated installation.
C. Fabricate of gauges and reinforcement complying with SMACNA"HVAC Duct Standards."
D. Install accessories during fabrication to greatest extent possible. Comply with Section 15820 for
accessory requirements.
E. Fabricate ductwork with duct liner in each section of duct where indicated. Laminate liner to internal
surfaces of duct in accordance with instructions by manufacturers of lining and adhesive,and fasten
with mechanical fasteners.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK
A. General: Assemble and install ductwork in accordance with recognized industry practices to achieve
airtight (maximum 5% leakage for low pressure ductwork and 1% leakage for high pressure
ductwork) and noiseless (no objectional noise) systems, capable of performing each indicated
service. Install each run with minimum of joints.
B. Pressure Class: Construct ductwork of SMACNA pressure class indicated on Drawings, or if not
indicated, in accordance with following.
1. Duct System Pressure Classifications:
a. Constant volume supply, return, exhaust systems, and air transfer ductwork not
employing air terminal devices with fan static pressures not greater than 2 in. wg, and
velocities not greater than 2,500 fpm. Construct to minimum pressure classification
equal to or greater than rated pressure of system fan.
b. Variable volume supply, return and exhaust systems with velocities not greater than
2,500 fpm.
1) Downstream of Supply Air Terminal Devices: 1 in. wg class.
2) Upstream of Exhaust Air Terminal Devices: 1 in. wg class.
3) Intake Air Ductwork: 2 in. wg class.
4) Exhaust/Return Air Ductwork Downstream of Exhaust/ Return Fan: 2 in. wg
-- class.
C. Constant volume or variable volume distribution supply, return, exhaust system
ductwork between fan and air terminal devices regardless of velocity. Construct to
SMACNA standard pressure class equal to or greater than stall pressure of fan at
manufacturer's rated fan speed for indicated capacity.
(2019) 15815-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
d. Constant volume supply, return, exhaust system ductwork without air terminal devices _
with fan static pressures exceeding 2 in. wg, or velocities exceeding 2,500 fpm.
Construct entire system to 3 in. wg pressure class or equal to or greater than highest
total pressure of air in duct system, whichever greater.
C. Provide ductwork with inside dimensions equal to sizes indicated on Drawings.
D. Align ductwork accurately at connections, within 1/8 in. misalignment tolerance and with internal
surfaces smooth. Support ducts rigidly with ties, braces, hangers,and anchors of type holding ducts
true-to-shape and preventing buckling.
E. After installation, seal ductwork to seal class recommended and method prescribed in SMACNA _
"HVAC Duct Standards Sealants."
F. Install concrete inserts for support of ductwork in coordination with formwork.
G. Complete fabrication at Project necessary to match shop-fabricated Work and accommodate
installation requirements.
H. Locate ductwork runs, except as otherwise indicated,vertically and horizontally,avoid diagonal runs
wherever possible. Locate runs as indicated by diagrams, details, and notations or, if not otherwise
indicated, run ductwork in shortest route not obstructing usable space or block access for servicing
building and its equipment. Hold ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other
structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. Limit clearance to 1/2 in. where furring
shown for enclosure or concealment of ducts, but allow for insulation thickness, if any. Where
possible, locate insulated ductwork for 1 in. clearance outside of insulation. Wherever possible in
finished and occupied spaces, conceal ductwork from view by locating in mechanical shafts, hollow
wall construction or above suspended ceilings. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions,
except as specifically shown.
I. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling, lighting, electrical conduit,water,drain,waste,vent,other
piping systems, and similar finished Work.
J. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Do not run ductwork through transformer vaults and electrical _
equipment spaces and enclosures.
K. Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls,conceal space between construction
opening and duct or duct-plus-insulation with sheet metal flanges of same gauge as duct. Overlap
opening on 4 sides by at least 1-1/2 in.
L. Coordinate duct installations with installation of accessories, dampers, coil frames, equipment,
controls, and other associated Work of ductwork system.
M. Support ductwork to comply with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards" hangers and _
supports section.
N. Install vacuum relief fittings downstream of fire dampers and smoke dampers in high pressure duct
systems. i
O. Pitch outside air intake duct toward intakes to drain to outside of building. Caulk or solder duct to
form watertight joints. Blank off unused portions of louvers with 1-1/2 in. metal clad, board ,
insulation.
P. Where dissimilar metal ducts meet, provide positive electrical isolation using insulating materials,
sealants, and fasteners.
Q. Install control system dampers and specialties in accordance with Section 15825.
(2019) 15815-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
3.02 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean ductwork internally of dust and debris unit-by-unit as it is installed. Clean external surfaces of
foreign substances causing corrosive deterioration of metal or, where ductwork to be painted,
interfering with painting or causing paint deterioration.
B. Strip protective paper from stainless ductwork surfaces, and repair finish wherever damaged.
C. Temporary Closure: At ends of ducts not connected to equipment or air distribution devices at time
of ductwork installation, provide temporary closure of polyethylene film or other covering to prevent
entrance of dust and debris until connections complete.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Balancing.-
1. Conform to Section 15950 for air distribution balancing.
2. Seal leaks in ductwork that become apparent during balancing process.
B. Duct Sealing: Seal ductwork in accordance with SMACNA"HVAC Duct Construction Standards."
1. Class A Seal: Transverse joints, longitudinal seams, and duct wall penetrations, 4 in. wg
pressure class and higher.
2. Class B Seal: Transverse joints and longitudinal seams, 3 to 4 in. wg pressure class.
3. Class C Seal: Transverse joints, 2 in. wg pressure class and lower.
C. Leakage Testing:
1. After each duct system complete, test for duct leakage in accordance with provisions of
Section 15950 based upon difference of air flow through fan and sum of air flows at inlet or
outlets.
2. Repair leaks and repeat tests until total leakage less than 5% of system design air flow.
END OF SECTION * "
-- (2019) 15815-5 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
r �'
+�.
�..
s
ti
�r
SECTION 15825
HVAC DAMPERS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Thermal-break insulated dampers. (TID)
B. For damper actuators and operators, refer to Section 15915.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal Information:
1. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly type shop drawings for each type of
damper showing interfacing requirements with ductwork, dimensional drawings, method of
fastening or support, and methods of assembly of components, materials of construction,
method of operation, actuator orientation, performance characteristics, and installation
requirements.
2. Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Data:
a. Submit manufacturer's maintenance data including parts lists for each type of damper.
B. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
C. Information submitted by CONTRACTOR, but not designated to be submitted will be returned
without action by ENGINEER.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of ductwork accessories of
types and sizes required,whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less
than 3 yrs.
B. Regulatory Requirements:
1. UL Compliance: Construct, test, and label fire dampers in accordance with UL 555.
2. NFPA Compliance: Comply with applicable provisions of NFPA No. 90A pertaining to
installation of ductwork accessories.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturer's equipment used as basis of design for Project is name indicated in Specifications for
particular type of equipment or application contained in these Contract Documents. If no
manufacturer listed, basis of design is industry standard indicated.
2.02 THERMAL-BREAK INSULATED DAMPERS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Tamco, T. A. Morrison and Co. Inc.
(2019) 15825-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2. Or equal.
B. Thermal-break insulated dampers: Provide damper with completely insulated blades with positive
thermal breaks. Damper frame to be insulated on all 4 sides and damper shall be constructed to fit
completely inside duct dimensions. Provide dampers constructed of materials listed below. _
Leakage performance of damper shall be 4.2 cfm/sq. ft. at 4 in. w.g. or less.
1. Model Series 9000 ECT:
a. Blades: Extruded aluminum (6063T5), internally insulated and thermally broken.
Complete blade R factor shall be 2.29 or better.
b. Frame: .080 in. minimum thickness 6063T5 extruded aluminum with insulation as _
required above.
C. Seals: Extruded extremely flexible silicone blade and jamb seals severe cold protection
against leakage.
d. Bearings: Dual synthetic assembly between axle and frame. _
e. Linkage: Corrosion resistant components concealed in frame.
f. Operator: Mounting plate for operator and mounting hardware.
g. Blade operation: Opposable blade for modulating control, Parallel blade for 2 position _
dampers.
h. Operating Temperature Range: -40OF to 212°F.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION _
A. Examine areas and conditions under which dampers are to be installed. Do not proceed with Work
until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF DAMPERS
A. Install dampers in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions,with applicable portions
of details of construction shown in SMACNA standards, and in accordance with recognized industry
practices to ensure products serve intended function.
B. Provide access doors in sizes and quantities sufficient to perform intended service and _
maintenance. Install access doors where indicated and as required.
1. At each automatic damper.
2. Refer to Section 15820 for further information.C. Coordinate with other Work, including ductwork as necessary to interface installation of ductwork
accessories properly with other Work.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Operate installed dampers and actuators to demonstrate compliance with requirements. Test for air
leakage while system operating. Repair or replace faulty equipment as required to obtain proper
operation and leak-proof performance.
3.04 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust dampers for proper settings, install fusible links in fire dampers, and adjust for proper action.
1. Final position manual dampers in accordance with Section 15950.
(2019) 15825-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
3.05 CLEANING
A. Clean factory-finished surfaces. Repair marred or scratched surfaces with manufacturer's touch-up
paint.
**" END OF SECTION
(2019) 15825-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
��
��
�1
��
\�
�!
��
��
i
SECTION 15838
POWER AND GRAVITY VENTILATORS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Axial wall ventilators.
B. Refer to Division 16 for following; not Work of this section.
1. Power supply wiring from power source to power connection on ventilators. Include starters,
disconnects, and required electrical devices, except where specified as furnished or
factory-installed, by manufacturer.
C. Provide following electrical work as Work of this section,complying with requirements of Division 16.
— 1. Interlock control wiring ventilators and field-installed control elements, indicating devices and
unit control panels.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Schedule below identifies information required for each item of material or equipment.
Unit Type Submittal Information Item
Axial wall ventilators 1,2,3,4,5,E
B. Submittal information:
1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data for power and gravity ventilators,
including specifications, capacity ratings, dimensions, weights, materials, accessories
furnished, and installation instructions. Submit fan performance curves with operating point
clearly indicated.
2. Shop Drawings: Submit assembly type drawings showing unit dimensions, construction
details, assembly of component methods, and field connection details.
3. Shop Drawings, Wiring Diagrams: Manufacturer's electrical requirements for power supply
wiring to terminal units.
4. Shop Drawings,Wiring Diagrams: Manufacturer's ladder type for interlock and control wiring.
Differentiate between portions of wiring factory-installed and portions to be field-installed.
5. Motors: For poly-phase motors 5 hp and larger, submit in accordance with Section 16220.
For single-phase, definite purpose,special purpose and general purpose poly-phase motors
-- less than 5 hp, submit NEMA design types, construction, insulation class, NEMA frame size,
horsepower, voltage and amp draw characteristics, and service factor for each common
application.
6. Operating and Maintenance (O&M) Data:
a. Maintenance instructions including lubrication instructions,filter replacement, motor and
drive replacement, and spare parts lists.
C. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
-- (2019) 15838-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of power and gravity
ventilators of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar
service for not less than 3 yrs. _
B. Regulatory Requirements:
1. AMCA Compliance: Provide power ventilators which have been tested and rated in '
accordance with AMCA standards, and bear AMCA Certified Ratings Seal.
2. UL Compliance: Provide power ventilators UL listed and having UL label affixed.
3. NEMA Compliance: Provide motors and electrical accessories complying with NEMA _
standards.
1.04 MAINTENANCE
A. Spare Parts:
1. Furnish 1 spare set of belts for each belt drive power ventilator.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 POWER VENTILATORS
A. Except as otherwise indicated, provide standard prefabricated power ventilator units of type, size
and capacity indicated, modified as necessary to comply with requirements and required for
complete installation.
2.02 AXIAL WALL VENTILATORS A. Manufacturer's:
1. Greenheck Fan Corporation. —`
2. Cook (Loren) Company.
3. Carnes Company.
4. Or equal.
B. Type: Axial flow, propeller fan, direct- or belt-driven 1 piece galvanized steel fan panel with deep
formed venturi with welded corners for rigidity, rigid drive support frame, motor, heavy duty pillow
block bearings, and fan wheel. '
C. Wheel: Die cast aluminum airfoil blade propeller with welded steel reinforcing gussets extending
three-quarters of blade length, connected to aerodynamically designed center hub. Statically and _
dynamically balance wheel and drive as unit.
D. Electrical: Factory-wired, fusible type disconnect switch at motor mounting plate.
1. Nonfusible disconnect switch for internally protected motors.
E. Motors: Definite purpose, open drip-proof, permanently lubricated ball bearings, resilient mounted _
construction. Provide explosion-proof motors rated for Classified Areas as noted on Drawings and
equipment schedules.
F. Wire Guard: Provide 1-in.x 1-in.wire guard at fan housing face with similar or matching material as
fan housing.
G. Dampers: Gravity-actuated or motor operated louvered dampers as scheduled.
(2019) 15838-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
H. Fan Housing: Provide shop fabricated fan housing constructed with similar or matching materials as
adjoining ductwork, or as indicated on Drawings.
1. Provide angle support brackets for attaching fan housing to air plenum and control damper
assembly as noted on Drawings.
I. Coating: Coat entire fan assembly including mounted accessories with Permatector-Gray coating.
J. Accessories:
1. Provide accessories as indicated on equipment schedule.
2.04 MOTORS
A. Except where more stringent requirements indicated in unit Specifications,or equipment schedules,
provide manufacturer's standard motor complying with following requirements.
B. Definite Purpose Motors: NEMA MG 1-18.
C. General Purpose, Poly-phase Motors 5 hp and Larger: Comply with Section 16220.
D. Single-Phase Motors: Unless otherwise indicated,for motor requirements less than 1/2 hp, provide
single-phase motors conforming to following.
1. Type: Continuous duty, squirrel cage, induction, fractional horsepower motors, rated in
accordance with NEMA MG1-10.33.
a. 1/20 to 1/8 hp: Shaded pole, NEMA N or O as determined appropriate for application by
equipment manufacturer.
b. 1/6 to 1/3 hp: Permanent split capacitor,with internal overload protection, NEMA N or O
as determined appropriate for application by equipment manufacturer.
C. 1/3 hp and larger: 2-valve capacitor, NEMA L, M, N or O as determined appropriate for
application by equipment manufacturer.
2. Enclosure Classification: Open drip-proof machine, NEMA MG-1, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Insulation Class Rating:
a. Fractional horsepower motors: Class A.
b. Integral horsepower motors: Class B.
C. Definite purpose motors: Class A, B, F or H as determined appropriate for application
by equipment manufacturer.
E. Poly-Phase Motors:
1. Type: Continuous duty; squirrel cage; induction, fractional, and integral horsepower motors;
rated in accordance with NEMA MG1-10.33.
a. 1/3 to 3 hp: NEMA B or C as determined appropriate for application by equipment
manufacturer.
b. Where rated motor loads produce uncorrected motor power factors less than 0.90,
provide capacitors for power factor correction to 0.95.
2. Enclosure Classification: Open drip-proof machine, NEMA MG-1, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Insulation Class Rating: Suitable for continuous operation in 40i-C environment, tested in
accordance with IEEE 112 and 114.
a. Fractional horsepower motors: Class A.
(2019) 15838-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
b. Integral horsepower motors: Class B. _
C. High starting torque motors: Class F.
d. Definite purpose motors: Class A, B, F or H as determined appropriate for application
by equipment manufacturer.
F. Service Factor: Minimum 1.15 for NEMA A, B, and C poly-phase motors, in accordance with NEMA
MG 1-12.47 for fractional horsepower motors.
G. Bearings: Permanently lubricated ball or regreasable sleeve bearings with inner and outer shaft '
seals, designed to resist thrust loading.
H. Efficiency: Provide high efficiency poly-phase motors in accordance with IEEE 112,Test Method B. _
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and conditions under which power and gravity ventilators to be installed. Do not
proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions corrected.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF POWER AND GRAVITY VENTILATORS
A. Except as otherwise indicated or specified, install ventilators in accordance with manufacturer's
installation instructions and recognized industry practices to ensure ventilators serve intended
function.
B. Coordinate ventilator work with Work of roofing,walls,and ceilings necessary for proper interfacing.
C. Ductwork: Connect ducts to ventilators in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. --
1. Solder bottom joints and up 2 in. of side joints of duct under roof ventilator to retain any
moisture entering ventilator.
D. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be
factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to electrical installer.
1. Verify electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal and
installation requirements of Division 16. Verify proper rotation direction of fan wheels. Do not
proceed with equipment startup until wiring installation acceptable to equipment installer. _
E. Remove shipping bolts and temporary supports within ventilators. Adjust dampers for free
operation.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. After installation of ventilators complete,test each ventilator to demonstrate proper operation of units
at performance requirements specified.
B. When possible, field correct malfunctioning units, then retest to demonstrate compliance.
C. Replace units which cannot be satisfactorily corrected.
(2019) 15838-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
3.04 CLEANING
A. Clean factory-finished surfaces. Repair marred or scratched surfaces with manufacturer's touch-up
paint.
**" END OF SECTION *'
(2019) 15838-5 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 15850
AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Louvers.
2. Wall registers and grilles.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Manufacturer's technical product data including rated capacities of selected model
_ clearly indicated, weights, furnished specialties and accessories, and installation and startup
instructions. Provide performance data for each size of unit provided.
B. Shop Drawings: Manufacturer's assembly type shop drawing indicating dimensions, weight
— loadings, required clearances, and methods of assembly of components.
C. Operating and Maintenance (O&M) Data:
1. Submit maintenance instructions including cleaning instructions and spare parts lists for
ceiling air diffusers and wall registers and grills.
D. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of air outlets and inlets of
types and capacities required whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not
less than 5 yrs.
B. Regulatory Requirements:
1. ASHRAE Compliance: Test and rate air outlets and inlets in accordance with ASHRAE 70.
2. ADC Compliance: Test and rate air outlets and inlets in certified laboratories under
requirements of ADC 1062-R4. Provide air outlets and inlets bearing ADC Certified Rating
Seal.
— 3. NFPA Compliance: Install air outlets and inlets in accordance with NFPA No. 90A.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver air outlets and inlets wrapped in factory-fabricated fiberboard type containers. Identify on
outside of container type of outlet or inlet and location to be installed. Avoid crushing or bending and
prevent dirt and debris from entering and settling in devices.
B. Store air outlets and inlets in original cartons and protect from weather and construction work traffic.
Where possible, store indoors. When necessary to store outdoors, store above grade and enclose
with waterproof wrapping.
(2019) 15850-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturer's equipment used as basis of design for Project is name indicated in schedule and _
Specification section for particular type of equipment or application contained in these Contract
Documents. If no manufacturer listed, basis of design is industry standard indicated.
2.02 LOUVERS _
A. Manufacturers:
1. Ruskin Manufacturing Company.
2. Louvers and Dampers, Inc.
3. Or equal.
B. Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard louvers where shown of size,
shape, capacity, and performance equal to Ruskin Model ELF6375DX. Construct of materials and
components as indicated and required for complete installation. _
C. Performance: Provide weatherproof louver with free area equal to unit specified and following
performance characteristics.
1. Maximum Air Pressure Drop: 0.06 in. wg at 700 fpm through free area.
2. Minimum Moisture Entrainment Velocity: 900 fpm free area velocity.
3. Louver Depth: 6 in.
D. Substrate Compatibility: Provide louvers with frame and sill styles that are compatible with adjacent
substrate and specifically manufactured to fit into construction openings with accurate fit and
adequate support for weatherproof installation. Refer to Drawings and Specifications for types of --
substrate which will contain each type of louver.
E. Materials: Construct of aluminum extrusions,ASTM B221,Alloy 6063-T52. All welded construction.
F. Louver Screens: On inside face of exterior louvers, provide 1/2 in.sq mesh anodized aluminum wire
bird screens mounted in removable extruded aluminum frames.
G. Finish: Provide louvers with baked enamel finish. Final finish will be selected by ARCHITECT.
2.03 WALL REGISTERS AND GRILLES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Titus Products, Division of Philips Industries, Inc. _
2. Hart and Cooley, Division of Philips Industries, Inc.
3. Krueger Manufacturing Company.
4. Or equal.
B. Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard wall registers and grilles where
shown of size, shape, capacity, performance, and type indicated constructed of materials and
components as indicated and required for complete installation.
C. Performance: Provide wall registers and grilles that have, as minimum, temperature and velocity
traverses, throw and drop, and noise criteria ratings for each size device listed in manufacturer's
current data.
D. Wall Compatibility: Provide registers and grilles with border styles compatible with adjacent wall
systems and specifically manufactured to fit into wall construction with accurate fit and adequate _
(2019) 15850-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
support. Refer to Drawings and Specifications for types of wall construction which will contain each
type of wall register and grille.
E. Types: Provide wall registers and grilles of type, capacity, and accessories and finishes listed on
register and grille schedule. Following requirements shall apply to nomenclature indicated on
schedule.
1. Register and Grille Materials:
a. Aluminum Construction: Manufacturer's standard extruded aluminum frame and
adjustable blades.
2. Register and Grille Faces:
a. Horizontal 45C Fixed Blades: Horizontal blades, fixed at 45 ., at manufacturer's
standard spacing.
3. Register and Grille Patterns:
a. Single Deflection: One set of blades in face.
b. Double Deflection: 2 sets of blades in face, rear set at 901 - to face set.
4. Register and Grille Finishes:
a. White Enamel: Semi-gloss white enamel prime finish.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and conditions under which air outlets and inlets to be installed. Do not proceed with
Work until unsatisfactory conditions corrected.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install air outlets and inlets in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recognized
industry practices to ensure products serve intended functions. Pitch ductwork toward louver and
attach to be self-draining.
B. Coordinate with other Work, including ductwork and duct accessories necessary to interface
installation of air outlets and inlets with other Work.
END OF SECTION "
I
(2019) 15850-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
«.,.
...
i
�.
i
SECTION 15915
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEMS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Control sequences are specified in Section 15940.
B. Provide following electrical work as Work of this section,complying with requirements of Division 16.
1. Control and power wiring, of all voltages, between field installed control elements, indicating
devices, and unit control panels.
C. Work by Electrical:
1. Power supply wiring for HVAC Equipment and Automatic Temperature Control Panels.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. Point Chart:
1. System Description: Particular system to which following points apply.
2. Point Type:
a. Supervised Binary: Point type having 2 conditions or values and no intermediate units.
Change of state initiates alarm or advisory sequence and requires acknowledgment of
alarm condition and initiates alarm or advisory sequence. Provide software definable
advisory sequence.
b. Binary: Point type having 2 conditions or values and no intermediate values.
C. Analog: Point type having continuous range of values. Accomplish analog sensing by
RTD sensing elements located directly in medium to measured. Locate temperature
sensors within wells when measuring liquid temperatures.
d. Start/Stop: Point type changing binary state of controlled variable.
— e. Adjust: Point type changing analog condition of controlled variable.
B. Analog Indication: Type of readout provided for analog points accessed by operator.
C. Binary Indication: Type of readout provided for binary points accessed by operator or alarming
condition.
D. Applications/Programs: Building automation system/direct digital control processes to be applied to
system or point identified under point type.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. Submit manufacturer's technical product data for each control device furnished indicating
dimensions, capacities, performance characteristics, electrical characteristics, finishes of
materials, and installation and startup instructions.
2. Motors: For poly-phase motors 5 hp and larger, submit in accordance with requirements of
Section 16220. For single-phase, definite purpose, special purpose and general purpose
poly-phase motors less than 5 hp, submit NEMA design types, construction, insulation class,
(REV2019) 15915-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
NEMA frame size, horsepower, voltage and amp draw characteristics, and service factor for —
each common application.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit ladder type wiring diagram for each control device, general control system
diagrams, and connections provided by others. —
1. Represent each system with schematic flow diagram showing each active system component
in relative position and other devices present, but not necessarily affected by control system.
Show field-mounted control devices.
2. Represent panel mounted control components within designated panel section of Drawings.
Provide one-line detailed schematic of wiring and piping.
3. Provide one-line schematic for starters affected by control system showing interlocks between —
starters and control system and other interlocks not necessarily provided as part of control
system.
4. Provide unit process flow charts showing specific logic paths, measured and computed —
variables and operating constants, formulae for operations on measured variables and
computation of output variables, and other software functions furnished to meet control
sequence and energy management functions required in Section 15940 and on point chart.
5. Label each control device with setting or adjustable range of control. _.
6. Indicate required electrical wiring. Differentiate between portions of wiring factory-installed
and portions field-installed.
7. Details of faces of control panels including controls, instruments, and labeling.
8. Written description of sequence of operation.
9. Dampers: Submit leakage and flow characteristics of dampers, and size schedule for
controlled dampers.
C. Miscellaneous:
1. Maintenance agreement.
D. Operating and Maintenance (O&M) Data:
1. Submit preventive maintenance data and spare parts list for each type of control device; _
detailed instructions for operations associated with man-machine interface; and operator's
reference table listing connecting input points, output points, and unguarded software
parameters. Include this data in maintenance manual.
a. Include Shop Drawings of control system, revised to reflect system in as-built condition.
2. Programmer's Manual: Submit programming data for necessary information to perform —
programming function; language manual describing language used and routines, modules,
used by system; program flow charts for system energy management software and custom
software; and complete program listing and parameter listing files for programs.
E. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE —
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of direct digital control
equipment of type, architecture, and sizes similar to required equipment,and in satisfactory service.
B. Installer's Qualifications: Firms specializing and experienced in direct digital control system
installations.
C. Regulatory Requirements:
1. Provide electrical products tested, listed, and labeled by UL and complying with NEMA
standards for electrical requirements of areas in which controls are installed. _
(REV2019) 15915-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2. Refer to Drawings for specific area classifications impacting control system design.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Ship each piece of equipment and control device in factory cartons. Provide factory-applied plastic
end caps on each length of pipe and tube.
B. Maintain cartons and end caps through shipping, storage, and handling as required to prevent
equipment and pipe end damage and eliminate dirt and moisture from equipment and inside of pipe
and tube.
C. Store equipment indoors in clean, dry area until ready for installation.
1.06 MAINTENANCE
A. Within 30 days after Substantial Completion, present to OWNER for consideration, preventive
maintenance contract to cover service incidental to continued proper performance of system and
devices during guarantee period.
B. Maintenance of system components are not CONTRACTOR'S responsibility during and after
guarantee period, unless contracted for by OWNER.
C. Provide schedule of maintenance tasks necessary to keep CONTRACTOR guarantee in effect
through guarantee period.
D. Provide list of recommended preventive maintenance procedures including task frequency and tools
required to perform tasks. Provide instructions for each task in O&M data.
E. OWNER will keep records, schedules, and other reports documenting OWNER-performed
prescribed maintenance procedures during guarantee period. CONTRACTOR not liable for
defective systems, devices or components or repair, if OWNER-performed required preventive
maintenance procedures not performed and documented.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturer's equipment used as basis of design for Project is name indicated in Specifications for
particular types of equipment or application. If no manufacturer listed, basis of design is industry
standard indicated.
— B. Manufacturers:
1. Alerton.
2. Automated Logic.
3. Honeywell.
4. Johnson Controls.
5. Siemens.
6. Or equal.
2.02 GENERAL
A. Provide automatic temperature control products and supporting system components of type,
architecture, size, and capacities indicated, conforming to manufacturer's standard materials and
components as published in product information; designed and constructed as recommended by
manufacturer and required for application indicated to meet the intended control sequence of
operations for each piece of equipment specified.
(REV2019) 15915-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2.03 ACTUATORS
A. Electric Operators: Size motors to operate with sufficient reserve power to provide smooth
modulating action or 2-position action as specified in Section 15940.
1. Provide permanent split capacitor or shaded pole type motors with gear trains completely oil
immersed and sealed. Equip spring return motors, where indicated on Drawings or in
operational sequence, with integral spiral spring mechanism. Furnish entire spring
mechanism in housings designed for easy removal for service or adjustment of limit switches,
auxiliary switches or feedback potentiometer.
2. Equip motors for outdoor locations and outside air intakes with O-ring gaskets designed to
make motors completely weatherproof, and internal heaters permitting normal operation at-
40°F (400C).
3. Furnish multiple spring return motors for dampers larger than 25 sq ft. Size spring return
motors for running torque rating with minimum 3 to 1 rated to required torque ratio.
4. Furnish modulating electric operators with control circuitry designed to accept 4-20 mA,2 to
10 vdc, or pulse width modulation input control signals, appropriate to application.
2.04 INPUT DEVICES
A. Room Thermostats:
1. Provide solid state thermostats with user adjustable temperature setpoints, deadbands, and
offsets.
2. Thermostat shall include capabilities for use of local and remote temperature sensors. _
3. Thermostat shall incorporate a time clock function with user defined occupied and unoccupied
periods and corresponding heating and cooling setpoints.
4. Thermostat shall include a user accessible, timed unoccupied override function.
5. Thermostat shall include a local display of space temperature, mode of operation, active
temperature setpoints, and simple alarms.
6. Thermostat shall incorporate battery backup and password protected lockable keypad.
7. Thermostat shall incorporate heat anticipation and system on/off selector.
B. Temperature Sensors:
1. Provide temperature sensing elements of nickel wire,electric resistance type for space,well, .r
or duct insertion application.
2. Elements shall have reference resistance of 1,000 ohms/OF, with reference resistance of
1,000 ohms at 70°F, with temperature coefficient of 3 ohms/'F.
3. Resistance tolerances shall be 1.0% at 70°F.
4. Minimum ambient temperature range shall be -40°F to 216°F.
2.05 OUTPUT DEVICES _
A. Relays and Contactors:
1. UL listed units rated for 100,000 cycles with resistive loads. Equip with replaceable molded
coils and replaceable silver cadmium oxide contacts. Coat core laminations with heat
resistant inorganic film to reduce core losses.
2. For line and load terminals on contactors with higher than 35 amp rating, provide 1-piece
formed and welded pressure type.
3. For 35 amp or lower rating, provide screw type contactors.
4. Equip field-mounted contactors with suitable steel enclosures.
(REV2019) 15915-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2.06 CONTROLLERS
A. Electronic Controllers:
1. Provide electronic controllers designed as individual components and fully protected by steel
enclosures.
-- 2. Provide individual controllers of multiple input type with provisions for user adjustment.
3. Identify adjustments clearly on controllers including proportional band and authority.
4. Where single electronic controller required for specific application, can be built-in as integral
part of control motor, but only where provided with easily accessible control adjustment.
5. Provide 2-position or proportional electric controller power output as required by specified
sequence of operations.
B. Step Controllers.-
1. Provide step controllers for control sequencing or control of staged outputs with heavy duty
switching rated to handle loads.
2.07 PANELS
A. Local Control Panels/Temperature Control Panels (TCP): Provide control panels with suitable
brackets for wall or floor mounting for each supply fan and miscellaneous control systems. Locate
panel adjacent to systems served.
1. Fabricate panels of 14 ga furniture quality steel or 6063-T5 extruded aluminum alloy, totally
enclosed with hinged doors and keyed lock,with manufacturer's standard shop painted finish
and color. Provide UL listed and certified cabinets for use with line voltage devices.
2. Panel-Equipment: Include temperature and humidity controllers, relays, and automatic
switches except exclude low temperature protection thermostats,firestats,and other devices
excluded in sequence of operation. Fasten devices with adjustments accessible through front
of panels.
3. Door-Mounted Equipment: Flush-mount(on hinged door)manual switches including damper
Minimum-Off positioning switches, Summer-Winter switches, and Manual-Automatic
switches, including dial thermometers.
4. Graphics: Where specified, provide color coded graphic laminated plastic displays on doors
to schematically show system being controlled. Provide protective sheet of clear plastic
bonded to entire door to prevent damage to symbols.
5. Provide standard steel cabinets as required to contain temperature controllers, relays,
switches, and similar devices, except limit controllers and other devices excluded in sequence
of operations. Provide full enclosure cabinets with painted gray finish.
B. Central (Master)Control Panels: Provide central control panels of fully enclosed steel cubical type
with locking doors or locking removable backs. Match finish of panels and provide multi-color
graphic displays schematically showing system being controlled.
-- PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and conditions under which electric control systems to be installed. Do not proceed
with Work until unsatisfactory conditions corrected.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install system and materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, roughing-in drawings,
details on Drawings, and approved submittals. Install electrical components and use electrical
products complying with requirements of applicable Division 16 sections of these Specifications.
Mount controllers at convenient locations and heights.
(REV2019) 15915-5 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
B. Installation of Mechanical Devices: Refer to other Division 15 sections for installation of valve
bodies, control sensor wells, and dampers.
3.03 EQUIPMENT AND WIRING A. Control Wiring: Install and color code control wiring without splices between terminal points. Install
in accordance with NFPA No. 70 and applicable sections of Division 16. Install wiring incidental to
system installation.
1. Install circuits over 25 v with color coded minimum No. 12 wire in electric metallic tubing.
2. Install circuits under 25 v with color coded minimum No. 18 wire with 0.031 in. high
temperature (105°F (41°C)) plastic insulation on each conductor and plastic sheath over all.
3. Install electronic circuits with color coded minimum No. 22 wire with 0.023 in polyethylene
insulation on each conductor with plastic jacketed copper shield over all.
4. Install low voltage circuits, located in concrete slabs and masonry walls or exposed in
occupied areas, in electric conduit.
5. Do not install digital bus wiring in same conduit with line voltage wiring or other conductors
with highly inductive loads. _
6. Enclose line voltage wiring in conduit (EMT). Enclose low voltage wiring in conduit (EMT)
when exposed.
B. Installation of Damper Operator Motor: Power damper motor from line voltage power or from
dedicated transformer. Do not power damper motor from MCC motor starter control transformer.
C. Installation of Relay and Starters: Where relays or motor starters are required to control single —
phase motors, damper operators and other loads, mount relays or starters in temperature control
panels or dedicated electrical cabinets in accordance with UL 50 and Section 16130.
3.04 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF EQUIPMENT —
A. After completion of installation, adjust thermostats, control valves, motors, and similar equipment
provided under this section.
B. Verify programming for proper control action and adjust operating setpoints to achieve optimum
system operation.
C. Include computer programming, record drawings, labor for adjusting and validating, and checkout
necessary for operational system.
D. Provide specially trained personnel for final adjustment Work. —'
E. Startup, test, and adjust control systems. Demonstrate compliance with requirements. Replace
damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Operator Instruction:
1. Provide hands-on operator instruction to OWNER'S operating personnel during system
commissioning and at such time acceptable performance of DDC hardware and software _
established. Provide instruction during normal working hours by CONTRACTOR'S
representative familiar with system software, hardware, and accessories.
2. At mutually agreed upon time during system commissioning, provide instruction to OWNER'S
designated personnel on operation of equipment within DDC system and describe intended
use with respect to programmed functions specified.
(REV2019) 15915-6 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
3. Include overall operational program, equipment functions (individually and as part of total
integrated system), commands, advisories,and appropriate operator intervention required in
responding to system operation. Include in O&M data.
3.06 CLEANING
A. Clean factory finished surfaces. Repair marred or scratched surfaces with manufacturer's touch-up
paint.
*** END OF SECTION *
(REV2019) 15915-7 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
u
SECTION 15940
AUTOMATIC CONTROL SEQUENCES
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Operating equipment,devices, and system components required for automatic temperature control
systems are specified in Sections 15915.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. Control Sequences: Manner and method by which automatic temperature controls function.
Requirements for each type of operation are described in this section.
B. Normal Mode: Mode or position-controlled device assumes without power.
C. Automatic Mode: Mode or position-controlled device assumes when under control of automatic
system of controls.
D. Manual Mode: Mode or position-controlled device assumes when under manual control. Unless
otherwise specified, manual mode implied and affects only device for which manual mode or
position identified.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Schematic flow diagram of system showing fans, pumps, coils, dampers, valves,and control
devices.
2. Label each control device with setting or adjustable range of control.
3. Indicate pneumatic piping, factory and field wiring.
4. Indicate each control panel required with internal and external piping and wiring clearly
indicated. Provide detail of panel face including controls, instruments, and labeling.
5. Include written description of sequence of operation.
B. Submit in accordance with Section 15915.
PART2 PRODUCTS
4 (Not Used)
-- PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 ELECTRIC HEATERS
A. Control Sequence— Electric Unit Heaters:
1. Units Served:
a. 15-EH-1.
r
2. Normal Mode: Off.
(REV2019) 15940-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
a. Power: Off. _
3. Automatic Mode: On.
a. Provide unit with complete system of factory or remote installed controls suitable for use with manufacturer furnished, control power transformer and low voltage thermostat.
b. Heating Mode: On call for heat from manufacturer provided thermostat, set at 60°F,
field adjustable, normally open contact(s) closes and electric heating element(s) turn
on in stages to satisfy space heating demand. Start fan through manufacturer provided
time delay relay. On satisfaction of space heating demand, contact(s)opens. Stop fan
when all heat has been dissipated.
Y
3.02 ELECTRICAL ROOM AIR CONDITIONING UNITS
A. Controls for Electrical Room wall hung air-conditioning units are provided by manufacturer. See
Section 15670.
3.03 ROOM TEMPERATURE MONITORING
A. Room Temperature Monitoring: Monitor room temperature through space temperature sensor —
mounted inside Electrical Building at 15-TCP-1 and illuminated red LED warning light located at 15-
TCP-1. Provide alarm condition when temperature exceeds 92°F (field adjustable) and send
"Electrical Building - High Temperature Alarm" signal to SCADA (Division 16). When room —
temperature drops below 90OF (field adjustable), reverse procedure.
*"* END OF SECTION
(REV2019) 15940-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 15950
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Extent of testing, adjusting, and balancing work required by this section indicated on Drawings,
schedules, and by requirements of this section. Defined to include, but not necessarily limited to,air
distribution systems, hydronic distribution systems, and associated equipment and apparatus of
mechanical work. Work consists of setting speed and volume(flow)adjusting facilities provided for
systems, recording data, conducting tests, preparing and submitting reports, and recommending
modifications to Work as required by Contract Documents.
B. Section Includes:
1. Air conditioning units.
C. Equipment sections describe installation and startup of equipment to be tested adjusted, and
balanced.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Tests:
1. Submit certified test reports signed by test and balance supervisor performing TAB work.
2. Include identification and types of instruments used and most recent calibration date with
submission of final test report.
3. Submit biographical data on ENGINEER directly supervising testing,adjusting, and balancing
work.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Submit sample test data forms complete with certifying agency logo, identifying required test
data, date, page number, system designation, system location, Project name,and balancer's
name.
C. Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Data:
1. Include copies of certified test reports, identification of instruments, and data on ENGINEER.
D. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Tester's Qualifications: Firm certified by NEBB in testing and balancing disciplines similar to those
required for Project, not installer of system to be tested, and otherwise independent of Project.
B. Regulatory Requirements:
1. NEBB Compliance: Comply with NEBB's Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and
Balancing of Environmental Systems,as applicable to mechanical air and hydronic distribution
systems and associated equipment and apparatus.
C. Industry Standards: Comply with ASHRAE recommendations pertaining to measurements,
instruments, and testing, adjusting, and balancing except as otherwise indicated.
(2019) 15950-1
Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
1.04 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS
A. Do not proceed with testing, adjusting, and balancing work until system complete and operable.
Ensure no later residual work still to be completed. _
B. Do not proceed until Work scheduled for testing, adjusting, and balancing clean and free from
debris, dirt, and discarded building materials.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PATCHING MATERIALS
A. Except as otherwise indicated, use same products as used in original construction for patching holes
in insulation, ductwork, and housings cut or drilled for test purposes, including access for test
instruments, attaching jigs, and similar purposes.
1. At tester's option, plastic plugs with retainers may be used to patch drilled holes in ductwork _
and housings.
2.02 TEST INSTRUMENTS
equipment for TAB work required of type, precision, and capacity as
A. Utilize test instruments and
recommended in following TAB standards.
1. NEBB's Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental _
Systems.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION T
A. Examine installed Work and conditions under which testing to be done to ensure Work complete,
clean, and operable. Do not proceed with TAB work until unsatisfactory conditions corrected in
manner acceptable to tester.
3.02 ADJUSTMENT
A. Test,adjust, and balance environmental systems and components as indicated,in accordance with
procedures outlined in applicable standards.
1. Adjust flows to within -0% to +10% of scheduled values, or as otherwise instructed by
ENGINEER.
B. Test, adjust, and balance system during summer season for air conditioning systems and during
winter season for heating systems, including minimum period of operation at outside conditions
within 50F(3°C)wet bulb temperature of maximum summer design condition,and within 10OF(6°C)
dry bulb temperature of minimum winter design condition. When seasonal operation does not
permit measuring final temperatures,then take final temperature readings when seasonal operation
permits.
C. Patch holes in insulation,ductwork, and housings cut or drilled for test purposes in same manner as
original construction.D. Mark equipment settings including damper control positions, valve indicators, fan speed control
levers, and similar controls and devices to show final settings at completion of TAB work. Provide
markings with paint or other suitable permanent identification materials.
15950-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
(2019)
E. Retest, adjust, and balance systems subsequent to significant system modifications and resubmit
_. test results.
1. Provide services of qualified testing and balancing technician for random checking of systems
by ENGINEER. If, during spot checking by ENGINEER, performance less than 10% of
installation falls outside of specified performance parameters, rebalance entire installation.
3.03 REPORT PREPARATION
A. Prepare report of test results including instrumentation calibration reports, in format recommended
by applicable standards.
B. Prepare report of recommendations for correcting unsatisfactory mechanical performances when
system cannot be successfully balanced including, where necessary, modifications exceeding
requirements of Contract Documents for mechanical work.
* END OF SECTION *'
(2019) 15950-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
Y"
4
(2019) 15950-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 16050
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART1 GENERAL
-- 1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Raceway Systems
2. Wire, Cables and Connectors
3. Wiring Devices
4. Motor Starters
5. Motor and Circuit Disconnects
6. Fuses
7. Panelboards
8. Transformers
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Approval of equipment supplied in this section is contingent upon CONTRACTOR verification of
available fault current from electric utility.
1. Notify ENGINEER if available fault current is higher than specified equipment.
B. Product Data:
1. Submit for disconnects, motor starters, panelboards, circuit breakers, overcurrent protective
devices, and transformers.
2. Product data sheets with printed installation instructions.
C. Shop Drawings:
1. Submit for motor starters.
2. Show enclosure dimensions, nameplate nomenclature, electrical ratings, and thermal unit
schedule.
3. Wiring diagrams and schematics.
D. Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Data:
1. Maintenance data for materials and products for inclusion in Operating and Maintenance
Manual.
E. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized
i Testing Laboratory(NRTL).
1. Term "NRTL"shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
�- 2. Terms "listed" and "labeled"shall be as defined in National Electrical Code, Article 100.
B. Regulatory Requirements:
`+ 1. National Electrical Code(NEC): Components and installation shall comply with National Fire
Protection Association (NFPA) 70.
(2019) 16050-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING
A. Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1.
B. Plastic-Coated Steel Conduit and Fittings: NEMA RN 1. _
C. Electrical Metallic Tubing and Fittings: ANSI C80.3 with compression-type fittings.
D. Flexible Metal Conduit: Zinc-coated steel.
E. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket.
2.02 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT
A. Rigid Nonmetallic Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Conduit: NEMA TC 2, 80 PVC.
2.03 FITTINGS
A. Fittings for steel conduits:
1. Steel or malleable iron, zinc galvanized or cadmium plated.
2. Do not use set screw or indentor type fittings.
3. Do not use aluminum or die cast fittings. _
4. EMT and GRS Connectors and Couplings:
a. Threaded.
b. Insulated throat. Y
C. Gland compression type.
d. Rain and concrete type.
5. Comply with ANSI C80.4.
6. Comply with NEMA FB 1, compatible with conduit materials.
B. Conduit bodies:
1. Malleable iron with galvanized finish.
C. Fittings for flexible metal conduit.
1. Insulated throat type.
2. Threaded. —�
3. Grounding type.
4. Liquidtight: 1 piece sealing "O" rings with connectors when entering boxes or enclosures.
D. Expansion Joints:
1. Conduit expansion fittings complete with copper bonding jumper, Cooper Crouse-Hinds
Type XJ. --
2. Conduit expansion/deflection fittings with copper bonding jumper, Cooper Crouse-Hinds
Type XD.
E. Seals:
1. Wall entrance, OZ/Gedney Type FSK or FSC.
(2019) 16050-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
F. PVC Conduit Fittings:
1. NEMA TC3; match to conduit type and material.
G. Drain Fittings:
1. Automatic Drain Breather:
a. Explosionproof.
1) Safe for Class I, Groups C and D.
b. Capable of passing minimum 25 cc water/min and minimum 0.05 cu ft air/min at
atmospheric pressure.
2. Condensate Drain:
a. Conduit outlet body, Type T.
b. Threaded, galvanized plug with 3/16 in. drilled holed through plug.
H. Hazardous Areas:
1. Explosionproof.
2. Horizontal seal fittings, Cooper Crouse-Hinds Type EYS.
3. Vertical seal fittings, Cooper Crouse-Hinds Type EYD.
4. Vertical seal fittings shall have drain plug.
2.04 BOXES
A. Of indicated types, sizes and NEMA enclosure classes. Where not indicated, provide units of types,
sizes, and classes appropriate for use and location. Provide items complete with covers and
accessories required for intended use. Provide gaskets for units in damp or wet locations.
B. Fasteners.-
1 General Use: Corrosion resistant screws and hardware including cadmium and zinc plated
items.
2. Damp or Wet Locations: Stainless steel screws and hardware.
C. Outlet Boxes:
1. Boxes shall be of type, shape, size, and depth to suit each location and application.
2. Steel Boxes: Sheet steel with stamped knockouts, threaded screw holes and accessories
suitable for each location including mounting brackets and straps,cable clamps,exterior rings
and fixture studs.
-� 3. Cast Boxes: Iron alloy, waterproof, with threaded raceway entries and features and
accessories suitable for each location, including mounting ears, threaded screw holes for
devices and closure plugs.
D. Pull and Junction Boxes.-
1. Boxes shall have screwed or bolted on covers of material same as box and shall be of size
and shape to suit application.
2. Galvanized Steel Boxes: Flat rolled, code gauge, sheet steel with welded seams. Hot-dip
galvanized after fabrication. Cover shall be gasketed.
3. Stainless-Steel Boxes: Fabricate of stainless steel conforming to Type 304 of ASTM A167.
Cover shall be gasketed.
(2019) 16050-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
4. Galvanized Cast-Iron Boxes: Molded of cast iron alloy with gasketed cover and integral —
threaded conduit entrances.
5. Boxes Approved for Classified Locations: Cast metal or cast nonmetallic boxes conforming to
UL 886 listed and labeled for use in specific location classification, and with specific
hazardous material encountered. Conduit entrances shall be integral threaded type.
2.05 WIRES, CABLES, AND CONNECTORS
A. Building wires and cables with insulation type, cable construction, and rating as required to meet
application and NEC requirements.
B. Manufacturers:
1. Wire and Cable:
a. Southwire.
b. Houston Wire and Cable.
C. Belden.
d. American Insulated Wire Corp.
e. Republic Wire.
f. Superior Essex.
2. Connectors:
a. FCI-Burndy.
b. Thomas and Betts.C. Blackburn, Thomas and Betts.
C. Copper wire only.
D. 600 v insulation(ASTM standard compounds)and color code conductors for low voltage(secondary
feeders and branch circuits) as required by NEC.
1. Type THWN Stranded: Single conductor No. 12 AWG minimum for branch circuit and feeder
conductors size No. 8 AWG and smaller.
2. Type XHHW Stranded: Single conductor for branch circuits,feeders,and service conductors
larger than No. 8 AWG.
3. Provide grounding conductor when run with circuit conductors with same insulation as circuit
conductors.
4. Type USE Stranded: Single conductor for under-ground direct burial. _
5. Type THWN Stranded: Single conductor No. 12 AWG minimum for 120 v control wiring and
No. 14 AWG minimum for graphic indication, nonshielded instrumentation and other control
wiring operating at less than 120 v unless otherwise noted on Drawings.
a. Provide high density polyethylene jacketed multi-wire cable assemblies in underground
conduit or duct.
6. PVC insulation, tinned copper (19 by 27) stranded, No. 16 AWG, twisted pair cabled with
aluminum mylar shielding, stranded,tinned, No. 18 AWG copper drain wire,and overall black
FR-PVC, 90°C, 600 volt jacket for interference sensitive instrumentation wiring.
7. Vinyl insulated, tinned copper, solid, twisted pair, cabled conductors and silver gray vinyl
jacket for telephone inter-communications.
a. Up to 4 conductors/cable, 22 AWG solid wire.
b. Over 4 conductors/cable, 24 AWG solid wire.
C. Provide high density polyethylene jacketed multi-wire cable assemblies in underground
conduit or duct.
(2019)
16050-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
E. 2000v insulation.-
1- For VFD motors: Belden VFD cable per manufacturer recommendations.
2. No substitutes.
F. Joints, Taps, and Splices:
1. Joints, Taps, and Splices in Conductors No. 10 AWG and Smaller: UL listed preinsulated
compression spring-type solderless connectors.
2. Joints, Taps, and Splices in Conductors No. 8 AWG and Larger: Solderless 2 or 4 -bolt
compression type connectors of type that will not loosen under vibration or normal strains.
G. Terminations:
1. Power Conductors: Compression crimp type lugs.
2. Control and Instrumentation Conductors: Compression crimp type fork tongue, insulated
support type lugs on terminal strips. Do not splice.
2.06 WIRING DEVICES
A. Manufacturers.-
1. Hubbell Wiring Device Division.
- - 2. Pass and Seymour/Legrand
3. Appleton Electric Company.
4. Cooper Crouse-Hinds Company.
B. Color: Ivory unless otherwise indicated or required by NEC.
C. Switches.-
1. General Use Lighting Switches: 20 amp toggle, equal to Hubbell No. 1221-1 series.
D. Receptacles:
1. General use duplex receptacles: NEMA No. 5-20R, grounding type, 20 amp Hubbell
No. 5362 Specification Grade.
2. Special purpose receptacles as shown on Drawings and schedules.
E. Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupter Receptacles (GFCI).
1. Ratings: 120 vac., 20 amp.
2. Tripping Requirement: UL Class A.
3. Construction:
a. Shallow depth.
b. Line and load terminal screws.
C. Noise suppression.
d. Feed through.
e. Standard duplex wall plates shall fit.
f. NEMA 5-20R configuration.
4. Meet requirements of UL 943 ground-fault circuit interrupters.
F. Wiring Device Plates and Covers:
1. Wall plates for wiring devices with ganging and cut-outs as indicated, provided with metal
screws for securing plates to devices, screw heads colored to match finish of plate.
... (2019) 16050-5
Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2. Plates for Flush Mounted Devices:
a. Hubbell high-impact smooth nylon in Ivory color.
3. Device plates for surface mounted Type FS or FD boxes to be Type FSK galvanized steel. —
4. Device plates for surface mounted,4 in. sq boxes to be 1/2 in.raised galvanized steel covers.
5. Weatherproof plates and covers for exterior devices or devices in damp locations to be
galvanized gray cast malleable with gasketed, lift cover plate. —
6. Weatherproof plates and covers suitable for wet locations while in use.
a. Hinged and gasketed cover/enclosure to maintain weather tight seal while the
equipment is plugged into it. TayMac or equal.
2.07 MOTOR STARTERS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Eaton Electrical.
2. Square D, Schneider Electric.
3. Allen Bradley, Rockwell Automation.
B. Enclosures:
1. NEMA 1 in electrical equipment building.
2. As otherwise indicated and as required by NEC.
C. Manual Starters:
1. Minimum short circuit withstand rating in combination with motor circuit protective device shall
be 10,000 symmetrical amps or as indicated on Drawings.
D. Manual Motor Starter Construction:
1. Quick make and break toggle action.
2. Double break silver alloy contacts.
3. 1-piece melting alloy type thermal overload units. —
4. Starter inoperative unless thermal unit in position.
5. Padlock provision.
6. Pilot light.
7. NEMA standards for size and hp rating. —
2.08 MOTOR AND CIRCUIT DISCONNECTS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Eaton Electrical.
2. Square D, Schneider Electric.B. Enclosed Circuit Breaker Construction:
1. Dual cover interlock.
2. External trip indication.
3. Provisions for control circuit interlock.
4. Padlock provisions for padlock in Off position. ....
5. Handle attached to box, not cover.
6. Handle position indicates On, Off or Tripped.
7. Provisions for insulated or groundable neutral.
16050-6 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
(2019)
C. Permanent Trip Circuit Breakers.-
1. Thermal and magnetic protection.
2. Magnetic protection only in combination with motor starters and motor circuit protectors
(MCP).
3. Single magnetic trip adjustment.
4. Single-handle common trip, 2 and 3 poles (handle ties not acceptable).
5. Push-to-trip test button.
6. Bolt-on type.
7. Quick make and break toggle action.
8. Handle trip indication.
9. Handle position indication, On, Off, and Tripped centered.
10. UL listed for type of wire specified.
11. UL listed short circuit rating (integrated equipment rating).
a. Up to 240 v: 22,000 RMS symmetrical amp minimum.
b. Up to 480 v: 42,000 RMS symmetrical amp minimum.
D. Safety Switches:
1- NEMA heavy duty Type HD.
2. Dual cover interlock.
3. Visible blades.
4. Provisions for control circuit interlock.
5. Pin type hinges.
6. Tin plated current carrying parts.
7. Quick make and break operator mechanism.
8. Handle attached to box, not cover.
9. Handle position indication, On in up position and Off in down position.
10. Padlock provisions for up to 3 padlocks in Off position and On position.
11. UL listed lugs for type and size of wire specified.
12. Spring reinforced fuse clips for Class R fuses.
13. Provisions for insulated or groundable neutral.
14. UL listed short circuit rating 200,000 RMS amp with Class R fuses.
E. Enclosures:
1. NEMA 1 in electrical equipment building.
2. NEMA 4X stainless steel with watertight hubs for outdoor and wet locations.
3. NEMA 7 in hazardous classified locations.
4. As otherwise indicated and as required by NEC.
2.09 FUSES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Cooper Bussmann.
2. Ferraz Shawmut.
3. Littelfuse.
B. 250 v Fuses:
1. Class RK 1, 1-end rejection or to fit mountings specified, 1/10 to 600 amps, , amp
p
interrupting rating.
-- a. Bussmann Low-Peak. LPN-R, dual element, time delay with short circuit protection for
motor, transformer, welder, feeder, and main service protection.
(2019)
16050-7
Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
C. Spare Fuses:
1. 10%, minimum of 3, of each type and rating of installed fuses. _
2.10 PANELBOARDS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Eaton Electrical.
2. Square D, Schneider Electric.
B. Panelboard Ratings!
1. UL listed short circuit rating (integral equipment rating): —
a. Up to 240 w 22,000 RMS symmetrical amp minimum.
b. Up to 480 v: 42,000 RMS symmetrical amp minimum.
C. As shown on Drawings.
C. Panelboard Construction:
1. Main breaker or main lugs only, per panelboard schedule. —
2. Flush or surface mounted as indicated on panelboard schedule.
4. NEMA Type 1 and usre, unless adequate for feeder anderwise branch-circuit d on panelboard schedule.
equipment ground conductors,
4. Equipment ground b q
bonded to box.
5. Listed for use as service equipment for panelboards with main service disconnec .
6. Molded case circuit breakers. _
7. Terminals:
a. UL listed for type of wire specified.
b. Anti-turn solderless compression type.
8. Bussing:
a. Distributed phase sequence type• er or as shown on panelboard schedule or --
b. 225 amps,98%conductivity hard drawn cope
Drawings.
C. Copper.
d. Bussing and mounting hardware behind all usable space.
9. Gutters adequate for wire size used, 4 in. minimum.
10. Boxes:
a. Code gauge galvanized steel.
b. Without knockouts.
11. Fronts:
a. Rust inhibiting primer, baked enamel finish. _
b. Dead front safety type.
C. Concealed hinges. e locks with spring loaded door pulls.
d. Flush stainless steel cylinder tumbler typ —
e. Circuit Directory:
1) Suitable for complete descriptions.
2) Clear plastic cover. _
3) Typewritten card.
16050-8 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
(2019)
I. Raceway systems shall be continuous from outlet to outlet and from outlets to cabinets,junction or
pull boxes.
J. Enter and secure to boxes ensuring electrical continuity from point of service to outlets.
K. Conduit shall be run concealed except exposed surface conduit may be installed where noted on
Drawings or where concealment found to be impractical or impossible, and only with approval of
ENGINEER.
L. Provide watertight conduit system where installed in wet places, underground or where buried in
masonry or concrete.
1. Use threaded hubs when entering top of enclosures.
2. Use sealing type locknuts when entering sides or bottom of enclosures.
M. Conduit runs extending through areas of different temperature or atmospheric conditions or partly
indoors and partly outdoors shall be sealed, drained, and installed in manner preventing drainage of
condensed or entrapped moisture into cabinets, motors or equipment enclosures.
N. Route conduit runs above suspended acoustical ceilings not interfering with tile panel removals.
O. Cap conduits after installation to prevent entry of debris.
P. Connections to motors and equipment subject to vibration shall be maximum of 3 ft long. Locate
where least subject to physical abuse.
Q. Install conduit expansion fittings complete with bonding jumper in following locations.
1. Conduit runs crossing structural expansion joint.
2. Conduit runs attached to 2 separate structures.
3. Conduit runs where movement perpendicular to axis of conduit may be encountered.
R. Keep raceways at least 6 in. away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot water pipes. Install
horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping.
S. Install separate ground conductor inside flexible conduit connections.
T. Use approved flexible connections in hazardous locations.
U. Use explosionproof fittings and seals in hazardous areas in accordance with NEC.
V. PVC Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit: Use only fittings approved for use with that material.
Patch nicks and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduit.
W. Transition under floor conduit to galvanized rigid steel conduit before rising above floor. Wrap with
-- plastic tape to provide 40 mil thick cover to height of 6 in. above floor.
3.02 BOXES
A. Cap unused knockout holes where blanks have been removed and plug unused conduit hubs.
B. Support and fasten items in accordance with Section 16070.
C. Do not burn holes, use knockout punches or saw.
D. Provide outlet box accessories as required for each installation such as mounting brackets, fixture
studs, cable clamps, and metal straps for supporting outlet boxes compatible with outlet boxes being
used and meeting requirements of individual wiring situations.
(2019) 16050-11 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
E. Sizes shall be adequate to meet NEC volume requirements, but in no case smaller than sizes _
indicated.
F. Location of outlets and equipment shown on Drawings is approximate. Verify exact location. —
G. Flush outlets shall have edges or plaster flush with finished wall or ceiling surfaces so plates can be
drawn tightly to wall or ceiling surfaces.
H. Minor modification in location of outlets and equipment is considered incidental up to distance of
10 ftwith no additional compensation, provided notification of modification is given prior to roughing
in of outlet.
I. Outlet Boxes and Fittings: Install outlet and device boxes and associated covers and fittings of
materials and NEMA types for each location in conformance with following requirements unless
otherwise noted on Drawings: --
1. Interior Dry Locations: Sheet steel, NEMA type 1 for flush mounting and feraloy Type FS or
FD cast boxes with threaded conduit hubs for surface mounting. _
2. Locations Exposed to Weather or Dampness: Galvanized, cast metal, NEMA Type 3R.
3. Wet Locations: Stainless Steel, NEMA type 4X enclosures.
4. Hazardous (Classified) Locations: NEMA type listed and labeled for location and class of
hazard indicated.
J. Pull and Junction Boxes: Install pull and junction boxes of materials and NEMA types suitable for
each location.
K. Mounting height as follows unless otherwise shown on Drawings:
1. Switches: 48 in. above floor.
2. ac Receptacles and Telephone Outlets: 15 in. above floor or 6 in. above counters, counter
back-splashes, and baseboard radiators in finished areas; 48 in. above floor in unfinished
areas.
3. Pushbuttons: 48 in. above floor.
4. Motor Starters and Disconnect Switches: 60 in. above floor.
5. Thermostats: 60 in. above floor.
3.03 WIRE AND CABLE
A. Install wires and cables as indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions and NECA
"Standard of Installation".
B. Run wire and cable in conduit unless otherwise indicated on Drawings.
C. On branch circuits, use standard colors. _
D. Run ground wire with power circuits; conduit shall not be grounding path.
E. Provide separate conduit systems for following.
1. Line voltage control.
2. Low voltage control.
3. Shielded instrumentation.
4. Exit lights.
5. As required by NEC.
F. Where power cables and instrument/signal cables enter and pass through same handhole or
distribution box, steel barrier or steel conduit separation shall be maintained to avoid magnetic !
(2019) 16050-12 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
interaction between power cables and instrumentation conductors. In manholes and handholes,
provide Type C conduit outlet body with 3/16 in. holes drilled in bottom for drainage.
G. Run instrumentation cable into control cabinets only if terminated therein.
H. Terminate control, instrumentation, and communication cables on terminal st,ips in separate
terminal cabinets located near conduit entrances of buildings or as shown on Drawings.
I. Color Coding: Conductors for lighting and power wiring as indicated below.
Phase 208/120 v 480/277 v
A Black Brown
B Red Orange
C Blue Yellow
Travelers Pink Puriole
Neutral White White with non- reen stripe
Ground Green Green
J. Color coding for intrinsically safe systems shall be light blue.
3.04 JOINTS, TAPS, AND SPLICES
A. Where preinsulated spring connectors are used for motor and equipment connections, tape
connector to wire to prevent loosening under vibration.
B. Each tap,joint or splice in conductors No. 8 AWG and larger shall be taped with 2 half-lap layers of
vinyl plastic electrical tape and finish wrap of color coding tape where required by code.
C. Cable splices shall be made only in handholes, wireways, distribution boxes, and junction boxes.
_ 3.05 WIRING DEVICES
A. Do not install devices until wiring is complete.
B. Do not use terminals on wiring devices (hot or neutral) for feed-through connections, looped or
otherwise. Make circuit connections by using wire connectors and pigtails.
C. Install gasket plates for devices or system components having light emitting features such as switch
with pilot light and dome lights. Where installed on rough textured surfaces, seal with black
self-adhesive polyfoam.
D. Ground receptacles with insulated green ground wire from device ground screw to bolted outlet box
connection or as shown on Drawings.
E. Install GFCI receptacles as required by NEC.
3.06 MOTOR STARTERS
A. Examine area to receive motor starters to ensure adequate clearance for starter installation.
B. Anchor firmly to wall or structural surface.
C. Support and fasten in accordance with Section 16070.
(2019) 16050-13 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
3.07 MOTOR AND CIRCUIT DISCONNECTS
A. Locate disconnect switches as shown on Drawings and required by NEC.
B. Provide control circuit interlock as required by NEC.
C. Overcurrent protective devices.
1. Install fuses just prior to energizing equipment.
2. Locate circuit breakers as shown on Drawings.
D. Install on equipment rack or anchor firmly to wall or structural surface.
E. Support and fasten in accordance with Section 16070.
3.08 PANELBOARDS
A. Support panel cabinets independently to structure with no weight bearing on conduits.
B. Install recessed panelboards to allow cover to be drawn tight against wall to provide neat
appearance.
C. Install panelboards so top breaker is not higher than 6 ft 0 in. above floor. _
D. Adjacent panel cabinets shall be same size and mounted in horizontal alignment.
E. Install typewritten directory in each panelboard, accurately indicating rooms or equipment being _
served after final circuit changes have been made to balance circuit loads.
F. Install filler plates in unused spaces. _
3.09 TRANSFORMER
A. Install wall mounted transformers on prefabricated brackets designed for that purpose.
B. Install floor mounted transformers on 4 in. high concrete housekeeping pads.
C. Tighten bus connections and mechanical fasteners. ^'
D. Adjust voltage taps for required system voltage and check grounding requirements.
3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Control Circuits, Branch Circuits, Feeders, Motor Circuits, and Transformers:
1. Megger check of phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground insulation levels.
a. Do not megger check solid state equipment. _
2. Continuity.
3. Short circuit.
4. Operational check.
B. Wiring Devices:
1. Test receptacles with Hubbell 5200, Woodhead 1750 or equal tester for correct polarity,
proper ground connection, and wiring faults.
(2019) 16050-14 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
3.11 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING
A. Motor Starters and Disconnects:
1. Adjust covers and operating mechanisms for free mechanical movement.
2. Tighten wire and cable connections.
3. Verify overcurrent protection thermal unit size with motor nameplate to provide proper
operation and compliance with NEC.
4. Clean interior of enclosures.
5. Touch up scratched or marred surfaces to match original finish.
B. Circuit Breakers:
1. Adjustable settings shall be set to provide selective coordination, proper operation, and
compliance with NEC.
*"* END OF SECTION *""
(2019) 16050-15 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 16060
GROUNDING
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Grounding of electrical systems and equipment and basic requirements for grounding for
protection of life, equipment, circuits, and systems.
2. Grounding requirements specified in this Section may be supplemented in other Sections of
these Specifications.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Certificates for field testing agency, signed by CONTRACTOR,certifying that agency complies with
requirements specified in "Quality Assurance"Article below.
B. Report of Field Tests and Observations: Certified by CONTRACTOR.
C. Test Results:
1. Certified field tests and observation reports indicating and interpreting test reports for
compliance with performance requirements.
D. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with UL 467.
B. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized
.� Testing Laboratory (NRTL).
1. Term "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
2. Terms"listed" and "labeled" shall be as defined in National Electrical Code, Article 100.
C. Regulatory Requirements:
1. National Electrical Code(NEC): Components and installation shall comply with National Fire
Protection Association (NFPA) 70.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GROUNDING AND BONDING PRODUCTS
A. Governing Requirements: Where types, sizes, ratings, and quantities indicated are in excess of
NEC requirements, more stringent requirements and greater size, rating, and quantity indications
govern.
(2019) 16060-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2.02 WIRE AND CABLE GROUNDING CONDUCTORS
A. Conform to NEC Table 8, except as otherwise indicated, for conductor properties, including
stranding.
1. Material: Copper.
B. Equipment Grounding Conductors: Insulated with green color insulation.
C. Grounding-Electrode Conductors: Stranded cable.
D. Underground Conductors: Bare, tinned, stranded, except as otherwise indicated.
E. Bare Copper Conductors:
1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B3. _
2. Assembly of Stranded Conductors: ASTM 88.
3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B33.
2.03 MISCELLANEOUS CONDUCTORS
A. Grounding Bus: Bare, annealed-copper bars of rectangular cross section.
B. Braided Bonding Jumpers: Copper tape, braided No. 30 AWG bare copper wire, terminated with
copper ferrules.
C. Bonding Straps: Soft copper, 0.05 in. (1 mm) thick and 2 in. (50 mm)wide, except as indicated.
2.04 CONNECTOR PRODUCTS
A. Pressure Connectors: High-conductivity-plated units.
B. Bolted Clamps: Heavy-duty type.
C. Exothermic-Welded Connections: Provided in kit form and selected per manufacturer's written
instructions for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and connected items.
2.05 GROUNDING ELECTRODES AND TEST WELLS
A. Grounding Rods: Copper-clad steel.
1. Size: 3/4 in. by 120 in. (19 by 3000 mm).
B. Test Wells: Fabricate from 15 in. (400 mm) long, square-cut sections of 8 in. (200 mm)diameter,
Schedule 80, PVC pipe or as detailed on Drawings.
(2019) 16060-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 APPLICATION
A. Equipment Grounding Conductors: Comply with NEC Article 250 for types, sizes, and quantities of
equipment grounding conductors,except where specific types, larger sizes,or more conductors than
— required by NEC are indicated.
1. Install equipment grounding conductor with circuit conductors for items below in addition to
— those required by Code:
a. Feeders and branch circuits.
b. Lighting circuits.
C. Receptacle circuits.
d. Single-phase motor or appliance branch circuits.
e. Three-phase motor or appliance branch circuits.
f. Flexible raceway runs.
2. Isolated Equipment Enclosure Circuits: For designated equipment supplied by branch circuit
or feeder, isolate equipment enclosure from supply raceway with nonmetallic raceway fitting
listed for purpose. Install fitting where raceway enters enclosure, and install separate
equipment grounding conductor. Isolate equipment grounding conductor from raceway and
from panelboard grounding terminals. Terminate at equipment grounding-conductor terminal
of applicable derived system or service, except as otherwise indicated.
B. Separately Derived Systems: Where NEC requires grounding,ground according to NEC Paragraph
250-26.
C. Metal Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Ground pole to grounding electrode in addition to
separate equipment grounding conductor run with supply branch circuit.
D. Common Ground Bonding with Lightning Protection System: Bond electric power system ground
directly to lightning protection system grounding conductor at closest point to electric service
grounding electrode. Use bonding conductor sized same as system grounding conductor and install
in conduit.
E. Piping Systems and Other Equipment: Comply with NEC Article 250 for bonding requirements.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Ground electrical systems and equipment according to NEC requirements, except where Drawings
— or Specifications exceed NEC requirements.
B. Grounding Rods: Locate minimum of 1 rod length from each other and at least same distance from
any other grounding electrode.
1. Drive until tops are 2 in. (50 mm) below finished floor or final grade, except as otherwise
indicated.
2. Interconnect with grounding-electrode conductors. Use exothermic welds,except attest wells
and as otherwise indicated. Make these connections without damaging copper coating or
exposing steel.
-- C. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, except as otherwise
indicated. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain,
impact, or damage.
D. Underground Grounding Conductors: Use bare copper wire. Bury at least 24 in. (600 mm) below
grade.
(2019) 16060-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
E. Metal Water Service Pipe: Provide insulated copper grounding conductors, sized as indicated, in _
conduit, from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service
entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes by
grounding-clamp connectors. Where dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding
conductor to street side of fitting. Do not install grounding jumper across dielectric fittings. Bond
grounding-conductor conduit to conductor at each end.
F. Bond interior metal piping systems and metal air ducts to equipment grounding conductors of
associated pumps, fans, blowers, electric heaters, and air cleaners. Use braided-type bonding
straps.
G. Test Wells: One for each driven grounding electrode system, except as otherwise indicated. Set
top of well flush with finished grade or floor. Fill with 1 in. 25 mm) maximum-size crushed stone or
gravel.
H. Ufer Ground (Concrete-Encased Grounding Electrode): Fabricate according to NEC Paragraph
250-81(c), using minimum of 20 ft (6 m) of bare copper conductor not smaller than No. 4 AWG.
Where base of concrete foundation is less than 20 ft(6 m) in length, coil excess conductor within
base of concrete foundation. Bond grounding conductor to reinforcing steel to at least 4 locations, _
and to anchor bolts. Extend grounding conductor below grade and connect to building grounding
grid or to grounding electrode external to concrete.
3.03 CONNECTIONS
A. Make connections so possibility of galvanic action or electrolysis is minimized. Select connectors,
connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct contact will be „
galvanically compatible.
1. Use electroplated or hot-tin-coated materials to assure high conductivity and to make contact
points closer in order of galvanic series.
2. Make connections with clean, bare metal at points of contact.
3. Make aluminum-to-steel connections with stainless-steel separators and mechanical clamps.
4. Make aluminum-to-galvanized steel connections with tin-plated copper jumpers and .�
mechanical clamps.
5. Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to prevent future
penetration of moisture to contact surfaces.
B. Exothermic-Welded Connections: Use for connections to structural steel and for underground
connections, except those at test wells. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Welds that
are puffed up or that show convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning are not acceptable.
C. Equipment Grounding-Wire Terminations: For No. 8 AWG and larger, use pressure-type grounding
lugs. No. 10 AWG and smaller grounding conductors may be terminated with winged pressure-type
connectors.
D. Noncontact Metal Raceway Terminations: Where metallic raceways terminate at metal housings
without mechanical and electrical connection to housing, terminate each conduit with a grounding
bushing. Connect grounding bushings with bare grounding conductor to grounding bus or terminal
in housing. Bond electrically noncontinuous conduits at both entrances and exits with grounding
bushings and bare grounding conductors, except as otherwise indicated.
E. Connections at Test Wells: Use compression-type connectors on conductors and make bolted-and
clamped-type connections between conductors and grounding rods.
F. Tighten screws and bolts for grounding and bonding connectors and terminals according to
manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. Where these requirements are not available,
use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.
(2019) 16060-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
G. Compression-Type Connections: Use hydraulic compression tools to provide correct circumferential
pressure for compression connectors. Use tools and dies recommended by manufacturer of
connectors. Provide embossing die code or other standard method to make visible indication that
connector has been adequately compressed on grounding conductor.
H. Moisture Protection: Where insulated grounding conductors are connected to grounding rods or
grounding buses, insulate entire area of connection and seal against moisture penetration of
insulation and cable.
3.04 UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM GROUNDING
A. Handholes:
1. Install driven grounding rod close to wall and set rod depth so 4 in. (100 mm) will extend
above finished floor.
2. Where necessary, install grounding rod before manhole is placed and provide No. 1/0 AWG
bare, tinned-copper conductor from grounding rod into manhole through waterproof sleeve in
manhole wall.
3. Protect grounding rods passing through concrete floor with double wrapping of
pressure-sensitive tape or heat-shrunk insulating sleeve from 2 in. (50 mm) above to 6 in.
— (150 mm) below concrete.
4. Seal floor opening with waterproof, nonshrink grout.
B. Grounding System:
1. Ground pad-mounted equipment and noncurrent-carrying metal items associated with
substations by connecting them to underground cable and grounding electrodes.
— 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing:
1. Subject completed grounding system to megger test at each location where maximum
ground-resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal,and
at ground test wells.
2. Measure ground resistance not less than 2 full days after last trace of precipitation, and
without soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and
without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance.
3. Perform tests by 2 point method according to Section 9.03 of IEEE 81.
B. Maximum grounding to resistance values are as follows:
1. Equipment Rated 500 kVA and Less: 10 ohms.
2. Handhole Grounds: 10 ohms.
C. Excessive Ground Resistance: Where resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify
ENGINEER promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance and to accomplish
recommended work.
— D. Report: Prepare certified test reports, of ground resistance at each test location. Include
observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results. Describe measures
taken to improve test results.
3.06 RESTORATION
A. Restore surface features, including vegetation, at areas disturbed by work of this Section.
1. Re-establish original grades, except as otherwise indicated.
(2019) 16060-5 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2. Where sod has been removed, replace it as soon as possible after backfilling is completed.
3. Restore areas disturbed by trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, and other activities to their
original condition.
4. Include topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sodding, sprigging, and mulching.
5. Maintain restored surfaces.
6. Restore disturbed paving.
*** END OF SECTION
(2019) 16060-6 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 16070
SUPPORTING DEVICES
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Supports from building structure for electrical items by means of hangers,supports,anchors,
sleeves, inserts, seals, and associated fastenings.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Items provided under this section shall be listed and labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized
Testing laboratory (NRTL).
1. Term "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
2. Terms"listed" and "labeled" shall be as defined in National Electrical Code, Article 100.
B. Regulatory requirements:
1. National Electrical Code(NEC): Components and installation shall comply with National Fire
Protection Association (NFPA) 70.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Steel or malleable iron.
B. Aluminum where indicated.
C. Stainless steel where indicated.
2.02 COATINGS
A. Protect steel and malleable iron supports, support hardware, and fasteners with zinc coating.
B. Products for use outdoors.
C. Use PVC coating where indicated on Drawings.
2.03 MANUFACTURED SUPPORTING DEVICES
A. Raceway Supports: Clevis hangers, riser clamps, conduit straps,threaded C-clamps with retainers,
ceiling trapeze hangers, wall brackets, and spring steel clamps.
B. Fasteners: Types, materials, and construction features as follows:
-- 1. Expansion Anchors: Carbon steel wedge or sleeve type.
2. Toggle Bolts: All steel springhead type.
3. Powder-Driven Threaded Studs: Heat-treated steel, designed specifically for intended
service.
4. Nuts, Washers, and Bolts: Stainless steel in outdoor applications.
(2019) 16070-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
C. U-Channel Systems: Channels, with 9/16-in. dia holes, at minimum of 8 in. on center, in top
surface. Provide fittings and accessories that mate and match with U-channel and are of same _
manufacture.
2.04 FABRICATED SUPPORTING DEVICES _
A. Shop-or field-fabricate supports or manufacture supports assembled from U-channel components.
B. Brackets: Fabricated of angles, channels, and other standard structural shapes. Connect with
welds and machine bolts to form rigid supports. Comply with Section 05500.
C. Pipe Sleeves: Provide pipe sleeves of 1 of following:
1. Sheet Metal: Fabricate from galvanized sheet metal; round tube closed with snaplock joint,
welded spiral seams, or welded longitudinal joint. Fabricate sleeves from following gage
metal for sleeve diameter noted:
a. 3 in. and smaller: 20 ga.
b. 4 in. to 6 in.: 16 ga.
C. Over 6 in.: 14 ga.
2. Steel Pipe: Fabricate from Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe.
3. Plastic Pipe: Fabricate from Schedule 80 PVC plastic pipe.
2.05 FIRE RESISTANT JOINT SEALERS
A. Manufacturers:
1. "Dow Corning Fire Stop Foam," Dow Corning Corp.
2. "Pensil 851," General Electric Co.
3. Or equal.
B. Two-part, foamed-in-place, silicone sealant formulated for use in through-penetration fire-stopping
around cables, conduit, pipes, and duct penetrations through fire-rated walls and floors.
C. Sealants and accessories shall have fire-resistance ratings indicated, as established by testing
identical assemblies in accordance with ASTM E 814, by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., or other _
testing and inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install supporting devices to fasten electrical components securely and permanently in accordance
with NEC requirements.
B. Coordinate with structural system and with other electrical installation.
C. Raceway Supports: Comply with NEC and following requirements:
1. Conform to manufacturer's recommendations for selection and installation of supports.
2. Strength of each support shall be adequate to carry present and future load multiplied by
safety factor of at least 4. Where this determination results in safety allowance of less than
200 Ibs, provide additional strength until there is minimum of 200 Ibs safety allowance in
strength of each support.
(2019) 16070-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
3. Install individual raceway hangers and riser clamps as necessary to support raceways.
Provide U-bolts, clamps, attachments, and other hardware necessary for hanger assembly
and for securing hanger rods and conduits.
4. Support individual horizontal raceways by separate pipe hangers. Spring steel fasteners may
be used in lieu of hangers only for 1 in. and smaller raceways serving lighting and receptacle
branch circuits above suspended ceilings only. For hanger rods with spring steel fasteners,
-- use 1/4 in. dia or larger threaded steel. Use spring steel fasteners that are specifically
designed for supporting single conduits or tubing.
5. In vertical runs, arrange support so load produced by weight of raceway and enclosed
conductors is carried entirely by conduit supports with no weight load on raceway terminals.
D. Vertical Conductor Supports: Install simultaneously with installation of conductors.
E. Miscellaneous Supports:Support miscellaneous electrical components as required to produce same
structural safety factors as specified for raceway supports. Install metal channel racks for mounting
cabinets, panelboards, disconnects, control enclosures, pull boxes,junction boxes, transformers,
and other devices.
F. Sleeves: Install in concrete slabs and walls and other fire-rated floors and walls for raceways and
cable installations. For sleeves through fire rated-wall or floor construction, apply UL listed
firestopping sealant in gaps between sleeves and enclosed conduits and cables.
G. Conduit extending through roof shall pass through ceiling box at roof line.
1. Provide 14 ga minimum copper box complete with watertight soldered seams and flanged to
serve as pitch pocket for each conduit.
2. Install conduit and pitch pocket in advance of roofing work.
— H. Fastening: Unless otherwise indicated, fasten electrical items and their supporting hardware
securely to building structure, including but not limited to conduits, raceways, cables, cable trays,
busways, cabinets, panelboards,transformers, boxes,disconnect switches,and control components
in accordance with following:
1. Fasten by means of wood screws or screw-type nails on wood, toggle bolts on hollow
masonry units, concrete inserts or expansion bolts on concrete or solid masonry, and
machine screws,welded threaded studs, or spring-tension clamps on steel. Threaded studs
driven by powder charge and provided with lock washers and nuts may be used instead of
expansion bolts and machine or wood screws. Do not weld conduit, pipe straps, or items
other than threaded studs to steel structures. In partitions of light steel construction, use sheet
metal screws.
2. Holes cut in concrete shall not cut main reinforcing bars. Fill holes that are not used.
3. Load applied to any fastener shall not exceed 25% of proof test load. Use vibration- and
shock-resistant fasteners for attachments to concrete slabs.
*"* END OF SECTION
-- (2019) 16070-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
�..
.�
.,
�..
1
��
�.
f�►
��
��
SECTION 16075
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Identification of electrical materials, equipment, and installations.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Requirements:
1. National Electrical Code: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 RACEWAY AND CABLE LABELS
A. Manufacturer's Standard Products: Where more than one type is listed for specified application,
selection is Installer's option, but provide single type for each application category. Use colors
prescribed by ANSI A13.1, NFPA 70, or as specified elsewhere.
B. Conform to ANSI A13.1,Table 3,for minimum size of letters for legend and minimum length of color
field for each raceway or cable size.
1. Color: Black legend on orange field.
2. Legend: Indicates voltage.
C. Adhesive Labels: Preprinted, flexible, self adhesive vinyl. Legend is overlaminated with clear,wear
_ and chemical resistant coating.
D. Pretensioned,Wraparound Plastic Sleeves: Flexible, preprinted,color coded,acrylic bands sized to
suit diameter of line it identifies and arranged to stay in place by pretensioned gripping action when
placed in position.
E. Colored Adhesive Tape: Self adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils thick by 1 to 2 in. wide
_ (0.08 mm thick by 25 to 51 mm wide).
F. Underground Line Warning Tape: Permanent, bright colored, continuous printed, vinyl tape with
following features:
1. Size: Not less than 6 in. wide by 4 mils thick (152 mm wide by 0.102 mm thick).
2. Compounded for permanent direct burial service.
3. Embedded continuous metallic strip or core.
4. Printed Legend: Indicates type of underground line.
G. Tape Markers: Vinyl or vinyl cloth, self adhesive, wraparound type with preprinted numbers and
-- letters.
(2019) 16075-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2.02 ENGRAVED NAMEPLATES AND SIGNS
A. Manufacturer's Standard Products: Where more than one type is listed for specified application,
selection is Installer's option, but provide single type for each application category. Use colors
prescribed by ANSI A13.1, NFPA 70, or as specified elsewhere. _
B. Engraving stock, melamine plastic laminate, 1/16 in. (1.6 mm) minimum thick for signs up to
20 sq in. (129 sq cm), 1/8 in. (3.2 mm) thick for larger sizes.
1. Engraved Legend: Black letters on white face.
2. Punched for mechanical fasteners.
C. Baked Enamel Signs for Interior Use: Preprinted aluminum signs, punched for fasteners, with
colors, legend, and size as indicated or as otherwise required for application. 1/4 in. (6.4 mm)
grommets in corners for mounting.
D. Exterior, Metal Backed, Butyrate Signs: Wear resistant, nonfading, preprinted, cellulose acetate
butyrate signs with 0.0396 in. (1 mm), galvanized steel backing, with colors, legend, and size
appropriate to application. 1/4 in. (6.4 mm) grommets in corners for mounting.
E. Fasteners for Plastic Laminated and Metal Signs: Self tapping stainless steel screws or No. 10/32
stainless steel machine screws with nuts, flat washers and lock washers.
2.03 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS
A. Cable Ties: Fungus-inert, self extinguishing, 1 piece, self locking, Type 6/6 nylon cable ties with _
following features:
1. Minimum Width: 3/16 in. (5 mm).
2. Tensile Strength: 50 lb (22.3 kg) minimum.
3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to 1850F (4 to 850C).
4. Color: As indicated where used for color coding.
B. Paint: Alkyd-urethane enamel. Primer as recommended by enamel manufacturer.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install identification devices according to manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Install labels where indicated and at locations for best convenience of viewing without interference
with operation and maintenance of equipment.
C. Lettering, Colors, and Graphics: Coordinate names,abbreviations,colors,and or designations used
for electrical identification with corresponding designations used in Contract Documents or required
by codes and standards. Use consistent designations throughout Project.D. Sequence of Work: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces that require finish, install
identification after completion of finish work. _
E. Self Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces of dust, loose material, and oily films before
applying.
(2019) 16075-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
F. Identify Raceways and Exposed Cables of Certain Systems with Color Banding: Band exposed and
accessible raceways of systems listed below for identification.
1. Bands: Colored adhesive tape or combination of both. Make each color band 2 in. (51 mm)
wide, completely encircling conduit, and place adjacent bands of 2 color markings in contact,
side by side.
2. Locate bands at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50 ft (15 m)
maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25 ft(7.6 m) in congested areas.
3. Colors: As follows:
a. Mechanical and Electrical Supervisory System: Green and blue.
b. Communications System: Green and yellow.
G. Install Circuit Identification Labels on Boxes: Label externally as follows:
1. Exposed Boxes: Pressure sensitive, self adhesive plastic label on cover.
2. Concealed Boxes: Plasticized card stock tags.
3. Labeling Legend: Permanent, water proof listing of panel and circuit number or equivalent.
H. Identify Paths of Underground Electrical Lines: During trench backfilling, for exterior underground
power, control, signal, and communications lines, install continuous underground plastic line marker
located directly above line at 6 to 8 in. (150 to 200 mm)below finished grade. Where multiple lines
installed in common trench or concrete envelope do not exceed an overall width of 16 in. (400 mm),
use single line marker.
1. Install line marker for underground wiring, both direct buried and in raceway.
I. Color Code Conductors: Secondary service, feeder, and branch circuit conductors throughout
secondary electrical system.
1. Field applied, color coding methods may be used in lieu of factory coded wire for sizes larger
—` than No. 10 AWG.
a. Colored, pressure sensitive plastic tape in half lapped turns for distance of 6 in.
(150 mm)from terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps are made. Apply last
2 turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. Use 1 in. (25 mm)wide
tape in colors as specified. Adjust tape bands to avoid obscuring cable identification
markings.
b. Colored cable ties applied in groups of 3 ties of specified color to each wire at each
terminal or splice point starting 3 in. (76 mm) from terminal and spaced 3 in. (76 mm)
apart. Apply with special tool or pliers, tighten to snug fit, and cut off excess length.
J. Power Circuit Identification: Use metal tags or aluminum wraparound marker bands for cables,
feeders, and power circuits in vaults, pull boxes,junction boxes, manholes,and switchboard rooms.
-- 1. Legend: 1/4 in. (6.4 mm) steel letter and number stamping or embossing with legend
corresponding to indicated circuit designations.
2. Fasten tags with nylon cable ties; fasten bands using integral ears.
K. Apply identification to conductors as follows:
1. Conductors to Be Extended in Future: Indicate source and circuit numbers.
-- 2. Multiple Power or Lighting Circuits in Same Enclosure: Identify each conductor with source,
voltage, circuit number, and phase. Use color coding for voltage and phase indication of
secondary circuit.
3. Multiple Control and Communications Circuits in Same Enclosure: Identify each conductor by
its system and circuit designation. Use consistent system of tags, color coding, or cable
marking tape.
(2019) 16075-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
L. Apply warning, caution, and instruction signs and stencils as follows:
1. Install warning, caution, and instruction signs where indicated or required to ensure safe
operation and maintenance of electrical systems and of items to which they connect. Install
engraved, plastic laminated instruction signs with approved legend where instructions or —
explanations are needed for system or equipment operation. Install butyrate signs with metal
backing for outdoor items.
2. Emergency Operating Signs: Install engraved laminate signs with white legend on red
background with minimum 3/8 in. (9 mm) high lettering for emergency instructions on power
transfer, load shedding, and or emergency operations.
M. Install identification as follows: _
1. Apply equipment identification labels of engraved plastic laminate on each major unit of
equipment, including central or master unit of each system. This includes communication,
signal, and alarm systems, unless units are specified with their own self-explanatory
identification. Except as otherwise indicated, provide single line of text with 1/2 in. (13 mm)
high lettering on 1-1/2 in. (38 mm)high label;where 2 lines of text are required, use lettering
2 in. (51 mm) high. Use black lettering on white field. Apply labels for each unit of following _
categories of equipment.
a. Panelboards, electrical cabinets, and enclosures.
b. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items.C. Electrical switchgear and switchboards.
d. Motor starters.
e. Push button stations. _
f. Power transfer equipment.
g. Control devices.
h. Transformers.
2. Apply designation labels of engraved plastic laminate for disconnect switches, breakers, push
buttons, pilot lights, motor control centers,and similar items for power distribution and control
components above, except panelboards and alarm/signal components where labeling is _
specified elsewhere. For panelboards, provide framed, typed circuit schedules with explicit
description and identification of items controlled by each individual breaker.
"** END OF SECTION
(2019) 16075-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 16135
UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND MANHOLES
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Ducts.
2. Duct banks.
3. Handholes.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. Duct: General term for electrical conduit and other raceway, either metallic or nonmetallic,specified
for use underground, embedded in earth or concrete.
B. Duct Bank: Group of 2 or more ducts in continuous run between 2 points.
C. Underfloor Conduits.
1. Conduits which run underground within perimeter of building walls under building floor. This
may consist of 1 conduit, or several conduits grouped together.
D. Duct Bank Conduits
1. Conduits which run under ground outside perimeter of building walls. This may consist of
1 conduit, or several conduits grouped together.
E. Underground Conduits
1. Underground conduits are both underfloor conduits and duct bank conduits.
F. Handhole: Below-the-surface enclosure in connection with ducts into which people reach, but do not
enter, for purpose of installing, operating, or maintaining equipment or wiring.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals are not required if CONTRACTOR supplies materials or equipment of specified or
named manufacturers. If CONTRACTOR proposes substitutions to material or equipment of
specified or named manufacturers, submittals identified below are required.
1. Product data.
2. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized
Testing Laboratory (NRTL).
1. Term "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
2. Terms "listed" and "labeled" shall be as defined in National Electrical Code, Article 100.
(2019) 16135-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
B. Regulatory Requirements:
1. National Electrical Code(NEC): Components and installation shall comply with National Fire
Protection Association (NFPA) 70.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store precast concrete units at site as recommended by manufacturer to prevent physical damage.
Arrange so identification markings are visible.
B. Lift and support precast concrete units only at designated lifting or supporting points.
1.06 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Coordination of Work:
1. Coordinate layout and installation of manholes and handholes with final arrangement of ducts
as influenced by actual final location of other utilities in field.
2. Coordinate elevations of duct and raceway entrances into manholes and handholes with final
profiles of ducts and raceways as determined by coordination with other utilities, underground
obstructions, and buildings.
3. Establish locations and elevations to suit field conditions and assure duct runs drain to
manholes, handholes, or as shown on Drawings.
PART PRODUCTS
2.01 DUCTS AND FITTINGS
A. Comply with Section 16050.
2.02 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
A. Comply with Section 03300 for concrete and Section 03200 for reinforcing.
B. Aggregate For Duct Encasement: 3/8 in. maximum size.
C. Strength: 3,000 psi minimum 28 day compressive strength.
2.03 DUCT BANK ACCESSORIES
A. Duct Supports: Rigid PVC spacers selected to provide minimum duct spacings and concrete cover
depths indicated, while rigidly supporting ducts during concreting.
2.04 HANDHOLE HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES
A. Frames and Covers: Cast iron conforming to ANSI C2, Rule 323. Furnish with cast-in legend,
"Electric" or"Signal' as appropriate. Cover-to-frame bearing surfaces machined. —
B. Pulling Eyes in Walls: Eyebolt with rebar fastening insert. 2 in. dia eye, 1 in. by 4 in. long bolt.
Working load embedded in 6-in., 4,000 psi concrete: 13,000 Ibs minimum tension.
C. Pulling and Lifting Irons in Floor: 7/8 in. dia hot-dipped galvanized, bent steel rod, stress relieved
after forming, and fastened to reinforced rod. Exposed triangular shaped opening. Ultimate yield
strength, 40,000 Ibs shear, 60,000 Ibs tension.
(2019) 16135-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
D. Bolting Inserts for Cable Stanchions: Flared, threaded inserts of noncorrosive,chemical resistant,
nonconductive thermoplastic material. 1/2 in. internal dia by 2-3/4 in. deep, flared to 1-1/4 in.
_ minimum at base. Tested ultimate pull-out strength: 12,000 Ibs, minimum.
E. Expansion Anchors for Installation After Concrete is Cast: Zinc-plated carbon steel wedge type with
stainless steel expander clip 1/2 in. bolt size, 5,300 lb rated pull-out strength, and 6,800 lb rated
shear strength, minimum.
F. Cable Stanchions: Hot-rolled, hot-dipped galvanized"T section steel, 2-1/4 in. size, punched with
14 holes on 1-1/2 in. centers for cable arm attachment.
G. Cable Arms: 3/16 ga hot-rolled, hot-dipped galvanized sheet steel pressed to channel shape,
approximately two 12 in.wide by 14 in. long and arranged for secure mounting in horizontal position
at any position on cable stanchions.
H. Cable Support Insulators: High glaze,wet process porcelain arranged for mounting on cable arms.
I. Ground Rods: Solid copper clad steel, 3/4 in. dia by 10 ft. length.
J. Ground Wire: Stranded bare copper, No. 6 AWG, minimum.
2.05 MASONRY
A. Comply with Section 04810.
2.06 RACEWAY/DUCT SEALING COMPOUND
A. Compound:
1. Nonhardening, putty-like consistency workable at temperatures as low as 35°F.
2. Compound shall not slump at temperature of 300OF and shall readily adhere to clean surfaces
of plastic ducts, metallic conduits, conduit coatings, concrete, masonry, lead, cable sheaths,
cable jackets, insulation materials, and common metals.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 WIRING METHOD
A. General: Install ducts for wiring runs indicated. Provide sizes as indicated.
_ B. Single Duct Runs: PVC externally coated rigid steel conduit, direct buried in earth.
C. Duct Banks: Schedule 40 PVC.
3.02 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
A. Conform to Section 02316 except as modified below:
1. Do not use heavy-duty, hydraulic-operated compaction equipment.
2. Excavation: Cut trenches neatly and uniformly, and slope uniformly to required pitch.
3. For direct-buried, nonencased ducts prepare trench bottoms free from stones,soft spots,and
-- sharp objects. Where necessary, add 3 in. layer of stone-free sand or earth to trench bottom
and compact to density of adjacent undisturbed soil to provide suitable bearing for ducts.
Backfill over and around ducts on bottom of trench with stone-free sand or earth to 6 in.
minimum above tops of ducts and compact by hand or pneumatic tamper to density of
adjacent undisturbed earth.
(2019) 16135-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
4. For each additional layer of direct-buried ducts above bottom ducts, backfill over and around
each layer of ducts with stone-free sand or earth to 12 in. minimum above tops of ducts and
compact by hand or pneumatically to density of adjacent undisturbed earth.
5. Separation Between Direct-Buried, Nonencased Ducts: 3 in. minimum for like services, and
6 in. minimum between power and signal ducts. _
3.03 INSTALLATION OF DUCTS
A. Slope: Pitch ducts to drain towards manholes and handholes and away from buildings and
equipment unless otherwise shown on Drawings. Minimum slope shall be 4 in. in 100 ft. Where
necessary to achieve this between manholes, slope ducts from high point in run to drain in both
directions. ._
B. Curves and Bends: Use manufactured elbows for stub-ups at equipment and at building entrances.
For other curves and bends, except as otherwise indicated, use manufactured long sweep bends
with minimum radius of 24 in. in both horizontal and vertical directions. "
C. For ducts containing fiber optic cables, provide bends with minimum radius of 20 times cable
diameter.
D. Make joints in ducts and fittings watertight in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Stagger
couplings so those of adjacent ducts do not lie in same plane.
E. Duct Entrances to Handholes: End bells spaced approximately 10 in.center to center for 5 in. ducts
and varied proportionately for other duct sizes. Change from regular spacing to end bell spacing
shall start 10 ft from end bell and shall be made without reducing duct line slope and without forming _
trap in line. Grout end bells into manhole walls from both sides to provide watertight entrances.
Provide groundable end bushings on metal ducts and connect to system grounding conductor.
F. Stub-ups: Duct stub-ups to equipment shall be galvanized rigid steel. For equipment mounted on
outdoor concrete pads, steel conduit shall extend minimum of 5 ft away from edge of pad. Install
insulated grounding bushings on terminations. Couple steel conduits to ducts with adapters
designed for purpose and encased concrete.
G. Sealing: For ducts to be wired in this Project, provide temporary closure at terminations. For spare
ducts, seal bore of ducts at terminations. Use sealing compound and plugs as required to withstand
15 psi minimum hydrostatic pressure. _
H. Pulling Cord: Provide 100 lb test nylon cord in ducts including spares.
I. Marker Tape: Provide plastic marker tape over ducts at 12 in. below finished grade.
3.04 INSTALLATION OF HANDHOLES, GENERAL
A. General:
1. Provide manholes/handholes of sizes, shapes, and locations as indicated.
2. Determine final elevation of ducts as influenced by possible adjustments in other utilities and _
surface features and discovery of underground obstructions before installing
manholes/handholes. Obtain ENGINEER'S approval for manhole/ handhole installation
adjustments necessitated by obstructions. ,
3. Install units plumb and level and with orientation and depth coordinated with arrangement of
connecting ducts to minimize bends and deflections required for proper entrances.
B. Elevation: _
1. Handholes: Install handholes with depth as indicated. Where indicated,cast handhole cover
frame directly into roof of handhole and set roof surface 1 in. above grade.
(2019) 16135-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
C. Access: Install access to manhole/handhole through cast-iron frame and cover. For manholes, use
30 in. cover except as indicated. Use 30 in. cover for handholes,except use 24 in.covers for 2 ft. by
2 ft. handholes. Install brick chimney to support frame and cover and to connect cover with
man hole/hand hole roof opening. Provide moisture-tight masonry joints and waterproof grouting of
cast iron frame to chimney. Set frames in paved areas and traffic ways flush with finished grade.
Set other frames 1 in. above finished grade.
D. Dampproofing: Apply dampproofing to exterior surfaces of units after concrete has cured 3 days,
minimum. Apply in accordance with requirements of Section 07115. After ducts have been
connected and grouted in, and prior to backfilling, dampproof joints and connections and touch up
abrasions and scars. Dampproof exterior of man hole/h and hole chimneys after brick mortar has
cured at least 3 days.
E. Hardware: Install removable hardware including pulling eyes, cable stanchions, cable arms, and
insulators as required for installation and support of cable and conductors and as indicated.
F. Field-Installed Bolting Anchors: Do not drill deeper than 3-7/8 in. for anchor bolts installed in field.
Use minimum of 2 anchors for each cable stanchion.
G. Grounding: Install ground rod through floor of each man hole/hand hole with top protruding 4 in.
above floor. Seal floor opening against water penetration with waterproof nonshrink grout. Ground
exposed metal components and hardware with bare copper ground conductor. Train conductors
neatly around corners. Install on walls and roof using cable clamps secured with expansion
anchors.
3.05 INSTALLATION OF CAST-IN-PLACE HANDHOLES
A. Comply with Section 03300 and construct manholes/handholes as indicated.
B. Finish interior surfaces with smooth troweled finish.
3.06 TESTING
_ A. Field Quality Control:
1. Grounding: Test manhole grounding provisions to ensure electrical continuity of bonding and
grounding connections. Make ground-resistance test at each ground rod and submit report of
results. Use an instrument specifically designed for ground-resistance measurements.
2. Duct Integrity: Rod ducts with mandrell 1/4 in. smaller in diameter than internal diameter of
ducts. Where rodding indicates obstructions in ducts, remove obstructions and retest.
_ 3. Water Tightness: Make internal inspection of manholes/handholes three months after
completion of construction for indications of water ingress. Where leakage is noted, remove
water found and seal leakage sources. Reinspect after 2 months and reseal remaining
leakage sources. Repeat process at two month intervals until leakage is corrected.
3.07 CLEANING AND RESTORATION
A. Clean Ducts: Clean full length of ducts with round bristle brush with dia 1/2 in. greater than internal
diameter of duct.
B. Clean Handholes: Clean internal surfaces of manholes including sump. Remove foreign material.
3.08 RESTORATION
A. Restore surface features at areas disturbed by excavation and reestablish original grades except as
otherwise indicated.
-- (2019) 16135-5 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
B. Where sod has been removed, replace it as soon as possible after backfilling is completed. ,
C. Restore all areas disturbed by trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, and other work to their original
condition.
D. Include necessary topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sodding, sprigging, or mulching.
E. Restore disturbed paving as indicated.
*** END OF SECTION
(2019) 16135-6 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 16210
ELECTRIC SERVICE
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Electric Utility Charges:
1. Electric Utility charges for extension of distribution system to point of service termination and
meters will be paid by OWNER.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. Electric Utility: Mid American Electric. Contact: Shane 319-291-4714
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
-- A. Regulatory Requirements.-
1. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
a. NFPA No. 70-93 - National Electrical Code (NEC).
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ELECTRIC SERVICE
A. Electric Service Characteristics:
1. As indicated on Drawings and provided by Electric Utility.
2. Dry Run Creek to have new 480 service.
3. Texas Street to use existing 480 service rerouted to new transfer switch.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Confirmation of Electric Service:
1. Consult with Electric Utility to verify service information specified and shown on Drawings.
2. Include deviations required by Electric Utility from contract documents to comply with Electric
Utility standards and requirements.
B. Metering:
1. Consult with Electric Utility regarding service entrance requirements and metering equipment.
2. Install metering equipment and empty conduit for metering conductors to meet standards and
requirements of Electric Utility.
C. Application for Electric Service.
1. Obtain required forms from Electric Utility.
2. Assist OWNER in completion of forms and deliver completed forms to Electric Utility.
3. Coordinate schedule for installation of electric service with Electric Utility.
"** END OF SECTION *"
-- (REV2019) 16210-1
Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 16220
ELECTRIC MOTORS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Electric motors for use on ac power systems up to 600 V.
2. Motors that are factory-installed as part of equipment.
3. Field-installed motors.
B. Motors furnished under other sections of these Specifications as part of equipment items shall
conform to requirements of this section except as noted otherwise in that section or indicated
otherwise on Drawings or schedules.
C. Section does not include manufacturer's definite purpose, direct current, synchronous or wound
rotor motors.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. General:
1. Include motor submittal as part of equipment submittal for equipment specified in other
sections.
2. Include identification of equipment by name and tag number as indicated in Specifications or
on Drawings.
B. Product Data:
1. Complete nameplate data in accordance with NEMA standards.
2. Full load power factor and maximum recommended correction capacitor kVa for motors 5 hp
and larger.
3. Nominal efficiency in accordance with IEEE 112 for three phase motors 1 hp and larger.
4. Motor dimensions and frame size.
5. Manufacturer's printed data on each motor type being provided to indicate compliance with
specified performance and construction.
6. Service manual to include storage and alignment instructions.
C. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
D. Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Data:
1. Operating instructions, maintenance requirements and parts list.
2. Submit in accordance with specification section of equipment of which motor is a part.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized
Testing Laboratory (NRTL).
1. Terms "NRTL"shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
2. Terms "listed" and "labeled" shall be as defined in National Electrical Code, Article 100.
B. Comply with NEMA MG 1, "Motors and Generators."
(2019) 16220-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
C. Comply with UL 1004, "Motors, Electric". _
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Reliance
B. Siemens
C. General Electric _
D. U.S. Motors
E. Toshiba
2.02 GENERAL
A. Requirements below apply to motors covered by this Section except as otherwise indicated.
B. Motors 1/2 hp and Larger: Polyphase.
C. Motors Smaller Than 1/2 hp: Single-phase.
D. Frequency Rating: 60 Hz. _
E. Voltage Rating: Determined by voltage of circuit to which motor is connected for following motor
voltage ratings (utilization voltages):
1. 120 V Circuit: 115 V- motor rating.
2. 208 V Circuit: 200 V-motor rating.
3. 240 V Circuit: 230 V- motor rating.
4. 480 V Circuit: 460 V- motor rating.
F. Service factors indicated for motors are minimum values and apply at frequency and utilization
voltage at which motor is connected. Provide motors which will not operate in service factor range
when supply voltage is within 10% of motor voltage rating.
G. Capacity: Sufficient to start and operate connected loads at designated speeds in indicated
environment, and with indicated operating sequence,without exceeding nameplate ratings. Provide
motors rated for continuous duty at 100% of rated capacity.
H. Temperature Rise: Based on 401 C ambient except as otherwise indicated. _
I. Enclosure: Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled(TEFC)unless otherwise indicated in other sections and as
required by NEC.
1. Explosion proof motors approved for specific hazard classifications covered by NEC.
2. Weather proof motors designed for outdoors and in wet areas.
3. Chemical resistant motors designed for severe duty applications, including high humidity, _
corrosive, dirty or salty atmospheres.
J. Copper Windings
2.03 POLYPHASE MOTORS
A. Squirrel-cage induction-type conforming to following requirements except as otherwise indicated.
(2019) 16220-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
B. NEMA Design Letter Designation: "B"
C. Bearings: Double-shielded, prelubricated ball bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading for
application.
1. Regreaseable with alamite fittings extended to accessible location for Frame 250 and larger.
2. AFBMA B10 bearing life rated (flexible coupled) at 50,000 hrs.
3. Electrical Bearing Damage Protection:
a. Shaft Grounding Rings:
1) All motors operated on variable frequency drives shall be equipped with a
maintenance free, conductive microfiber, shaft grounding ring with a minimum of
two (2) rows of circumferential microfibers to discharge electrical shaft currents
within the motor and/or its bearings.
2) Motors up to 100 HP shall be provided with a minimum of one(1)shaft grounding
ring installed either on the drive end or non-drive end.
3) Motors over 100 HP shall be provided with an insulated bearing on the non-drive
end and a shaft grounding ring on the drive end of the motor.
4) Grounding rings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
5) Existing Motor Retrofit:
a) Grounding Ring Kits shall be equivalent to Aegis SGR uKIT, solid ring only.
Grounding Rings shall be suitable for Drill and Tap installation or Conductive
Epoxy installation.
b) Drill and Tap:Avoid using Loctite or other non-conductive material to secure
the screws.
c) Conductive Epoxy: Remove paint from motor surface,apply epoxy and hold
bracket in place until firm. Allow epoxy to cure for 4 hours at 75F, or use a
heat gun continually for 10 minutes, then allow to cool.
d) Colloidal Silver Shaft Coating: The silver coating enhances the conductivity
of the shaft and also lessens the amount of corrosion that can impede the
grounding path. Apply to the shaft where the grounding ring microfibers are
to be installed. Use a heat gun to cure. Apply a second coat, and re-cure.
4. High-Frequency Ground Strap
a. Provide grounding straps as manufactured by AEGIS,or equivalent to ensure a very low
impendence path to ground from the frame of the motor for high frequency currents
generated by VFDs.
b. Grounding straps shall be constructed of flat braided tinned copper with tinned hole at
one end and ring terminal at the other.All motors operated on variable frequency drives
shall be bonded from the motor foot to system ground with a high frequency ground
-- strap made of flat braided, tinned copper with termination to accommodate motor foot
and system ground connection.
C. Continuity Testing: After installation, test for conductive path to ground using Ohm
_ meter. One probe on metal frame of SGR and one probe on bare metal of motor frame.
NOTE: motor must be grounded to common earth ground according to applicable
standards.
D. Energy Efficient Motors: Nominal efficiency equal to or greater than that stated in NEMA MG 1,
Table 12-10 for that type and rating of motor.
E. Multi-Speed Motors: Separate winding for each speed.
(2019) 16220-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
F. Inverter Duty Motors for Use With Solid-State Drives: Energy efficient, squirrel-cage induction,
NEMA Design B units with ratings, characteristics, and features coordinated with and approved by
drive manufacturer conforming to requirements of NEMA MG 1, Part 31.
1. Include adequate thermal capacity for continuous operation under worst case temperature -
conditions with motor operating at rated torque, without reduction in insulation life of motor,
under the range of conditions specified.
2. Suitable for operation with inverters specified in Section 13404.
G. Internal Thermal Overload Protection For Motors: For motors so indicated, protection automatically
opens control circuit arranged for external connection. Protection operates when winding
temperature exceeds safe value calibrated to temperature rating of motor insulation. _
H. Motors for Reduced Inrush Starting: Coordinate with indicated reduced inrush controller type and
with characteristics of driven equipment load. Provide required wiring leads in motor terminal box to
suit control method.
I. Torque:
1. Breakdown torque shall be 200% or more of maximum torque load placed on motor shaft.
2. Provide necessary WK2 curves for special loads to coordinate with motors.
3. Supply special motors where load requirements exceed standard design.
J. Open Drip Proof(ODP).
1. Energy Efficient.
2. Protected Openings.
3. Class B Insulation.
4. 1.15 Service Factor.
5. Cast iron construction. _
K. Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled (TEFC) and Totally Enclosed Non Ventilated (TENV).
1. Energy Efficient.
2. 1.15 service factor, Class "F" insulation.
3. Cast iron construction; frame, conduit box, end shields,. fan cover, inner caps for 182T
frames and larger. _
4. Positive lubrication systems.
5. Removable eyebolt.
6. Suitable for indoor and outdoor installations.
7. Diagonally split, neoprene gasketed, rotatable oversized conduit box with NPT threaded lead
hole.
8. Conduit box mounted, UL approved clamp type grounding lug.
9. Permanently numbered non-wicking leads.
10. Rust inhibitive non-washing lubricant.
11. Stainless steel nameplate with.
a. NEMA nominal efficiency (MG 1-12).
b. AFBMA bearing numbers.
C. Lubrication instructions.
L. Corrosion Resistant (Mill and Chemical Duty).
1. Same features as TEFC, except as noted below.
2. Neoprene lead seal separator gasket mounted between motor frame and conduit box.
3. Anti-static corrosion resistant fan.
4. Zinc plated hex head hardware.
5. Stainless steel T drains and breather fittings.
(2019) 16220-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
6. Stator and rotor completely epoxy coated for corrosion protection.
7. Non-metallic V-ring shaft slinger.
8. Double shielded bearings.
9. Double-coated epoxy enamel exterior finish.
10. Stainless steel nameplate.
M. Explosion Proof.
1. Same features as TEFC.
2. Approved for NEC hazardous classified location as noted in equipment specification or as
indicated on Drawings.
3. Automatic explosion proof breather drains.
N. Submersible pump and mixer motors.
1. As specified in equipment specification sections.
2. 1.10 service factor, unless otherwise indicated in equipment specification sections.
2.04 SINGLE-PHASE MOTORS
A. One of following types as selected to suit starting torque and other requirements of specific motor
application:
1. Permanent Split Capacitor.
2. Split-Phase Start, Capacitor-Run.
3. Capacitor-Start, Capacitor-Run.
B. Shaded-Pole Motors: Use only for motors smaller than 1/20 hp.
C. Internal Thermal Overload Protection for Motors: For motors so indicated, protection automatically
opens power supply circuit to the motor, or control circuit arranged for external connection.
Protection operates when winding temperature exceeds safe value calibrated to temperature rating
of motor insulation. Provide device that automatically resets when motor temperature returns to
normal range except as otherwise indicated.
D. Bearings, belt connected motors and other motors with high radial forces on motor shaft shall be ball
bearing type. Sealed, prelubricated sleeve bearings may be used for other single phase motors.
2.05 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing:
1. Perform individual motor test on motors over 1 hp.
2. Test shall be standard NEMA routine production test in accordance with MG 1-12.55.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Field install motors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and following:
1. Direct Connected Motors: Mount securely in accurate alignment.
2. Belt Drive Motors: Use adjustable motor mounting bases. Align pulleys and install belts. Use
belts furnished by manufacturer and tension belts in accordance with manufacturer
recommendations.
(2019) 16220-5 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
3.02 COMMISSIONING
A. Check operating motors, both factory and field-installed, for unusual conditions during normal
operation. Coordinate with commissioning of equipment for which motor is part.
B. Report unusual conditions.
C. Correct deficiencies of field-installed units.
3.03 ALIGNMENT
A. Installer of motor is responsible for alignment. _
B. Check alignment of motors prior to startup.
C. Motors over 50 hp: Check alignment and balance using test equipment specially designed for this
purpose.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect wire and connections for physical damage and proper connection.
B. Conduct insulation resistance (megger) test on each motor 25 hp and larger before energizing.
Conduct test with 500 or 1,000 vdc megger. Test each phase separately and follow procedures
listed below.
1. Disconnect voltage sources, lightning arrestors, capacitors, and other potential low insulation
sources from motor before connecting megger to motor.
2. When testing phase, connect phases not under test to ground.
3. Apply test voltage, phase to ground on each phase being tested. Record resistance reading
at 30 sec and at 1 min after test voltage is applied. Divide 1 min reading by 30 sec reading to
obtain dielectric absorption ratio(DAR). DAR shall be 1.25 or greater for phase to pass test.
4. If phases have DAR of 1.25 or greater, attach tag to motor and mark tag "Insulation
Resistance Test OK" and sign.
5. If phases have DAR of less than 1.25, attach tag to motor and mark tag "Insulation
Resistance Test Failed"and sign. Provide new motor and retest. Notify ENGINEER of failure
and actions taken to correct. _
6. Connect equipment removed in Item 1 above.
C. Before energizing motor, record motor's nameplate current on record drawing line diagrams. Size
motor starter overload heaters with starter manufacturer's recommendation for given motor
nameplate current, service factor, and power factor correcting capacitors, is provided.
D. Check rotation of motor before connecting to driven equipment; before couplings are bolted or belts _
installed. Before motor is started to check rotation, determine that motor is lubricated. When
rotation is correct, mark insulation resistance test tag "Rotation OK". Sign or initial test tag by
person who checked motor rotation.
*** END OF SECTION *
(2019) 16220-6 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 16231
PACKAGED NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR SYSTEMS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Engine generator set.
2. Cooling system.
3. Fuel system.
4. Combustion air intake and engine exhaust systems.
5. Starting system.
6. Provide two (2) complete systems delivered to sites listed in 2.01 below in Waterloo, Iowa.
7. Include transfer switch per Section 16415 with each system.
8. Each generator will be located outdoors with Dry Run Creek transfer switch indoors and
Texas Street transfer switch outdoors. Coordinate locations with owner.
B. Generator is CONTRACTOR provided and CONTRACTOR installed.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. Standby Rating: Power output rating equal to power that generator set delivers continuously under
normally varying load factors for duration of power outage with capability of 24 continuous operating
h rs.
B. Operational Bandwidth: Total variation from lowest to highest value of parameter over range of
conditions indicated, expressed as percentage of nominal value of parameter.
C. Power Output Rating: Gross electrical power output of generator set minus total power
requirements of electric motor-driven accessories normally constituting part of engine assembly.
D. Steady-State Voltage Modulation: Uniform cyclical variation of voltage within operational bandwidth,
expressed in Hz or cycles per second.
1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Design Requirements:
1. System Includes: Standby-rated, automatically started natural gas-fueled engine coupled to
ac generator unit. Engine and generator are factory-mounted and factory-aligned on
structural steel skid. Subsystems and auxiliary components and equipment are as indicated.
2. Environmental Conditions: Engine generator system withstands following environmental
conditions without mechanical or electrical damage or degradation of performance capability:
a. Ambient Temperature: -20OF to +115°F.
b. Altitude: Sea level to 1,000 ft(300 m).
c. Location: Outdoors
B. Performance Requirements:
1. Functional Description: When mode selector switch on control and monitoring panel is in
"automatic" position, remote control contacts in one or more separate automatic transfer
switches initiate starting and stopping of generator set. When mode selector switch is placed
in "On" position, generator set starts manually. "Off' position of same switch initiates
shutdown of generator set. When unit is running, specified system or equipment failures or
(REV2019) 16231-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
derangements automatically shut unit down and initiate alarms. Provide Auxiliary Contacts:
Normally open SPDT contacts for generator run, generator fail, battery low,and battery high.
2. Rating: 10 amps at 120 vac.
3. System Performance
a. Steady-State Voltage Operational Bandwidth: 1%of rated output voltage from no load
to full load.
b. Steady-State Voltage Modulation: Less than 0.25 Hz.
c. Transient Voltage Performance: Not more than 10% variation for 50% step-load
increase or decrease. Voltage recovers to remain within steady-state operating band
within 2 sec.
d. Steady-State Frequency Operational Bandwidth: 0.5%of rated frequency from no load —
to full load.
e. Steady-State Frequency Stability: When system is operating at constant load within
rated load,there are no random speed variations outside steady-state operational band
and no regular or cyclical hunting or surging of speed.
f. Transient Frequency Performance: Less than 3 Hz variation for 50%step-load increase
or decrease. Frequency recovers to remain within steady-state operating band within
3 sec. _
g. Output Waveform: At no load, harmonic content measured line-to-line or line-to-neutral
does not exceed 5% total and 3% for single harmonics. Telephone influence factor
determined according to NEMA MG1 does not exceed 50.
h. Sustained Short-Circuit Current: For 3-ph bolted short circuit at system output
terminals, system will supply minimum of 300% of rated full-load current for not less
than 10 sec and then clear fault automatically,without damage to any generator system
component. _
i. Temperature Rise of Generator: Within acceptable limits for insulation systems used
according to NEMA MG 1 when operating continuously at standby rating conditions.
j. Starting Time: Maximum total time period for cold start,with ambient temperature at low
end of specified range, is 10 sec. Time period includes output voltage and frequency
settlement within specified steady-state bands.
k. Engine sensors used for monitoring and control are to be conditioned to a 4-20ma signal
level to enhance noise immunity, and connections shall be sealed to prevent corrosion
and improve reliability.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. Include data on features, components, ratings, and performance. _
2. Include dimensioned outline plan and elevation drawings of engine generator set and other
system components.
3. Engine Generator specification sheet.
4. Controls specification sheet(s). —
5. Installation/Layout dimensional drawing.
6. Wiring schematic.
7. Sound data.
8. Emission certification.
9. Warranty statement.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Show connections, mounting, and support provisions and access and working space
requirements.
2. Wiring Diagrams for System: Show power and control connections and distinguish between
factory-installed and field-installed wiring.
(REV2019) 16231-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
C. Test Results:
._ 1. Certified Summary of Prototype Unit Test Report: Submit certified copies of actual prototype
unit test report if requested by ENGINEER.
2. Factory Project-Specific Equipment Test Reports: For units to be shipped for this Project
showing evidence of compliance with specified requirements.
3. Field Test Report.
D. Operation and Maintenance Data:
1. Detailed Operating Instructions: Describe operation under both normal and abnormal
conditions.
2. Lists: Tools, test equipment, spare parts, and replacement items recommended to be stored
at site for ready access. Include part and drawing numbers, current unit prices, and source
of supply.
E. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Firms experienced in manufacturing equipment of types and
capacities indicated that have record of successful in-service performance.
1. Emergency Service: System manufacturer maintains service center capable of providing
training, parts, and emergency maintenance and repairs at Project site with 4 hrs maximum
response time. Service support 24/7 and location within 200 miles.
B. Comply with NFPA 110 for requirements for Level 2 emergency power supply system.
C. Engine Exhaust Emissions: Comply with applicable Federal, State, and local government
requirements.
D. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain engine generator system components from single
manufacturer with responsibility for entire system. Unit hall be representative product built from
components that have proven compatibility and reliability and are coordinated to operate as unit as
evidenced by records of prototype testing.
E. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized
Testing Laboratory (NRTL), where such listing or labeling is available.
1. Term "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
2. Terms "listed" and "labeled" shall be as defined in National Electrical Code, Article 100.
F. Regulatory Requirements:
—' 1. National Electrical Code(NEC): Components and installation shall comply with National Fire
Protection Association (NFPA) 70.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver engine generator set and system components to their final locations in protective wrappings,
containers, and other protection that will exclude dirt and moisture and prevent damage from
construction operations. Remove protection only after equipment is made safe from such hazards.
-- (REV2019) 16231-3
Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
1.07 MAINTENANCE
A. Extra Materials:
1. Furnish extra materials matching products installed, as described below, packaged with
protective covering for storage, and identified with labels describing contents.
a. Fuses: 1 for every 10 of each type and rating, but not less than 1 of each.
b. Pilot Lights: 2 for every 6 of each type used, but not less than 2 of each.
c. Filters: 1 set each of lubricating oil, fuel, and combustion air filters.
PART PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS _
A. Engine Generator Sets:
1. Dry Run Creek location—
a. Generac 20OKW natural gas genset 20OKW site rated or equivalent. 14.2L engine with
standard K0200124Y21-200KW alternator.
b. Cummins engineer/owner approved comparable model.
c. Caterpillar engineer/owner approved comparable model.
2. Texas Street location—
a. Generac 750KW natural gas genset 662KW site rated or equivalent 33.9L engine with
upsized K1000124Y22 alternator.
b. Cummins engineer/owner approved comparable model.
c. Caterpillar engineer/owner approved comparable model.
2.02 ENGINE GENERATOR SYSTEM
A. System is coordinated assembly of compatible components.
B. Ratings:
1. Dry Run Creek-480v, 3-ph, 3-wire 60 Hz, 200 kW minimum.
2. Texas Street—480v, 3-ph, 3-wire 60 Hz, 750 kW minimum with upsized alternator. —
C. Safety Standard: Comply with AMT B15.1.
D. Nameplates: Equip each major system component with conspicuous nameplate of component ..
manufacturer. Nameplate identifies manufacturer of origin and address, and model and serial
number of item.
2.03 ENGINE GENERATOR SET
A. Power Output Rating: Nominal ratings as indicated, with capacity as evidenced by records of
prototype testing.
B. Skid: Welded steel base securely mounted with anchored mounting bolts. Adequate strength and
rigidity to maintain alignment of mounted components without dependence on concrete foundation.
Free from sharp edges and corners. Lifting attachments arranged to facilitate lifting with slings
without damaging components.
(REV2019) 16231-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
C. Vibration Isolation: In accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Integral vibration
isolators may be provided. When integral vibration isolators are not provided, provide 95%efficient
_ spring type vibration isolators as manufactured by Vibration Eliminator, Mason Company,or Equal.
Mount isolators between steel base and floor or concrete pad.
D. Rigging Diagram: Inscribed on metal plate permanently attached to skid. Diagram indicates
— location and lifting capacity of each lifting attachment and location of center of gravity.
2.04 NATURAL GAS-FUELED ENGINE
A. Comply with NFPA 37.
B. Fuel: Natural Gas having a heating value of approximately 1000 BTU/ft3.
C. Maximum Speeds:
1. Engine: 1,800 rpm.
D. Lubrication System: Pressurized by positive displacement pump driven from engine crankshaft.
Mount following items on engine or skid:
1. Filter and Strainer: Rated to remove 90% of particles 5 microns and smaller while passing
full flow.
2. Oil Cooler: Maintains lubricating oil at manufacturer's recommended optimum temperature.
3. Thermostatic Control Valve: Controls flow in system to maintain optimum oil temperature.
Unit is capable of full flow and is designed to be fail-safe.
4. Crankcase Drain: Arranged for complete gravity drainage to easily removable container with
no disassembly and without use of pumps or siphons or special tools or appliances.
E. Engine Fuel System: Comply with NFPA 54.
1. Natural gas carburetion.
2. Fuel solenoid with UL approved flexible fuel lines.
3. Fuel regulator.
F. Jacket Coolant Heater: Electric immersion type,factory-installed in jacket coolant system. Unit is
rated and thermostatically controlled to maintain engine temperature of 250C at low end of specified
ambient temperature range.
1. Voltage: 120, 208, or 480 for Dry Run Creek. 120, 240, or 480 for Texas Street.
G. Speed Governor: Mechanical type.
2.05 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM
A. Closed-loop, liquid-cooled,with radiator factory-mounted on engine generator set skid and integral
engine-driven coolant pumping.
1. Factory-piped and - rated for specified coolant.
2. Fan: Driven by multiple belts from engine shaft.
2.06 FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM
A. Comply with NFPA 37 and NFPA 54.
B. Fuel Piping: Furnish flexible fuel connections with generator set. Installation is work of
— Section 23 11 23.
(REV2019) 16231-5 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2.07 ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM
A. Muffler: Industrial-type, sized as recommended by engine manufacturer. Measured sound level in
20-75 Hz frequency band, according to "DEMA Test Code for Measurement of Sound from
Heavy-Duty Reciprocating Engines" at distance of 25 ft from exhaust discharge, is 87 dB or less. �.
B. Connections from Engine to Exhaust System: Furnish flexible section of corrugated stainless steel
pipe furnished with generator set. Comply with Section 15550.
C. Insulation for Mufflers and Exhaust Piping: Comply with Section 15060.
D. Supports for Muffler and Exhaust Piping: Vibration isolating-type specified in Section 15070.
2.08 STARTING SYSTEM
A. Description: 12 v or 24 v electric with negative ground and including following items: --
1. Components: Size so they will not be damaged during full engine-cranking cycle with
specified maximum ambient temperature. _
2. Cranking Motor: Heavy-duty unit that automatically engages and releases from engine
flywheel without binding.
3. Cranking Cycle: 60 sec.
4. Battery complies with SAE J537 and has adequate capacity within ambient temperature —
range specified in Part 1 to provide specified cranking cycle series at least twice without
recharging.
5. Battery Cable: Size as recommended by generator set manufacturer for cable length
required for connection to battery. Include required interconnecting conductors and -'
connection accessories.
6. Battery Rack: Factory fabricated of metal with acid-resistant finish.
7. Battery-Charging Alternator: Factory-mounted on engine with solid-state voltage-regulation
and 35 amp minimum continuous rating.
B. Battery Charger: Current limiting, automatic equalizing and float charging-type designed for
operation from 120 v 60 Hz supply source. Unit complies with UL 508 and includes following —
features:
1. Operation: Equalizing charging rate of 10 amps is initiated automatically after battery has lost .,
charge until an adjustable equalizing voltage is achieved at battery terminals. Unit then
automatically switches to lower float-charging mode, and continues operating in that mode
until battery is discharged again.
2. Automatic Temperature Compensation: Adjusts float and equalizes voltages for variations in —
ambient temperature from-40°C to+60°C to prevent overcharging at high temperatures and
undercharging at low temperatures.
3. Automatic Voltage Regulation: Maintains output voltage constant regardless of input voltage —
variations up to+10%.
4. Ammeter and Voltmeter: Flush mounted in door. Meters indicate charging rates.
5. Safety Functions: Include sensing of abnormally low battery voltage arranged to close
contacts providing "low battery voltage" indication on control and monitoring panel. Also
include sensing of high battery voltage and loss of ac input or do output of battery charger.
Either of these conditions closes contacts that provide "battery charger malfunction"
indication at system control and monitoring panel. _
6. Enclosure and Mounting: NEMA Class 1 wall-mounted cabinet.
2.09 CONTROL AND MONITORING
A. Configuration: Operating and safety indications, protective devices, basic system controls, and
engine gages are grouped on common control and monitoring panel mounted on generator set.
Mounting method isolates control panel from generator set vibration.
(REV2019) 16231-6 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
1. Generator Circuit Breaker: Low-voltage, insulated case-type, conforming to Section 16414.
Trip rating based on generator full load current.
B. Indicating and Protective Devices, and Controls: Include those required by NFPA 110 for Level 2
system plus following:
1. ac Voltmeter.
2. ac Ammeter.
3. ac Frequency Meter.
4. do Voltmeter(Alternator Battery Charging).
5. Engine Coolant Temperature Gage.
6. Engine-Lubricating Oil Pressure Gage.
7. Running Time Meter.
8. Ammeter/Voltmeter Phase Selector Switch or Switches.
9. Generator Voltage Adjustment.
10. Frequency Adjustment.
C. Supporting Items: Include sensors, transducers, terminals, relays, and other devices, and wiring
required to support specified items. Locate sensors and other supporting items on engine,
generator, or elsewhere as indicated. Where not indicated, locate to suit manufacturer's standard.
D. Unpowered, normally open, auxiliary interlock contacts wired to terminal block.
1. Generator failure signal to remote location.
2. Generator run signal to remote location.
3. Two auxiliary interlocks for 120 v powered air louver control.
2.10 GENERATOR, EXCITER, AND VOLTAGE REGULATOR
A. Comply with NEMA MG 1 and specified performance requirements.
B. Drive: Generator shaft is directly connected to engine shaft. Exciter is rotated integrally with
generator rotor.
C. Electrical Insulation: Class H or Class F.
D. Stator Winding Leads: Brought out to terminal box to permit future reconnection for other voltages
if required.
E. Construction prevents mechanical, electrical, and thermal damage due to vibration, overspeed up
to 125% of rating, and heat during operation at 100% of rated capacity.
F. Excitation uses no slip rings, collector rings, or brushes,and is arranged to sustain generator output
under short circuit conditions as specified.
G. Enclosure: Dripproof.
H. Instrument Transformers: Mounted within generator enclosure.
I. Voltage Regulator: Solid-state-type, separate from exciter, providing performance as specified.
1. Adjustment on control and monitoring panel provides +5% adjustment of output voltage
operating band.
(REV2019) 16231-7 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2.11 FINISHES
A. Indoor Enclosures and Components: Manufacturer's standard enamel over corrosion-resistant
pretreatment and primer.
B. Outdoor Enclosures: Polyurethane enamel over corrosion-resistant pretreatment and
manufacturer's compatible standard primer. The genset shall be packaged with a sound
attenuating, enclosure
2.12 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Factory Tests: Include prototype testing and Project-specific equipment tests (equipment
manufactured specifically for this Project).
B. Prototype Testing: Performed on separate engine generator set using same engine model,
constructed of identical or equivalent components and equipped with identical or equivalent
accessories.
1. Tests: Conform to those required for Level 1 energy converters in paragraphs 3.2.1, 3.2.1.1,
and 3.2.1.2 of NFPA 110.
2. Components and Accessories: Items furnished with installed unit that are not identical to
those on tested prototype have been acceptably tested to demonstrate compatibility and
reliability.C. Project-Specific Equipment Tests: Test engine generator set and other system components and
accessories prior to shipment. Test items individually and assembled and connected as complete _
system at factory in manner equivalent to that required at Project site. Record and report test data.
1. Mechanical operation test.
2. Ground tests. _
3. Control wiring tests.
4. Operation test.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Anchor generator set and other system components on concrete bases conforming Section 03300
and as indicated. Provide anchorage according to manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Field Installation of Piping and Ductwork: Comply with Division 15.
C. Maintain minimum working space around components according to manufacturer's approved —
submittals and NEC.
3.02 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify system components according to Section 16075.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Manufacturer's Field Services:
1. Supplier's or manufacturer's representative for equipment specified herein shall be present at —
job site or classroom designated by OWNER for minimum mandays indicated, travel time
excluded, to supervise final adjustment of system after installation is complete, system
(REV2019) 16231-8 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
startup, and training of OWNER'S personnel for system operation. For each of the 2
systems include minimum of:
a. 1 manday for Installation Services.
b. 1/2 manday for Instructional Services.
c. 1/2 manday for Post Startup Services.
2. Supplier or manufacturer shall direct services to system and equipment operation,
maintenance,troubleshooting,and equipment and system related areas. See Section 01600.
B. Tests: Provide services of qualified testing agency to perform tests listed below according to
manufacturer's recommendations upon completion of installation of system. Use instruments
bearing records of calibration within last 12 months,traceable to NIST standards,and adequate for
making positive observation of test results. Include following tests:
1. Battery Tests: Measure charging voltage and voltages between available battery terminals
for full-charging and float-charging conditions. Check electrolyte level and specific gravity
under both conditions. Test for contact integrity of connectors.
2. Battery Charger Tests: Verify specified rates of charge for both equalizing and float-charging
conditions.
3. System Integrity Tests: Verify proper installation,connection,and integrity of each element of
engine generator system before and during system operation. Check for air, exhaust, and
fluid leaks.
4. Simulation of malfunctions to verify proper operation of local and remote protective, alarm,
and monitoring devices.
5. Load Test: Use variable load bank capable of simulating kVA, kW, and power factor of load
for which unit is rated. Run unit at 25, 50, and 75%of rated capacity for 30 min each, and at
100% for 1 hrs. Record voltage, frequency, load current, battery-charging current, power
output, oil pressure, and coolant temperature during test.
6. Exhaust System Back-Pressure Test: Use manometer with scale exceeding 40 in.of water.
Connect to exhaust line close to engine exhaust manifold. Verify that back pressure at
full-rated load is within manufacturer's published allowable limits for engine.
7. Exhaust Emissions Test: Conform to applicable government test criteria.
C. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and retest until specified
requirements are met.
3.04 CLEANING
A. Upon completion of installation, inspect system components. Remove paint splatters and other
spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match original finish. Clean
components internally using methods and materials recommended by manufacturer.
*"* END OF SECTION
(REV2019) 16231-9 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 16415
TRANSFER SWITCHES
PART1 GENERAL
-- 1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Automatic transfer switch (ATS). Provide two (2), delivered to sites in Waterloo, Iowa
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. Submit for each transfer switch, including dimensioned plans, sections, and elevations
r showing minimum clearances; conductor entry provisions; gutter space; installed features
and devices; and materials lists.
2. Wiring diagrams, elementary or schematic, differentiating between manufacturer-installed
and field-installed wiring.
3. Single-line diagrams of transfer switch units showing connections between automatic transfer
switch, bypass/isolation switch, power source, and load, plus interlocking provisions.
B. Test Results:
1. Certified reports of field tests and observations.
C. Miscellaneous:
1. Manufacturer's certificate of compliance to referenced standards and tested short-circuit
closing and withstand ratings applicable to protective devices and current ratings used in this
Project, as indicated and as specified in this section.
D. Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Data:
1. Include features and operating sequences, automatic and manual.
2. List factory settings of relays and provide relay setting and calibration instructions.
E. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms experienced in manufacturing equipment of types and
capacities indicated and having record of successful in-service performance.
B. Emergency Service: Manufacturer maintains service center capable of providing emergency
maintenance and repairs at Project site with 8 hr maximum response time.
C. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized
Testing Laboratory (NRTL).
1. Term "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
2. Terms"listed"and"labeled"shall be as defined in National Electrical Code(NEC),Article 100.
D. Regulatory Requirements:
1. National Electrical Code: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA No. 70.
-- (REV2019) 16415-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
PART PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Generac. —
B. Caterpillar, Inc.
C. Cummins.
2.02 TRANSFER SWITCH PRODUCTS, GENERAL
A. Service entrance rated open transition three (3) pole three (3)wire. 480 volt three phase.
1. 200 ampere, 40,000 AIC minimum at Dry Run Creek.
2. 1000 ampere, 40,000 AIC minimum at Texas Street.
B. Solid-State Controls: Repetitive accuracy setting of+/-2%or better over an operating temperature
range of-200C to 70°C. —
C. Resistance to Damage by Voltage Transients: Components meet or exceed voltage surge
withstand capability requirements when tested according to ANSI C37.90.1. Components meet or —
exceed voltage impulse withstand test of NEMA ICS 1.
D. Enclosures: NEMA 12, conforming to UL 508 for Dry Run Creek and NEMA 4X with provision for
padlock for Texas Street, except as otherwise indicated.
E. Factory Wiring: Train and bundle factory wiring and identify consistently with Shop Drawings, by
color code or by numbered or lettered wire and cable tape markers at terminations. —.
1. Designated terminals accommodate field wiring.
2. Power Terminals Arrangement and Field Wiring Space: Suitable for top, side or bottom
entrance of feeder conductors as indicated.
3. Terminals: Pressure type, suitable for copper or aluminum conductors of sizes indicated.
4. Control Wiring: Equipped with lugs suitable for connection to terminal strips.
F. Electrical Operation: Accomplish by nonfused, momentarily energized solenoid or electric
motor-operated mechanism, mechanically and electrically interlocked in both directions. Switches
using components of molded case circuit breakers or contactors not designed for continuous duty,
repetitive switching between active power sources are not acceptable.
G. Switch Action: Mechanically held in both directions for double-throw switches.
H. Switch Contacts: Use silver composition for switching load current. Provide separate arcing
contacts for units rated 225 amps and more.
I. Overcurrent devices are not part of switch products. —
2.03 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES (ATSs)
A. Comply with Level 1 equipment in accordance with to NFPA No. 110.
2.04 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH FEATURES
A. Voltage sensing for each phase of normal source. Pick-up voltage adjustable from 85%to 100%
nominal, and drop-out voltage adjustable from 75%to 98%pick-up value. Factory set for pick-up at
90% and drop-out at 85%.
(REV2019) 16415-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
B. Time-delay override of normal source voltage sensing delays transfer and engine start signals.
Adjustable 0 to 6 sec; factory set at 1 sec.
C. Voltage/Frequency Lockout Relay: Prevents premature transfer. Voltage pick-up adjustable from
85%to 100% nominal. Factory set to pick-up at 90%. Pick-up frequency adjustable from 90%to
100% nominal. Factory set to pick-up at 95%.
D. Retransfer Time Delay: Adjustable from 0 to 30 min and factory set at 10 min. Provides automatic
defeat of delay upon loss of voltage or sustained undervoltage of emergency source when normal
supply has been restored.
E. Test Switch: Simulates normal source failure.
F. Switch-Position Pilot Lights: Indicate source to which load is connected.
G. Source Available Indicating Lights: Supervise sources via transfer switch normal and emergency
`r source sensing circuits.
1. Normal Power Supervision: Green light with nameplate engraved"Normal Source Available."
2. Standby Power Supervision: Red light with nameplate engraved"Standby Source Available."
H. Unassigned Auxiliary Contacts: 2 normally open SPDT contacts for each switch position in addition
to normal power and emergency power isolated contacts.
1. Rating: 10 amps at 240 vac.
_ I. Transfer Override Switch: Overrides automatic retransfer control so ATS remains connected to
emergency power source regardless of condition of normal source. Pilot light indicates override
status.
—' J. Engine Starting Contacts: 1 isolated normally closed and 1 isolated normally open. Contacts are
gold-flashed or gold-plated and rated 10 amps at 32 vdc minimum.
K. Engine Shut-Down Contacts: Time delay adjustable from 0 to 5 min; factory set at 5 min.
2.05 FINISHES
A. Enclosures: Manufacturer's standard enamel over corrosion-resistant pretreatment and primer.
Comply with NEMA rating identified earlier.
2.06 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Factory test components, assembled switches, and associated equipment to ensure proper
operation. Check transfer time and voltage, frequency, and time-delay settings for conformance
with specified requirements. Perform dielectric strength test conforming to NEMA ICS 1.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Floor Mounting of Transfer Switches:
1. Provide 4 in. high concrete foundation pad. Construct in accordance with Section 03300.
2. Level and anchor unit to equipment pad.
B. Wall Mounting of Transfer Switches: Mount on wall as indicated.
(REV2019) 16415-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
C. Identify components in accordance with Section 16075.
3.02 WIRING TO REMOTE COMPONENTS
A. Match type and number of cables and conductors to control and communications requirements of
transfer switches used. Increase raceway sizes at no additional cost to OWNER if necessary to
accommodate required wiring.
3.03 CONNECTIONS
A. Tighten factory-made connections and field connections, including connectors and terminals,
screws and bolts, according to equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values.
B. When manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated,tighten connectors and terminals to
comply with tightening torques specified in UL 486A-486B.
3.04 GROUNDING
A. Make equipment grounding connections for transfer switch units as indicated and as required by
NEC.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL _
A. Manufacturer's Field Services:
1. Supplier's or manufacturer's technician for equipment specified herein shall be present atjob
site for minimum mandays indicated, travel time excluded, for service during plant
construction, plant startup, and training of OWNER'S personnel for plant operation. Include
minimum of: _
a. 1 mandays for Instructional Services.
2. Supplier or manufacturer shall direct services to specific system and equipment operation,
maintenance, field tests, and troubleshooting. See Section 01600.
B. Preliminary Tests: Perform electrical tests as recommended by manufacturer and as follows.
1. Measure phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground insulation resistance levels with insulation
resistance tester, including external annunciator and control circuits. Use test voltages and
procedure recommended by manufacturer. Meet manufacturer's specified minimum —
resistance.
2. Check for electrical continuity of circuits and for short circuits.
C. Field Tests: Give 7 day advance notice of tests and perform tests in presence of OWNER and
ENGINEER.
D. Coordinate tests with tests of generator plant and run them concurrently.
E. Tests: As recommended by manufacturer and as follows.
1. Contact Resistance Test: Measure resistance of power contacts for ATSs. Resolve values
in excess of 500 micro-ohms and differences between adjacent poles exceeding 50%.
2. Operational Tests: Demonstrate interlock, sequence, and operational function for each
switch at least 3 times.
a. Simulate power failures of normal source to ATSs and of emergency source with normal
source available.
(REV2019) 16415-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 16443
MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Motor control centers for use on ac circuits rated 600 V and less.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. Include dimensions, ratings, and data on features and components.
B. Shop Drawings: For each motor-control center specified in this Section. Include dimensioned
plans, elevations, and component lists. Show ratings, including short-time and short-circuit
-- ratings, and horizontal and vertical bus ampacities.
1. Schedule of features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual
motor-control center units.
2. Wiring Diagrams: Interconnecting wiring diagrams pertinent to class and type specified
for motor control center. Schematic diagram of each type of controller unit indicated.
-- C. Test Results:
1. Certified reports of field tests and observations.
D. Operation and Maintenance Data (O&M):
1. Maintenance data for MCC.
E. Miscellaneous:
1. Load-Current and Overload-Relay Heater List: Compile after motors have been installed
and arrange to demonstrate that selection of heaters suits actual motor nameplate
full-load currents.
2. Certificates for field testing agency, signed by Contractor, certifying that agency complies
-- with requirements specified in "Quality Assurance"Article below.
F. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Maintain, within 100 miles (160 km) of Project site, service center
capable of providing training, parts, and emergency maintenance and repairs.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain similar motor-control devices through 1 source from single
" manufacturer.
(REV2019) 16443-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
C. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally
Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL).
1. Term "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
2. Terms "listed" and "labeled" shall be as defined in National Electrical Code, Article 100.
D. Regulatory Requirements:
1. National Electrical Code (NEC): Components and installation shall comply with National
Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70.
2. Label to comply with NFPA 70E requirements.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver in shipping splits of lengths that can be moved past obstructions in delivery path.
B. Store so condensation will not occur on or in motor-control centers. Provide temporary heaters
as required to prevent condensation.
C. Handle motor-control centers according to NEMA ICS 2.3. Use factory-installed lifting devices.
1.05 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate features of controllers and accessory devices with pilot devices and control circuits
to which they connect.
B. Coordinate features, accessories, and functions of each motor controller with ratings and
characteristics of supply circuit, motor, required control sequence, and duty cycle of motor and
load.
1.06 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with
protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents.
1. Spare Fuse and Incandescent Indicating Lamps: Furnish 1 spare for every 5 installed
units, but not less than 1 set of 3 of each kind.
PART PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Rockwell Automation/Allen-Bradley Co.
B. Substitutions: Any request for substitution must be made at a minimum of ten days prior to the
bid date. The request for substitution must include the information required in the submittal —
portion of this specification. This information must include the specification response and all
necessary product information showing compliance to the specification.
2.02 MOTOR-CONTROL CENTERS
A. Wiring: NEMA ICS 3, Class I, Type B.
(REV2019) 16443-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
B. Enclosures: Surface-mounted cabinets as indicated. NEMA 250, Type 1 gasketed, unless
otherwise indicated to meet environmental conditions at installed location.
1. Compartments: Modular, individual doors have concealed hinges and quick-captive
screw fasteners. Interlocks on combination controller units require disconnect means in
off position before door can be opened or closed, except by consciously operating
permissive release device.
2. Interchangeability: Compartments are constructed to remove units without opening
adjacent doors, disconnecting adjacent compartments, or disturbing operation of other
units in control center. Units requiring same size compartment are interchangeable, and
compartments are constructed to permit ready rearrangement of units, such as replacing
3 single units with unit requiring 3 spaces, without cutting or welding.
3. Wiring Spaces: Each vertical section of structure with horizontal and vertical wiring has
spaces for wiring to each unit compartment in each section, with supports holding wiring
in place.
C. Short-Circuit Current Rating for Each Section: Equal to or greater than indicated available fault
current in symmetrical amperes at motor-control center location.
2.03 BUSES
A. Material: Tin Plated copper.
B. Ampacity Ratings.-
1. As indicated for horizontal buses.
2. 300 amp min for vertical main buses or larger as required for installed units.
C. Neutral Buses: As per drawings.
D. Equipment Ground Bus: Noninsulated, horizontal copper bus 2 by 1/4 in. (50 by 6 mm), min.
E. Horizontal Bus Arrangement: Main phase, neutral, and ground buses extended with same
capacity entire length of motor-control center, with provision for future extension at both ends
by bolt holes and captive bus splice sections.
F. Short-Circuit Withstand Rating: Same as short-circuit current rating of section.
2.04 FUNCTIONAL FEATURES
A. Description: Modular arrangement of motor controllers, control devices, overcurrent protective
devices, transformers, panelboards, instruments, indicating panels, blank panels, and other
items mounted in compartments of motor-control center as indicated.
— B. Motor-Controller Units: Combination controller units of types and with features, ratings, and
circuit assignments indicated.
1. Units with full-voltage, across-the-line, magnetic controllers up to and including Size 3 are
installed on drawout mountings with connectors that automatically line up and connect
with vertical-section buses while being racked into their normal, energized positions.
2. Units have short-circuit current ratings equal to or greater than short-circuit current rating
of motor-control center section.
3. Units in motor-control centers with Type B wiring are equipped with pull-apart terminal
strips or drawout terminal boards for external control connections.
-- (REV2019) 16443-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
4. All motor controllers shall be equipped with Rockwell/Allen Bradley Bulletin E300 starter
overload relays prewired to MCC Ethernet cabling.
a. 120 volt 10 wiring per OWNER requirements.
b. Include all components necessary for a complete stand-alone Ethernet capable MCC
including Ethernet connectors, plugs, trunk line, terminating resistors, scanner,
dropline with ports in each vertical wireway, and power supply fed from the MCC.
C. Overcurrent Protective Devices: Types of devices with features, ratings, and circuit
assignments indicated. Individual feeder-tap units through 225-A rating shall be installed on
drawout mountings with connectors that automatically line up and connect with vertical-section
buses while being racked into their normal, energized positions.
D. Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors: Connected to motor-control center bus.
E. Spaces and Blank Units: Compartments fully bused and equipped with guide rails or
equivalent, ready for insertion of drawout units.
F. Spare Units: Type, sizes, and ratings as indicated, and installed in compartments indicated _
"spare."
2.05 DISCONNECTS —
A. Main Disconnect:
1. The withstand rating of the main shall be greater than or equal to the bus bracing for the —
MCC.
2. Provide lugs to accommodate the conductors as indicated on the drawings.
3. If no overcurrent protection is indicated, provide a main incoming lug compartment.
4. Main Fusible Disconnect(if specified in drawings)
a. Size fuses as shown on the drawings. Provide Class J or R fuses through
600Amps. Provide Class L fuses above 600Amps. —
b. Provide a removable protective barrier to reduce the possibility of contact with
the line terminals.
C. Provide one normally open and one normally closed auxiliary contact.
d. For disconnects rated 1000A and above, provide a ground fault protection
system with adjustable pick-up, adjustable time relay, control power indicator
light, trip indicator and built-in test buttons. The ground fault protection system
shall be mounted in the same enclosure as the disconnect switch. Provide 120V —
shunt trip.
5. Main Circuit Breaker Disconnect(if specified in drawings) —
a. Size the circuit breaker as shown on the drawings.
b. Provide a circuit breaker of either the thermal magnetic or solid state type.
c. Provide a removable protective barrier to reduce the possibility of contact with the _
line terminals.
d. Provide one normally open and one normally closed internal auxiliary contact.
B. Feeder Disconnects and Transformer Disconnects '
1. The disconnecting means for feeders and transformers shall be thermal magnetic circuit
breakers.
2. The interrupting capacity rating shall be greater than or equal to the bus bracing
requirement.
3. The minimum frame size shall be 150 Amps
(REV2019) 16443-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
4. Provide one (1) N.O. internally mounted auxiliary contact for indication of"On", "Off', and
"Tripped".
C. Motor Starter Disconnect
1. Across the line NEMA starters
a. The disconnecting means for the across the line starters shall be motor circuit
protectors.
b. The short circuit withstand rating shall be greater than or equal to the bus bracing
requirement.
C. Units shall be supplied based upon the rules/requirements set forth in the NEC,
NEMA and UL standards.
d. Units shall be shipped at the lowest setting per UL standards. The contractor
shall field adjust the units based upon the particular motor application.
e. The minimum frame size shall be 150A.
f. Provide one N.O. internally mounted auxiliary contact for indication of"On"or
"Off/Tripped".
2. Solid State Controllers (Soft Starters and Variable Frequency Drives)
a. The disconnecting means for solid state controllers shall be fusible disconnect
with current limiting fuses.
b. The short circuit withstand rating shall be rated 100,000 Amperes (rms
symmetrical).
C. Provide one N.O. auxiliary contact that operates with the movement of the
external handle.
2.06 MAGNETIC MOTOR CONTROLLERS
A. Description: NEMA ICS 2, Class A, full voltage, nonreversing, across-the-line, unless otherwise
indicated.
B. Control Circuit: 120 V; obtained from integral control power transformer, unless otherwise
indicated. Include control power transformer with adequate capacity to operate connected pilot,
indicating and control devices, plus 100%spare capacity.
C. Combination Controller: Factory-assembled combination controller and disconnect switch with
or without overcurrent protection as indicated.
1. Circuit-Breaker Disconnect: NEMA AB 1, motor-circuit protector with field-adjustable
short-circuit trip coordinated with motor locked-rotor amperes.
D. Overload Relay:
1. Enhanced Protection Overload Relay: Provide overload relays with NEMA Class 10 or
better tripping characteristics for submersible equipment or where indicated. Select to
protect motor against voltage unbalance and single phasing.
2. Manufacturer and model: Rockwell/Allen Bradley E3PIus.
a. No substitutes.
2.07 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES
A. The unit shall be provided with a fusible disconnect with current limiting fuses.
B. The unit shall be provided with a 120V control power transformer. The control power transformer
shall be provided with primary and secondary fusing.
(REV2019) 16443-5 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
C. Provide a 120V control interface. _
D. Provide a common mode choke on the output of the drive.
E. Provide a door mounted selector switch for Auto-Manual control. In the auto mode, the start
command shall be provided through a remote contact. In the manual mode, the start-stop control
shall be provided through the door mounted push buttons. Provide extra contact blocks on the
selector switch for monitoring of switch position.
F. Provide door mounted pushbuttons for start-stop control. Stop pushbuttons shall always be
active. _.
G. Provide door mounted transformer type pilot lights for indication of On (Green) and Off(Red).
H. Provide a door mounted Human Interface for programming, display and speed control.
I. Provide one isolated/configurable analog input and output.
J. Provide output reactor.
2.08 FEEDER OVERCURRENT PROTECTION
A. Molded-Case Circuit Breaker: NEMA AB 1, handle lockable.
1. Characteristics: Frame size, trip rating, number of poles, and auxiliary devices as _
indicated and interrupting capacity rating to meet available fault current.
2. Application Listing: Appropriate for application, including Type HACR for heating,
air-conditioning, and refrigeration equipment.
3. Circuit Breakers, 200 A and Larger: Trip units interchangeable within frame size.
4. Circuit Breakers, 400 A and Larger: Field-adjustable, short-time and continuous-current
settings.
5. Current-Limiting Trips: Where indicated, let-through ratings less than NEMA FU 1, _
Class RK-5.
6. Lugs: Mechanical lugs and power-distribution connectors for number, size, and material
of conductors indicated.
7. Shunt Trip: Where indicated or required for ground fault protection trip.
2.09 ACCESSORIES
A. Factory install in controller enclosure, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Furnish following devices when indicated on Drawings.
1. Push-Button Stations, Pilot Lights, and Selector Switches: NEMA ICS 2, heavy-duty
type.
2. Stop and Lockout Push-Button Station: Momentary-break push-button station with _
factory-applied hasp arranged so padlock can be used to lock push button in depressed
position with control circuit open.
(REV2019) 16443-6 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
PART 3 EXECUTION
F- 3.01 APPLICATIONS
A. Select features of each motor controller to coordinate with ratings and characteristics of supply
circuit and motor; required control sequence; duty cycle of motor, drive, and load; and
configuration of pilot device and control circuit affecting controller functions.
B. Select horsepower rating of controllers to suit motor controlled. Utilize NEMA sized units no
smaller than size 1.
C. Push-Button Stations: In covers of magnetic controllers for manually started motors where
indicated, start contact connected in parallel with sealing auxiliary contact for low-voltage
protection.
D. Hand-Off-Remote Selector Switches: Where Indicated.
E. Pilot Lights: Push to test LED type where indicated.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install motor control centers according to NEMA ICS 2.3 instructions. and manufacturer's written
B. Install motor control centers on concrete housekeeping bases.
3.03 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify field-installed wiring and components and provide warning signs according to
Section 16075.
3.04 CONTROL WIRING INSTALLATION
A. Install wiring between motor-control devices according to Section 16120.
B. Bundle, train, and support wiring in enclosures.
C. Connect hand-off-automatic switch and other automatic control devices according to indicated
wiring diagram or one that is manufacturer approved, where available.
1. Connect selector switches to bypass only manual and automatic control devices that
have no safety functions when switch is in hand position.
2. Connect selector switches with motor-control circuit in both hand and automatic positions
for safety-type control devices such as low- and high-pressure cutouts, high-temperature
cutouts, and motor-overload protectors.
3.05 CONNECTIONS
A. Tighten motor-control center bus joint, electrical connector, and terminal bolts according to
manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are
not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A-486B.
-- (REV2019)
16443-7
Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Manufacturer's Field Services:
1. Supplier's or manufacturer's representative for equipment specified herein shall be
present at jobsite or classroom
desigduring plannated by OtVconsRtru�tion!np plant startup,s art p, and mandays training
ain ng
travel time excluded, for as _
of OWNER'S personnel for plant operation. Include:
a. 1 manday for Installation Services.
b. 1/2 manday for Instructional Services.
2. Supplier or manufacturer shall direct services to system and equipment operation,
maintenance, troubleshooting, and equipment and system-related areas other than
wastewater treatment process.
B. Testing: riting
1. Reports: Notify ENGINEER inln Jude re in of dtof9 pales a defective materials and workmanship
and adjustments m de —
and unsatisfactory test re
2. Perform following tests: _
; and of connecn
spp
a. Test insulation resistance
circuits.ts.M ForCC bcomponentsowith ssolid-state devicesgoru lo her
feeder, and control
sensitive components, perform tests in accordance with manufacturer s —
instructions.
b. Make continuity tests of circuits.
c. Inspect MCC'S for defects and physical damage, testing laboratory labels, circuit
connections, and nameplate compliance with up-to-date system drawings. _
d. Perform operational test and exercise of mechanical components and other
operable devices in accordance with manufacturer's instruction manual.
e. Check MCC anchorage, external clearances, and alignment and fit of components —
including internal elements.
f. Check tightness of bolted electrical connections with calibrated torque wrench.
Refer to manufacturer's instructions for proper torque values.
g. Perform visual and mechanical inspection and related work for motor control and —
protective devices as specified in Section 16414 and 16420.
h. Device Ratings and Settings: Verify ratings and settings of overload relays, motor
circuit protectors, and overcurrent protective devices. —
ons
3. Make final adjustments Proe devices
Assure in rMCC installadance with tion meets specified requirements,
4. Quality Control Testing 9 appropriate protection for systems
is operational within specified tolerances, and provides p
and equipment.
a. Test and inspect MCC' in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and
these specifications.
b. Schedule tests and provide notification at least 7 days in advance of test
commencement.
c. Reports: Prepare written reports
nf test cluderecolts and mplete o eco dsloof adjustment eCand
materials and workmanship.
corrective action taken. I label to tested
d. Labeling: On satisfactory completion of tests and related effort, apply
components indicating results, person resportions of control wiring that disconnect
e. Test insulation resistance of buses and p
from solid-state devices
s through
his not al disconnecting features. Insulation _
resistance less than9
ohms 16443-8 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
(REV2019) ,_
f. Verify appropriate capacity, overcurrent protection, and operating voltage of control
power elements including control power transformers and control power wiring.
g. Check phasing of supply source to bus.
h. Test motor-control devices as specified in Section 16420.
i. Test overcurrent protective devices as specified in Section 16414.
5. Retesting: Correct deficiencies and retest. Verify by retests that specified requirements
are met.
3.08 CLEANING
A. Inspect interior and exterior of motor-control centers. Remove paint splatters and other spots,
dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match original finish. Clean devices
internally, using methods and materials recommended by manufacturer.
** * END OF SECTION * * *
_ (REV2019) 16443-9 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 16445
HOISTING EQUIPMENT
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide and test jib crane and hoisting equipment, motors, controls and appurtenances as
indicated and specified.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. American Bearing Manufacturers Association (ABMA):
1. 9: Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings.
2. 11: Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings.
B. American Society of mechanical Engineers (ASME):
1. B30.16: Overhead Hoists (Underhung) Safety Standard for Cableways, Cranes,
Derricks, Hoists, Hooks, Jacks, and Slings
C. American Welding Society (AWS):
1. D1.1: Structural Welding Code Aluminum.
D. National Electric Code (NEC).
E. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):
1. MG1: Motors and Generators.
F. Occupational Safety and Hazard Association (OSHA):
1. 29 CFR 1910.179: Overhead and Gantry Cranes.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following shop drawings in accordance with Section 01340:
1. Data regarding hoisting equipment characteristics and performance:
2. Setting plans, with tolerances, for anchor bolts.
3. Manufacturer's literature.
4. Operating and maintenance instructions and parts lists.
5. List of recommended spare parts other than those specified.
6. Shop and field inspection reports.
7. Motor shop test results.
8. Recommendations for short and long-term storage.
9. Special tools.
10. Manufacturer's product data, specifications and color charts for shop painting.
11. The latest ISO 9001 series certification.
12. Material Certification:
a. Provide certification from the equipment manufacturer that the materials of
construction specified are recommended and designed for the service
conditions specified and indicated. If materials other than those specified are
(REV2019) 16445-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
proposed based on incompatibility with the service conditions, provide
technical data and certification that the proposed materials are recommended —
and designed for the service conditions specified and indicated including an
installation list of a minimum of five (5) installations in operation for a minimum
of five (5) years. Provide proposed materials at no additional cost to the —
Owner.
b. Where materials are not specified, provide technical data and certification that
the proposed materials are recommended and designed for the service
conditions specified and indicated.
B. A copy of the contract mechanical process, electrical and instrumentation drawings, with
addenda that are applicable to the equipment specified in this section, marked to show all _.
changes necessary for the equipment proposed for this specification section. If no changes are
required, mark all drawings with "No changes required" or provide a statement that no changes
are required.
1. Failure to include all drawings or a statement applicable to the equipment specified in
this section will result in submittal return without review until a complete package is
submitted. _
B. A copy of this specification section with addenda and all referenced specification sections with
addenda, with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or marked
and indexed to indicate requested deviations and clarifications from the specified requirements.
1. If deviations and clarifications from the specifications are indicated, therefore requested
by the Contractor, provide a detailed written justification for each deviation and
clarification.
2. Failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification sections and or the detailed
justifications for any requested deviation or clarification will result in submittal return
without review until marked up specifications and justifications are submitted in a '—
complete package.
1.04 SPARE PARTS:
A. Comply with the requirements specified in Section 01600.
B. Provide spare parts that are identical to and interchangeable with similar parts installed. —
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Permanently mark the capacity of the hoist and trolley on each hoist, in easy to read letters and
in a prominent position.
B. Provide only safety type hooks. —
C. Provide hoists so that hook can reach the pump bail at the lowest level of the lift.
D. Do not use hoists for construction purposes of any nature.
E. Hoists shall be manufacturer's standard cataloged product and modified to provide compliance
with the drawings, specifications and the service conditions specified and indicated.
F. Welding: In accordance with American Welding Society Code D1.1.
G. Provide shop tests as specified.
(REV2019) 16445-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
H. Hoisting equipment manufacturer shall provide hoists, motors, gear reducers, switches, and
controls regardless of manufacturer as a complete integrated package to ensure coordination,
compatibility and operation of the systems.
I. Services of Manufacturer's Representative as stated in Section 01600 and as specified herein.
J. Provide services of factory-trained Service Technician, specifically trained on type of equipment
specified:
1. Service Technician must be present on site for all items listed below. Person-day
requirements listed are exclusive of travel time, and do not relieve Contractor of the
obligation to place equipment in operation as specified.
2. Installation: Inspect grouting, location of anchor bolts; setting, leveling, alignment, field
erection; coordination of piping and electrical:
a. 0.25 person-days.
3. Functional Testing: Calibrate, check alignment and perform a functional test. Tests to
include all items specified.
-- a. 0.25 person-days.
4. Performance Testing: Field performance test equipment specified.
a. 0.25 person-days.
5. Vendor Training: Provide classroom and field operation and maintenance instruction
including all materials, slides, videos, handouts and preparation to lead and teach
classroom sessions.
a. 0.25 person-days.
6. Credit to the Owner, all unused service person-days specified above, at the
manufacturer's published field service rate.
7. Any additional time required of the factory trained service technician to assist in placing
the equipment in operation, or testing or to correct deficiencies in installation,
equipment or material shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner.
— K. Manufacturer of hoisting equipment shall have a minimum of five (5) operating installations with
hoists of the size specified and in the same service as specified operating for not less than five
(5) years.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Comply with the requirements specified in Section 01600.
PART - PRODUCTS
2.01 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Hoisting equipment capacities and operating data are as indicated below.
1. Jib Crane - 4,000 lb capacity, 16-ft span, 12-ft height under boom, one position boom
lock, rotation motor with weathershield, control enclosure heater, bottom or top entry
"— current collector, 480-3-60 voltage.
(REV2019) 16445-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2. Electric Chain Hoist - 4,000 lb capacity at 16 fpm, 34-ft lift with chain container,
motorized trolley at 30 fpm, weatherproof hoist and trolley with hoist heater and hoist
cover, 3-motion pendant station with on/off.
2.02 HOIST AND TROLLEY MANUFACTURERS
A. Lodestar
B. Dresser Industries.
C. ACCO-Wright.
2.03 ELECTRIC HOISTS
A. Electric Hoists: Spur-gear driven antifriction bearings throughout, a mechanical load brake, and
a separate electrically operated motor brake. Design mechanical load brake with capability of
supporting the full load at any point when the motor is stopped. Motor brake shall be externally
adjustable, electrically operated friction disk brake that shall apply automatically when the
power is off. The brake shall hold 150 percent of the rated load and 125 percent of the rated _
load at any operating speed. Design shafts of motor, drum, and drum pinion to run in grease-
lubricated ball or roller bearings. Design the mechanical-load brake and gear train and
bearings to be oil-bath lubricated.
B. Arrange hoist for parallel lug mounting from a 4-wheel geared trolley.
C. Provide hoist with right angle mounting with H-wheel trolley, motorized as specified and
indicated.
D. Hoist: Standard type.
E. Design drum with machine-cut grooves and guarded flanges and with capacity to take entire
run of cable in one layer with no overlapping.
F. Provide hoist with an upper and lower geared limit switch with automatic reset control circuit to
prevent overtravel. Settings to be field adjustable in accordance with OSHA 29 CFR 1910.179.
G. Supply sufficient hoisting cable with hoists for two-part single reeving and to accommodate not
only the maximum lift but two additional wraps on drum. Make cable flexible high-strength
plowsteel cable with a load safety factor of at least 5 to 1.
H. Make load block of rugged construction containing a ball-bearing sheave and a high-grade
forged-steel swivel hook with antifriction bearings.
I. Provide control equipment in an enclosed compartment which forms an integral part of hoist
and include a transformer for a 120-volt control circuit.
2.04 TROLLEYS
A. Motor-Driven Trolleys: Four-wheel type consisting of a fully enclosed electric motor equipped
with a magnetic brake, a geared transmission completely enclosed in an oiltight housing and
suspended on flanged driving wheels with power to two wheels. Use ball or roller bearings
throughout.
B. Make trolleys designed for operation on beam or rail indicated on drawings. Trolleys to be _
provided by the hoist manufacturer.
(REV2019) 16445-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2.05 JIB CRANE
A. Jib Crane Manufacturers:
1. Abell-Howe Model J-904.
2. ACCO-Wright.
3. CONTRX
B. Jib Crane: Vertical steel post of extra heavy steel pipe installed in a vertical position, with an S-
beam mounted at top of post and capable of revolving completely around it, and a trolley-type
hoist.
C. Base: Large diameter base plate with heavy steel gussets adequate to support crane with its
maximum load on hoist at extreme end of trolley beam.
E. Provide electric motor drive and controls to rotate jib crane.
2.06 SAFETY STOPS
A. Provide safety stops on all open ends of track (or where indicated) to prevent trolley from
running off ends or damaging building. Provide stops with capability of withstanding impact
imposed by motion of fully loaded hoist and trolley.
2.07 ELECTRICAL CONTROLS
A. Supply complete integral electrical control system with the electric hoisting equipment (by hoist
manufacturer) consisting of starters, circuit breakers, overload relays, limit switches, control
transformer for a 120-volt control circuit, control relays, and controlling devices.
B. Furnish magnetic controls for motors. Design controls to permit "inching" in both forward and
reverse directions under full load, automatically regulated acceleration, and rapid brake
response.
C. Provide each hoist with limit switches of automatic-reset control circuit type to prevent
overtravel in both raising and lowering directions.
D. Compliance: Make all electrical equipment including motors, controls, resistors, brakes plus all
conduit, wiring, panels, and enclosures with applicable requirements for materials,
workmanship, construction, and installation of latest NEMA and National Electrical Code
Standards.
2.08 MOTORS:
A. Motors for Hoists and Trolley: Totally enclosed, reversible, induction motors especially adapted
to hoist service.
1. Enclosure: As indicated in the Hoist Schedule.
2. Insulation: Minimum Class "F" with Class "B" temperature rise, 40 degrees C ambient
unless otherwise indicated or specified.
3. Service Factor: 1.15.
4. Provide capacity to start and operate hoists at maximum speed rated capacity indicated
without exceeding nameplate ratings for current and power and without operating in the
service factor.
5. Provide ball or roller bearings, in accordance with ABMA Standard 9 and Standard 11;
minimum L-10 life of 100,000 hours.
6. Premium efficient motors, nominal and minimum motor efficiencies per NEMA MG1.
7. Rating: 480V, 3 ph, 60 Hz.
(REV2019) 16445-5 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2.09 PUSHBUTTON CONTROL
A. Provide pendent pushbutton control station with sufficient pushbuttons to control all operations
of hoists, trolley and jib crane. Clearly mark each pushbutton to indicate its function. Make
cable long enough to reach within 4 feet (1.2 meter) of operating floor or platform level with a
supporting chain. If necessary, attach an arm to hoist so that pendent cable and pushbutton
controls will hang vertically and be readily accessible from operating positions.
B. Provide hoist with an upper limit switch of automatic reset control circuit type to prevent
overtravel.
2.10 SHOP PAINTING
A. Primer and Finish Paint: Shop apply to all exterior ferrous surfaces, high solids epoxy in
accordance with Section 09961.B. Surface preparation, mixing and application and safety requirements shall be in accordance
with the paint manufacturer's printed instructions and as specified.
C. Ferrous surfaces which are not to be painted shall be given a shop applied coat of grease or
rust resistant coating.
D. Provide additional shop paint coating for touch-up to all surfaces after installation and testing is
completed and equipment accepted.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install items in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions and as indicated and
specified.
B. Check horizontal and vertical alignment of track and rails.
C. Do not use cast fittings.
3.02 FIELD TESTING
A. Provide as specified herein. Perform all tests with instrumentation controls and motor controls.
Perform testing in accordance with OSHA 29 CFR 1910.179 and as specified herein.
B. After installation of jib crane and hoist equipment, and after inspection, operation, testing and
adjustment have been completed by manufacturer's field service technician, conduct test for
each hoist in presence of the Engineer and Owner to determine its ability to operate at rated
speeds and capacity under conditions specified and indicated. During tests, observe and
record, capacity and motor inputs. Promptly correct or replace all equipment not conforming to
the requirements of this section revealed by or noted during tests, at no additional cost to the
Owner, and repeat tests until specified results are obtained. Contractor to provide all labor,
weights and materials for conducting tests.
1. Provide a 60 minute test for each hoist.
2. Running test shall consist of moving hoist and trolley through two complete cycles. The _
first cycle will be with no load. For the second cycle, the unit will be loaded with
100 percent of the specified load rating.
3. Test and simulate all limit switches, locking and safety devices.
(REV2019) 16445-6 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
C. Make all adjustments to place equipment in specified working order at time of above tests.
D. After three (3) unsuccessful testing attempts, remove and replace equipment at no additional
cost to the Owner with equipment that will meet all requirements specified and indicated.
3.03 FIELD TOUCH-UP PAINTING
A. After installation and testing, apply touch-up paint to all scratched, abraided and damaged shop
painted surfaces. Coating type and color shall match shop painting.
"** END OF SECTION
(REV2019) 16445-7 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 16511
INTERIOR AND BUILDING EXTERIOR MOUNTED LIGHTING
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Interior lighting fixtures
2. Lamps
3. Ballasts
4. Emergency lighting units
5. Accessories.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. Emergency Lighting Unit: Fixture with integral emergency battery-powered supply and means for
controlling and charging battery. Also known as an emergency light set.
B. Fixture: Complete lighting unit, exit sign, or emergency lighting unit. Fixtures include lamps and
parts required to distribute light, position and protect lamps, and connect lamps to power supply.
Internal battery-powered exit signs and emergency lighting units also include battery and means for
controlling and recharging battery. Emergency lighting units include ones with and without integral
lamp heads.
C. Average Life: Time after which 50% fails and 50% survives under normal conditions.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data
1. Describe fixtures, lamps, ballasts, and emergency lighting units. Arrange Product Data for
fixtures in order of fixture designation.
B. Maintenance and Operating Data (O&M):
1. Maintenance data for fixtures to include operation and maintenance information.
C. Submit in accordance with Section 01340.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Items provided under this section shall be listed or labeled by UL or other Nationally Recognized
Testing Laboratory (NRTL).
1. Term "NRTL" shall be as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
_ 2. Terms'listed" and 'labeled" shall be as defined in National Electrical Code, Article 100.
3. Special Listing and Labeling: Provide fixtures for use in damp or wet locations, underwater,
and recessed in combustible construction that are specifically listed and labeled for such use.
Provide fixtures for use in hazardous (classified) locations that are listed and labeled for
-- specific hazard.
B. Regulatory Requirements:
"- 1. National Electrical Code(NEC): Components and installation shall comply with National Fire
Protection Association (NFPA) 70.
-- (REV2019) 16511-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
C. Coordinate fixtures, mounting hardware,and trim with ceiling system and other items, including work
of other trades, required to be mounted on ceiling or in ceiling space.
1.05 WARRANTY —
A. Special Warranty for Batteries: Submit written warranty executed by manufacturer agreeing to
replace rechargeable system batteries that fail in materials or workmanship within the specified
warranty period.
1. Special Warranty Period: Manufacturer's standard but not less than 10 yrs after date of
Substantial Completion. Full warranty shall apply for first year, and prorated warranty for last —
9 yrs.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 FIXTURES AND FIXTURE COMPONENTS
A. Metal Parts: Free from burrs, sharp corners, and edges. —
B. Sheet Metal Components: Steel, except as indicated. Form and support to prevent warping and
sagging. —
C. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free from light leakage under
operating conditions, and arranged to permit relamping without use of tools. Arrange doors,frames,
lenses, diffusers, and other pieces to prevent accidental falling during relamping and when secured
in operating position.
D. Reflecting Surfaces: Minimum reflectance as follows, except as otherwise indicated:
1. White Surfaces: 85%.
2. Specular Surfaces: 83%.
3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75%.
4. Laminated Silver Metallized Film: 90%.
E. Lenses, Diffusers, Covers, and Globes: 100%virgin acrylic plastic or water white, annealed crystal —
glass, except as otherwise indicated.
1. Plastic: High resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat, and
UV radiation.
2. Lens Thickness: 0.125 in. (3 mm) minimum; except where greater thickness is indicated.
F. Fixture Support Components: Comply with Sections 16050 and 16070. _
1. Single-Stem Hangers: 1/2 in. (12 mm)steel tubing with swivel ball fitting and ceiling canopy.
Finish same as fixture.
2. Twin-Stem Hangers: Two, 1/2 in. (12 mm)steel tubes with single canopy arranged to mount
a single fixture. Finish same as fixture.
3. Rod Hangers: 3/16 in. (5 mm) minimum diameter, zinc-plated, threaded steel rod.
4. Hook Hanger: Integrated assembly matched to fixture and line voltage and equipped with
threaded attachment, cord, and locking-type plug.
G. Self-Powered Exit Signs(Battery Type): Integral automatic high/low trickle charger in self-contained
power pack.
1. Battery: Sealed, maintenance-free, nickel-cadmium type with special warranty.
(REV2019) 16511-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
2.02 LAMPS
A. Comply with ANSI C78 series that is applicable to each type of lamp.
B. Fluorescent Color Temperature and Minimum Color-Rendering Index(CRI): 3500 K and 85 CRI,
except as otherwise indicated.
C. Noncompact Fluorescent Lamp Life: Rated average is 20,000 hrs at 3 hrs per start when used on
rapid start circuits.
2.03 FINISHES
A. Manufacturer's standard,except as otherwise indicated, applied over corrosion-resistant treatment
or primer, free of streaks, runs, holidays, stains, blisters, and similar defects.
2.04 LED LUMINAIRES
A. LED luminaires must be of the type as indicated on the Drawings and in this Specification
SECTION
B. Nominal luminaire input wattage shall account for nominal applied voltage and any reduction in
driver efficiency due to sub-optimal driver loading.
C. LED light source(s) shall be RoHS (Restriction of Hazardous Substances) compliant.
D. Thermal Management: Liquids or other moving parts shall be clearly indicated in submittals, and
shall be consistent with product testing.
— E. Color Rendering Index (CRI): >70.
F. Correlated Color Temperature: 4000K.
G. Minimum luminaire efficacies: 85 lumens per watt.
— H. Fully enclosed wiring and LED diodes enclosed to prevent penetration of dust, insects, and other
debris into the lamp and driver compartment.
I. Rated life based on IESNA LM-80-2008(or latest)shall be 50,000 hrs at 70%lumen maintenance.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Set units plumb, square, and level with ceiling and walls, and secure according to manufacturer's
written instructions and approved Shop Drawings. Support fixtures according to Sections 16050 and
16070.
B. Support for Suspended Fixtures: Brace pendants and rods over 48 in. (1200 mm) long to limit
swinging. Support stem-mounted, single-unit, suspended fluorescent fixtures with twin-stem
hangers. For continuous rows, use tubing or stem for wiring at one point and tubing or rod for
suspension for each unit length of chassis, including one at each end.
C. Lamping: Where specific lamp designations are not indicated, lamp units according to
manufacturer's instructions.
(REV2019) 16511-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
3.02 CONNECTIONS
A. Ground lighting units. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including grounding connections,
according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque
values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A. _
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect each installed fixture for damage. Replaced damaged fixtures and components.
1. Verify normal operation of each fixture after fixtures have been installed and circuits have
been energized with normal power source. _
2. Interrupt electrical energy to demonstrate proper operation of emergency lighting installation.
a. Replace or repair malfunctioning fixtures and components, then retest. Repeat
procedure until all units operate properly.
B. Replace fixtures that show evidence of corrosion during Project warranty period.
3.04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Clean fixtures after installation. Use methods and materials recommended by manufacturer.
B. Adjust aimable fixtures to provide required light intensities or area coverage.
*** END OF SECTION
(REV2019) 16511-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 16900
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
PART1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. General provisions and requirements for instrumentation and control equipment and systems.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. Systems House: Supplier whose principle function is design, manufacture, and service of
instrumentation and control (I&C) systems.
B. Process Control System: Portion of I&C system including PCs, PLCs, data highways,and software.
1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Instrumentation and control package for plant process control. Does not include process equipment
package panels.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Standardization:
1. Instrumentation and Control system shall be provided by single Systems House.
2. Equipment shall be latest model or version available at time bids are opened, unless
otherwise noted.
3. When more than one I&C equipment component of like function is required, end products
shall be of single manufacturer to achieve standardization for maintenance, spare parts,
operation, and service.
4. Maintain consistent front of panel layout for panels.
5. Systems House shall coordinate data highway communication with process package systems.
B. Experience:
1. Systems House shall have at least 5 yrs experience in design, manufacture, installation,and
successful operation of instrumentation systems similar to specified.
2. Systems House shall have previously worked on Waterloo WWTP's main SCADA system.
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SYSTEMS HOUSE
A. Automatic Systems Co. (515-232-4770)
B. Or Engineer and Owner's approved equal.
2.02 EQUIPMENT
A. Equipment provided under this section includes:
1. Instrumentation and Control Panels: Section 16915.
(2019) 16900-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install and wire in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and approved submittals.
B. Wire instrumentation and control package panels specified in Divisions 11, 13, 14, and 15.
C. Wire components specified in Divisions 11, 13, 14, and 15.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. System's House/Manufacturer's Field Services:
1. Manufacturer's engineer shall direct services to system and equipment operation,
maintenance, troubleshooting, and equipment and system related areas other than process
design and philosophy. See Section 01600.
2. Provide services of qualified service engineer to supervise and inspect equipment installation
to ensure system is installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
3. Field calibrate equipment at time of complete system startup on loop-by-loop basis.
Document field calibration results for each piece of equipment and provide to OWNER.
4. Make adjustments necessary to place equipment in satisfactory operation.
5. Manufacturer's engineer for equipment specified shall be present at job site or classroom
designated by OWNER for mandays indicated, travel time excluded, for assistance during
plant construction, plant startup,equipment adjustment, and training of OWNER'S personnel
for plant operation. Include minimum of:
a. Instrumentation and Control Panels, Section 16915: _
1) 1 mandays for Installation Services.
2) 1 mandays for Instructional Services.
3) 1 mandays for Post Startup Services.
*** END OF SECTION
(2019) 16900-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
SECTION 16915
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL PANELS
PART 1 GENERAL
— 1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section describes I&C panels, modifications to exiting panels, and Cellular Radio Modems
B. Radio Modems required at Dry Run Creek and Texas Street pump stations.
C. Transmissions of data to main SCADA system must be coordinated with Automatic Systems,Travis
Moran, 2740 Ford St, Ames, IA 50010, 515-232-4770.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. Abbreviations:
1. PLC: Programmable logic controller.
2. OIU: Operator Interface unit.
3. LCP: Local control panel.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
— 2.01 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL (I&C) EQUIPMENT
A. Equipment provided in this section shall conform to following:
1. General Provisions for Instrument and Control: Section 13440.
2. Instrument and Control Panel Construction: Section 13442.
3. Cellular Telephone Radio Modem: Section 13451.
2.02 TEXAS STREET PUMP STATION PLC INTERFACE PANEL (PLC-HPS)
A. Panel:
1. NEMA 12.
2. Wall mounted.
3. 120 vac power supply.
B. Front of Panel Mounted Devices: Operator Interface Unit to display monitored statuses.
C. Rear of Panel Mounted Devices:
Designatio Description/Range Interface
n
PLC Programmable Logic Controller Switch, existing Pump Control
CompactLogix Series 5000 Panel,
Cellular Radio Modem
UPS Uninterruptible Power Supply, Eaton PLC, Switch, Radio Modem
Powerware
Switch Ethernet Industrial Series Switch PLC, OIU, existing Volucalc
monitor
Radio Cellular Telephone Modem PLC, existing Volucalc
(REV2019) 16915-1 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
D. Additional Panel Equipment/Requirements:
1. Power Cellular Radio Modem from PLC enclosure.
2. Interface to existing VOULCALC on existing Pump Control Panel: _
a. Monitor over Modbus Ethernet to extract the following items:
i. Totalized flow value (Volucalc Total Volume Out).
ii. Total Rain (unsigned integer 16)
iii. Wet Well Level (signed integer 16)
iv. Influent Flow (Float 32) _
V. Effluent Flow (Float 32) (unsigned integer 16)
vi. Pump 1, 2, 3 Current (unsigned integer 16 scaling 10)
b. Confirmation of data address and communication methods can be obtained from Maid
Labs Technology, Benoit Beaudoin Product and Sales Manager, 944 Andre-Line,
Granby QC J2J 1 E2, 855-875-2144 ext. 1021.
2. Interface to existing Pump Control Panel for the following signals:
a. Pump No. 1 Run.
b. Pump No. 2 Run.
C. Pump No. 3 Run.
d. Pump Station Common Alarm.
3. Interface to Generator Control Panel for the following signals:
a. Generator Run.
b. Generator Fail.
C. Battery High Voltage.
d. Battery Low Voltage.
4. Interface to Automatic Transfer Panel for the following signals:
a. Normal Power.
b. Emergency Power.
E. Functional Description:
1. Monitor the above statuses and transmit them on cellular radio modem every fifteen seconds. w
2.04 Modifications to Existing Panels:
A. Existing Pump Control Panel.
a. Connect Ethernet Cable to Volucalc unit to extract Totalized Flow value.
b. Add contacts to existing relays or add relays to obtain the following signals:
i. Pump No. 1 Run.
ii. Pump No. 2 Run. _
iii. Pump No. 3 Run.
iv. Pump Station Common Alarm.
(REV2019) 16915-2 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install and wire in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and approved submittals.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Manufacturer's Field Services:
1. Supplier's or manufacturer's representative for equipment specified herein shall be present at
jobsite or classroom designated by OWNER for mandays indicated,travel time excluded,for
assistance during plant construction, plant startup, and training of OWNER'S personnel for
plant operation. Include minimum mandays indicated in Section 16900.
3.03 FIELD TESTING
A. Preparation:
1. Schedule field testing which affects plant operation through OWNER 48 hrs before testing.
2. Resolve interface discrepancies.
3. Maintenance:
a. Perform maintenance on equipment throughout course of Work.
b. Perform preventative maintenance in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
C. Keep maintenance records with equipment and make records available for examination
during Work.
4. Conduct field testing in conjunction with Section 01814.
5. Before start of testing:
a. Have O&M manuals for each item of equipment on-site during testing.
b. Have spare parts,expendables, and test equipment pertinent to equipment being tested
on-site during testing.
C. Check equipment against submittals.
d. Verify equipment is installed properly.
B. Testing:
1. Test in accordance with Contract Documents and manufacturer's recommendations.
2. Power up equipment to verify proper operation.
3. Loop-by-loop testing from field devices to control panel devices.
a. Calibrate device to correct range for analog signals.
b. Verify that discrete signals are being transmitted.
— 4. After installation of equipment test panels and field devices:
a. Verify signals between system components.
b. Test panel devices from field device and panel to panel to verify operation.
C. Use actual signals whenever possible using installed equipment. When not possible,
simulated signals are acceptable.
5. Correct deficiencies found during testing.
6. Use Schedules 1 and 2 to Section 16915 to document field testing, store documentation on
Site.
(REV2019) 16915-3 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
Discrete Testing Report Form, Schedule 1 to Section 16915:
Tag Description Data Panel Field Comments Date Time Initials
No. Type Field Device
Device
Analog Test Report Form, Schedule 2 to Section 16915:
Tag Description Data Read Values Display Comments Date Time Initials
No. Type 10%/50%/90%
*** END OF SECTION
(REV2019) 16915-4 Dry Run Creek Interceptor-60330823
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION
CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA
Department of Engineering
- SECTION A - Definitions of Terms
SECTION B -Scope of work
SECTION C -Control of Materials and Work
SECTION D - Procedure and Progress
SECTION E - Measurements and Payments
SECTION F - Legal Relations and Responsibility
SECTION A- DEFINITIONS OF TERMS
1. CITY. The City of Waterloo, Iowa, which is the Party of the F irst Part of the
accompanying contract, acting through its authorized representative.
2. COUNCIL. The duly elected Council of the City of Waterloo, Iowa.
3. ENGINEER. The City Engineer of Waterloo, Iowa, or his authorized representative.
4. INSPECTOR. The authorized representative of the Engineer, assigned to the detailed
inspection of the work or materials therefor and to such other duties as may be delegatE:d to him in these
specifications.
5. CONTRACTOR. The Party of the Second Part in the accompanying contract for the
improvement covered by these specifications, or his authorized representative.
6. SUBCONTRACTOR. Any person, firm, or corporation who has, with the approval of the
Council, contracted with the Contractor to execute and perform in his stead all or any pat of the contract.
7. BIDDER. Any individual, firm, or corporation submitting a proposal for all or a part of the
- work provided for in these specifications.
8. PROPOSAL GUARANTEE. The security designed in the Notice of Bijders or Proposal
to be furnished by the bidder as a guarantee of good faith to enter into a contract and furnish an
acceptable bond for the work contemplated if it be awarded him.
9. SURETY. The corporate body bound with and for the Contractor fDr the acceptable
- performance of the contract.
10. PROPOSAL. The written Proposal, submitted by the bidder in the prescribed manner
and on the standard form, for the improvements covered by these specifications.
11. SPECIFICATIONS. The documents that set forth the manner in which the proposed
work is to be accomplished which have been prepared by the Engineer and approved by the City Council,
- official copies of which are now on file with the City Clerk.
12. SPECIAL PROVISIONS. Clauses or memoranda not contained here n, applying to the
contract of which these specifications are a part, which change or supplement these specifications.
13. CONTRACT. The agreement entered into between the City and the :,ontractor, setting
forth the terms under which the work covered by the plans and specifications is to be performed. The
contract includes all conditions, definitions, and instructions set forth in the official publications relating to
- GENERAL SPECS CONTRACT NO. 877 GS-1 OF 13
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
the work, the official contract and specifications, the Proposal, official plans, and all supplemental
agreements entered into by the parties to the contract. -
14. NOTICE TO BIDDERS. The notice called attention of bidders to the time and place for
receiving bids, containing a brief description of the work, and briefly setting forth the requirements and
conditions for submission of Proposals.
15. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS. The clauses setting forth in detail the information
relative to the proposed work and requirements for the submission of Proposals.
16. PLANS. The plans for the improvement covered by the specifications and approved by
the Council, official copies of which are on file with the City Clerk.
17. CONTRACT BOND. The bond executed by the Contractor and his surety in favor of the
City of Waterloo, Iowa, guaranteeing the complete execution of the contract in accordance with the plans
and specifications, the payment of all debts pertaining to the work, and maintenance of the work as
provided by law or by the specifications.
18. CONTRACT PERIOD. The period from the specified date for beginning the work to the
specified date of completion, both dates inclusive. The contract period may be extended by the Council,
as provided in these specifications, in which event the contract period includes the new date of
completion.
19. OFFICIAL PUBLICATIONS. The official publications are the formal resolutions and
notices relative to the proposed improvement that are required by law to be published in a prescribed
manner and that have actually been published in accordance with the statutes relating thereto. Attention
is directed to the fact that these official publications are by statute vested with all of the force and effect of
contract obligations.
20. A.S.T.M. Abbreviation for American Society for Testing Materials. -
21. WORK. The term "Work" of the Contractor and Subcontractor includes labor or materials
or both, equipment, transportation, or other facilities necessary to complete the contract.
22. TIME. All time limits stated in the contract documents are of the essence in the contract.
SECTION B -SCOPE OF WORK
1. CORRELATION AND INTENT OF DOCUMENTS. The Contract documents are
complementary, and what is called for by any one shall be as binding as if called for by all. The intention
of the documents is to include all labor, materials, equipment, and transportation necessary for the proper
execution of the work. Materials or work described in words which, so applied, have a well-known
technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standard. —
2. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. Unless otherwise provided in the contract
documents, the engineer shall furnish to the Contractor, free of charge, all copies of drawings and
specifications reasonably necessary for the execution of the work.
The Contractor shall keep one (1) copy of all drawings and specifications on the work available to
the Engineer and to his representatives.
3. CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor
has, by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature, character and location of the work, the
conformance to the ground, the character, quality, and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the
character of the equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work,
GENERAL SPECS CONTRACT NO. 877 GS-2 OF 13
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
the general and local conditions, and all other matters which can, in any way, affect the work under this
contract. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the City, either
before or after the execution of the Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein
contained.
4. REPORTING ERRORS AND DISCREPANCIES. If the Contractor, in the course of the
work, finds any discrepancies between the plans and the physical conditions of the locality, or any errors
of omission in plans or in the layout as given by said stakes and instructions, it shall be his duty to inform
the Engineer immediately, in writing, and the Engineer shall promptly correct the same.
5. ALTERATION OR CORRECTION OF PLANS. The plans are made up from surveys
that are presumably correct and represent the foreseen construction requirements. Any modification of
the plans which may be required by the exigencies of the construction or any corrections made necessary
because of errors in the original surveys, will be made by the Engineer. Should corrections or
modifications of the plans or specifications require a different quality or class of work than that upon which
the unit prices in the Proposal are based, or if the modifications or corrections are required in parts of the
work partially completed and such modifications result in an increased cost to the Contractor, the amount
— to be paid for work resulting from such changes shall be agreed upon in writing at the time the changes
are ordered and before the work is begun by the Contractor. No allowance will be made for anticipated
profits on work not performed.
6. CHANGES IN THE WORK. The City, without invalidating the contract, may order extra
work or make changes by altering, adding to, or deducting from the work, the contract sum being adjusted
by agreement or arbitration before such changed work is undertaken. All such work shall be executed
under the conditions of the original contract, except that any claim for extension of time caused thereby
shall be adjusted at the time of ordering such change.
-- 7. INCREASED OR DECREASED QUANTITIES. The right is reserved without impairing
the contract, to order the performance of such work of a class not contemplated in the Proposal or to
increase or decrease the quantities as may be considered necessary to complete fully and satisfactorily
the work included in the contract. However, when the work is completed without change in the plans, and
the measured quantity of any item of work varies by more than twenty percent (20%) from the estimated
quantity specified in the contract, an adjustment in price may be made for such item of work by
agreement between the Engineer and the Contractor, subject to the approval of the City Council. Either
— party to the contract may request such an adjustment.
8. LANDS AND RIGHT OF WAY. The City shall provide the lands upon which the work
under this contract is to be done, except that the Contractor shall provide land required for the erection of
temporary construction facilities and storage of his material, together with the right of access to same.
9. CITY WATER. The Contractor shall be allowed to use City Water but before any water is
used, he shall make application to the Waterloo Water Works for a temporary water connection from a fire
hydrant or by some other connection method. Water usage will be charged at the rate for temporary
water service. The rules, regulations, and water rates are available at the Waterloo Water Works offices
at 325 Sycamore Street or their telephone number is 319-232-6280.
10. RIGHTS OF VARIOUS INTERESTS. Whenever work being done by the City's forces or
by other Contractors is contiguous to work covered by this contract, the respective rights of the various
_. interests involved shall be established by the Engineer to secure the completion of the various portions of
the work in general harmony.
11. CLOSING STREETS TO TRAFFIC. The Engineer shall be the judge of how many
streets or parts of streets it is necessary for the Contractor to close at any time and may refuse to permit
the closing of additional streets until such of the work is finished and opened to traffic as he may direct.
-- GENERAL SPECS CONTRACT NO. 877 GS-3 OF 13
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
12. OBSTRUCTION OF STREETS. The work is to be carried on in such manner as to
obstruct the streets, highways, and alleys as little as possible. The Contractor shall carry on the different —
parts of the work so as to complete the whole, as nearly as practicable, at the same time. In doing the
work, the Contractor shall follow the directions of the Engineer as to the place or places where work shall
be started or be carried on and the direction in which it shall be done. —
13. SHANTIES AND BUILDINGS. Shanties or other buildings shall not be erected in or
upon any street, highway, or alley without permission of the Engineer. If such permission be granted, it
may be upon any reasonable terms prescribed by the person or body granting such permission. —
14. SANITARY CONVENIENCES. The Contractor shall furnish the necessary sanitary
conveniences, properly secluded, for the laborers on the work, and these shall be maintained in a manner
that will be inoffensive to the public.
15. CLEANING UP. The Contractor shall, as directed by the Engineer, remove from the
City's property and from all public and private property, at his own expense, all temporary structures, '-
rubbish, and waste materials resulting from his operations before work can be considered completed.
The Contractor shall also renew or replace any and all fences, sidewalks, or other property damaged or
disturbed by his work.
16. OMISSION OF PARTS OF GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS. Parts of the General
Specifications deemed not to apply to some particular work may be omitted by special reference in other
parts of the contract documents. --
SECTION C -CONTROL OF MATERIALS AND WORK
1. SUPERVISION AND INSPECTION. The Engineer shall have supervision of the
construction provided for in this Contract and shall decide any and all questions which may arise as to the
quality and acceptability of materials furnished, work performed, manner of performance, rate of progress on the work, and all questions regarding the acceptable fulfillment of the terms of the Contract. Materials
and construction work shall, at all times, be subject to the inspection of the Engineer or his
representatives. The Contractor shall be held strictly to the true intent of these specifications as regards
the quality of materials, workmanship, and the diligent prosecution of the work. —
The Engineer and his representatives shall, at all times, have access to the work wherever it is in
preparation of progress, and the Contractor shall provide proper facilities for such access and for —
inspection.
If the specifications, the Engineer's instructions, law ordinances, or any public authority require _
any work and/or materials to be especially tested or approved, the Contractor shall give the Engineer
timely notice of readiness for inspection. If the inspection is to be made by authority other than the
Engineer, the Contractor shall notify the engineer of the date fixed for inspection. Inspections by the
Engineer will be promptly made and, where practicable, at the source of supply. If any work should be —
covered up without the approval or consent of the Engineer, it must, if required by the Engineer, be
uncovered for examination at the Contractor's expense.
Re-examination of questioned work may be ordered by the Engineer, and, if so ordered, the work
must be uncovered by the Contractor. If such work be found in accordance with the Contract, the City
shall pay the cost of re-examination and replacement. If such work be found not in accordance with the
Contract, the Contractor shall pay such cost unless he shall show that the defect in the work was caused
by another Contractor, and, in that event, the City shall pay the cost.
2. AUTHORITIES AND DUTIES OF INSPECTORS. Inspectors may be stationed on the _
work to report to the Engineer as to the progress of the work and the manner in which it is being
performed; also, to report whenever it appears that materials furnished and work performed by the
GENERAL SPECS CONTRACT NO. 877 GS-4 OF 13
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
Contractor fail to fulfill the requirements of the specifications and Contract, and to direct the attention of
the Contractor to such failure or infringement; but such inspection shall not relieve the Contractor from
any obligations to furnish acceptable materials or to provide completed construction that is satisfactory in
every particular.
In case of any dispute arising between the Inspector and the Contractor as to materials furnished
— or the manner of performing the work, the Inspector shall have the authority to reject materials or suspend
the work until the question at issue can be referred to and decided by the Engineer. Inspectors are not
authorized to revoke, alter, enlarge, relax, or release any requirements of these specifications. The
— Inspector shall, in no case, act as foreman or perform other duties for the Contractor, or interfere with the
management of the work by the latter.
3. STATUS OF THE ENGINEER. The Engineer shall have general supervision and
-- direction of the work. He has authority to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be necessary to
insure the proper execution of the Contract. He shall also have authority to reject any work and/or
materials which do not conform to the specifications, to direct the application of forces to any portion of
_ the work as, in his judgment, is required, and to order the force increased or diminished, and to decide
questions which arise in the execution of the work.
4. ENGINEER'S DECISIONS. The Engineer shall, within a reasonable time, make
-- decisions on all claims of the Contractor and on all other matters relating to the execution and progress of
the work or the interpretation of the contract documents.
All such decisions of the Engineer shall be final except as to the element of time and financial
consideration involved, which, if no agreement in regard thereto is reached, shall be subject to arbitration.
5. STAKES AND INSTRUCTIONS. The Contractor shall provide reasonable and
necessary opportunities and facilities for setting stakes and making measurements. The Contractor shall
not furnish stakes or men to set them. He shall not proceed until he has received from the Engineer such
stakes and instructions as may be necessary to the progress of the work.
The Contractor shall carefully preserve bench marks, reference points, and stakes, and in case of
willful or careless destruction, he shall be charged with the resulting extra expense and shall be
responsible for any mistakes that may be caused, by their loss or disturbance.
— 6. SUPERINTENDENCE. The Contractor shall keep on his work during its progress a
competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to the Engineer. The
Superintendent shall not be changed except with the consent of the Engineer, unless the Superintendent
proves to be unsatisfactory to the Contractor and ceases to be in his employ. The Superintendent shall
represent the Contractor in his absence, and all directions given to him shall be as binding as if given to
the Contractor. Important decisions shall be confirmed in writing to the Contractor. Other directions shall
be so confirmed on written request in each case.
The Contractor shall give efficient supervision to the work using his best skill and attention. He
shall carefully study and compare all drawings, specifications, and other instructions, and shall report at
"! once to the Engineer any error, inconsistency, or omission which he may discover.
7. REMOVAL OF UNAUTHORIZED WORK. Work done without lines and grade being
give, work done beyond lines shown on the plans or as given, except as herein provided, or any extra or
additional work done without authority, will be considered as unauthorized and at the expense of the
Contractor and will not be paid for under the provisions of the Contract. Work so done may be ordered
removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
8. REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE MATERIALS OR WORK. The Contractor shall promptly
remove from the premises all materials condemned by the engineer as failing to conform to the Contract;
whether incorporated in the work or not, and the Contractor shall promptly replace and re-execute his
-- GENERAL SPECS CONTRACT NO.877 GS-5 OF 13
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
own work in accordance with the contract and without expense to the City, and shall bear the expense of
making good all work of other Contractors destroyed or damaged by such removal or replacement. —"
If the Contractor does not remove such condemned work and materials within a reasonable time,
fixed by written notice, the City may remove them and may store the material at the expense of the
Contractor. If the Contractor does not pay the expense of such removal within a reasonable time
thereafter, the City may, upon ten (10) days'written notice, sell such materials at auction or at private sale
and shall account for the net proceeds thereof, after deducting all the costs and expense that should have
been borne by the Contractor; or, if the net proceeds of such sale are insufficient to pay the expenses of —
removal, the City may deduct the balance from any amounts due the Contractor.
9. MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, APPLIANCES AND FACILITIES. Unless otherwise
stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, labor, water, tools, equipment, light,
power, transportation, and other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work.
Materials shall be of the quality specified for each particular part of the work.
Whenever, in construction of the work or in the manufacture of any article of appliance necessary
for the construction or operation of the work, it is necessary to use any material that is not fully specified
in these specifications, it shall be of good quality and shall meet with the approval of the Engineer.
Any appliance that is necessary for the construction or operation of the work and is commonly
recognized as a part of the work, shall be furnished by the Contractor as part of the work, whether or not
it is specifically called for in the plans and specifications, and such appliance shall be of good quality and
standard make and shall meet with the approval of the Engineer.
10. MATERIAL SAMPLES. Before the contract is awarded, the bidder may be required to
furnish a statement of the origin, composition, and manufacture of any and all materials proposed for use
in the performance of the Contract, together with samples of the material. These samples will be
considered as representative and typical of the material to be obtained from any particular source.
11. CHARACTER OF WORKMEN AND EQUIPMENT. The Contractor shall employ
competent and efficient workmen for every kind of work. Any person employed on the work who shall
refuse or neglect to obey the directions of the engineer or Inspector, or who shall be deemed incompetent
or disorderly, or who shall commit trespass upon public or private property in the vicinity of the work, shall
be dismissed when the Engineer so orders, and shall not be re-employed unless express permission be
given by the Engineer. The Contractor shall, at all times, enforce discipline and good order among his
employees. —
The methods, equipment, and appliances used on the work, and the labor employed, shall be
such as will produce a satisfactory quality of work and shall be adequate to complete the contract within
the specified time limit. —
12. HIRING CITY EMPLOYEES. The Contractor shall not employ and hire any of the City's
employees without the permission of the Engineer. —
13. LABOR. Local labor shall be given preferences so far as practicable.
14. THE CITY'S RIGHT TO DO WORK. If the Contractor should neglect to prosecute the
work properly or fail to perform any provision of this Contract, the City of Waterloo, after three (3) days'
written notice to the Contractor may, without prejudice to any other remedy he may have, make good
such deficiencies and may deduct the cost thereof from the payment then or thereafter due the —
Contractor, provided, however, that the Engineer shall approve both such action and the amount charged
to the Contractor.
SECTION D - PROCEDURE AND PROGRESS —
GENERAL SPECS CONTRACT NO. 877 GS-6 OF 13
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
1. ORDER OF COMPLETION - USE OF COMPLETED PORTIONS. The Contractor shall
complete any portion or portions of the work in such order or time as the Engineer may require. The City
shall have the right to take possession of an use completed or partially completed portion of the work at
any time, but such taking possession and use shall not be deemed an acceptance of work so taken or
used, or any part thereof. If such prior use increases the cost of or delays the work, the Contractor shall
be entitled to such extra compensation or extension of time, or both, as the Engineer may determine.
2. WEATHER. During stormy or inclement weather, all work shall be suspended, except
such as can be done in an acceptable manner. Permission to work during freezing, stormy, or inclement
weather shall in no way be construed as a release of the Contractor's responsibility regarding the quality
of the finished work at such time.
3. SUNDAYS AND LEGAL HOLIDAYS. Except for such work as may be required to
properly maintain or protect completed or partially completed construction or to maintain lights and
barricades, no work will be permitted on Sundays or legal holidays without specific permission of the
Engineer.
- 4. DELAYS AND EXTENSION OF TIME. If the Contractor be delayed in the completion of
the work by an act of neglect of the City, or its employees; or by any other Contractor employed by the
City; or by changes ordered in the work; or by strikes, lockouts, fire, unusual delays in transportation,
unavoidable casualties, or any cause beyond the Contractor's control; or by delay authorized by the
Engineer pending arbitration; or by any cause which the Engineer shall decide justifies the delay, then the
time of completion shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Engineer may decide will
compensate for such delay.
No such extension shall be made for delay occurring more than thirty (30) days before claim
therefor is made in writing to the Engineer. In the case of a continuing cause of delay, only one claim is
necessary.
This article does not exclude the recovery of damages for delay by either party under provisions
in the contract documents.
5. TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF WORK. The Engineer shall have autnority to suspend
the work, wholly or in part, for such period or periods of time as he may deem necessary, due to
unsuitable weather or such other conditions as are considered unfavorable for the suitable prosecution of
the work, or for such time as is necessary due to the failure to the Contractor to carry oat orders given or
to perform any or all provisions of the Contract.
-` 6. NOTICES - HOW SERVED. Any notice to be given by the City to the Contractor under
this contract shall be deemed to be served if the same be delivered to the man in charge of any office
used by the Contractor or his foreman or agent at or near the work, or deposited in the post office,
postpaid, addressed to the Contractor at his last known place of business.
7. PROGRESS OF WORK. The progress of the work shall be such that, at the expiration of
one-fourth (1/4) of the contract period, one-eighth (1/8) of the work shall be completed; at the expiration of
one-half (1/2) of the contract period, three-eighths (3/8) of the work shall be completed, at the expiration
of three-fourths (3/4) of the contract period, the work shall be three-fourths (3/4) completed, and the
whole work shall be completed at the expiration of the contract period.
If, at any time the above schedule is not being maintained, the Council may give written notice to
the Contractor and his sureties that the specifications are not being complied with. Such notice shall
state what action on the part of the Contractor is required to bring the work within the requirements of the
specifications. If the Contractor fails, within ten (10) days, to proceed as directed in the said notice, then
the Council shall have authority to annul this contract without process or action at law and take over the
prosecution and completion of the work, as provided under the article covering City's right to terminate
contract.
GENERAL SPECS CONTRACT NO.877 GS-7 OF 13
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
8. CITY'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE CONTRACT. If the Contractor should be adjudged a _
bankrupt; or if he should make a general assignment for the benefit of this creditor; or if a Receiver should
be appointed on account of his insolvency; or if he should persistently or repeatedly refuse or should fail,
except in cases for which extension of time is provided, to supply enough skilled workmen or proper
materials; or if he should fail to make prompt payment to Subcontractors or for materials or labor; or if he
should persistently disregard laws, ordinances, or the instructions of the Engineer; or if he should
otherwise be guilty of a substantial violation of any provision of the contract, then the City, upon the
certificate of the Engineer that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may, without prejudice to any
other rights or remedy, and after giving the Contractor seven (7) days' written notice, terminate the
employment of the Contractor and take possession of the premises and of all materials, tools and
appliances thereon and finish the work by whatever method he may deem expedient. In such cases, the
Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the work is finished.
If the unpaid balance of the contract price shall exceed the expenses of finishing the work,
including compensation for additional managerial and administration services, such excess shall be paid —
to the Contractor. If such expense shall exceed such unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the
difference to the City. The expense incurred by the City as herein provided and the damage incurred
through the Contractor's default shall be certified by the Engineer. —
9. REMOVAL OF EQUIPMENT. In the case of annulment of this contract before
completion, from any cause whatsoever, the Contractor, if notified to do so by the City; shall promptly
remove any part or all of his equipment and supplies from the property of the City, failing which, the City '-
shall have the right to remove such equipment and supplies at the expense of the Contractor.
SECTION E - MEASUREMENTS AND PAYMENT
1. STANDARD OF MEASUREMENT. All work completed under the contract shall be
measured by the Engineer according to the United States standard measures.
2. SCOPE OF PAYMENTS. The Engineer's measurements of quantities shall be the basis
for final payment for the work performed under this Contract. After the work is completed, the Engineer
will make measurements and computations of the number of units of each of the various items of work
completed, and the Contractor will be paid for the actual amount of work performed at the rates specified —
in his Proposal. Before final settlement is made, the Council may require the Contractor to submit a list of
all persons furnishing labor or materials, with evidence that such persons have been paid in full. Payment
shall be made in the manner set forth in official publications and Council Proceedings relative thereto. --
3. PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK. Such extra work as may have been ordered by the
Engineer and performed by the Contractor shall be compensated for as provided herein. If work is to be _
done or materials are to be furnished by the Contractor which cannot properly be classified under unit
prices included in the Proposal, the Contractor shall be paid therefor the actual reasonable cost of the
labor and materials entering permanently in such work, plus fifteen percent (15%) of the cost thereof. In
computing the labor cost on such extra work, the following items shall be included: —
(a) Actual payroll expenditures for labor at the current rate therefor, and cost of materials.
(b) Pay of foreman and timekeepers for actual time required on the extra work.
(c) Liability insurance, prorated, for the extra work.
Labor cost items on extra work shall be furnished in duplicate by the Contractor to the Inspector
daily. The Inspector shall check the items, and if he finds them to be correct, he shall so certify on the
statement of cost, returning one copy to the Contractor and filing one copy with the Engineer.
GENERAL SPECS CONTRACT NO.877 GS-8 OF 13
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
The Engineer shall determine the cost of materials entering into extra work from the materials and
receipted freight bills for the same.
For any special machine, power tools, or equipment, including fuel and lubricants, but not
including small hand tools, which may be deemed necessary or desirable to use, the Contractor shall be
allowed a reasonable rental thereon, to be agreed upon in writing by the Engineer before such work is
begun, and to which sum no percentage is to be added.
The item of cost shall not include repairs or replacement of equipment or overhead expenses of
any character. The fifteen percent (15%) allowed is considered to cover the use of hand tools and all
overhead expenses except liability insurance.
In no case will a claim for extra compensation be allowed unless the work upon which the claim is
based has been ordered in writing, except as provided hereinafter.
4. CLAIMS FOR EXTRA COST. If the Contractor claims that any instructions, by drawings
or otherwise, involved extra cost under this contract, he shall give the Engineer written notice thereof
within ten (10) days after completion of the work.
No such claim shall be valid unless so made.
` 5. CLAIMS FOR EXTRA COMPENSATION. If the Contractor deems that extra
compensation is due him for work and/or materials that he considered is not clearly covered in the items
for which he submitted unit prices in his bid and that were not ordered in writing by the Engineer as an
extra s heretofore provided, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, in writing, of his intention to make
claim for extra compensation for work and/or material before starting construction. If such written
notification is not given or the Engineer is not afforded proper facilities by the Contractor for keeping strict
-- account of actual cost as defined herein, then the Contractor hereby agrees to waive the claim for extra
compensation. Such notice to the engineer and the fact that the Engineer has kept account of cost as
aforesaid, shall not in any way be construed as proving the validity of the claim, which must be passed
a upon by the Council. In the event that the Council finds the claim to be just, it shall be allowed and paid
for as extra work as provided herein.
6. COMPLETION REPORT AND OBJECTIONS THERETO. Within ten (10) days after the
full completion of the work to be done under this contract, the Engineer shall make a written statement of
all the work done by the Contractor hereunder, stating the quantity of each item as found by him and
including a statement of all credits for extra work and all credits or debits for changes, alterations,
_ omissions, and defects, and shall forthwith deliver a copy of such statement to the Contractor. The
Contractor shall compare such statement with his own records and shall then, in writing, either approve
such statement or point out any claimed errors or omissions. If any of such claims are found correct, the
Engineer shall, within ten (10) days, prepare a new statement, a copy of which shall in like manner be
delivered unto the Contractor. The Engineer will not file a formal completion report with the City until the
Contractor has approved the same.
If the figures of the Engineer and the Contractor cannot be reconciled, or there is a difference of
opinion regarding some item or items, then such difference of opinion shall be submitted to arbitration as
hereinafter provided, and the decision of the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final, and the Engineer shall,
within a period of five (5) days, file his completion report.
Before action by the City Council upon such completion report, the Contractor shall also file a
written statement of any claims he may have against the City, other than those shown by such completion
report, growing out of this contract or the work done hereunder. The City shall retain ten percent (10%) of
the amount due the Contractor on the completion report for a period of thirty (30) days. If no claims are
filed against the Contractor within thirty (30) days, the final ten percent (10%) shall then be paid to the
Contractor.
GENERAL SPECS CONTRACT NO.877 GS-9 OF 13
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
7. WAIVER. By the execution of this contract ,the Contractor agrees that any objections he
may have to the statement of the amount of work done hereunder included by the Engineer in this
completion report, and any claims of the Contractor against the City growing out of this contract and the
work done hereunder which are not stated in writing in the manner and within the time provided in
Article 6, Section E hereof, shall be waived, and no such claim shall thereafter be asserted against the
City.
SECTION F -LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES
1. LAWS RELATING TO WORK. The Contractor is presumed to be familiar with all laws,
ordinances, and regulations which may, in any manner, affect those engaged or employed upon the work
or the materials or equipment used in or upon the work, and shall conduct the work so as not to conflict
with such laws, ordinances, and regulations.
2. PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY. The Contractor for any part of the
improvement shall be held responsible for the care of materials and of partially completed and completed
work until final acceptance of the same by the Council. He will be required to make good at his own
expense any damage which the work may sustain from any cause prior to the filing of the engineer's
certificate of completion. He shall take all risk from floods and casualties of every description and make
no charge for delay due to such cause. He may, however, be allowed a reasonable extension of time on
account of such delays. He shall correct or make good at his own expense all damages to adjacent
property due to the acts or negligence of his employees of the prosecution of his work, and save the City
harmless therefor.
The Contractor shall be held liable and responsible for all damages done to water, sewer, drain,
or other underground pipes and structures, and to sidewalks and private property.
3. RESPONSIBILITY FOR ACCIDENTS. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for
all damages sustained by persons or property due to the carrying on of his work until final acceptance
thereof, or until released by the Engineer in writing.
4. LIABILITY INSURANCE. The Contractor shall carry liability insurance which shall save
the City harmless and protect the public and any person from injury sustained by the reason of the
prosecution of the work or the handling or storing of materials therefor, and said Contractor shall also
carry liability insurance which shall meet the requirements of the Iowa Worker's Compensation Law.
Before work shall be started on this contract, the Contractor shall furnish the City Clerk with
proper affidavit or Affidavits executed by representatives of duly qualified insurance companies,
evidencing that said insurance company or companies have issued liability insurance policies, effective
during the life of the contract, or for a period of a least ten (10) days following the filing of written notice of _
cancellation, protecting the public and any person from injuries or damages sustained by reason of
carrying on the work involved in the Contract. The affidavit shall specifically evidence the following forms
of insurance protection:
(a) Public liability insurance covering all operations performed by persons directly employed
by the Contractor.
(b) Public liability insurance covering all operations performed by any Subcontractor to whom
a portion of the work may have been assigned.
(c) Public liability insurance covering all work upon the project performed by any --
independent Contractor working under the direction of either the principal Contractor or a
Subcontractor.
GENERAL SPECS CONTRACT NO. 877 GS-10 OF 13
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
13. PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS. In carrying out any of the provisions of
the Contract or in exercising any power or authority granted him thereby, there shall be no liability upon
— the Engineer or his authorized assistants, either personally or as an official of the City, it being
understood that in such matters he acts as the agent and representative of the City.
14. JURISDICTION. Any action in Court against the Contractor or sureties on his bond
because of damages to property or individuals by said Contractor or his workmen, or because of the
violation of any provisions of the specifications, or on account of the failure of said Contractor to comply
fully with these provisions, shall be brought in the District Court of the State of Iowa in and for Black Hawk
— County.
15. TERMINATION OF RESPONSIBILITY. The Contract shall be considered as completed
and the Contractor released from further obligations except as to the requirements of his bond, after the
work has been completed and finally accepted and final estimates have been allowed and the completion
report of the engineer has been filed and approved by the Council.
16. CITY'S LEGAL RIGHTS. The City shall not be precluded by any measurements,
estimate, or certificate made, either before or after the completion and acceptance of the work and
payment therefor, from showing the true amount and character of the work performed and materials
furnished by the Contractor, or from showing that any such measurement, estimate, or certificate is untrue
or incorrectly made, or the work or materials do not, in fact, conform to the Contract.
The City shall not be precluded, notwithstanding any such measurements, estimate, or certificate
and payment in accordance therewith, from recovering from the Contractor and his surety such damages
as it may sustain by reason of his failure to comply with the terms of the Contract. Neither the acceptance
by the City or any of its representatives, nor any payment for or acceptance of the whole or any part of
the work, nor any extension of time, nor any possession taken by the City, shall operate as a waiver on
-- any portion of the contract or of any power herein reserved, or any right to damages herein provided. A
waiver of any breach of the contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.
GENERAL SPECS CONTRACT NO.877 GS-13 OF 13
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION
1. SUBCONTRACTS
The contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts relative to the
-' work to require compliance by each subcontractor with the applicable provisions of the contract
for the improvements embraced in this contract.
2. REVIEW BY THE CITY OF WATERLOO
The City of Waterloo, its authorized representatives and agents, shall at all times have access to
and be permitted to observe and review all work, materials, equipment, payrolls, personnel
-- records, employment conditions, material invoices, and other relevant data and records pertaining
to this contract, provided, however, that all instructions and approval with respect to the work will
be given to the contractor only by the City of Waterloo through its authorized representative or
agents.
3. INSPECTION
a. The contractor shall furnish promptly all materials reasonably necessary for any tests,
which may be required. All tests by the City of Waterloo will be performed in such
manner as not to delay the work unnecessarily and will be made in accordance with the
provisions of the Technical Specifications.
b. Inspection of materials and appurtenances to be incorporated in the improvements
embraced in this contract may be made at the place of production, manufacture or
shipment, whenever the quantity justifies it, and such inspection and acceptance, unless
otherwise stated in the Technical Specifications, shall be final, except as regards (1)
latent defects, (2) departures from specific requirements of the contract, (3) damage or
loss in transit, or (4) fraud or such gross mistakes as amount to fraud. Subject to the
requirements contained in the preceding sentence, the inspection of materials as a whole
or in part will be made at the project site.
-- 4. WARRANTY OF TITLE
No material, supplies, or equipment to be installed or furnished under this contract shall be
.r purchased subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale, lease-purchase or other
agreement by which an interest therein or in any part thereof is retained by the seller or supplier.
The contractor shall warrant good title to all materials, supplies, and equipment installed or
incorporated in the work and upon completion of all work, shall deliver the same together with all
improvements and appurtenances constructed or placed thereon by him to the City of Waterloo
free from any claims, liens, or charges. Neither the contractor nor any person, firm, or corporation
furnishing any material or labor for any work covered by this contract shall have any right to a lien
upon any improvement or appurtenance thereon. Nothing contained in this paragraph, however,
shall defeat or impair the right of persons furnishing materials or labor to recover under any bond
given by the contractor for their protection or any rights under any law permitting such persons to
look to funds due the contractor in the hands of the City of Waterloo. The provisions of this
paragraph shall be inserted in all subcontracts and material contracts and notice of its provisions
shall be given to all persons furnishing materials for the work when no formal contract is entered
into for such materials.
SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS CONTRACT NO.877 SGS-1 OF 1
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
FORM OF CONTRACT
CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF
DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA
CONTRACT NO.877
This contract made and entered into this day of , 20_, by and between the City of
Waterloo, Iowa, a Municipal Corporation, (hereinafter referred to as City), and
of (hereinafter referred to as Contractor),
WITNESSETH:
PAR. 1 Contractor agrees to build and construct the DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR, Contract
No. 877, and furnish all necessary tools, equipment, materials,and labor -)ecessary to do all
the work called for in the plans and specifications in a workmanshiplike manner and for the
prices set forth in Contractor's proposal, which was accepted by the City, and which is
understood and agreed to be a part of this contract.
PAR. 2 It is understood and agreed that the resolution adopted by the City Council ordering the
construction of the improvement, the Notice to Contractors as published the Instruction to
Bidders, the Form of Proposal, the Construction and Maintenance Bonds, the Council
Proceedings relating to this matter, and the Plans and Specifications shall all be considered
as forming a part of the contract the same as though they were each set out in said contract.
PAR. 3 The Contractor agrees to furnish at its own cost and expense, all necessary materials and
labor for said work and to construct said improvements in a thorough, substantial, and
workmanlike manner, and in strict accordance with the requirements of this contract, and of
the plans and specifications made a part hereof by reference, and to the satisfaction and
approval of the City and its engineer.
PAR. 4 The Contractor agrees to perform said work and install said improvemen-s on the terms set
out in bid or proposal to the City which has been accepted by the City and which is by
reference made a part of this contract.
PAR. 5 The Contractor agrees to commence said work within ten (10) working days after receipt of
"Notice to Proceed" and complete it on or before November 30, 2020, unless an extension
of time is granted in writing by the Council of the City.
PAR. 6 Should the Contractor fail to complete said improvements in strict accordance with the terms
and conditions of this contract, or the plans and specifications therefor promptly by the date
herein specified, the City may pay such additional sums as it may be required to pay by
reason of the failure of said contractor and deduct any and all such sums from any amount
then due the Contractor.
PAR. 7 The Contractor agrees to comply with and obey all ordinances of the City of Waterloo, Iowa,
relating to the obstruction of streets and alleys, keeping open passage wa�s for water, traffic,
and protecting any excavations in any street or alley, and maintaining proper and sufficient
FORM OF CONTRACT NO. 877 C-1 OF 4
AECOM#60330823 (2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
barricades with lights and signals during all hours of darkness, to see that the backfilling is
properly done, and agrees to keep the City whole and defend any and all suits that may be
brought against the City by reason of any injuries that may be sustained by any person or
property allegedly caused by the Contractor, or his agents, while work is done pursuant to
this agreement.
PAR. 8 The Contractor agrees that in the event a law suit is brought against the City for damages
allegedly sustained by reason of any act, omission or negligence of the Contractor or its
agents, or on account of any injuries allegedly sustained by reason of any obstruction, hole, '-
depression or barrier placed or dug by the defendant or its agents, in the doing of the work
herein contracted for, that it will defend said suit and save the City harmless therein, and in
case judgment is rendered against the City, the Contractor agrees to pay the same
promptly. The Contractor agrees to carry public liability insurance in a solvent company in a
sufficient amount to protect the City and those who use the streets of the City.
PAR. 9 The City shall have the right to appoint one or more construction reviewers who shall review
the progress of the work in detail; also, to make any test or any material to be used in such
work. No material shall be used in any work until the same has first been approved by the
construction reviewer. Such construction reviewer shall have full authority to pass judgment _
upon all materials and upon the manner of doing the work, and their judgment on rejecting
any materials, substance, or manner of work shall be final unless it is revoked or modified by
the City Engineer.
PAR. 10 Any material, which has been rejected by the construction reviewer, shall be at once
removed from the line of work and shall not be again taken thereon or placed with the
material proposed to be used without the written consent of the City Engineer. ,
PAR. 11 The Contractor shall maintain no cause of action against the City on account of delays and
prosecution of work, but if said work is delayed by the City, the Contractor shall have such
extra time for completion of the job as was lost by reason of the delay caused by the City.
PAR. 12 The Contractor agrees to pay punctually all just claims of labor, material, men, or
subcontractors who shall perform labor or furnish materials entering into this improvement.
It is agreed that the City need not pay the Contractor until all such claims are paid by the
Contractor. It is agreed that the City shall not be liable for said labor, material, or men under
this contract.
PAR. 13 The Contractor agrees to furnish the City, simultaneously with this contract, a bond on a
form to be provided by the City in the amount provided by law as stated in the Notice to
Bidders, which shall be for the benefit of the City, and any and all persons injured by the —
breach of any of the terms of this contract. Said bond shall be filed with the City Clerk and
shall be subject to the approval of the City Council, and is by reference made a part of this
contract.
PAR. 14 The Contractor agrees that should it abandon work under this contract or cease the
prosecution thereof for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days without reasonable cause,
and should it fail to proceed with said work within ten (10) days after a notice to continue or
carry it on has been mailed to it at the address given herein by the City, or after such notice
has been served on it, then the City may proceed to complete said work, using any material,
tools, or machinery found along said line of work, doing the work either by contract or as it
may elect, and the Contractor and the sureties on its bond shall be liable to the City for the
costs and expenses so paid out. Said costs shall be retained by the City from any
compensation due, or to become due the Contractor, and may be recovered by the City in
an action upon Contractor's bond. _
FORM OF CONTRACT NO.877 C-2 OF 4
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
PAR. 15 In consideration of the full compliance on the part of the Contractor with all the provisions,
stipulations, and conditions hereof, or contained in the various instruments made a part of
this contract by reference, and upon completion and acceptance of said work, the City
agrees to pay to the Contractor, in the manner set out in the Notice to Contractors, the
amount of money due the Contractor for work performed and accepted, at the unit prices set
out in the Contractor's proposal, which has been accepted by the City.
PAR. 16 The total amount of the contract, based on the Engineer's estimates of quantities and the
Contractor's unit bid prices, and for which 100% surety bond is required is
PAR. 17 After the completion of said work, the Contractor agrees to remove all debris and cleanup
said streets, and to save the City harmless from any damage allegedly resulting from a
-- failure to clean up and remove the debris or put the street back in a proper condition for
travel.
PAR. 18 This contract is not divisible, but in the event of a conflict between this contract and the
various instruments incorporated by reference, this contract shall govern.
PAR. 19 Before the Contractor shall be entitled to receive final payment for work done under this
-- contract, it shall execute and file a bond in the penal sum of not less than 100% of the total
amount of the contract, same to be known as"Maintenance Bond,"and which bond must be
approved by the City Council, and which bond is in addition to the bond given by the
_ Contractor to guarantee the completion of the work.
PAR. 20 The Contractor shall maintain all work done hereunder in good order for the period of two (2)
years from and after the date it is accepted by the Council of the City of Waterloo, Iowa.
-- Said maintenance shall be made without expense to the City or the abutting property. In the
event of the failure or default of the Contractor to remedy any or all defects appearing in said
work within a period of two (2) years from the date of its acceptance by said Council, and
after having been given ten (10) days' notice so to do by registered letter deposited in the
United States Post Office in said town, addressed to said contractor at the address herein
given, then the City may proceed to remedy such defects. The costs and expenses thereof
to be recovered from the Contractor and the sureties on its maintenance bond by an action
brought in any court of competent jurisdiction.
FORM OF CONTRACT NO.877 C-3 OF 4
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
1
PAR. 21 The Contractor shall give notice to said City by registered letter directed to the Mayor or City
Clerk/Auditor thereof not more than four (4) and not less than three (3) months prior to the '
expiration of the term during which the Contractor is required to maintain said improvements,
in good repair by the terms of its Contract. The liability of the Contractor and of the sureties
on its bond for maintenance of the said improvements shall continue until three (3) months
after such notice has been given to the City, and, in any event, until two (2) years after the
acceptance of the work.
CITY OF WATERLOO, IOWA '
Mayor
City Clerk
Contractor
BY:
Title: ,
Approved by the City Council of the City of Waterloo, Iowa, this day of 20_.
ATTEST: , City Clerk _
Waterloo, Iowa
FORM OF CONTRACT NO. 877 C-4 OF 4
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
PERFORMANCE BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
That we, of
(the"Principal"), and of
(the"Surety"), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Waterloo, Iowa (the
"Obligee"), in the penal sum of Dollars
($ ), lawful money of the United States, for the payment of said sum in
connection with a contract(the"Contract")dated on or about for the
purpose of
The Contract is incorporated herein by reference as though fully set forth herein.
Whenever the Principal shall be and is declared by the Obligee to be in default under the Contract, with the
Obligee having performed its obligations in the Contract, then the Surety, acknowledging that time is of the
essence, may promptly remedy the default, or shall promptly undertake to:
1. Complete the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions; or
2. Obtain one or more bids for completing the Contract in accordance with its terms and
conditions, and upon determination by the Surety of the lowest responsible bidder, or
negotiated proposal, or, if the Obligee elects, upon determination by the Obligee and the
Surety jointly of the lowest responsible bidder, or negotiated proposal, arrange for a contract
between such party and the Obligee. The Surety will make available as work progresses
sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less the balance of the Contract price. The
cost of completion includes responsibilities of the Principal for correction of defective work
and completion of the Contract, the Obligee's legal and design professional costs resulting
directly from the Principal's default, and liquidated damages or actual damages if no
liquidated damages are specified in the Contract. The term "balance of the Contract price"
means the total amount payable by the Obligee to the Principal under the Contract and any
amendments thereto, less the amount properly paid by the Obligee to the Principal; or
3. Determine the amount for which it is liable to the Obligee and pay the Obligee that amount
as soon as practicable..
In the event this bond is enforced, Principal and Surety agree to indemnify Obligee and hold Obligee
harmless from and against any and all costs of enforcement, including but not limited to reasonable attorneys'
fees and expenses.
Every Surety on this bond shall be deemed and held, any contract to the contrary notwithstanding, to consent
to each and all of the following matters, without notice:
1. To any extension of time to the Contract in which to perform the Contract.
2. To any change in the plans, specifications, or Contract when such change does not involve
an increase of more than twenty percent (20%) of the total Contract price and shall then be
released only as to such excess increase.
3. That no provision of this bond or of any other contract shall be valid which limits to less than
one (1) year from the time of the acceptance of the work the right to see on this bond for
defect in workmanship or material not discovered or known to the Obligee at the time such
work was accepted.
If the Principal performs the Contract, then this bond shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full
force and effect. In no event shall the Surety's total obligation exceed the penal amount of this bond.
PERFORMANCE BOND CONTRACT NO. 877 PFB-1 OF 2
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
Terms used herein shall include, as appropriate, the singular or plural number, or the masculine, feminine or
neuter gender.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Principal and Surety have executed this Performance Bond as of.
PRINCIPAL SURETY
Name Name
By: By:
Title: Title:
[attach Power of Attorney]
NOTE: Date of BOND must not be prior to date of Contract.
If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute BOND.
If this project includes Federal Funds, the following applies to the payment bond:
IMPORTANT: Surety companies executing bonds must appear on the Treasury Department's most
current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in the State where the mm.
project is located.
PERFORMANCE BOND CONTRACT NO.877 PFB-2 OF 2
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
PAYMENT BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that
(Name of Contractor)
(Address of Contractor)
a hereinafter called Principal,
(Corporation, Partnership or Individual)
and,
(Name of Surety)
(Address of Surety)
hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto
(Name of Owner)
(Address of Owner)
hereinafter called OWNER, in the penal sum of
Dollars ($ ) in lawful money of the United
States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors, and
assigns,jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that whereas, the Principal entered into a certain
contract with the OWNER, dated the day of 20_, a copy of which is hereto
attached and made a part hereof for the construction of:
DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
CONTRACT NO. 877
WATERLOO, IOWA
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall promptly make payment to all persons, firms,
SUBCONTRACTORS, and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in the prosecution of
the WORK provided for in such contract, and any authorized extension or modification thereof, including
— all amounts due for materials, lubricants, oil, gasoline, coal and coke, repairs on machinery, equipment
and tools, consumed or used in connection with the construction of such WORK, and all insurance
premiums on said WORK, and for all labor, performed in such WORK whether by SUBCONTRACTOR or
otherwise, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
-- PAYMENT BOND CONTRACT NO. 877 PB-1 OF 2
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety for value received hereby stipulates and agrees that no
change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the WORK to be
performed thereunder or the SPECIFICATIONS accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its
obligation on this BOND, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time,
alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the WORK or to the SPECIFICATIONS.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall
abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied.
IN WITNESS HEREOF, this instrument is executed in counterparts, each one of which shall
(number)
be deemed an original, this the day of 20_
ATTEST:
Principal
(Principal) Secretary
(SEAL) By (s)
(Address)
Witness as to Principal --
(Address)
Surety
ATTEST: By
Attorney-in-Fact
Witness as to Surety (Address)
(Address) (Address)
NOTE: Date of BOND must not be prior to date of Contract. y
If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute BOND.
If this project includes Federal Funds,the following applies to the payment bond:
IMPORTANT: Surety companies executing bonds must appear on the Treasury Department's most —
current list(Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in the State where the
project is located.
PAYMENT BOND CONTRACT NO.877 PB-2 OF 2
AECOM#60330823(2019) DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
APPENDIX
1. CHANGE ORDER FORM
2. DAVIS-BACON WAGE RATES AND FORMS
A. Davis-Bacon Wage Rates (Latest Version to be Requested)
B. Form WH-347 Payroll and Certification
C. Form SF-1444 Request for Authorization of AJditional
Classification and Rate
D. Form WH-321 Notice Poster
CHANGE ORDER NO.
Date
Owner
Project Contractor
Owner's Contract No. $
Date of Contract Start
._ You are directed to make the following changes in the Contract Documents. Description:
Reason for Change Order:
CONTRACT TIMES (Calendar Days)
-- CONTRACT PRICE To final
To substantial comma
completion
$ Original Completion Date:
Original:
Previous CIO's(ADD/DEDUCT):
Previous C.O.'s(ADD/DEDUCT): $
This C.O. (ADD/DEDUCT):
This C.O. (ADD/DEDUCT): $
REVISED:
Contract Price with all
approved Change Orders: $ Revised Completion Date:
and all fro the change(s)
th
ing
It is agreed by the Contractor that this Change Order includes
Other than the dtollar amount ans associated 'd time allotwance listed above, there shall
herein, including all impact, delays, and acceleration costs.
be no further time or dollar compensation as a result of this Change Order.
DMENT
THE
NTRACT
-- THIS
STIPULAT STIPULATIONS AND COVENANTSOF HEN O CONTRACT SHALL OAPPLY HER D ALL
AO
APPROVED:
BY: Date
OWNER(Authorized Signature)
ACCEPTED:
BY: Date
CONTRACTOR(Authorized Signature)
r AECOM
60330823 I
Project Change
Number Order No
CO-1 OF 1
CHANGE ORDER FORM CONTRACT NO.877 DRY RUN CREEK INTERCEPTOR
AECOM#6033082(2019)
General Decision Number: IA20190081 08/16/2019
State: Iowa
Construction Types : Heavy and Highway
Counties : Adair, Adams, Allamakee, Appanoose, Audubon,
Benton, Black Hawk, Boone, Bremer, Buchanan, Buena Vista,
Butler, Calhoun,
Carroll, Cass, Cedar, Cerro Gordo, Cherokee,
Chickasaw, Clarke, Clay, Clayton, Clinton, Crawford, Dallas,
Davis, Decatur, Delaware, Des Moines, Dickinson, Dubuque,
"n Emmet, Fayette, Floyd, Franklin, Fremont, Greene, Grundy,
Guthrie, Hamilton, Hancock, Hardin, Harrison, Henry, Howard,
Humboldt, Ida, Iowa, Jackson, Jasper, Jefferson, Johnson,
--` Jones, Keokuk, Kossuth, Lee, Linn, Louisa, Lucas, Lyon,
nonona,
` Madison, Mahaska, Marion, Marshall, Mills, Mitchell,
Monroe, Montgomery, Muscatine, O' Brien, Osceola, Page, Palo
Alto, Plymouth, Pocahontas, Polk, Pottawattamie, Poweshiek,
Sac, Shelby, Sioux, Story, Tama, Taylor, Union, Van
Ringgold,
Buren, Sac, Warren, Washington, Wayne, Webster, Winnebago,
rth and Wright Counties in Iowa.
ON Winneshiek, Woodbury, Wo
EXCLUDES SCOTT COUNTY
1
HEAVY AND HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
(EO) 13658, an hourly minimum wage
Note: Under Executive Order
of $10 . 60 for calendar year 2019 applies to all contracts
subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is
awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January
1, 2015 . If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor
must pay all workers in any classification listed on
this wage
wage
4 determination at least $10 . 60 per hour (or the applicable
rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for
all hours spent performing on the contract in calendar year
I 2019 . If this contract is covered by the EO and a
classification considered necessary for performance of work on
the contract does not appear on this wage determination, the
contractor must pay workers in that classification at least the
ocess set forth
wage rate determined through the conformance pr
in 29 CFR 5 . 5 (a) (1) (ii) (or the EO minimum wage rate, if it is
higher than the conformed wage rate) . The EO minimum wage rate
will be adjusted annually. Please note that this EO applies to
the above-mentioned types of contracts entered into by the
federal government that are subject to the Davis-Bacon Act
itself, but it does not apply to contracts subject only to the
1
L
Davis-Bacon Related Acts, including those set forth at 29 CFR
5 . 1 (a) (2) - (60) . Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available
at www. dol. gov/whd/govcontracts .
Modification Number Publication Date
0 08/16/2019 �•
SUTA2019-001 10/18/2017 ly
Rates Fringes
i
Carpenter & Piledrivermen L.
ZONE 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 27 . 92
ZONE 2 . 13 . 28
ZONE 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 26. 03 13 . 38 +r
ZONE 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 26. 03 13. 38
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 25. 55 10 . 80
ZONE 5** . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 24 . 45
9. 20
CONCRETE FINISHER
ZONE I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 27 . 50
ZONE 2 . . . . . 7 . 10
ZONE 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 27 . 50 7 . 10 �
ZONE 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 24 . 85 7 . 10
6. 10
ZONE 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 23 . 80
6. 10
ELECTRICIAN (STREET AND
HIGHWAY LIGHTING AND TRAFFIC �►
SIGNALS)
ZONE 1, 2, AND 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 24 . 45
ZONE 4 . 6. 50
ZONE 5. � • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 23 . 15 6. 50
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 21 . 00 6. 50
IRONWORKER (SETTING OF �.
STRUCTURAL STEEL)
ZONE 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 30. 50
ZONE 2 . 10 . 70
ZONE 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 28 . 41 10 . 70
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
ZONE 4 28 . 41 11 . 00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 26. 35
50
ZONE 5**. . . , 9.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 24 . 50 9. 0505
LABORER
ZONE 1, 2 AND 3
GROUP A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 23 . 15 9. 18
GROUP AA. . $ 25. 53
4
GROUP B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 21 . 30 9. 18
9. 18
f
GROUP C.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 18 . 22 9 . 18
ZONE 4 " $ 20 . 82 8 . 63
GROUP A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 19. 50 8 . 63
GROUP B. • $ 16. 62 8 . 63
GROUP C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ZONE 5 , $ 21 . 32 7 . 18
GROUP A. . . . . . . $ 18 . 82 7 . 18
GROUP B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 17 . 97 7 . 18
...4 GROUP C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
s POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR
...� ZONE 1 $ 31 . 75 14 . 55
GROUP A. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. $ 30 . 20 14 . 55
GROUP B. . . . . . . . . . . . . " " ' $ 27 . 70 14 . 55
.�.� GROUP C. . . . . . . . . . . . $ 27 . 70 14 . 55
GROUP D. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ZONE 2 14 . 55
GROUP A. . . . . . . . . . . $ 31 . 05
,.k . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 . 55
GROUP B. . . . . . . . . . . . . " " .$ 2$ 29 .. 45 45 14 . 55
GROUP C. . . . . . . . . . . . " $ 26. 90 14 . 55
GROUP D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ZONE 3 , $ 29 . 05 23 . 30
GROUP A. . . . . . . . . . . . . " 23 . 30
$ 27 . 25
•� GROUP B. . . . . . . . . . . . • • . ' ' " ' $ 26. 25 23 . 30
GROUP C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
� . $ 26. 25 23 . 30
GROUP D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ZONE 4 j , $ 30 . 55 11 . 65 GROUP A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . 41 11 . 65
GROUP B. . . . . . . . . . . . . " ' •$ 2 11 . 65
GROUP C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 29 . 33 11 . 65
GROUP D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 27 . 33
ZONE 5 $ 27 . 37 9 . 60
GROUP A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 26. 33 9 . 60
GROUP B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 . 60
GROUP C. . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . ' " • • $ 24 . 60$ 23 . 60 9 . 60
GROUP D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRUCK DRIVER (AND PAVEMENT
MARKING DRIVER/SWITCHPERSON) 10 . 85
ZONE 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 23 . 85
ZONE 2 „ $ 23 . 85 10 . 85
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 23 . 85 10 . 85
ZONE 3 . , $ 23 . 85 6 . 65
ZONE4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
^� ZONE 5 . , $ 21 . 90 6. 65
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
i
t
i
ZONE DEFINITIONS
ZONE 1 The Counties of Polk, Warren, and Dallas for all Crafts, and Linn County Carpenters only.
ZONE 2 The Counties of Dubuque for all Crafts and Linn County
for all Crafts except Carpenters.
ZONE 3 The Cities of Burlington, Clinton, Fort Madison,
Keokuk, and Muscatine (and abutting municipalities of any such Cities) .
ZONE 4 Story, Black Hawk, Cedar, Jasper, Jones, Jackson,
Louisa, Madison, and Marion Counties; Clinton County
(except the City of Clinton) , Johnson County, Muscatine County (except the City Of Muscatine) , the City of Council
Bluffs, Lee County and Des Moines County.
ZONE 5 All areas of the state not listed above.
LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS - ALL ZONES
GROUP AA - {Skilled pipelayer (sewer, water and conduits) and
3) .
tunnel laborers; asbestos abatement workerf (Zones 1, 2 and
GROUP A - Carpenter tender on bridges and box culverts; curb
machine (without a seat) ; deck hand; diamond & core drills;
drill operator on air tracs, wagon drills and similar
drills; form setter/stringman on paving work; gunnite
nozzleman; joint sealer kettleman; laser operator;
Powderman tender; Powderman/blaster; saw operator;
fpipelayer (sewer, water, and conduits) ; sign erector*;
tunnel laborer; asbestos abatement worker (Zones 4 and 5) 1 ,
sign erector.
GROUP B - Air, gas, electric tool operator; barco hammer;
carpenter tender; caulker; chain sawman; compressor (under
400 cfm) ; concrete finisher tender; concrete processing
materials and monitors; cutting torch on demolition; drill
tender; dumpmen; electric drills; fence erectors; form line
expansion joint assembler; form tamper; general laborer;
grade checker; handling and placing metal mesh, dowel bars,
reinforcing bars and chairs; hot asphalt laborer;
installing temporary traffic control devices;
jackhammerman; mechanical grouter; painter (all except
stripers) ; paving breaker; planting trees, shrubs and
flowers; Power broom (not self-propelled) ; Power buggyman;
rakers; rodman (tying reinforcing steel) ; sandblaster;
seeding and mulching; sewer utility topman/bottom man;
spaders; stressor or stretcherman on pre or post tensioned
concrete; stringman on re/surfacing/no grade control;
swinging stage, tagline, or block and tackle; tampers;
timberman; tool room men and checkers; tree climber; tree
groundman; underpinning and shoring caissons over twelve
•-� feet deep; vibrators; walk behind trencher; walk behind
paint stripers; walk behind vibrating compactor; water
pumps (under three inch) ; work from bosun chair.
GROUP C - Scale weigh person; traffic control/flagger,
surveillance or monitor; water carrier.
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR CLASSIFICATIONS - ALL ZONES
GROUP A - All terrain (off road) forklift; asphalt breakdown
roller (vibratory) ; asphalt laydown machine; asphalt plant;
asphalt screed; bulldozer (finish) ; central mix plant;
concrete pump; crane; crawler tractor pulling scraper;
directional drill (60, 000 (lbs) pullback and above) ;
dragline and power shovel; dredge engineer; excavator (over
* cu. yd. ) ; front end loader (4 cy and over) ; horizontal
boring machine; master mechanic; milling machine (over 350
hp) ; motor grader (finish) ; push cat; rubber tired backhoe
(over ® cu. yd. ) ; scraper (12 cu. yd. and over or finish) ;
Self-propelled rotary mixer/road reclaimer; sidebroom
tractor; slipform portland concrete paver; tow or push
boat; trenching machine (Cleveland 80 or similar)
1
GROUP B - Articulated off road hauler, asphalt heater/planer;
asphalt material transfer vehicle; asphalt roller; belt
loader or similar loader; bulldozer (rough) ; churn or
rotary drill; concrete curb machine; crawler tractor
pulling ripper, disk or roller; deck hand/oiler;
directional drill (less than 60, 000 (lbs) pullback) ;
1 distributor; excavator (1/2 cu. yd. and under) ; form riding
concrete paver; front end loader (2 to less than 4 cu.
yd. ) ; group equipment greaser; mechanic; milling machine
(350 hp. and less) ; paving breaker; portland concrete dry
batch plant; rubber tired backhoe (1/2 cu. yd. and under) ;
scraper (under 12 cu. yd. ) ; screening, washing and crushing
plant (mobile, portable or stationary) ; shoulder machine;
skid loader (1 cu. yd. and over) ; subgrader or trimmer;
trenching machine; water wagon on compaction.
GROUP C - Boom & winch truck; concrete spreader/belt placer;
deep wells for dewatering; farm type tractor (over 75 hp. )
pulling disc or roller; forklift; front end loader (under 2
cu. yd. ) ; motor grader (rough) ; pile hammer power unit;
pump (greater than three inch diameter) ; pumps on well
points; safety boat; self-propelled roller (other than
asphalt) ; self-propelled sand blaster or shot blaster,
6M
water blaster or striping grinder/remover; skid loader
(under 1 cu. yd. ) ; truck mounted post driver.
GROUP D - Boiler; compressor; cure and texture machine; dow
box; farm type or utility tractor (under 75 hp. ) pulling
disk, roller or other attachments; group greaser tender;
light plants; mechanic tender; mechanical broom; mechanical
heaters; oiler; pumps (under three inch diameter) ; tree *AW
chipping machine; truck crane driver/oiler.
CARPENTERS AND PILEDRIVERMEN, or IRONWORKERS (ZONE 5)
Setting of structural steel; any welding incidental to bridge
or culvert construction; setting concrete beams .
ADDED CRAFT - SIGN ERECTOR
----------------------------------------------------------------
WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing
operation to which welding is incidental.
L
Note: Executive Order (EO) 13706, Establishing Paid Sick Leave —
for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the 4
Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any
solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2017 . If this
contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must provide
employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours L
they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year.
Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their
own illness, injury or other health-related needs, including
preventive care; to assist a family member (or person who is
like family to the employee) who is ill, injured, or has other L
health-related needs, including preventive care; or for reasons
resulting from, or to assist a family member (or person who is
like family to the employee) who is a victim of, domestic
violence, sexual assault, or stalking. Additional information
on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO
is available at www. dol. gov/whd/govcontracts .
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within
the scope of the classifications listed may be added after
award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses
(2 9C FR 5 . 5 (a) (1) (i i)
L
L
L
----------------------------------------------------------------
The body of each wage determination lists the classification
and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the
�-w cited type (s) of construction in the area covered by the wage
determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical
order of ""identifiers"" that indicate whether the particular
-� rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local) ,
a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate
(weighted union average rate) .
i Union Rate Identifiers
A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed
in dotted lines beginning with characters other than ""SUIT" or
""UAVG"" denotes that the union classification and rate were
prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example:
1 PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014 . PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of
the union which prevailed in the survey for this
classification, which in this example would be Plumbers . 0198
i indicates the local union number or district council number
where applicable, i . e. , Plumbers Local 0198 . The next number,
005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing
the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the
most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1,
2014 .
i
Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate
changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing
this classification and rate.
Survey Rate Identifiers
Classifications listed under the ""SUIT" identifier indicate that
"1 no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and
the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average
rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that
classification. As this weighted average rate includes all
rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and
non-union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014 . SU indicates
the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average
calculation of rates and are not majority rates . LA indicates
the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which
these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007
in the example, is an internal number used in producing the
wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion
r
"1
i
i
1
6W
date for the classifications and rates under that identifier.
Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a
new survey is conducted.
Union Average Rate Identifiers
Classification (s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate
that no single majority rate prevailed for those -
classifications; however, 1000 of the data reported for the
classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010
08/29/2014 . UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union
average rate . OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in
the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage
determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date
for the classifications and rates under that identifier. ,
A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of
each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current
negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is
based.
6..
----------------------------------------------------------------
WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS
1 . ) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can
be.
L
* an existing published wage determination
* a survey underlying a wage determination }
* a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on L
a wage determination matter
* a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling L
On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests
for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour
Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted
because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the
Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial
contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2 . )
and 3 . ) should be followed.
With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal L
process described here, initial contact should be with the
L
L
4
1 Branch of Construction Wage Determinations . Write to:
-� Branch of Construction Wage Determinations
Wage and Hour Division
U. S . Department of Labor
-� 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20210
2 . ) If the answer to the question in 1 . ) is yes, then an
interested party (those affected by the action) can request
review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator
"1 (See 29 CFR Part 1 . 8 and 29 CFR Part 7) . Write to:
1
1
Wage and Hour Administrator
^� U. S. Department of Labor
i 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20210
The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the
interested party' s position and by any information (wage
payment data, project description, area practice material,
i etc. ) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue.
3 . ) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an
i interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative
Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board) . Write to:
i Administrative Review Board
U. S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20210
4 . ) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final.
----------------------------------------------------------------
END OF GENERAL DECISION"
m N
V w a m
w W m m c
rn wc9❑�
o - y L n
M zaa�
o p a m m
N LLa) 0 17 j N
U z m c r
-0 ❑ Z � J O p J S. y O
> co Q U U�
M fl_
OW p w n° OE m g d
Z ❑ lv J U jp �
Q
U N p N p �
_s D: w C
H o f m W o
Z
0 0
11
rn� m C)W Z N- R m M N
O 0 a P.
rnN
L - ,4
a -U c3 ti
m rn m m
.n! w C C « T m E
t ❑ cpim rnn v 0
N m �
rn`o
m C y G
C � m
« N J
`o
Ea C
H❑Q m-p d m .p E
3 0 �0~ E; Ev ; C
a
m m a o c m ❑
o v
«E m
O Q o d m c
►� = U U v� E � mx
li C m m p Z7 y
0.—
m N C
3 = 0A6 �W
rn.N
w �ZW ym � >
wow �� o
O n Oaw o« a° E 2
O
U -pmp
O O U C C C
jJ O h o m m
i D U LU \4�� ?� E„ -E IF,
❑0 ID
O '3 m crn m
J ¢ dm m :m y m
rcn
O U a
O M ° w w Q m m c m N E
�E x in o❑ U y .p
'r+ O a a O
m
v
Q 3 C c m m 'E'
c o
.h E
N p C �2 « �
C U ❑ �E
r�1 N W x 17 C c .�
d F < U y N
d v Q Q LL m m W 'o m 'o
M ❑ ❑ Y(� '�y M y a
\ \
z Y `o 26 o u
W o y x 3 0 o c a 4 y
+s c o " rn a 3
_ c c
R y w o `❑ c m
O m O_
w g
C. a o 0 ' € °3
�V O {`y m a y
ql p '1SNO'10 O n O N O O O y O N O n O
t1 e ❑ mm m« my
r N W O A m
W K U c mm
c
O o c «m
a. m O rn o ro >, 3 o
O
LL
w SNOIldW3X3 0 3 g c m w
O N ONIOIOHHlIM rn m u n 0
U d0 ON p c m m E n
N C y y
I H C C 3 ry -O d
�^ Z Ir mn- ❑ `m
L p OU LU M� y o n p_ c o
O N 7 j V -u y E c
rn Z W 10 0 N m
L^lz
« N a
O Z J 'a V p C O y
rr E LLvw m�' �Lm. m W
O Q Z d)d' n C O N > v1
7
_ -2 p ❑ ❑O Tsm O m umi
C O Lu
PO x0x
�.i ❑ c
'^ L M o > m LL p M m 3 N
C z z0D cQ ma rn
i C. = 0 ❑LL Z O- to N L O
0 C z Q tao a� U ❑
oT N J J Eti m E 0
a) O W _ 8cr E
N C. t cr Ol �j LL m N p C
� Z d Z
W m > N O N
0 w
N� O H
C L m F-
m•-
C U N -0
aoi 0.m
L N U N
N a)4=• Z Z
L w 00
O OO U
L Z ww `.
T a) V)
O x
Q y� Q H Q
�
a N Z U
w� g wm
M
X �
uin w ;F-
LL
(n N U O
Q t H�
m e w Z Z
C U w
D LO-. o O C G W O ...
LU
Q c Em N•- HU
U a) w
a
w
Z N m p >0
❑ U O 2 ur m O
c 02
nm a_
w,
W a) a) U F w
Q Ew o)N LLO
a
cn o 0 3 5 O a
Q
w mooLL a2
a
W
Z m .LL u LL-
- a_
m U C U C U O U o
W m M— Z Z 0 0
C7 w ma.E O OOU �•
Z U) J
a ¢>w
C Y I O W V U
❑ U
W a. U
w W w w LLa!0
w U J 00 F
>S JUZ
> W 0 LL<0
U Y cn Q J Z S
of Q w �0~
W Q =j
a Z H n m
a7() a) a) w T r a `) a) m a)_o m C L
w w N N m d7 Y« a c U
LL �a u m w 0. a O
O O a) E c t�n O
cu
O L Y t 2 Mn N N U—0
O a) 0 7 x
C m O ._W 0_N _ L m NJ (7 V N—
O T�a >— 16 m L C d a t C s
E c U 0a a 0 c E c" ID Ia) m a)
E CY C m O E E a
U m �.t O a) U� aLa= O - a)
w E m m m N Y
_ 00 a) aai m C 0' N N N N fn O
.L N N C ❑ N
I— a _ C m O N L n'E 0❑ Z N m 0
p_ C a) a) - U) O O)0)O N O N •_•
`m m0� 3 (D 0 2002 W w
o m a U)< µ a 3 U ° a� E
T O N m ma N E O N a) TLLU) V C f�
m T E N C L c -0t .L-. 7 a Z m O O)
T n m O C O a M m m a U m a) J N L O
s Y a 3 �'� as o0 my0•c d 0 ma3
0 o Iio � OoUU aUo3 mm,L❑ ❑ 0 .` 00
T C Y m a) a) o a O N C 0) w m m m
>'0 -0 V 0 a0 n 0 E n O L
n a 3o L0 -0 moat L _ t O ur o`^U
�-, i6 N —'� O N a) N U 0 0 0.a m d d C v
0 w L wm u cNo 0m� '-) � M IL m 0nc
rn m aLi (D E S.c >�J c Q () E m 2
N c �� c o� E m o E o m O m m oi)
c =o c 0 -0 �a UMo L an, n F 3 a)
a) O c O O U a) n m ch N.O U m n O N
n U a) M
a cwcm �� E m 0 > 0 ma c
Q c n o 3 m c E a) E Q o
( C O CO C� OU V O O L_Nr V Cl j Tm
Zv7 m00 � ma w L mE
c o av o L a) co mj w03 c ❑ 0 Q Na y
O O 0 a m I a) m
S E L) m=o c �o� 07o �-° TYmQ N sc n
m LS c mN)� = mmL �3mo w � 23a)
a a c �.o o t -rM c ° fn 0 w w o X
a) o a) U y n a) o' 0 E a a m Z O E a)
� L.. U Y >�LT m N C N a) a)2 � W t
a) a N� n0 in � 3c� y� c0 m �t0
N a TTNCO L a)•N C V (n D M W 0.0
A
Q) m a cm 7 n aL-•C a) _ 01 a) U a L 0
N O ti M.0 y ti O O a) �.. Z m m j n
n 0) C >.a)'-Co N m U w C L_ CY 0 m E
O N C 0. L C 'O Or-• NL nE E w
a) o a a) -0 co< i a?r m �F 3 w
E o o a) °)a ca)� m m m o rn a I
T N.-(n na) TOa N w
Z n m a E N 01n N C E 01 y N n m Y
ca - E a) w 3inr m O m W
N L 'n O—CYO m a 3 0 L V) N
s F- 03 3�LL Hm�@ ~ � 2E N
m °� r
0 S2 m
0o T"U m .N...U U
N t Y O) N V) N a)
L n(D a) EN a-U) nO.�
m 0 — a) a) O r) O n—m n a
❑ — a ma 3�r)co U m U mQU
CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX OMB No.: 9000 0089
REQUEST FOR AUTHORIZATION OF SERVICE CONTRACT Expires: 02/28/96
_ ADDITIONAL CLASSIFICATION AND RATE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
'ublic reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 15 minutes per response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data
sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other
aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to the FAR Secretariat (VRS),Office of Federal Acquisition Policy, GSA,Washington,
.DC 20405; and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (9000-0089), Washington, DC 20503.
TOTE: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETE ITEMS 3 THROUGH 16 AND SUBMIT THE REQUEST, IN QUADRUPLICATE,TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER
2. FROM: (REPORTING OFFICE)
ADMINISTRATOR, Employment Standards Administration
WAGE AND HOUR DIVISION
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
WASHINGTON,D.C. 20210 4. DATE OF REQUEST
3. CONTRACTOR
i. CONTRACT NUMBER 6. DATE BID OPENED(SEALED 7. DATE OF AWARD 8. DATE CONTRACT WORK 9. DATE
EBLE)(SCA OPTION EXERCISED(IF
BIDDING) STARTED
10. SUBCONTRACTOR(IF ANY)
1 1. PROJECT AND DESCRIPTION OF WORK (ATTACH ADDITIONAL SHEET IF NEEDED)
12. LOCATION(CITY, COUNTY AND STATE)
I J. 1114 ur%DER TO COMPLE I ETHE_WORK PRO ED FOR UNUER-THE ABOVE CONTRACT,IT IS NECESSARY TO ES I ABLISH THE FOLLOWING RATE(S�FOK I HE:
INDICATED CLASSIFICATIONS)NOT INCLUDED IN THE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR DETERMINATION
DATED:
NUMBER:
3.LIST IN ORDER: PROPOSED CLASSIFICATION TITLES(S);JOB DESCRIPTION(S);DUTIES; b. WAGE RATE(S) c. FRINGE BENEFITS PAYMENTS
AND RATIONALE FOR PROPOSED CLASSIFICATIONS(SCA ONLY)
(Use reverse or attach additional sheets,if necessary)
14. SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF SUBCONTRACTOR REPRESENTATIVE(IF ANY) 15. SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF PRIME CONTRACTOR REPRESENTATIVE
16. SIGNATURE OF EMPLOYEE OR REPRESENTATIVE TITLE CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX-REFERENCING BLOCK 13.
AGREE ❑ DISAGREE
TO BE COMPLETED BY CONTRACTING OFFICER (CHECK AS APPROPRIATE - SEE FAR 22.1019 (SCA) OR FAR 22.406-3 (DBA))
THE INTERESTED PARTIES AGREE AND THE CONTRACTING OFFICER RECOMMENDS APPROVAL BY THE WAGE AND HOUR DIVISION. AVAILABLE INFORMATION
AND RECOMMENDATIONS ARE ATTACHED.
Y THE INTERESTED PARTIES CANNOT AGREE ON THE PROPOSED CLASSIFICATION AND WAGE RATE. A DETEREl MINATION OF THE QUESTION BY THE WAGE AND
HOUR DIVISION IS THEREFORE REQUESTED. AVAILABLE INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS ARE ATTACHED.
(Send copies I,2,and 3 to Department of Labor)
.SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTING OFFICER OR REPRESENTATIVE TITLE AND COMMERCIAL TELEPHONE DATE SUBMITED
NO.
NSN 7540-01-268-0631 DEPARTMENTOF LABOR STANDARD FORM 14 CF (REV. 12
—Previous edition is usable Prescribed by GSA-FAR(48 RI 53.222(f)
REQUEST FOR AUTHORIZATION OF CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX
13 SERVICE CONTRACT OMB No.: 9000-0089 '—
ADDITIONAL CLASSIFICATION AND RATE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
Expires: 02/28/96
Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 15 minutes per response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data
sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other �-
aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to the FAR Secretariat (VRS),Office of Federal Acquisition Policy, GSA,Washington,
DC 20405; and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (9000-0089), Washington, DC 20503.
NOTE: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETE ITEMS 3 THROUGH 16 AND SUBMIT THE REQUEST, IN QUADRUPLICATE,TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER
1. TO: 2. FROM: (REPORTING OFFICE)
ADMINISTRATOR, Employment Standards Administration
WAGE AND HOUR DIVISION
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
WASHINGTON,D.C. 20210
3. CONTRACTOR
4. DATE OF REQUEST
5. CONTRACT NUMB�BIDDING)
DATE BID OPENED(SEALED 7. DATE OF AWARD
8. DATE CONTRACT WORK 9. DATE OPTION EXERCISED(IF
STARTED
APPLICABLE)(SCA ONLY)
10. SUBCONTRACTOR(/FANY)
11. PROJECT AND DESCRIPTION OF WORK (ATTACHADDIT/ONAL SHEET/FNEEDED)
12. LOCATION(Cl COUNTYAND STATE/
13. IN ORUFR TO COMPLETE !HE WORK PROVIDED�-UR R`THI=ABOVE CONTRACT, IS NECESSARY FQ ESTABLISH I HE FOLLOWING RATE(Z�)f-UH I HE
INDICATED CLASSIFICATION(S)NOT INCLUDED IN THE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR DETERMINATION
NUMBER:
a.LIST IN ORDER: PROPOSED CLASSIFICATION TITLES(S);JOB DESCRIPTION(S);DUTIES;DATED:
AND RATIONALE FOR PROPOSED CLASSIFICATIONS(SCA ONLY) b. WAGE RATE(S) c. FRINGE BENEFITS PAYMENTS
(Use reverse or attach additional sheets,if necessary)
14. SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF SUBCONTRACTOR REPRESENTATIVE OFANY/ 15. SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF PRIME CONTRACTOR REPRESENTATIVE
16. SIGNATURE OF EMPLOYEE OR REPRESENTATIVE TITLE CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX-REFERENCING BLOCK 13.
AGREE DISAGREE
TO BE COMPLETED BY CONTRACTING OFFICER (CHECK AS APPROPRIATE- SEE FAR 22.1019 (SCA) OR FAR 22.406-3 (DBA))
THE INTERESTED PARTIES AGREE AND THE CONTRACTING OFFICER RECOMMENDS APPROVAL BY THE WAGE AND HOUR DIVISION. AVAILABLE INFORMATION
AND RECOMMENDATIONS ARE ATTACHED.
THE INTERESTED PARTIES CANNOT AGREE ON THE PROPOSED CLASSIFICATION AND WAGE RATE. A DETERMINATION OF THE QUESTION BY THE WAGE AND
HOUR DIVISION IS THEREFORE REQUESTED. AVAILABLE INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS ARE ATTACHED.
(Send copies 1,2,and 3 to Department of Labor)
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTING OFFICER OR REPRESENTATIVE TITLE AND COMMERCIAL TELEPHONE DATE SUBMITED
NO.
NSN 7s edition
is usable
RETURN TO CONTRACTING OFFICER - RECORD COPY STANDARD FORM 1444 (REV. 12-90)
Previous edition is usable Prescribed by GSA-FAR(48 CFR) 53.222(f)
CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX OMB No.: 9000-0089
REQUEST FOR AUTHORIZATION OF SERVICE CONTRACT Expires: 02/28196
_ ADDITIONAL CLASSIFICATION AND RATE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 15 minutes per response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data
Washington,
sources, gathering
and
of h data
needed,
and
suggestions completing
or nd rethis burden, to the FAR Secretariat (VRS)aOff office of t Federal dA qu sitioning this urPol den ys GSq or any other
aspect of the Washington, DC 20503.
.DC 20405; and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (9000-0089), 9
NOTE: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETE ITEMS 3 THROUGH 16 AND SUBMIT TOM R �RTING OFF/CEIIPLICATE,TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER
1.TO:
ADMINISTRATOR, Employment Standards Administration
—' WAGE AND HOUR DIVISION
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
WASHINGTON,D.C. 20210 4. DATE OF REQUEST
3. CONTRACTOR
8. DATE CONTRACT WORK 9. DATE OPTION EXERCISED(IF
i5. CONTRACT NUMBER 6. DATE BID OPENED(SEALED 7. DATE OF AWARD STARTED APPLICABLE)ISCA ONLY)
BIDDING)
10. SUBCONTRACTOR flF ANY)
11. PROJECT AND DESCRIPTION OF WORK (ATTACH ADDITIONAL SHEET lF NEEDED)
12. LOCATION(CITY, COUNTY AND STATE)
— -TO COMFLI=I E THE WORK PROVIDED FOR UNDEITTR17MMVE CONTRArT,-lT IS NECESSARY TO ES I ABLISH I HE FOLLOWING KATE(S) FUR THE
INDICATED CLASSIFICATION(S)NOT INCLUDED IN THE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR DETERMINATION
DATED:
NUMBER:
a.LIST IN ORDER: PROPOSED CLASSIFICATION TITLES(S);JOB DESCRIPTION(S);DUTIES; b. WAGE RATE(S) c. FRINGE BENEFITS PAYMENT
AND RATIONALE FOR PROPOSED CLASSIFICATIONS(SCA ONLY)
(Use reverse or attach additional sheets,if necessary)
77777=TITLE
ANY) 15. SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF PRIME CONTRACTOR REPRESENTATIVE
16. SIGNATURE OF EMPLOYEE OR REPRESENTA
TITLE CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX-REFERENCING BLOCK 13.
AGREE [:] DISAGREE
TO BE COMPLETED BY CONTRACTING OFFICER (CHECK AS APPROPRIATE SEE FAR 22.1019 (SCA) OR FAR 22.406 3 (DBA)I
THE INTERESTED PARTIES AGREE AND THE CONTRACTING OFFICER RECOMMENDS APPROVAL BY THE WAGE AND HOUR DIVISION. AVAILABLE INFORMATION
AND RECOMMENDATIONS ARE ATTACHED. POSED 0THE INTERESTED PARTIES CANNOT AGREE ON HOUR DIVISION IS THEREFORE REQUESTED. THE PROF NFORMAT ON CLASSIF)CATION AND WAGE RATE. A AND RECOMMENDATIONS ARE ATTACHED.
ION OF THE QUESTION BY THE WAGE AND
HED
(Send copies 1,2,and 3 to Department of Labor)
TITLE AND COMMERCIAL TELEPHONE DATE SUBMITED
..SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTING OFFICER OR REPRESENTATIVE NO.
NSN 7540-01-268-0631 RETURN TO CONTRACTOR- RECORD COPY ST ed ANbD ARD FAORM(4$C44 R)(REV.
2-901
'�'Previous edition is usable
REQUEST FOR AUTHORIZATION OF CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX
ADDITIONAL CLASSIFICATION AND RATE ❑ SERVICE CONTRACT OMB No.: 9000-0089
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Expires: 02/28/96
Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 15 minutes per response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data
sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other
aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to the FAR Secretariat (VRS),Office of Federal Acquisition Policy, GSA,Washington,
DC 20405; and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (9000-0089), Washington, DC 20503.
NOTE: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETE ITEMS 3 THROUGH 16 AND SUBMIT THE REQUEST, IN QUADRUPLICATE,TO THE CONTRACTING
OFFICER _
ADMINISTRATOR, Employment Standards Administration 2. FROM: (REPORTING OFFICE/
WAGE AND HOUR DIVISION
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
WASHINGTON,D.C. 20210
3. CONTRACTOR
4. DATE OF REQUEST
5. CONTRACT NUMBER 6. DATE BID OPENED(SEALED 7. DATE OF AWARD
BIDDING) $• DATE CONTRACT WORK 9. DATE OPTION EXERCISED(IF
STARTED APPLICABLE)(SCA ONLY)
10. SUBCONTRACTOR(IFANY/
1 1. PROJECT AND DESCRIPTION OF WORK /ATTACH ADDITIONAL SHEET lF NEEDED/
12. LOCATION(CITY, COUNTYAND STATE)
INDICATED CLASSIFICATIONS)NOT INCLUDED IN THE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR DETERMINATION
NUMBER:
a.LIST IN ORDER: PROPOSED CLASSIFICATION TITLESIS TION(S); DUTIES;);JOB DESCRIP DATED:
AND RATIONALE FOR PROPOSED CLASSIFICATIONS(SCA ONLY) b. WAGE RATE(S) c. FRINGE BENEFITS PAYMENTS
(Use reverse or attach additions/sheets,if necessary)
14. SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF SUBCONTRACTOR REPRESENTATIVE(IFANY/ 15. SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF PRIME CONTRACTOR REPRESENTATIVE
16. SIGNATURE OF EMPLOYEE OR REPRESENTATIVE TITLE
CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX-REFERENCING BLOCK 13.
AGREE DISAGREE
TO BE COMPLETED BY CONTRACTING OFFICER (CHECK AS APPROPRIATE- SEE FAR 22.1019 (SCA) OR FAR 22.406-3 (DBA)l
THE INTERESTED PARTIES AGREE AND THE CONTRACTING OFFICER RECOMMENDS APPROVAL BY THE WAGE AND HOUR DIVISION. AVAILABLE INFORMATION
AND RECOMMENDATIONS ARE ATTACHED.
THE INTERESTED PARTIES CANNOT AGREE ON THE PROPOSED CLASSIFICATION AND WAGE RATE. A DETERMINATION OF THE QUESTION BY THE WAGE AND
HOUR DIVISION IS THEREFORE REQUESTED. AVAILABLE INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS ARE ATTACHED.
(SeSIGNATURE OF CONTRACTING OFFICER OR REPRESENTATIVEndcopies 1,2,and to Department of Labor)
TITLE AND COMMERCIAL TELEPHONE DATE SUBMITED
NO.
NSN 7540-01-268-0631 CONTRACTING OFFICER PENDING
Previous edition is usable STANDARD FORM 1444 (REV. 12-90)
Prescribed by GSA-FAR(48 CFR) 53.222(f)
EECKOPRIATE BOX OMB No.: 9000-0089
REQUEST FOR AUTHORIZATION OF E CONTRACT Expires: 02/28/96
ADDITIONAL CLASSIFICATION AND RATE RUCTION CONTRACT
Mewi'ublic reporting burden forintainl.7 the data neededtland completing and revo`ii is estimated to iewing the collection of information.ge 15 minutesSendcommentsrregardnnglthsuburden estimatle ong r any othexisting r
sources, gathering and maintaining
aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to the FAR Secrashin(VR 9 tons)DCf20503 Federal Acquisition Policy, GSA,Washington,
fice_DC 20405; and to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (9000-0089),
HALL COMPLETE ITEMS 3 THROUGH 16 AND SUBMIT THE
RTING OFFICE)
T REQUEST,REPOUPLICATE,TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER
2.
VOTE: THE CONTRACTOR S
1.TO:
ADMINISTRATOR, Employment Standards Administration
WAGE AND HOUR DIVISION
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
WASHINGTON,D.C. 20210 4. DATE OF REQUEST
3. CONTRACTOR
8. DATE CONTRACT WORK 9. DATE OPTION EXERCISED(IF
CONTRACT NUMBER 6. DATE BID OPENED(SEALED 7. DATE OF AWARD STARTED APPLICABLE)(SCA ONLY)
BIDDING)
10. SUBCONTRACTOR(IFANY)
1 1. PROJECT ANDSCRIPTION DE OF WORK (ATTACH ADDITIONAL SHEET IF NEEDED)
12. LOCATION(CITY, COUNTY AND STATE)
— -COMPLE I E THE WORK PKL)V=FOR UNDER I HE ABOVE CON rRA-CT,IT IS NECESSARY 10 ES I ABLISH I FIE FOLLOWING RATE(S)l-UR—n4E
INDICATED CLASSIFICATIONS)NOT INCLUDED IN THE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR DETERMINATION
DATED:
NUMBER: c. FRINGE BENEFITS PAYMENTS
3.LIST IN ORDER: PROPOSED CLASSIFICATION TITLES(S);JOB DESCRIPTION(S);DUTIES; b, WAGE RATE(S)
AND RATIONALE FOR PROPOSED CLASSIFICATIONS(SCA ONLY)
(Use reverse or attach additional sheets,if necessary)
14. SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF SUBCONTRACTOR REPRESENTATIVE(IF ANY) 15. SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF PRIME CONTRACTOR REPRESENTATIVE
TE BOX-REFERENCING BLOCK 13.
16. SIGNATURE OF EMPLOYEE OR REPRESENTATIVE
TITLE CHECK APPROPRIA
AGREE 0 DISAGREE
TO BE COMPLETED BY CONTRACTING OFFICER (CHECK AS APPROPRIATE - SEE FAR 22.1019 (SCA) OR FAR 22.406-3 (DBA))
THE INTERESTED PARTIES AGREE AND THE CONTRACTING OFFICER RECOMMENDS APPROVAL BY THE WAGE AND HOUR DIVISION. AVAILABLE INFORMATION
El AND RECOMMENDATIONS ARE ATTACHED. POSED 0r THE INTERESTED PARTIES CANNOT AGREE ON HOUR D VISION IS THEREFORE REO ESTED. THE PROF NFORMAT ON CLASSIFICATION
ION OF THE QUESTION BY THE WAGE AND
RECOMMENDATIONS ARE ATTACHED
(Send copies 1,2,and 3 to Department of Labor)
TITLE AND COMMERCIAL TELEPHONE DATE SUBMITED
,ZIGNATURE OF CONTRACTING OFFICER OR REPRESENTATIVE NO.
NSN 7540-01 CF-268-0631 CONTRACTOR- PENDING STANDARD FORM 14 (REV. 12
Prescribed by GSA-FAR(48 CFR) 53.222(f)f)
""Previous edition is usable
EMPLOYEE RIGHTS
UNDER THE DAVIS-BACON ACT_
-- FOR LABORERS AND MECHANICS
EM
PLOYED ON FEDERAL OR FEDERALLY
ASSISTED CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
THE UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF LABOR WAGE AND HOUR DIVISION
PREVAILING You must be paid not less than the wage rate listed in the Davis-Bacon
WAGES Wage Decision posted with this Notice for the work you perform.
OVERTIME You must be paid not less than one and one-half times your basic
rate of pay for all hours worked over 40 in a work week.There are few
exceptions.
ENFORCEMENT Contract payments can be withheld to ensure workers receive wages
and overtime pay due,and liquidated damages may apply if overtime
pay requirements are not met. Davis-Bacon contract clauses allow
contract termination and debarment of contractors from future federal
contracts for up to three years.A contractor who falsifies certified
payroll records or induces wage kickbacks may be subject to civil or
criminal prosecution,fines and/or imprisonment.
APPRENTICES Apprentice rates apply only to apprentices properly registered under
approved Federal or State apprenticeship programs.
PROPER PAY if you do not receive proper pay, or require further information on the
applicable wages, contact the Contracting Officer listed below:
.. or contact the U.S. Department of Labor's Wage and Hour Division.
�t�t47 ,F For additional information:
6 MNO
z 1 -866-4-USWAGE
U.S.Wage and Hour Division
(1-866-487-9243) TTY: 1-877-889-5627
srn PEA 04�
M",WAGEHOUR DOL.GOV
a U.S.Department of Labor I Employment Standards Administration I Wage and Hour Division
VJH 1321(Revised April 2009)